UC-NRLF 
 
 $B bDb lilfl 
 
 i^^lil'/i'^if'syf''^'?' 
 
 
GIFT OF 
 Mrs. W.B. Locke 
 
GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 BY 
 
 E. PROKOSCH, Ph.D. 
 
 Professor of German in the University of Texas 
 
 NEW YORK 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
 
K/A 
 
 ■ 4 , Ay ^ 
 
 CoPTRiaHT, 1913, 
 
 BY 
 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
 
PREFACE 
 
 While in the main a simplification of the author's 
 Introduction to German^ the present book embodies a 
 number of new features which should add to its useful- 
 ness. They are chiefly: an exceedingly simple, yet 
 complete and scientific treatment of pronunciation; a 
 considerable increase in the number of texts; the fusion 
 of theoretical grammar and practical grammar exer- 
 cises into one part ("Exercises and Lessons") retaining, 
 however, the desirable separation between them by ar- 
 ranging them on corresponding right and left pages; the 
 addition of a "Synopsis of Grammar" and a General 
 German-English Vocabulary. 
 
 The arrangement of the book suggests the author's 
 views as to its best use. After two to four weeks have 
 been devoted exclusively to the study of pronunciation, 
 the texts should form the center of work. Thus, an in- 
 ductive study of grammar should develop from the living 
 language, and the grammatical rule should come last, 
 not first, in order of time and importance. 
 
 Those texts marked with Roman numerals only,- are 
 essential, each of them corresponding to one set of Ex- 
 ercises and Lessons in the second part of the book. The 
 texts marked a or h are "Supplementary Texts" which 
 may be omitted entirely, or, according to the time at 
 disposal and the needs of the class, may be used for prac- 
 tice in translation, prepared or at sight. New words 
 occurring in these supplementary texts are to be found 
 
 854070 
 
iv PREFACE 
 
 in the German-English Vocabulary, at the bottom of 
 the pages. 
 
 Do not hurry! To make a high school class study the 
 whole of German grammar in less than a year is a crime; 
 and two years are very much better than one year. — 
 The following arrangement of time and work has been- 
 found very effective for the average class and the average 
 chapter of grammar (some of the more difficult chapters 
 will require a slower pace) : 
 
 Monday: Review of last week's work. The teacher 
 explains (as far as possible, in German) a new text and 
 assigns it for '' reading" (with the help of the Special 
 Vocabularies and Notes). 
 
 Tuesday: The text is read in class; fluent reading is 
 insisted upon. German questions, similar to those in 
 Part II, are answered in German, with the books open; 
 new grammatical features are explained (in English, 
 when necessary). Assignment: ''Practise" the text and 
 read the corresponding "Lesson"; ''practising" a text 
 means reading and re-reading it aloud, until the student 
 is able to answer the German questions in Part II by 
 heart. 
 
 Wednesday: German questions (not necessarily those 
 in Part II, but of a similar nature) are answered in Ger- 
 man with the books closed. The new grammatical mate- 
 rial is practised (declensions and conjugations with the 
 help of whole sentences rather than detached paradigms). 
 Assignment: Prepare "Drill" in Part II; write German 
 answers to a selected number of the "Questions." 
 
 Thursday: The "Drill" work is practised (partly by 
 writing on the blackboard); "practice," as on the preced- 
 ing day, is repeated. Assignment : study the correspond- 
 ing grammar lesson; study the text for oral reproduction. 
 
PREFACE V 
 
 Friday: Grammar recitation and practice; the text is 
 reproduced in coherent form (the books are closed, of 
 course). As little attention as possible should be paid to 
 mistakes at this time, so as not to discourage the striving 
 after coherent expression. A part of the recitation may 
 be devoted to sight reading from the supplementary 
 texts. If additional reading matter is desired, the au- 
 thor's Deutsches Lese- und Ubungshuch may be taken up 
 at any time after the first two months. 
 
 Teachers who wish to use the English exercises for 
 translation might assign parts of them for written work 
 at the end of each week. This need not be done in direct 
 connection with each text, but an interval of from four 
 to six weeks is advisable. Thus: Exercise I may be taken 
 after Text V, VI, or VII, Translation II after Text VI or 
 VIII, and so forth. In this way the translations will 
 serve as a review. 
 
 The inductive method suggested in this outline arouses 
 the interest and develops Sprachgefilhl, emphasizing at 
 the same time a thorough practice of the essentials of 
 grammar. It reflects the author's conviction that gram- 
 mar is a valuable help in acquiring a language, but that 
 it is merely a means to an end; the end is the mastery of 
 the language itself. 
 
 E. Prokosch. 
 
 Madison 
 
 Easter, 1913. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 PAOB 
 
 The German Alphabet 3 
 
 The German Script 4 
 
 The German Sounds 6 
 
 PART FIRST 
 
 (Each text treats the grammatical topic stated in the corresponding "Lesson.") 
 
 TEXTS 
 
 I. Conversation 27 
 
 la. tinbert}erg 27 
 
 lb. i^ragen unb Slntmortcn 28 
 
 II. Conversg-tion 28 
 
 Ila. 33crfe 28 
 
 III. 5)cr ^crr unb bic !5)icncr 29 
 
 Ilia. ^inbcrDcrg 30 
 
 III6. 3)ieUt)r 30 
 
 IV. 3Dag imittageffcn 30 
 
 IVa. tinberDerg 31 
 
 V. ^ie gamilic ; 31 
 
 VI. Conversation 32 
 
 VII. Conversation 32 
 
 VIII. Conversation 32 
 
 Villa. 3)cr saf)me ©tar 33 
 
 IX. ®(^ule unb ®artcn 33 
 
 X. ©lieber unb tieiber — !Da« 3ai)r 34 
 
 XL 2)er ^afe unb ber guc^S 35 
 
 XIa. 2)er Me unb ber 3QeI 35 
 
 XII. ®er ganbmann unb bag 'ilJfcrb . . . 36 
 
 Xlla. 3)a3 '!{3fcrb unb bic brei 33rubcr 37 
 
 XIII. mahtiaU unb ber ©tafer 37 
 
 Xllla. SSie 9?ubesat)I [einen gf^amen er^iett 38 
 
 vii 
 
viii CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XIV. Jill (guIenfpteQcI 40 
 
 XlVa. 9?o(^ brei ®ef(f)i(^tcn Don Jitl ©uIcnfptcQcI 40 
 
 XV. ©inc 3)^iinc^f)aufeTi9efc^i(^tc 42 
 
 XVa. :Der gute ^amerob 43 
 
 XV6. ^etbenrogleiti 43 
 
 XVI. 3)ie (Sc^ilbbiirger 44 
 
 XVII. !Dte 9Jte[en unb bie ^ft^erge 45 
 
 XVIII. 3)ie ©age bom ?oreIetfeI[en 46 
 
 XVIIIa. §Iugu[t ber ©tarfe unb ber ©(^tnieb 47 
 
 XIX. !Der 2)f?aufeturm 48 
 
 XlXa. 3)cr$Hf)ein 49 
 
 XX. !Der 9?atten[anger Don ^ameln 50 
 
 XXa. @in bcutfcfier SDJarftplalj 51 
 
 XXI. 3ung ©iegfrieb 52 
 
 XXII. 9?^einlieber 53 
 
 XXIII. SBarboroffa int tt)ff^aufer 56 
 
 XXIIIa. 33arbarof[a 57 
 
 XXIV. tort ber ©rofec im Unter^berg 58 
 
 XXIVa. 3)ic ©otterbammerung 59 
 
 XXV. !Dag <!Pferb alg tlager 60 
 
 XXVa. 3)er ®c^h)anenritter 61 
 
 XXVI. 3)ie U^r im ©trapurgcr SD^iinfter 62 
 
 XXVIa. S)er C>trfebrei Don S^vi^ 63 
 
 XXVII. !5)ag 3)eutfc^e 9Jeic^ unb bie 33ereinigten ©taoten ... 64 
 
 XXVIIa. !Da6 2ieb ber ^eutfc^en 65 
 
 XXVIII. ®ag alte T)eut[(f)e 3Jei(f) 66 
 
 XXVIIIa. taiferlieb 68 
 
 XXIX. !Die ®(f)Mt bei ©ebon 68 
 
 XXIXa. !J)er ©ieg Don <Bthan 71 
 
 XXIX6. '^k ©renabiere 72 
 
 XXX. 3)ie 53erfaf[ung beg S)eutfc^en 9?eic^e3 73 
 
 XXXa. S)ie grftnbung ber 33u(i)bru(ferfun[t 75 
 
 XXXI. 3)ie §ermann[d)Ia(^t 76 
 
 XXXIa. ©elimer 77 
 
 XXXII. Hermann S9imng 79 
 
 XXXIIa. !Dietinber 81 
 
 XXXIII. 3)ie Joiner S)omfage 83 
 
 XXXIIIa. !Da8 9}?utter(^en Don ^ufum 85 
 
 XXXIV. 2lgneg S3emauer 86 
 
 XXXIVa. 53ineta 88 
 
CONTENTS ix 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XXXV. ^ic bcutfd^c unb bit cnglifd^e ©prad^c 89 
 
 XXXVI. !Die muW Don ©angfouci 90 
 
 XXXVIa. 2)16 ©c^ilbnjac^e unb ber ^onig 91 
 
 XXXVII. grtebric^ ber ©rofee unb S3oItaire 93 
 
 XXXVIIa. SSon gelbmarfcfialt SBIiid^er 94 
 
 XXXVIII. 33oIfgIicbcr 95 
 
 XXXVIIIa. mm banht aUt &ott 98 
 
 mmm ZtU 99 
 
 PART SECOND 
 
 EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 Lesson I 105 
 
 1. The Definite Article (Nominative). 
 
 2. The Indefinite Article (Nominative). 
 
 3. Present Indicative of fcin. 
 
 Lesson II 107 
 
 4. The Accusative of the Definite Article. 
 
 5. The Accusative of the Indefinite Article. 
 
 6. Present Indicative of F)aben. 
 
 Lesson III 109 
 
 7. Agreement of Pronouns. 
 
 8. Question, Negative, and Progressive. 
 
 9. Inverted Word Order. 
 
 Lesson IV Ill 
 
 10. The Dative of the Articles. 
 
 11. The Dative of the Noun. 
 
 12. Word Formation (SD^ittageffen), 
 
 Lesson V 113 
 
 13. The Genitive of the Article. 
 
 14. The Genitive of the Noun. 
 
 Lesson VI 115 
 
 SSieberl^oIung. 
 Lesson VII 115 
 
 15. The Present Indicative. 
 
 16. The Imperative. 
 
X CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lesson VIII 117 
 
 17. Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative. 
 
 18. !Dicfer, jcner, {cbcr, tocld^cr. 
 
 Lesson IX 119 
 
 19. Types of Declension. 
 
 20. First Class of the Strong Declension. 
 
 21. Characteristics of the First Class. 
 
 22. Word Formation (m^kin). 
 
 Lesson X 123 
 
 23. Second Class of the Strong Declension. 
 
 24. Characteristics. 
 
 25. Cardinal Numbers (Assignment). 
 
 26. Word Formation (^Icibung^ftiid). 
 
 Lesson XI 125 
 
 27. Weak and Strong Verbs. 
 
 28. The Preterit of Weak Verbs. 
 
 29. The Preterit of [cin and t)abcn. 
 
 30. Forms of Address. 
 
 Lesson XII 129 
 
 31. The Possessive Pronoun. 
 
 32. The Dependent Word Order. 
 
 33. Prepositions with the Dative. 
 
 Lesson XIII 131 
 
 34. The Personal Pronouns. 
 
 35. The Reflexive Pronoun. 
 
 Lesson XIV 135 
 
 36. The Strong Verb. 
 
 37. The First Class. 
 
 38. The Second Class. 
 
 39. The Third Class. 
 
 Lesson XV , . \ . . 137 
 
 40. The Fourth Class. 
 
 41. The Fifth Class. 
 
 42. The Sixth Class. 
 
 43. The Seventh Class. 
 
 44. Irregular Verbs. 
 
 45. Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
CONTENTS XI 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lesson XVI 141 
 
 46. Third Class of the Strong Declension. 
 
 47. Characteristics. 
 
 48. Word Formation (-cr). 
 
 Lesson XVII 143 
 
 SBicbcrl^oIunQ. 
 
 Lesson XVIII 147 
 
 49. The Weak Declension. 
 
 50. Characteristics. 
 
 51. The Relative Pronoun. 
 
 Lesson XIX 149 
 
 52. The Present Indicative of Strong Verbs. 
 
 53. The Imperative of Strong Verbs. 
 
 54. Prepositions with the Accusative. 
 
 55. Word Formation (-ung). 
 
 Lesson XX 153 
 
 56. The Declension of Adjectives. 
 
 57. The Weak Endings. 
 
 58. The Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 Lesson XXI . 157 
 
 59. The Strong Endings. 
 
 60. Special Forms. 
 
 Lesson XXII 159 
 
 SBicbcrf)oIung. 
 
 61. Word Formation (@c — t, -f)dt, -fcit). 
 
 Lesson XXIII 161 
 
 62. The Compound Tenses. 
 
 63. The Perfect and Pluperfect. 
 
 Lesson XXIV 165 
 
 64. The Future and Future Perfect. * 
 
 Lesson XXV 167 
 
 65. Inseparable Compound Verbs. 
 
 66. Word Order of Verb Adjuncts. 
 
xii CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lesson XXVI 171 
 
 67. Separable Compound Verbs. 
 
 68. Doubtful Prefixes. 
 
 Lesson XXVII 173 
 
 69. The Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 70. Declension. 
 
 71. Irregular Comparison. 
 
 72. The Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 Lesson XXVIII 177 
 
 73. The Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 74. Date and Hour. 
 
 75. Irregular Weak Verbs. 
 
 Lesson XXIX 181 
 
 SBSiebcrl^oIung. 
 
 76. Word Formation ((Sd^Iofe, ©d^Iaf). 
 
 Lesson XXX 183 
 
 77. The Passive Voice, Simple Tenses. 
 73. The English Passive. 
 
 79. By. 
 
 Lesson XXXI 187 
 
 80. The Compound Tenses of the Passive. 
 
 81. The Impersonal Passive. 
 
 82. Substitutes for the Passive. 
 
 83. Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 Lesson XXXII 191 
 
 84. The Modal Auxiliaries. 
 
 85. Their Use. 
 
 Lesson XXXIII 197 
 
 86. The Compound Tenses of the Modal Auxiliaries. 
 Lesson XXXIV 201 
 
 87. Dependent Infinitives. 
 
 88. Word Formation (-ni«, -turn, -f(|aft, -fol). 
 
 Lesson XXXV 203 
 
 2Bicbcrf)oIunQ. 
 
CONTENTS xiu 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lesson XXXVI 205 
 
 89. The Four Tenses of the Subjunctive. 
 
 90. Formation of the Second Subjunctive. 
 
 91. Its Use. 
 
 Lesson XXXVII 211 
 
 92. Formation of the First Subjimctive. 
 
 93. Its Use. 
 
 94. Indirect Discourse. 
 
 Lesson XXXVIII 215 
 
 S2Biebcrf)oIunQ. 
 
 PART THIRD 
 
 Synopsis of Grammar 219 
 
 List of Strong Verbs 264 
 
 Special Vocabularies and Notes 269 
 
 German-English Vocabulary 301 
 
 English-German Vocabulary 325 
 
 Grammatical Index 335 
 
INTEODUCTION 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 THE GERMAN ALPHABET 
 
 German 
 
 Form 
 
 Roman 
 Form 
 
 German 
 
 Name 
 
 German 
 Form 
 
 Roman 
 
 German 
 
 Form 
 
 Name 
 
 N n 
 
 enn 
 
 
 
 oh 
 
 P p 
 
 pay 
 
 Q q 
 
 koo 
 
 Rr 
 
 err. 
 
 S s 
 
 ess 
 
 T t 
 
 tay 
 
 Uu 
 
 00 
 
 V V 
 
 fow 
 
 "Ww 
 
 vay 
 
 Xx 
 
 iks 
 
 Yy 
 
 ipsilon 
 
 Z z 
 
 tset 
 
 The modified v6wels or Umtaute: S ci, £) o, ft ii. 
 
 The combined letters: d) (ch, tsay-hah), d (ck, 
 tsay-kah)j 6_^ ess-tset or fd^arfeS efe, 'sharp s^, ij 
 (tz, tay-tset). 
 
,:.... THE GERMAN SCRIPT 
 1. The Alphabet 
 
 ^^ ^^ U^^ 
 
 ?t a SB 6 6 c 
 
 © 
 
 ® 9 
 
 3 J 
 
 SW m 
 
 ® f 6 
 
 U u 
 
 X t 
 
 @ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 >*' - / 
 
 SB 
 
 S) » 
 
 5 
 
 e 
 
 ^ . 
 
 ^^ 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 r^ 
 
 ... •? 
 
 25 ST 
 
 3 i 
 
THE GERMAN SCRIPT 
 
 II. Transcription of Text on P. 22 
 
 ^<?*ir*^-«'^*****^»'**<* 
 
 
 ^<**-***/ ^^t^^f^*^^*^-^/-^ 
 
 C-***'^*-**^, 
 
 
 
THE GERMAN SOUNDS 
 
 The Simple Vowels 
 
 1. Long a (spelled a, aa, a^), pronounced like a in art. 
 Short a (spelled a), pronounced like a in artistic. 
 
 Long 
 
 Short 
 
 tarn 
 
 ^avmi 
 
 mt' 
 
 paffe 
 
 Waa^ 
 
 Tla\t 
 
 iBafin 
 
 iBann 
 
 3)a{)n 
 
 bann 
 
 ^al)n 
 
 fann 
 
 2» Long i (spelled i, if), ic, xei)), like ee in fee. 
 Short i (spelled i, rarely ic), like i in fit. 
 
 Long 
 
 Short 
 
 loiter 
 
 bitter 
 
 i^m 
 
 im 
 
 btete 
 
 bitte 
 
 tnietc 
 
 $mitte 
 
 f)ie6en 
 
 f)iffen 
 
 \m 
 
 (Sitte 
 
 ^ Unaccented c is to be pronounced "slurred," i.e. like e in Eng- 
 lish father. See § 5. 
 
 Capitalization. Nouns or words used as nouns are always capi- 
 talized. For details, see Part III, Synopsis of Grammar, §§ 63-67. 
 
 6 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 Long u (spelled u, uf)), like oo in pool. 
 Short u, like u in 'put. 
 
 Long 
 
 Short 
 
 bu 
 
 butnm 
 
 3Jhit 
 
 abutter 
 
 •iPuter 
 
 Gutter 
 
 guber 
 
 gutter 
 
 tul) 
 
 tu6 
 
 ^u()n 
 
 §unne 
 
 4. Long e (spelled e, ee, cf), ft, ft©; like a in daj/^ but 
 
 without diphthongal glide {ay=a-\-y). 
 Short e (spelled e, a), like e in pet. 
 
 Long 
 
 Short 
 
 Distinguish: 
 
 beten 
 
 bctten 
 
 English 
 
 German 
 
 ^eet 
 
 iBett 
 
 say 
 
 (See 
 
 (Sef)ne 
 
 ©enne 
 
 day 
 
 Xee 
 
 ne^me, na()Tnc 
 
 nennc 
 
 fay 
 
 See 
 
 C>at)ne 
 
 ©enne 
 
 mate 
 
 . gy^et 
 
 nttftte 
 
 nettc 
 
 bait 
 
 53eet 
 
 5. Unaccented c is pronounced as in English: (^abe, 
 baben, gema'^inen. But other unaccented vowels are pro- 
 nounced just as clearly as when accented: 2(nna, ^rama, 
 ©ratmna'tif, '^ati)cma'iit, 2:eTnpu^. 
 
 6. Long (spelled o, oo, o()), like o in no, but without 
 diphthongal glide (English o=o-\-u). 
 
 Short is much more close (much nearer to long o) 
 than English, especially Am/M-ican-Enghsh o (which, to a 
 
8 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 German ear, sounds like a). Its sound is between those 
 
 of au in laud and of o in no. 
 
 Long Short Distinguish: 
 
 bogen bodfetl English German 
 
 fogen ©orfett so fo 
 
 §obeI ^oppel boat 53oot 
 
 $ofcn ^offen coal ^o()Ic 
 
 5D^oo« ^rnoft soc/b ©ocfexi 
 
 i8o()nc iBonnc • c^oc/i !Dod 
 
 The Rounded Vowels 
 
 A"o English equivalents exist. 
 
 7- it is formed in this way: Round your Hps (as for 
 whisthng) and pronounce ee. 
 
 Long it (spelled u, iij, in Greek words icf) is rounded 
 long t. 
 
 Short XL (spelled U, in Greek words >Cj) is roundpc* 
 short t. 
 
 Long Short 
 
 C>iitc C>iittc 
 
 ^iinc bilnne 
 
 Siifee gliiffe 
 
 mtt mmtx 
 
 (Siiben fiittem 
 
 ;8^rtf ©a'tijr 
 
 Distinguish: 
 
 
 (a) 
 
 
 (?» 
 
 Long 
 
 
 Long 
 
 ^ien mi^n 
 
 tun 
 
 3)ilne 
 
 iBtene :53ll]^tte 
 
 ©ul^n 
 
 ^ilftnct: 
 
 bieneti !Dilncit 
 
 •&ut 
 
 ^ilte 
 
 mietc mii()te 
 
 2»ut 
 
 ©etiUl't 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 Short 
 
 Short 
 
 iBitte 
 
 mat 
 
 (Sitte 
 miffen 
 
 ^iitte 
 
 amitter 
 
 ^iitte 
 miiffen 
 
 gutter 
 ay^utter 
 ®u6 
 mufete 
 
 fllttcm 
 mnittx 
 ©iiffe 
 miifete 
 
 8. b is formed in this way: Round your lips and pro- 
 nounce e. 
 
 Long (spelled 5, o^) is rounded long c. 
 Short b is rounded short e. 
 
 
 Long 
 
 Short 
 
 
 bote 
 
 f5tte 
 
 
 tonen 
 
 gonnen 
 
 
 {)o{)nen 
 
 fonnen 
 
 
 bofe 
 
 Qoffe 
 
 
 b5ge 
 
 mdt 
 
 
 Distinguish 
 
 i: 
 
 (a) 
 
 
 (&) 
 
 Long 
 
 
 Long 
 
 58eete 
 
 bote 
 
 iBote SBote 
 
 benen 
 
 tonen 
 
 2:on 2:one 
 
 fe{)nen 
 
 @of)nen 
 
 <Sof)n ®of)ne 
 
 (SeQen 
 
 fogen 
 
 iBogen ^ogen 
 
 Short 
 
 Short 
 
 53ecEen 
 
 mdt 
 
 33o(f ^odfe 
 
 fettnen 
 
 fonnen 
 
 fonnte f5nnte 
 
 ge[tem 
 
 Qoffen 
 
 906 fioffe 
 
 affte 
 
 ofter 
 
 oft ofter 
 
10 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Diphthongs 
 
 9. ct=at is similar to y in my, but the first part is some- 
 what shorter: 
 
 bei, ein, fetn, beifeen, Saib, ^aifer, ^ox. 
 Distinguish : 
 ^einc iBiene 
 
 meinc Witm 
 
 feimen Piemen 
 
 SBeife SBiefe 
 
 9^eife ^iefe 
 
 l^eifee f)ie6e 
 
 10. au is similar to ou in /loiise, but the first part is 
 shorter: 
 
 §au^, bauen, ©aumen, fauen, f)auen. 
 
 11. ftu=cu is Hke at, et, pronounced with rounded lips; 
 it is somewhat similar to oy in hoy: 
 
 ^eu, neu, iBeute, teuer, §aufer, SJJciufe, fttuft, §aute. 
 Distinguish : 
 $au6 ©aufer ()eifer 
 
 5mau« ay^aufe SD^eifc 
 
 SBau @eb(iu'bc bei 
 
 faufen ^aufer feifen 
 
 Umlaut 
 
 12. ft, ij, ii, fttt are called Utntautc, modified vowels 
 (singular Umlaut). They occur most frequently in inflec- 
 tional forms of words with the stem vowels a, o, u, au, 
 e.g. in many plurals: bet ©aft — hk ©ttfte {the guest — the 
 gi^ats), bier §ut — bie §ute {the hat — the hats). Be care- 
 
INTRODUCTION 11 
 
 ful to pronounce them correctly: a=e; o is rounded e; ii is 
 rounded i; au is rounded ei. 
 
 Distinguish : 
 
 ©aft ©aftc Sfen fifen §ut ^Ute §aug ^ftufer 
 
 ^aften ^aften ©of)n eofene gufe gilfee $mau^ ^maufc 
 
 ga6 gaffer 2:on J5nc ^ug tiiffe ©aut ©aute 
 
 ©aal eaiei iBoot iBBte^ glufe glilffe iBaum iBaume 
 
 Accent and Quantity 
 
 13. The Accent is usually on the stem syllable, which is, 
 in most cases, the first syllable of the word. When the 
 accent is not on the first syllable, it will be marked in the 
 word Hsts and vocabularies, e.g. ba^ ©ebau'be. For de- 
 tails, see Part III, Synopsis of Grammar, § 61. 
 
 14. Quantity. Roughly speaking, unaccented syllables 
 are short. Accented syllables are long if the vowel is 
 followed by not more than one consonant. Where neces- 
 sary, long vowels will be marked by ", e.g. ba^ 33u(5. 
 For details, see Part III, Synopsis of Grammar, § 62. 
 
 The Consonants 
 
 15. A consonant is called a stop if the breath is stopped 
 entirely in the mouth : 6, d, g, p, t, k, m, n, ng. 
 
 A consonant is called a spirant if the breath is not 
 stopped, but only impeded: (^'squeezed")*/) ih, s, sh,v, 
 z, y (as in year). 
 
 Stops as well as spirants are voiced if the vocal chords 
 (in the throat) vibrate: h, d, g, v, th (in the), z, y; m, n, ng. 
 They are voiceless if the vocal chords do not vibrate : p, t. k, 
 /, th (in thin) J s, sh. 
 
 ^ Observe that Umlautc are never doubled. 
 
12 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Lip Consonants 
 
 16. f) (bb), p (pp) (stops) are pronounced as in English: 
 
 ^afe paffc 
 
 baden paden 
 
 iBube *»Puppc 
 
 &tht §ippe 
 
 (Slebc (gippe 
 
 Sbbe nippcn 
 
 17. nt is pronounced as in English : 
 
 9)?ann, Wa\\t, Dame, am. 
 
 Lip-Teeth Consonants 
 
 18. tt), f (spirants), to is pronounced like v in mn, 
 f like / in fan (both a Uttle less sharply) ; t) and pfj have 
 the sound of f. 
 
 SKannc gaf)ne 
 
 SBiefc giifee 
 
 iDa« ga6 
 
 SSefte gefte 
 
 trie 5Sie^ 
 
 tDoten ^ater 
 
 tt)of)nen toon 
 
 Remember: In is pronounced like English v, but I) like 
 English// ^Jf=p + f. 
 
 Distinguish : 
 
 
 gliiQC 
 
 WH^ 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Saferte 
 
 ^ferbe 
 
 
 
 gunbc 
 
 •ipfunbe 
 
 
 SBiinbe 
 
 ^iinbe 
 
 fSnbe 
 
 pfanbe 
 
 2Babe 
 
 babe 
 
 fSbe 
 
 ^fabe 
 
 SSanne 
 
 bal^nc 
 
 ga()ne 
 
 ^fannc 
 
INTRODUCTION 13 
 
 Clu = f+tT3 (English kv, not like qu = kw): 
 
 MtUt SSelle Ouettc 
 
 faf)l ^a()I dual 
 
 • tt^vm h)e()ren quer 
 
 ^aften fafteti Ouaften 
 
 ^itt fett qultt 
 
 Teeth Consonants 
 
 19. b (hh), t (tt) (stops) are similar to English d, t, but 
 they are pronounced farther in front : the tip of the tongue 
 touches the upper teeth, or the front edge of the upper 
 gums. 
 
 bann Xanne 
 
 ®eibe <Seite 
 
 X)aube 2:aube 
 
 bu tun 
 
 SSabe mte, SSatte 
 
 30. n is pronounced as in English : 
 
 nun, ai)ntn, gal^nen, Xennc, bon. 
 
 21* f, ff, ^, ^ (spirants), f stands only in the beginning of 
 words and syllables and in the combinations fp, ft, fc^ (for 
 these, compare § 24). ^ stands in place of f at the end of 
 words and syllables: lefen, la^, ii)r laft; 9D^au6, SO^dufe, Wflau^^ 
 (^en. 
 
 ff stands between vowels when the preceding vowel 
 is short. Elsewhere, ft takes its place: {)affen, ber ©ag, 
 l^cifelid^; ber gufe, bie Siifee, but ber glufe, bie glilffe. 
 
 f at the beginning of words and between vowels is, 
 in standard pronunciation, voiced, like English z; but very 
 many Germans pronounce it voiceless. 
 
14 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 2, ff, ff are always voiceless, like s, ss, in so, less. 
 
 fiefett ^u6 fiiffen 
 
 ®afe m^ ®affe 
 
 arjoofe arjoog g[^affe 
 
 $afe §ag f)affe 
 
 5 (fe) is 
 
 always pronounced like ts in 
 
 cats, not like 2 
 
 in 2eaZ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 SU, 3ef)n, 
 
 sn)ei, Smecf. 
 
 
 
 Distinguish : 
 
 
 
 ©lege 
 
 3tege 
 
 
 
 fciuQen 
 
 Seugen 
 
 
 
 ©aum 
 
 3aum 
 
 
 
 fogen 
 
 Sogen 
 
 
 
 feit 
 
 3eit 
 
 
 
 ®an^ 
 
 gans 
 
 
 
 {)ei6en 
 
 f)eisen 
 
 
 
 melfeen 
 
 SSeigen 
 
 
 
 miiffen 
 
 arai^en 
 
 
 
 ®pie6 
 
 fpt^ 
 
 
 
 ^affe 
 
 £a^e 
 
 
 
 Iftfet 
 
 Icigt 
 
 
 feit 
 
 3ett 
 
 trett 
 
 glDeit 
 
 ftnfen 
 
 ^infen 
 
 tDinfen 
 
 StDinfen 
 
 ©ang 
 
 Bange 
 
 SSange 
 
 gmang 
 
 (Saar 
 
 Bar 
 
 n)af)r 
 
 jtDar 
 
 £ (f^, (f6, (^^, c^f) is like English x; observe the differ- 
 ence between the letters j and r! 
 
 ^ej:e, 2ljt, ^tvU, S^atffel, fed^^, Oc^fe. 
 
 2^. I (H) is very different from English I: the tip of the 
 tongue touches the upper teeth (or front edge of gums), 
 
INTRODUCTION 15 
 
 the back of the tongue is flat, as in the pronunciation of 
 t, b. (With EngHsh I, the tip of the tongue touches the 
 front palate, or the back part of the gums, and the back 
 of the tongue is raised.) Practise syllables like: ti, tli, Itlt, 
 it, It, lili. — Always be sure that the tongue tip touches the 
 teeth or the front edge of the gums! 
 
 Hit, ?iia, 3Itig, grier, ftel, ^iifte, fill^Ien, mi)l 
 lafet, Seber, alter, We, mt% IBfen, Bite, tl 
 leiften, leiber, Sile, elite, ^eil, I)eulen, ?eute, ^eule, 
 2o\)t, lofen, folfien, D^oIIe, ii3oI)L 
 2mr '^uft, <iPuit)er, iBuIIe, ®(i^ule» 
 laben, laffen, alt, alle, gall, 
 lau, laut, "iPauI, faulte. 
 
 33. r (rr), like I, is pronounced with the tip of the tongue 
 against the upper teeth or the edge of the upper gums. 
 German r should, if possible, be ''rolled" i.e. a strong 
 force or breath should make the tip of the tongue vibrate. 
 It is very important to avoid the English (especially 
 American-English) r, which is formed with the tongue 
 tip inverted so that it touches the front palate. Be care- 
 ful to pronounce all vowels before r exactly as before other 
 consonants: SSert, SBirt, SSiirbe, must be clearly distin- 
 guishable. 
 
 irren, h3irr, biirr, fill^ren, Piemen, ^tibe, b!r, fUr, fii^rte, SBirt. 
 
 ^erren, SJ^eere, iBSren, 9?ebe, retten, tt)er, fel)rte, pren, prte» 
 
 I)arren, fc^aren, fd^arren, $Rabe, D^atte, 5Iar, tcarte, toart. 
 
 OI)ren, fc^oren, rol), rot, t)or, morben, bort. 
 
 murren, ful)ren, ^uren, 9?ul)e, 9?ute, murrtc, gurt, murrt. 
 
 dld^t, dl^dn, bairifc^, 9^(iuber. 
 
 9}iauren, xaui), rauben» 
 
16 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS • 
 
 Distinguish : 
 
 tncrbc, SBirt, tDiirbe, h)urbe, morben. 
 53er0e, ©ebi'rge, ^iirge, 53urgen, borgen* 
 tDcrfen, n)irft, tDiirfe, SSurf, getDo'rfen. 
 
 Front-Palate Consonants 
 
 24. f(^| (spirant) is pronounced like English sh, but 
 usually the lips are rounded: 
 
 ^ii)tin, fd^ieben, fd^immem, ©d^tnein, fc^hjeben, f(^tt)irmnen. 
 
 ft and f^ at the beginning of words are pronounced 
 like fd^t, \<i}p, but in the middle or at the end of words they 
 are pronounced as in English : 
 
 Distinguish : 
 
 feln (Stein 
 
 (5a()ne ' (Span 
 
 fiege ' Stiege 
 
 \d)tn fte{)en 
 
 SBefen meffen SKeften SSefpen 
 
 filffe ^li[te gefiifet 
 
 faffe fafete gefafet 
 
 ftSren fc^eren n)er fd^tuer quer 
 
 Stelle Sd^elle SBelle Sd^tDelle OueHc 
 Sturs Sd^ura SSarge fd^lDarj Ouarg 
 
 25. j, (i^ (in words like id^) are "front-palatal spirants," 
 i.e. both are pronounced by raising the front tongue 
 toward the front palate, j (voiced) is pronounced hke y in 
 year^ but it is somewhat sharper, more 'Hightly squeezed"; 
 this is called the 'id^-sound'; it is simply voiceless 
 (whispered) j, and can be learned in the following ways: 
 
INTRODUCTION 17 
 
 (a) pronounce y in year in a very sharp whisper; 
 
 (6) pronounce very sharply the j&rst sound of words 
 like hue, human, humor; 
 
 (c) pronounce several times the following pairs of con- 
 sonants : 
 
 V — f ; th (in the) — th (in thin) ; z — s; and then (with 
 the same distinction between a voiced and a voiceless 
 spirant) j — eft. 
 
 Caution: Be careful not to insert f between the vowel and the 
 6) in id^. 
 
 Note. ^ denotes the *ic^-sound' after i, it, e, ct, 6, ^, ei, ai, cu, 
 au, and after all consonants, i.e. in all positions except after a, o, 
 u. For these, compare § 27. 
 
 is, 3a^r, ieber, {e^t, 3ube, ^vlx, 3unt. 
 
 9?ec^en, 53ad^e, Sadler, ©d^cic^er, ed^t, red^t, redf)t^. 
 reid^, bleid^, feud^en, iBraud^e, reid^t, bleid^t, feud^te. 
 ^Sd^er, glUd^e, ^iid^e, Md^er, ©erii'd^t, fd^ud^tem, 
 rod^e, froc^e, ^iid^er, rod^t. 
 SO^Srd^en, SDf^Sbd^en, *i|3iippdf)en, graudpen. 
 
 6) at the beginning of (foreign) words is pronounced d^ or f : (Sf)emic, 
 Sf)ina, (Si)5ral; before r and I it is always pronounced f: (Sf)ri[tug, 
 
 Back-Palate Consonants 
 ^6. g (gg), f (df) (stops) are pronounced as in EngHsh: 
 ©age ©adf 
 
 ®egen 
 
 ecidfen 
 
 logen 
 
 lodfen 
 
 ISgen 
 
 SildEen 
 
 (Sgge 
 
 (gdfc 
 
18 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 37. ng is always (also at the end of words) pronounced 
 like ng in singer, never like ng in finger: 
 
 fingen, Singer, bange, lang, langer. 
 
 <3«nge sanfe 
 
 9?ange 9^anfe 
 
 SBange tDanfe 
 
 (gngel (gnfel 
 
 fang fan! 
 
 bang iBanf 
 
 fing gin! 
 
 Note. Only in foreign words the pronunciation ng-\-g, as in 
 finger, is customary: Ungarn, Hungary, 5llba Songa (an ItaUan city). 
 
 28. (!^ ('back-palatal spirant') after a, o, u is called the 
 'ac|-sound' ; it differs from the td^-sound (§ 25) in so far as 
 the hack of the tongue touches the hack palate (while with 
 the id^-sound the front tongue touches the front palate) : 
 with the latter, the tongue is raised in the same place as 
 for t, t, but with the a(f)-sound in the same place as for u, 
 0, a. To learn it, pronounce t — t — id^; then: u — u — 
 Vi6^, — — o(^, a — a — adfi: 
 
 ad^, ^a6), (ac^en, lac^t, fac^te, brad^te. 
 boc^; rod^, nod^, foc^t, ^oc^, foc^te, 
 ^ud^, 2^uc^, fuc^en, fuc^t, (©c^Iud^t. 
 
 Caution: Do not insert t between the vowel and d§; do not even 
 practise such contrasts as !Do(f — boc^; the difference is so great that 
 there is no fair comparison. 
 
 Note. ^^ is pronounced hke x, as stated at the end of § 21. 
 But if the -g is an ending, while d^ belongs to the stem, the pro- 
 nunciation is back-palatal spirant (id^- or ac^-sound) -|-^: 
 d^g belongs to the stem: g is an ending: 
 
 fed^S 'jPcc^g (genitive sing, of ^t^i) 
 
 'S:)Oi<i,^ SSad^g ( '' " '' 53ad^) 
 
 m^ (Od^fc) ?»d^8 ( '' '' '' Sod^) 
 
 gud^g «ud^8 ( '^ " '' iBud^) 
 

 INTRODUCTION 
 
 
 
 Distinguish: 
 
 
 a^ 
 
 i4 
 
 ed^t 
 
 M 
 
 ^ad) 
 
 hid) 
 
 bac^tc 
 
 bod& 
 
 mt 
 
 :Oid^t 
 
 fdf)lc(|t 
 
 ?od^ 
 
 ma^t 
 
 nid^t 
 
 nad^tUd^ 
 
 nod& 
 
 
 f)od^ 
 
 &5d^ft 
 
 
 
 nai), nad& 
 
 niid^ft 
 
 
 19 
 
 39. Final h, b, g and h, b, g before voiceless consonants 
 and before suffixes are pronounced voiceless, i.e. like p, t, !♦ 
 
 aber: 
 
 ab, tbt, iiblid^ 
 
 ©raber: 
 
 ©rab, ®rab« 
 
 geben: 
 
 gab, gib, gibft, gibt 
 
 Mber: 
 
 mh, mwn 
 
 ^unbe: 
 
 §unb, ^iinbd^en 
 
 2:age: 
 
 Xag, Jag^, tttgltd^ 
 
 iagen: 
 
 m\ iagt=3agb (final b is voice- 
 
 
 less). 
 
 The suflBlx -ig is pronounced -i(i): (Sffig, ^onig, eh)ig, (ebtg, 
 amansig, breifeig, fcd^jig, ftebsig. 
 
 Note. The pronunciation of g varies greatly in different parts 
 of Germany. The description given in this section, and in § 26, 
 agrees with that standard of pronunciation which is called ^Ul^nen* 
 beutfd^, stage German: g is a stop everywhere except in the suffix -ig. 
 But the following is very common usage, especially in the middle 
 and north of Germany: 
 
 (a) Initial g is a voiced stop: gcbcn with ^ as in give. 
 
 (b) g between vowels is a voiced spirant : Icgcn with J as m fa; Jagc 
 with a similar spirant, pronounced at the back of the palate (hke 
 the ad^-sound, but voiced) . 
 
 (c) g final, before voiceless consonants and before suffixes = (i) 
 (id^ or a^, according to the preceding sound) : ©teg, XaQ, 
 
20 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Throat Consonants 
 
 30. ]^ is like English h in house. With the exception of 
 a very few words, it is pronounced only in the beginning 
 of words, while after vowels it serves as a mark of long 
 quantity: 
 
 ^au^, ^irt, 5lf)om, U()u. 
 
 It is not pronounced, but indicates length in the fol- 
 lowing words : 
 
 fcl)cn, m\)t, 2o\)c, 90^()c, ntt{)cr, f)6t)cr. 
 
 31. The Glottal Stop. If a German word begins with 
 an accented vowel, the breath is stopped for a moment 
 before the vowel is pronoimced. The same is done in 
 compounds, if their second element begins with a vowel. 
 This stopping of the breath is called ''glottal stop" ("glot- 
 tis" is the opening between the vocal chords: the breath 
 is stopped by closing the glottis). 
 
 ab, aber, U'nc'f)rc (=Unscf)re), au'^a'rtcn (au6=arten), bic 
 SScrct'ntgtcn (SScr*einigten) ©taatcn, the United States. 
 
INTRODUCTION 21 
 
 PRONUNCIATION EXERCISES 
 
 mam 
 
 (Riddles) 
 
 From Vietor's Lesebuch in Lautachrift, I, 23. 
 
 Wd cinem ^ tm ©d^ncc, 
 
 With a b in the snow, 
 
 Wii ctncm ^ tm (©cc, 
 
 With a k in the lake, 
 
 Wd cinem 3 i^n 9}hinb; 
 
 With a ts in the mouth; 
 
 ®u tDcifet e«, fiib c« funb! 
 You know it, make it known! 
 
 Me has the horse 
 
 3n feinem SO^auI, 
 
 In his mouth, 
 
 ^ie £a1je in ber Xafec, 
 
 The cat in the paw, 
 
 Unb fprtngt ber §af' 
 
 And (if) leaps the hare 
 
 !^urd^« grilne ®ra«, 
 
 Through the green grass, 
 
 ^tn \6) in jebem 'Boi\^t. 
 
 Am I in every leap {(yr sentence). 
 
22 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 3 
 
 (Sg tft nid^t in ©panien, 
 
 It is not in Spain, 
 
 (©onbcm in Oranien. 
 
 But in Orange. 
 
 (S« ift nid^t in SBien, 
 
 It is not in Vienna, 
 
 ©onbem in ^Berlin, 
 
 But in Berlin. 
 
 (S« ift nid^t am Wain, 
 
 It is not on the Main, 
 
 SSol^I aber im $R()ein, 
 
 However in the Rhine. 
 
 a^ ift nid^t in 9}?ei6en, 
 
 It is not in Meissen, 
 
 SSoi)l aber in ^reugcn* 
 
 However in Prussia. 
 
 @6 ift fein 3)orf fo flein, 
 
 There is no village so small, 
 
 !Die^ ^ing mufe brinnen fein. 
 
 This thing must within be. 
 
 9?atc, n3a6 ic^ liab^ bemommen: 
 
 Guess, what I have heard: 
 
 (Sg finb ad^tgel^n Heinp ©efellen gur SSelt gefontmen, 
 
 There are eighteen Uttle fellows to the world come, 
 
 58on ^Ingefic^t gar fciuberlid^, 
 
 Of face very neat, 
 
 jDod^ feiner einem anbem glid^; 
 But none another resembled; 
 
INTRODUCTION 23 
 
 W.V of)ne ge{)ter unb ©ebrec^en, 
 
 All without faults and blemishes, 
 
 9^ur'!onnte felner em SSort fpred^en, 
 
 Only could none a word speak, 
 
 Unb bamit man fie fonnte t)erftef)n, 
 
 And so that one them could understand, 
 
 fatten fie fiinf 2)oImetf(i^er mit fid^ gel^n. 
 
 Had they five interpreters with themselves go. 
 
 !Da6 tuaren f)0(5gelef)rte 2cuV: 
 
 They were highly learned people: 
 
 !Der erft' erftaunt, reifet'^ Tlaul auf meit, 
 
 The first is astonished, tears the mouth open wide, 
 
 !Der itodtt tcie ein ^inblein fd^reit, 
 
 The second like a baby cries, 
 
 ^er britte trie ein SD^au^Iein pfiff, 
 
 The third like a little mouse squeaked, 
 
 !Der Dierte mie ein guf)rmann rief, 
 
 The fourth hke a driver called, 
 
 !Der fiinf te gar trie ein Uf)u tut: 
 
 The fifth even hke an owl acts: 
 
 ^ag h)aren if)re ^iinfte gut. 
 
 Those were their arts fine. 
 
 !l)amit erf)oben fie ein ©efc^rei, 
 
 With them raised they a crying (noise), 
 
 giiirt no(^ bie SBelt, ift nid^t toorbet. 
 
 FiUs still the world, is not over. 
 
 Answers to the riddles: (1) ^a\)n, (sleighing) road — ^ai)n, boat 
 — 3a^n, tooth. (2) The vowel a. (3) The consonant r. (4) The 
 German consonants (b, h, f, g, f), i, t, I, m, n, p, c\, v, f, t, to, y, j; d = f, 
 c = j) and vowels (a, e, i, o, u). 
 
PART I 
 
 TEXTS 
 
^a^ tft ber ZiW, ba6 ift ber ©tufiL !Dag ift bic 3:afel; 
 ba^ tft bte ^anb. 3)a6 ift. bag S8u^; bag tft bag SBIatt..^ 
 ^ag tft ber ^letfttft, bte trelbe uitb bag Mffer, 
 
 !Der Zi\^ tft braun. !Der etii!)I tft braun, ^er Slfc^ 
 unb ber @tuf)( fmb braun. ^te ^afel ift fc^trarj, bie ^reibe 5 
 ift tDeife, bie SSatto ift gelb (blau, griitt, grau)» ®ag iBuc^ 
 ift rot unb fc^toars, bag SBlatt ift h)eii ^er SBIeiftift ift 
 ftumpf (fpiij), bag SO^effer ift fd&arf. 
 
 ©ie finb ber ?ef)rer (bie !^ef)reritt), unb ic^ bin ein ®d^ii= 
 ler (eine (Sd^ulerin)* 5Bir finb ©chiller, unb ©ie finb ein 10 
 ?e!)rer, (Sr ift ein ©driller, fie ift eine @(^li(erin. 
 
 la 
 
 l:{inbert)ers 
 
 (Sing, jtDei, bret, @ing, strei, brei, 
 
 mt ift ni(f)t neu, * 5llt ift nid^t neu, 
 
 5^eu ift nic^t alt, 5lrm ift ni(f)t reid^, 
 
 SSarm ift nic^t fait, $art ift nic^t meic^.^ 
 
 ^alt ift nic^t trarm, grifd^ ift nid^t faul, <^^ 5 
 
 $Reid& ift nic^t arm. Od^g ift fein ©auL^y^^ 
 
 Sing, glDei, brei, 
 mt ift nid^t neu, 
 (Bautx ift nid^t fiife, 
 
 $(inbe finb feine giife', 10 
 
 giifee finb feine ^ctnbc, 
 !Dag ?ieb {)at ein (gnbe. 
 27 
 
28 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 lb 
 ^ragen unb 2lntir>orten 
 
 Id^e ©tragc ift of)nc ®taub ? ^ic TOId^ftrafec ift of)nc ©taub. 
 SBeld^c58(iumefmbo()Tie?aub? !I)ie ^^annenbaumc f)aben fein 
 
 ?aub. 
 SBcld^er ^onig ift of)nc 2:f)ron? !Der ^artcnfoniQ ift of)ne 
 
 SSelc^e toed^tc finb of)ne ^ie ©tiefelfned^te finb ol^ne 
 
 2KeIci^e6 ^au« l^at tDcber §oIs ^a^ (Sc^ne(fenf)au^ l^at iDebcr 
 nod^ <Stcin? §olg noc^ (Stein. 
 
 10 SBeld^cr ©traug f)at feinc iBlil* ^er 5BogeI ©traufe f)at feine 
 melein? ^mmelein. 
 
 SESo ift eine geber unb Zinit? 3(^ l^abe feine geber, aber 
 
 f)ier t)abe i(^ einen ^teiftift. ^er SBIeiftift ift ftnmpf, i)ahtn 
 
 (Sie fein ^Jieffer? 3a, f)ier \)aht id^ ein 5D^effer; e^ bat nur 
 
 eine ^linge, aber fie ift f c^arf . — ^aben ©ie ein i8u^ ? 9^ein, 
 
 5 id^ !)abe fein ^ud); id^ t)abe nnr ein ©eft. 
 
 ^a^ 3immer t)at red^t^ eine Zixx (jtuei Xiiren), unb 
 
 linf^ ^t e^ t)ier genfter. 3)ie Xux ift grofe, aber bie gen^ 
 
 fter finb flein. Hud^ t)at e^ eine Xafel, eirt ^T3ult unb einen 
 
 3:ifd^. !Der Sef)rer !)at ein SBud^, ein ©eft unb ^reibe. 3)er 
 
 10 (gd^iiler \)ai ein ©eft, einen iBIeiftift, eine geber unb 2:inte. 
 
 Ha 
 
 S^ liebe ben SBinter, - S^ liebe bie iBtumc, W 
 
 3d^ liebe ben ©d^nee, - 3d^ liebe ba« ©piel, ^^ 
 
 3c^ liebe bag @i« * ^ ' S^ liebe bie ©d^ule, 
 
 vv 
 
 Unb ben glufe unb ben @cc. 3d^ liebe gar biel 
 
> 
 
 ^ TEXTS 29 
 
 3(5 X\^t "iio.^ iBadfilein, — 
 3)a^ %oX unb bie §o()'n, ^^O^^-i^r^ 
 3(5 liebe bie ^Sogel, dLe^Virtj^ 
 <Sic fttiQen fo fd^on. 
 
 m 
 
 Der ^err unb Me Diener 
 
 ^cr 9}?etftcr \^\di ben 3o(feI au«, er foil ben $afer 
 [(^neiben. !Der 3o(feI f(5neibet ben $afer nlc^t unb fommt 
 au(5 nl(5t na(5 §fiiif^- 
 
 ^a f(5icft ber §err ben 'ipubel au«, er foil ben Sodfel 
 beifeen, !l)er ^ubel betfet ben 3otfe( yM)i, ber 3o(feI [(^nei^ 5 
 bet ^itxi $afer nl(5t unb fommt au(5 nl(5t na(5 ©aufe. 
 
 !Da (deleft ber ©err bie ^t\i\^t au^, fie foil ben *ipubel 
 f(5Ia9en. !^ie ^eitf(5e fc^IciQt ben ^ubel xCx^i, ber "ipubel 
 
 U.f.tD. 
 
 3)a f(5icft ber $err ba^ geuer aii^, e« foil bie ^eitf(5e lo 
 brennen* ^a^ geuer brennt bie *ipeitf(5e vx^i, bie ^ipeitfc^e 
 
 U.f.tD, 
 
 !l)a f(5i(ft ber ^txx ba^ Staffer au^, e^ foil \i(x^ geuer 
 Iof(5en, ba^ 3Baffer Iof(5t ba« geuer xCx^i, u,f.tt), 
 
 !Da f(5icft ber §err \^txi 0(5fen au^, er foil ba^ Staffer is 
 faufen, ^er D(5fe fctuft ba^ Staffer nid^t, u.f,h)» 
 
 ®a f(5i(ft ber ©err ben ®(5Ia(5ter au6, er foil ben Deafen 
 f(5Iac5ten, ^er ^^VX^itx f(5Ia(5tet ben Od^fen nid^t, u.f.h), 
 
 ^a fd^idt ber ©err ben ©enfer au«, er foil ben ©d^Iad^ter 
 ^cingen. !Der ©enfer I)cingt ben ©d^Icid^ter nid^t, u^f.lo. 20 
 
 ^a ge^t ber 33^eifter felbft I)tnau^ unb mad^t gar balb ein 
 (Snb^ barau^. ^er ©enfer toill ben (Sd^Iiid^ter ^cttigen, ber 
 ©d^lad^ter toill ben C)d)fen fd^Iad^ten, ber Od^fe toill \>oA 
 
30 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 SBaffer faufen, ba^ SSaffer milt ba^ geuer lofc^en, ha^ 
 25 geuer tt)tl( bie *ipeltf(^e brennen, bie ^eitfc^e mitt ben ^ubel 
 fd^Iagen, ber ^ubel tultt ben 3ocfeI betfeen, ber 3o(fe( fd^net^ 
 bet ben $afer nun nnb fommt aufi) gleic^ nad^ $anfe, 
 
 ma 
 
 l:{tnberreim 
 
 • iBauer, binb ben ^ubel an, 
 
 !Da6 er mi(i{) nid^t beigen fann. 
 ^eifet er mid^, berflag' ic{) btc^, 
 ^unbert staler foftet'^ btd§. 
 
 lUb 
 
 Die ni}x 
 
 SSie l^eigt ba^ ^ing bort an ber SSanb? 
 (S6 fd^lcigt unb ^at bodf) feme §anb; 
 @^ f)angt unb Qef)t bod^ fort unb fort; 
 a^ gef)t unb fomntt bod^ nid^t i)om Ort, 
 
 IV 
 
 Das Znutageffen 
 
 2Sir fommen urn gmolf U()r au^ ber @d^ule» !Da^ 9D?it^ 
 tageffen tft fertlg. 5luf bem ^tfd^ Itegt ein 3:tfd^tud^, ^er 
 S3ater, bie TlutUx unb bie ^inber fi^en am 3:ifd^e, 53or 
 iebem ftef)t ein 3:etter. ^ed^t^ t)on jebem ^letter liegt ein 
 5 aj^effer unb ein Soffel, linf^ liegt eine ®abeL 3)er 53ater 
 gibt ber SD^utter unb ben ^inbern gleifd^ unb ^rot, bie 
 9}?utter gibt bem 33ater ^affee unb ben ^inbern ^ild^ ober 
 i£3affer» ^affee unb 3}iild^ tritifen mir au^ einer 2:affe, 
 
TEXTS 31 
 
 iSSaffer au^ einem (^la^, 9^ac^ betn 9JJittageffen ge]()en mtr 
 ausS bem 3i^^^^ ii^^ fptelen im ®arten» ^ann gel^en iuir lo 
 h)ieber 3ur ©d^ule* 
 
 IVa 
 
 l:{tnberretm 
 
 Tldn 3Sater faufte ftd^ ein ©au6, 
 3Sor bem §au« tt)ar ein (Garten, 
 3n bem ©arten lt)ar ein ^aum, 
 5luf bem 53aum tnar ein 9^eft, 
 3n bem 5^e[t tr)ar ein Si, 
 3n bem Si tDar ein !Dotter, 
 3n bem 3)otter tDar ein ^afe, 
 2)cr beigt bid^ in bie 9^afe. 
 
 Die ^amilie 
 
 ^er 9^ame meine^ 33ater^ i[t 2axl, ber 9^ame meiner 
 Tluiitx Tlavk. ^d) f)abe jtDei ^riiber, aber nur eine 
 (gc^mefter. SJJeine iBriiber Iieifeen griebric^ unb ^i(f)elm, 
 meine (Sc^tt)e[ter l^eifet 5lnna. 
 
 Q^ 1:)aht einen £)nM unb eine 3lante» ^er Dnfel ift ein 5 
 53ruber be^ 53ater^, bie 3:ante ift eine (Sd^trefter ber WuU 
 ter* ^er 33ater be^ 33ater^ f)ei6t ©rofetiater, bie Tlutttx 
 be^ 53ater^ (ober ber SO^utter) f)ei6t ©rofemutter. 3)ie 
 ^inber eine^ @of)ne^ ober einer Slod^ter !)ei6en Snfel ober 
 (Snfelinnen, 10 
 
 3)er 33ater unb bie 5D^utter eine^ ^inbe^ finb feine Sltern; 
 ber (^rofetiater unb bie ©rofemutter finb bie ©rofeeltern, 
 ^riiber unb (Sc^tDeftern fieifeen ©efc^tDifter* 
 
32 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 VI 
 
 3[t bag 3^r SBleiftift unb 3^r «uc^? (gg ift mem ^tU 
 ftift, aber eg ift nlc^t mein ^uc^, fonbern ba^ ^nd) beg 
 J^el^rerg* SO^ein iBuc^ ift hxaun, aber bie 3)e(f el biefeg ^uc^eg 
 finb rot, unb ber ^Hiicfen ift fc^tDarj, 
 5 ^ie garbe beg *i|3apierg ift ttjeife, bie garbe ber Si^afel 
 fc^marj; bie garbe beg ^ifc^eg unb beg (5tuf)leg ift braun» 
 
 ^er (Sc^liler off net fein ^ud^. (gr nimmt htn ^leiftift. 
 ^er ^leiftift ift ftumpf , ber ©(filler nimmt fein ^D^effer aug 
 ber ^afc^e, offnet eg unb fpiljt ben iBIeiftift mit bem SJieffer. 
 10 ^ann fc^reibt er mit bem iBIeiftift in fein §eft, ^er Se^^ 
 rer ftef)t an ber 3IafeI unb fc^reibt aud^, aber er fd^reibt nid^t 
 mit iBIeiftift, fonbern mit ^reibe» 
 
 vn 
 
 3d^ l^ebe bie ^anb* 3d^ fenfe bie ^anb, -^eben (Sie bie 
 §anb! ©enfen (Sie bie §anb! §eben ®ie alle bie $anb! 
 SSir l^eben bie §anb, ©ie !)eben unb fenfen bie §anb, 
 
 (gie fommen ing 3i^i^^^- ®i^ M\^^ ^i^ ^linfe mit ber 
 5 §anb; bann offnen (Bit bie 3:ur unb ge!)en ing 3i^^^i^* 
 (gie (egen 3{)r ^ud^ auf bag 'ipult unb fe^en fid^ nieber» 
 ^er Se!)rer ruft @ie an bie 3:afeL @ie fte]f)en auf unb Qt^tn 
 an bie XafeL ^er Sef)rer biftiert, unb @ie fd^reiben an bie 
 2:afeL ^ie anberen ©(filler fd^reiben auf papier, 
 
 VIII 
 
 ®e{)en (Sic ang (an bag) genfter! ©ie fte]f)en nun am 
 genfter. ®ef)en ©ie an bie Xilr, unb bteiben ©ie an ber 
 2:iir ftel^en! 
 
 Huf biefem ^ud^ liegt eine geber, 3d^ lege fie auf jeneg 
 
TEXTS 33 
 
 ^ult. "Hflun llegt fie auf bem ^ult. 2tQtn ©ie biefen ^lei^ 5 
 ftift unb jene^ 93^effer neben bie ijeber! 9^un Ilegt ble geber 
 jtDifd^en einem ^leiftift unb einem 3}^effer, 
 
 Der Sef)rer fte^t t)or bem 'iPuU, (gr 9ef)t Winter ha^ ^ult 
 unb ftef)t nun tjor ber 2^afeL 9^eben ber 3:afel Ift eln ^aften. 
 Sd) lege bie ^reibe in biefen ^aften. 3^ifc§^^ ^^^ ^aften 10 
 unb bem genfter ift ein (Stuf)L !Der Sef)rer fd^reibt an bie 
 ^afel, aber bie (Schiller fc^reiben auf papier. 
 
 Vina 
 Der $al?me Star 
 
 ^er ^ctger Woxii^ f)at einen saf)men ©tar* !Diefer 53ogel 
 fann einige SSorte fpred)en, ilSenn ber ^ager in^ 3iii^tner 
 fommt unb ruft: „(StarIein, h)o bift bu?", fo anttDortet ber 
 33ogeI immer: „§ier bin i(^!" 
 
 ^arl, ber ®of)n be^ ^^ad^barS, f)at ben 53o9e( fe!)r gem 5 
 unb befuc^t ben ^ttger oft. (gine^ Xage^ ift SD^orife nid^t im 
 3inxmer. ^a nimmt ber ^nabe hen 33ogeI in bie §anb, 
 ftecft if)n in bie Xafd^c unb n)ill bamit fortlaufen. T)a 
 fommt ber ^oger ing 3inxmer. (Sr mill bem ^naben eine 
 greube mac^en unb ruft: „<2)taxldn, tDo bift bu?'" T)a ruft 10 
 ber 53oget au^ ber Xa\(i)t be^ ^naben: „^ier bin id^!" 
 
 ^arl mufe ben 53ogeI jurildfgeben unb barf ben 3ttger 
 nic^t mef)r befud^en. 
 
 IX 
 
 Sd}\iU unb (5arten 
 
 Unfer ©c^ulgebaube ftef)t auf bem ©ipfel eine^ ^iigel^. 
 & f)at Diele ^tmmer. 3ebe^ 3tnxmer f)at Dier ober fed^S 
 (6) genfter, aber nur eine Siir (^ei Xiiren). 3n jebem 
 
34 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 dimmer ftnb ^anjig (20) obcr breifeig (30) (geffel fiir btc 
 5 ©driller, ein "ipult fiir ben Sel^rer ober bie ^efirertn unb einigc 
 
 Za^dn, ^aften unb ©emcilbe, 3n einigen ^imrnern ftnb 
 
 ^naben unb SD^abd^en, aber in eint^en ftnb nur '^ab6)tn. 
 
 5luc^ meine iBriiber unb <Bd)tt)t\ttxn Qefien in biefe ©c^ule. 
 33or bent ©d^ulgebciube ift ein ©arten, 3n biefem finb 
 10 ©ebitfc^e, gelfen unb jlDei 58runnen, SSir fpielen unb arbei* 
 
 ten ieben 2ag im ®arten. 3Sir mac^en ©raben, ftreuen 
 
 ©amen unb pflanjen ^ixum^tn. 
 
 X 
 
 ^lieber unb Kleiber 
 
 i£3ir ticiben jh)ei 5lrme, sh)ei SBeine, sn)ei ©finbe, s^^t 
 
 giifee, einen $aB unb einen ^opf. 3ebe ^anb ]f)at fiinf 
 
 ginger, jeber gufe fiinf 3^^^i^» ^^ ben gingern unb ben 
 
 3elf)en finb 9^ageL Tlit ben gilfeen ge^en n)ir, tnit ben §an^ 
 
 -5 ben faffen mir, 
 
 5ln ben giifeen tragen mir ©tritntpfe unb ®(^u{)e, an ben 
 ^cinben ^anbfd^ufie, auf bent ^opfe einen §ut» 5lnbere 
 ^(eibung^ftiide finb: HJ^antel, dlodt, tragen, ©tiefel u,f.n). 
 
 Das 3^^^ 
 
 T)a^ 3a^r ]f)at jmolf 9}?onate, 3f)re 5^anten finb: 3a^ 
 
 nuar, gebruar, ^arj, 5lpri{, 9)^ai, 3uni, 3uli, 5Iuguft, 
 
 (September, Oftober, 5^ot)ember, ^ejember, -3eber SD^onat 
 
 f)at breifeig ober einunbbreifeig Xage, nur ber gebruar f)at 
 
 .5 ad^tunbjmanaig ober neununbatt)angig 2:age. 
 
 (Sieben 2:agc finb eine iGSod^e. ^ie fieben ^lage ber 
 ^od^e !)ei6en: (Sonntag, 5D^ontag, !5)icnStag, Mittmo^, 
 ^onner^tag, greitag, <©am6tag. 
 
TEXTS 35 
 
 XI 
 Der ^afe un6 ber ^ucf^s 
 
 ^er §afe unb ber gud^^ retften tnit etttanber, (gg irar 
 iSBtnter, unb fie f)ungerten \d)x. ^a fagte ber guc^^ p bem 
 $afen: „^ort fomrrtt em SJ^abd^en tnit einem ^orb ijoti 
 i8rot» Sege bid& in ben (Sc^nee nnb ftelte bld^ tot!" !Der 
 ^afe tat e^. ^a^ "Mah^tn ftellte ben ^orb nleber unb 5 
 n3o(Ite ben §afen nel^men, ^a fafete ber gud^^ ben ^orb 
 unb eitte bamit h)eg, unb ber ^afe folgte lf)m, 3lber ber 
 gud^^ tDodte bag ^rot altetn freffen, ^er §afe argerte ftd^, 
 fagte aber nic^t^* 
 
 iBalb Qelangten fie an einen ©ee, ber hdna^t pgefroren 10 
 toar, T)a fagte ber §afe: „3n biefem @ee finb Diete gifc^e. 
 ^ange beinen ©d^tuanj in^ SBaffer, bamit fid^ bie gifd^e 
 baran l^angen/' ^er gud^g f)cingte ben ©d^tnans in^ 3Saffer» 
 & bauerte nic^t (ang, fo mar er feftgefroren. 3)a frafe ber 
 $afe ha^ ^rot t)or ben 5Iugen beg guc^feg unb fagte: „^arte is 
 nur, big ber griil^ling fommt, luarte nur, big ber gruf)Iing 
 fommt!" ^ann eitte er h)eg, unb ber gud^g bellte rt)ie ein 
 $unb an ber ^ette, 
 
 XLa 
 
 Der ^afe unb ber 39^^ 
 
 (Sin $afe iDoItte mit einem 3gel um bit iSSette Iaufen» 
 HIg Ort n)(if)lten fie ein ^elb* ^er 3gel aber brad^te t)eim^ 
 lid^ feine gran mit. @r fagte ju il^r: „@e^e bid^ rul^ig an 
 biefeg (gnbe ht^ gelbeg unb twarte, big ber ©afe fommt. 
 !Dann rufe: ,T)a bin ic^ fd^on!' " 9^un ging er gu bem ©afen 5 
 unb fagte: „^er SSettlauf fann beginnen. Sing, jiDei, brei!" 
 
 T>er $afe fprang badon, fo fd^neK er fonnte. ^er 3gel 
 
36 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 aber feijte fid^ mf)tg an^ @nbe be^ gelbe^. 511^ ber ^afc 
 an^ anbere (gnbe fam, rtef grau 3ge(: „3c^ bin fc^on ba!" 
 
 10 ^er §afe glaubte, e^ fei ber 39^1 felbft, benn grau 3ge( 
 ftef)t genau fo au^ h^ic il^r Tlann. „2Blr laufen noc^ eln- 
 mail" fagte ber §afe unb fprang fort. W,^ er an^ @nbe 
 beg gelbeg fam, fafe ber 3gel ba unb rtef: „3d^ bin fd^on 
 hal" ©0 lief ber §afe brelixnbftebjigrrtal; bann ftiir^te er 
 
 15 mitten auf bent getbe tot p ^oben. !Der 3ge( unb feine 
 grau aber gingen ftolj nad^ §aufe» 
 
 XII 
 
 Dcr £anbmann unb bas Pferb 
 
 3?n einer 9^ac^t ftaf)Ien !Diebe einent !2anbntann fein ^ferb 
 aug bent ©talk. 5^ad^ einigen Sl^agen reifte er sur @tabt, 
 benn er moKte ein anbere^ faufen. 5luf bent SO^arfte rtiaren 
 biele 'iPferbe feil, unb unter biefen erblidfte er aud^ fein *ipferb. 
 
 5 @r fafete eg ant 3^9^^ ^^^ ft^Qte: „^iefeg "iPferb ift ntein! 
 !5)iebe \tai)kn eg ntir Dor einigen 3::agen aug bent ^talk." 
 
 !Der Wlann, ber bag 'iPferb berfaufen tnoKte, fagte: „5^ein, 
 eg ift nid^t 3f)r *iPferb, fonbern nteineg. Qd) f)abe eg feit 
 bielen ^al^ren." ©a bebedfte ber ^anbmann bie 5lugen ht^ 
 
 10 "iPferbeg ntit ben ^anben unb fagte: „SSenn biefeg *ipferb 
 3f)reg ift, fo fagen ®ie ntir, auf meld^ent Huge eg blinb ift!" 
 !Der 9[)^ann mar n)irflid^ einer ber !Diebe. @r tnar in Hngft 
 unb anttoortete: „Huf bent linfen 5tuge ift eg blinb." „5^ein, 
 ha^ ift falfd^!" fagte ber Sanbntann. „5ld&, id^ tnollte fagen, 
 
 15 auf bent red^ten 5Iuge!" antmortete ber ^ieb. 
 
 !Da bedfte ber Sanbntann bie 5(ugen beg ^ferbeg n)ieber 
 auf unb fagte: „^un fe{)en toir, bafe bu ein ^ieb bift. 3)ag 
 ^ferb ift auf feinem 5luge blinb," 
 
TEXTS 37 
 
 XHa 
 
 Das Pferb unb bte brei Briiber 
 
 ^in 58auer l^atte brei @o!)ne unb nur ein ^ferb. 5Bor 
 feinem Xobe fagte er ju feinen ^o^mn: „SSenn ic^ tot bin, 
 9ef)ort ba^ *i|3ferb eud^ alien* i8e{)anbelt e^ Qut, 3f)r alle 
 fottt e^ fiittern, unb e^ fo(t eud^ alien blenen, I)eute bent (ilte* 
 ften, ntorgen bent mittleren, iibermorgen bent iungften»" 5 
 
 9^a(^ bent ^^obe be§ 33ater^ fagte ber ciltefte iBruber su 
 bem ^ferbe: „®eftem fiitterten hid) bte ,^ned^te nteine^ 
 3Sater^, unb ntorgen fiittert btd^ tnein ^ruber; arbeite l^eute 
 oI)ne gutter," ®o arbeltete unb l^ungerte ba^ ^ferb ben 
 gansen Xaq. . 10 
 
 2Int jmeiten Za^t I)oIte e^ ber tnittlere 58ruber. & tvav 
 fc^on \(i)tva(^ unb fonntc r.u^. hunger nic^t fd^nell gel)en, 
 !Da fagte er: ,3etn :^ruber fiitterte btc^ fo gut, ha^ bu nun 
 nid^t gel^en n)tll[t. ^arum mill id^ bid^ I)eute nid^t fiittern. 
 9}^orgen fiittert bid^ ber iilngfte ^Bruber," 15 
 
 5lber ber iiingfte ^ruber ntad^te e^ ant britten 3:age genau 
 tDie bie (ilteren ®oI)ne, 5^un I)ungerte ba^ ^ferb fd^on brei 
 2:age. Hber al^ e^ ber ciltefte iBruber ant bierten Xage n)ie= 
 ber I)oIen mollte, lag e^ tot int ©talle, (S^ mar berl)ungert. 
 
 ^ie briiber janften fid^ liber ben 2:ob be^ ^ferbe^, aber 20 
 ba^ ntad^te ba^ amte ^ier nid^t tnieber lebenbig* 
 
 xm 
 
 Hiibesal^I unb ber ^lafer 
 
 Sin ©lafer tnanberte ntit jinei ^brben t)oII ®Ia6 iiber 
 ha^ 9^iefengebirge, 9^ubejaI)I bemerfte il)n unb mollte il)n 
 nedfen. @r tiermanbelte fid^ in einen §aufen ©teine* SDer 
 
38 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ©lafer erblicfte biefen iinb tDolIte ftd^ barauf fe^en, aber blc 
 
 6 ©telne roltten meg, ber (^(afer purjelte auf ben ^^iicfen, unb 
 
 feln @Ia« mar in tanfenb ©tuden. 
 
 ^er ©lafer flagte, benn ba^ ®Ia^ mar alTe^, ma^ er l^atte* 
 
 T)a t)ermanbelte fic^ S^ilbejaf)! in einen Sanbmann unb 
 
 fragte ibn, marunt er fo flagte. ^er @(afer erjciblte e^ xi)m. 
 
 10 ^a fagte D^iibejabl: „3c^ bin ^^ubejaf)!, ber §err biefe^ 
 
 ©ebirge^, 3^ mill bir bein ®Ia6 erfe^en unb babei btn 
 
 9}^uller in ienem ^orfe necfen, benn er ift geijtg unb unef)r^ 
 
 (Sr i)ern)anbeUe fic^ in einen (Sfel unb fagte m bem (^(afer: 
 
 15 „Sege ©teine in beine ^orbe, felje bi(f) auf meinen 9^ucfen, 
 
 reite in bie 9)^ut)Ie unb derfaufc mic^ bem SO^illTer," ^er 
 
 @Iafer ge!)or(^te feinen Shorten, ^er SO^iiller faufte ben 
 
 @fel fiir jebn 3::aler unb fiibrte \^n gleid^ in ben ©talL @r 
 
 f)oIte $eu fiir il^n, aber ber @fel fagte: „S^ freffe fein §eu, 
 
 20 i(^ effe nur gleifc^ unb 53rot," ^er SD^iltter mar fe^r er^ 
 
 ftaunt unb ]f)o(te Sanbleute au^ bem !Dorfe. ^iefe eilten in 
 
 ben @tal( — aber ber CEfel mar meg, unb nur ba^ $eu mar 
 
 noc^ ba, 
 
 !Der ^lafer manberte nac^ $aufe. ^ort offnete er feinc 
 
 25 ^orbe* 3)a maren feine ©teine barin, fonbem i)iele, tjiele 
 
 ©olbftUde, ®o erfe^te if)m ^^ubeja^I ba^ ®Ia^. 
 
 xma 
 XDie Hubesal^l feinen Hamen erfjielt 
 
 2)er SBerggeift be^ ^iefengebirge^ raubte einmal @mma, 
 bie 2:oc^ter be« ^onig« jeneg Sanbe«, unb fiil^rte fie in fein 
 <S(^lo6 unter ber @rbe, !Da« mar ein munberbareg ©ebfiube 
 au^ ^axxnox unb ®oIb» !Der ^erggeift moltte bem ^ixb^ 
 
TEXTS 39 
 
 c^en ieben SBunfd^ erfuKen, aber fie tddntt unb flagte unb s 
 fef)nte \i6) nac^ $aufe. 
 
 ^a fie fid^ fo einfam fuf)Ite, tooUit i!)r ber ^erggeift 
 ©efcllfd&aft t)erfc^affen, dx elite auf bag gelb, I)oIte fic^ ein 
 2)ufeenb ^iibett unb fagte ju ber ^onig^toc^ter: „§ier !)aft 
 bu einen ^orb ^Riiben unb elnen ©tab» SSenn bu eine 9^ube lo 
 mit bent (Stabe beriil^rft, fo fannft bu fie in jebe ©eftalt Der= 
 manbeln, bie bu millft*" 
 
 9^un demanbelte (Smma bie $Ruben in bie 9)Mb(^en, bie 
 fie auf ber (Srbe am liebften {)atte, unb fpielte ben ganjen 
 2^ag mit if)nen. 5lber nac^ ein paar Xagen tuelften fie, unb 15 
 nac^ ein paar SSod^en maren fie alle tot, benn bie D^liben 
 ijertrocfneten fd^nelL 
 
 5^un iDeinte Smma unb jurnte bem iBerggeifte* 5lber bie^ 
 fer fd^enfte if)r tDieber D^iiben, bie fie toieber in bie 2mtt Der- 
 toanbelte, bie fie lieb f)atte* 20 
 
 3m $erbft aber fud^te ber iBerggeift tjergeben^ nac^ 
 9^uben. ^a faufte er einige (Bade ©amen unb fate fie auf 
 bie gelber iiber feinem ©dilo^, S^^^Q^ fc^urten ein Jeuer 
 unter ber (Srbe, unb bie Dtliben trud^fen fc^nelL @mma 
 befud^te jeben Xaq ha^ %tlb, unb eine^ 2^ageg fagte fie p 25 
 bem iBerggeift: „S^W bie D^iiben* SISenn bu mir if)vt S^^^ 
 genau fagen fannft, mill id^ beine i^vau tuerben/' 
 
 ^er ^erggeift gef)ord^te» (Sr ^afilte ftunbenlang, }a tage* 
 lang* ^enn eg tt)aren fo ungel)euer Diet Qf^iiben auf bem 
 gelbe, bafe er fid^ immer mieber berja^Ite unb t)on i3orn 30 
 beginnen mufete, (gnblid^ toar er fertig* (Sr eilte ing 
 <Sd^Io6, um @mma bie S^^^ P toerfiinben, 5(ber fie toav 
 tierfd^munben, ^enn tDci^renb ber ^erggeift bie ^iiben 
 jaf)tte, tdax fie geflot)en* •Diefer berfolgte fie, fonnte fie aber 
 nid^t einf)oIen, si 
 
40 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 (Bdthtm aber gaben if)m bie ^eute tm D^tefengebtrge ben 
 ©pottnamen „dlub^af)l," unb er iDirb febr sornig, menn er 
 
 XIV 
 
 Cill €ulenfptegel 
 
 2:ilt (gulenfpicgel blieb in feiner ©tabt lange. tiberalt 
 
 trteb er fold^e ^ of fen, bafe man tbn balb an^ ber ®tabt trieb» 
 
 (glnmat jog er eln ®ei( iiber bie (Strafee nnb tanjte bar= 
 
 auf, 33ie(e ^naben blieben fteben nnb fd^anten btnauf* ^a 
 
 5 fagte (gnlenfpiegel, fie follten ibm ibre ©c^nbe geben; er 
 tt)oI(te ibnen bamit ein ^nnftftiicf ^eigen. T)k ^naben 
 gogen ibre ©c^nbe an^ nnb gaben fie ibm. 2:iII ^og fie anf 
 cine ©c^nnr nnb ftieg bamit anf ha^ ©eiL T)ann begann 
 er allerlei ^offen jn treiben, tanjte, fang nnb pfiff. (gnblid^ 
 
 10 tDoKten bie ^naben ibre ©d^nbe iDieber bt^ben. ^a rief 
 ©nienfpieget: „3eber foil feine ©c^nbe felbft fnd^en!" S)ann 
 fc^nitt er bie ©cbnnr entjtDei, nnb bie ©c^nbe ^nrjelten bin* 
 nnter. !Da famen bie ^naben gefpmngen nnb berfnc^ten 
 ibre @(^n]f)e jn finben. @iner rief: „^er ift mein!" 3)er 
 
 15 anbere fd^rie: „^n liigft; er ift mein!" Unb fo ftritten fie, nnb 
 am (Snbe begannen fie fic^ jn fc^tagen. (Snienfpiegel aber 
 lad^te anf bem (Seile nnb rief: „dit^t fo! (gnc^t nnr enre 
 (Scbube!" 3)ann ftieg er t)on bem (Seite nnb fd^Iic^ h)eg, 
 iDcil^renb bie ^naben noc^ nm ibre ©c^nbe ftritten. 
 
 XlVa 
 
 Xiod} brei ^efd?id}ten Don OH (Eulenfpiegcl 
 
 1. Sinft begegnete ^nlenfpiegel einem 58arbier anf ber 
 ©trafee nnb bot ibm an, bei ibm sn arbeiten. liefer n)ieg 
 ibm feine SBobnnng. „5ln ber (gcfe be^ TlaxtU^ ift ein 
 
TEXTS 41 
 
 grofec^ rote^ $au^ mtt f)o!)en gcnftern, ba gef) f)tncm unb 
 h)artc, bi^ tc^ fotnme!" (gulenfpieQel bejog biefe SKortc auf 5 
 bie genfter. ^anim ging er nlc^t biirc^ bie ^iir, fonbem 
 gcrbrac^ eltie genfterfc^eibe unb ftieg burd) ba^ genfter in 
 ba^ §au^. 
 
 511^ ber 58arbter nad^ §anfe fam, tDurbe er gornig nnb 
 rlef: „®ef) be^ 3Bege^> ben bu gefommen bift!" ^a jerbrac^ 10 
 (Sulenfpiegel noc^ eine ©d^eibe unb fprang burd^ ba^ genfter 
 auf bie ©trafee, 
 
 2. (Sinmal fam er nad) $ilbe^f)eim ju einem ^ferbe^ 
 f)anbler, X)iefer bot i]()m ein 'iPferb fur fiinfunbjtDanjig 
 ^aler an* (Sulenfpieget bot bierunbjtDanjig ^aler unb fagte: 15 
 „3^t)If Xaler iDill ic^ gleid^ be^alfllen, bie anberen jtDoIf n)ill 
 id^ fc^ulbig bleiben." ^er 'iPferbef)anbIer gab if)nt ha^ ^ferb, 
 unb (gulenfpiegel ritt tDeg. 
 
 ^ad) brei 9}^onaten fam ber ^ferbel^ftnbler unb rt)o(Ite 
 fein ®elb f)aben* 5lber (Sulenfpiegel fagte: „Q(i) mill bir bie 20 
 StDolf 3:aler fc^ulbig bleiben, tvit id^ fagte." 3)er ^ferbc* 
 l^cinbler Derflagte if)n. 5lber ©ulenfpiegel fagte: ,,'^U i<^ ha^ 
 ^ferb faufte, t)erfprac^ id^ jnjolf dialer gleid^ ju besaf)Ien unb 
 ahjolf 3:aler fc^ulbig ju bleiben. 3^oIf ^cil^^ ^cibe id^ be^ 
 gaf)lt, unb bie anberen s^olf dialer mill id^ fd^ulbig bleiben 25 
 — l)eute unb nad^fte^ -3al)r unb immer; benn id^ l^alte immer 
 mein SSort." Unb babei blieb e6. 
 
 3, !Die Seipjiger 53adfer l)atten einmal ein geft, unb 
 (Sulenfpiegel mollte il)nen einen ©treid^ fpielen. @r ftng 
 eine ^a^e, nal)te fie in ein ^afenfell unb ftedfte fie in einen 30 
 (Bad. ^ann ^og er 53auernfleiber an, ftellte fid^ Dor ba^ 
 9?atl)au^ auf ben ^axti unb bot feinen ^afen einem 58cicfer 
 an. liefer sal)lte einen guten *iprei^ bafilr unb brad^te ben 
 §afen in ba^ §au^, too ha^ geft fein follte. !Dort jeigte er 
 
42 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 36 U)n feinen greunben. ©tc {)oIten $unbe, unb bann Itefeen 
 fie im ©arten bte ^afee au§ bem (Sad, ^lefe fprang ba* 
 t)on, unb bte |)unbe t)erfuc^ten fte ju fangen, ^a fprang 
 fie aber auf einen SBaum ixnb fc^rie: „2)^taii! 9D?iau!" 3)a 
 begannen bie ^'cidtx ju fd^reien unb ^u f($elten, aber fie 
 
 40 fonnten (Sulenfpiegel nid^t finben. 
 
 XV 
 
 (Eine ITtund^^aufcn-^cfd^id^te 
 
 ^iefe ©efc^ic^te gefc^al^ mir in jenem SSinter, aU ic^ nac^ 
 ^ufelanb ritt, 'Da^ 2anh lag tief unter ©d^nee, Qn einer 
 9^a(^t t^erlor id^ ben Seg; id^ ftieg ab unb banb mein ^iPferb 
 mit bem SH^^ cl^ ^^nen ^aum ober Sift, ber au^ bem 
 
 5 <Sd^nee faf)» ^ann legte id^ mic^ baneben in ben (Sd^nee, 
 
 na{)m meine *ipiftoIe unter ben 5lrm unb fd^Iief ein. 3d^ 
 
 fd^Iief, bi^ e^ 2ag tear* SKie erftaunt mar id^, aU id^ fanb, 
 
 bafe id^ in einem ^orf e Dor ber ^ird^e lag ! 
 
 3d^ fal) mein ^ferb nid^t, aber id^ ^oxU beffen iHSiefiem 
 
 10 iiber mir, Qd) fd^aute f)inauf, unb ha faf) ic^, ba^ eg am 
 ^iigel an ber ©pi^e beg ^ird^turmg f)ing, 5^un t)erftanb 
 id^ bie (Sad)e: 5llg id^ in bag ^orf fam, lag (Sd^nee iiber 
 bemfelben; aber in ber 5^ad^t iDurbe eg tDarm; ber (Sd^nee 
 fd^mot^, unb id^ fanf mit bem (Sd^nee tiefer unb tiefer, ^ag= 
 
 15 jenige aber, mag mir in ber 9^ad^t ein ^aum ober ein 5Ift 
 fd^ien, mar bie ©pi^e ht^ ^ird^turmg, 
 
 ®Ieid^ na{)m id^ meine *ipiftoIe unb fc^ofe nad^ bem SH^^* 
 !Diefer rife, unb fo erl)ielt id^ mein *ipferb mieber unb ritt 
 meiter. 
 
TEXTS 43 
 
 XV a 
 
 Der gute Kamerab 
 
 3c5 ^atV elnen ^ameraben, 
 
 ^inen befjem finbft bu nit. 
 
 !Die Xxommd fc^IuQ pm ©treitc, 
 
 (Sr gittQ an meiner ©eite 
 
 3n glcid^em ©d^ritt unb 2^rttt. 
 
 (Sine ^UQcl fant geflogcn. 
 
 mv^ mir, ober gilt e« bir? 
 
 3\)n l^at eg treggeriffen, 
 
 (Sr liegt mir Dor ben giife^^^/ 
 
 511^ h)(ir'6 ein (Stad toon mir. 10 
 
 SBilt mir bie ^anb noc^ reid^en, 
 
 !Derh)eiI ic^ eben lab'. 
 
 ^ann bir bie ^anb nid^t geben, 
 
 ^leib' bu im eh) 'gen !2eben 
 
 Wtin guter ^amerab! la 
 
 XVb 
 
 ^eibenrosletn 
 
 <Bai) ein tnab' ein dlMtin ftef)n, 
 9?ogIein auf ber $eiben, 
 SKar fo jung unb morgenfd^on, 
 !Oief er fd^nett, e6 na() gu [e()n, 
 <Sa()'« mit t)ielen greuben. 
 9f?o«Iein, ^RoSleiU; 9?o«Iein rot, 
 9^oglein auf ber ^eiben. 
 
44 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ^nabe fprac^: „3c^ breeze bid^, 
 9^o^Iem auf ber §eiben!" 
 10 DfJb^Ieln fprad^: „3c^ ftec^e bid^, 
 
 3)a6 bu etDiQ benfft an mic^, 
 Unb i(^ h3iir^ nic^t leiben," 
 m^ldn, dlMdn, dlMdn rot, 
 DfJo^leln auf ber §eiben. 
 
 15 Unb ber tt)ilbe ^nabe brad^ 
 
 '^ 9^o6leln auf ber §eiben. 
 
 ^Ho^lein n)ef)rte fi(§ unb ftac^, 
 
 ^alf if)m boc^ fein iBef) unb 5l(^, 
 
 9}Ju6t' e^ eben leiben, 
 20 ^Ho^lein, 9^o6lein, $Ro6lein rot, 
 
 9^oSlein auf ber C^^tben, 
 
 XVI 
 
 Die Sd^ilbbiirger 
 
 3n ^eutfd^Ianb lag einft cine ©tabt, bie ©c^ttba l^iefe* 
 i8on ben (Sd^ilbbiirgern erjaf)It man tikU ®efd)tc^ten, bar= 
 unter biefe: 
 (Stnmal bauten bie ©c^tlbburger em dlat^au^. ^U e^ 
 
 6 fertlg mar, freuten fie fic^ \d)x bariiber, fc^miicften e^ mit 
 ^anbern unb ^ilbern unb f)ielten gleid^ eine (Si^ung. ^lU 
 fie in ba^ 9tatf)au§ gitigen, fanben fie, ha\^ e6 barin ganj 
 finfter mar, S)ie 9f^at^f)erren berftanben bie ®ac^e nic^t unb 
 fc^uttetten ha^ §aupt. ^ixnna, SESeiber unb ^inber famen 
 
 10 l3or bem S^^atl^aufe sufammen, fingen ba^ ©onnenlic^t in 
 gaffem unb ^orben unb t)erfuc^ten e^ in ba^ ^atlfiauS gu 
 tragen, 511^ ba^ nid^tg l^alf, mollte man fc^on ba^ ^ad) ah^ 
 reifeen; aber ein SD^ann, ber au^ einer anbern ©tabt fam 
 rief: „®ef)t if)r nid&t, ba^ euer 9^atf)au^ feine genfter l^at?" 
 
TEXTS 45 
 
 (Sinft befferten fie tf)re ^irc^e au^ unb tntgen 58retter unb is 
 anbere^ ^olj burc^ bie Siir, 5lber fie naf)men fie ber Ouere 
 tiad^, unb fo fc^ien xt)nm bie ^iir biel p fd^maL ©d^on 
 toottten fie ein ©tiicf ber ^D^auer nieberreifeeti, ba \df) einer 
 t)on if)nen einen 33oge(, ber fic^ in ber ^irc^e ein 5^eft baute; 
 biefer flog mit ein paar 9^eifem bnrd^ ein genfterc^en, ha^ 20 
 Qanj f cental mar» (Sr naf)m fie aber ber lOdnge nac^, nnb bie 
 ©d^ilbbilrger folgten feinem ^eifpieL 
 
 ?luf ber ©tabtmaner imu^^ einft ®ra^. ^ie (S(^ilb= 
 biirger iDoIIten e^ fc^neiben, aber e^ tDar niemanb ba, ber 
 I)inanffteigen fonnte* 9^un banben fie einer ^n!) einen 25 
 (Btxid urn ben ^aU nnb jogen fie baran an ber SO^aner t)in* 
 anf. 511^ bie ^nl^ an ha^ ®ra« fam, ftredfte fie bie B^ittge 
 l^eran^, benn fie tdax erftidft. ^ie SBnrger aber frenten fic^ 
 unb riefen: „©ef)t nur, fie ledft fd^on!'' 
 
 XVII 
 
 Die Hiefen unb Me ^vozvq^ 
 
 @6 ging bie 9?iefentoc^ter, p l^abcn einen ®pa6, 
 $erab t)on if)rem ©c^Ioffe, xvo 33ater D^iefe fag. 
 !Da fanb fie in bem Xale bie Oc^fen unb btn ^^M, 
 '^ai)inUx and) ben iBauer, ber fd^ien xt)x flein genug* 
 
 ^flug, Oc^fen unb ben iBauer, e« mar i\)x nid^t gu grog, s 
 
 <Sie fafet^^ in i()re ©d^iirse unb trug^^ auf^ ^Riefenfd^lofe. 
 ^a fragte 35ater $Riefe: „SSa« f)aft bu, tinb, gemac^t?" 
 <Sie fprad^: „(Sin fd^one^ ©pielgeug f)ab' id^ mir {)ergebrad^t" 
 
 !Der 3Sater fal^'^ unb fagte: „^ag ift nid^t gut, ntein ^inb! 
 Tu e^ gufammen toieber an feinen £)xt gefd^tuinb. 10 
 
 SBenn nic^t ba^ 53olf ber 3^^t:ge fd^afft mit bem "ipffug im ^tat, 
 (So barben auf bem 58erge bie 9f^iefen bei bem SD^abL" 
 
46 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XVIII 
 
 Die Sa^c von Coreleifelfen 
 
 3tDtWcn SBingen unb 2ohkn^ finb gelfen p beiben ^eU 
 ten be§ dl^dn^. 3Son elnem btefer gelfen, ber ber !2oreIel^ 
 felfen ober ber Surlei ]f)eifet, erjaf)!! man Diele ®agen» Sine 
 bat)on ift biefe: 
 
 5 (Sin Stfc^er, beffen ^an^c^en an biefem gelfen ftanb, 
 fifd^te einft ntorgen^ mit feiner gran, !Da faf)en fie eine 
 tt)unberbare ^nngfran. (Bit fufirte fie gu einer ©telle, mo 
 ber dl^dn fef)r tief mar, fa^te: „Sif(^et ^kv\" unb t)erf(^rt)anb 
 mieber, Bk gelfiorc^ten nnb fingen in einem 3lage fo t)iel 
 
 10 mie fonft in einigen SSod^en, 
 
 SSer babon prte, mollte bie 9^ije felfen* 3)amnter mar 
 anc§ ber (So|)n be^ ©rafen ^Ilbrec^t t)om ^?f)ein» (Sr ritt 
 an ben (Strom unb ful^r in einem ^a]f)n jum ?urlei, auf 
 beffen ®i)3fel bie 3^^berin fafe, (Seine Wiener baten if)n, 
 
 15 nic^t meiter ju fa|)ren, 5(ber ber ^rinj fal^ unb f)orte nic^t^ 
 aU bie ^ungfrau, beren !^ieb if)n munberbar riil^rte, Sie 
 fam an^ Ufer unb f)oIte fic^ 58tumen, mit benen fie if)re 
 J^ocfen fd^mllcfte, ^er ^rinj befaf)! feinen !3)ienern, ju il^r 
 gu fa!)ren, 511^ fie faft am Ufer maren, fprang er au^ bem 
 
 20 ^af)n, errei(^te aber ba6 Ufer nic^t, unb bie SKeKen riffen 
 i]f)n in bie Jiefe* 
 
 (Sein 3Sater, meld^er baDon f)orte, ritt an ben dl^tin. 
 ilBieber fa^ bie ^^ije auf bem gelfen, unb if)re Soden glcinj^ 
 ten im Sonnenlid^te mie ©olb* 
 
 25 „SSa6 moKt i\)v 9}Jenfc^en Don ber 2:o(^ter be§ 9^f)ein^?" 
 rief fie, „^ein Seben, bu Bf^wberin!" rief ber ©raf. ,,'^dn 
 Seben fiir ba6 Seben meine^ Sol^ne^!" ^ie 9^ije aber marf 
 if)re ^lumen in ben Strom unb fang: 
 
TEXTS 47 
 
 „33ater, 58atcr, gefd^tDtnb, gcfd^tDinb, 
 
 '^k n)ei6en 9^of[e fc^td' belnem ^inb, 3o 
 
 @^ tDill reiten auf SSoQen unb SSinbl" 
 
 !^a raufc^ten bte iSSogen, ber ^Immel tDiirbe ftnftcr, atoei 
 ifiSeKen ftlegen aum Surlei l^lnauf unb trugen bte 5^tje in ben 
 <Strom, tDorin [te t)erf(^tDanb» 
 
 @r[taunt \af) ber ®raf, tra^ gefc^af)* ^r ritt mtt feinen 35 
 !Dienern nad^ $anfe, nnb al^ er in^ (B<i)lo^ tarn, fanb er 
 feinen ®o{)n bort» ^ie SSellen flatten if)n au^ bent ©troni 
 an^ Ufer getragen. 
 
 xvma 
 2(u9uft ber Starfe unb ber Sd^mieb 
 
 ^urfurft 5lugu[t Don (Sac^fen, ber um 1700 regiertc, trar 
 ungef)euer ftarf» @tnma( f)te(t er einen Xrompeter auf 
 e t n e r §anb junt genfter f)lnau^ unb liefe i^n braufeen 
 eln ©tiicfleln blafen, 
 
 @ln anbere^ Wlal tarn er ju einent (^(^mteb, ber il^m fein s 
 ^ferb befd^Iagen fo(Ite» ^a^ (Slfen, ba6 ber 9}?elfter hxa(i)te, 
 fc^len t^m nic^t ftarf genug, ^er (Sc^mteb fagte: „^a^ 
 (Sifen tft ftarf genug. 5^ierrtanb fann e^ jerbrec^en." T)a 
 na\)m ber ^urfUrft ba^ (Stfen unb brad^ e6 in jmei ©tiidfe* 
 ^er ©c^rttieb brad^te ein ftarfere^ Sifen unb befc^lug ha^ 10 
 ^ferb bantit. :Der ^urfiirft gab il^m einen ^ufaten. Hber 
 ber aj^eifter fagte: „^a^ @olbftudf fd^eint aud^ nid^t fef)r 
 ftarf gu fein" unb brad^ e^ mit ben gingern entjtDei. T)a 
 nal^m ber ^urfiirft eine (gifenftange, bie in ber (Sdfe ftanb, 
 legte fie bent ©d^ntieb auf bie (Sd^ulter unb bog fie U)m iDie 15 
 einen ^ral^t um ben ^aU. 
 
48 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 '^a geftanb bcr ©(^mieb, ha\^ ^luQuft ftarfer fei aU er, 
 unb bat ben ^urfixrften, tf)n t>on bem §algf(jmucf ^u be^ 
 freien, ^er ^urfilrft tat ha^ unb rltt toetter. 
 
 XIX 
 
 Der irtdufeturm 
 
 58ei iBlngen ftef)t man auf etner 3nfel im ^^l^ein einen 
 
 3:nnn, melc^er ber 3}^aufetnnn ]f)ei6t, ^an er3ttf)It babon 
 
 blefe ©aQc: 
 
 (gtnft lebte in 9}^amj SBtfd^of $atto, ber fel^r retd^, aber 
 
 5 getsig tDar, 3ii f^i^^t: 3^it mar elne Sleuening in 3)eutf(^^ 
 
 lanb, nnb biele SJ^enfc^en ftarben dor hunger* 3)a famen 
 
 §eute su §atto unb baten t{)n um iBrot: „$err, Ifiilf un^!" 
 
 riefen fie. „2Benn bu un^ fetn iBrot gibft, fterben tdix." 
 
 ^ei §atto aber Qtit t^re iBitte nlc^tg. (gr fd^ilt fie unb 
 
 10 gibt if)nen ireber iBrot nod^ ,^orn, 3)a bric^t eine ®d^ar 
 
 t)on ii)mn in eine feiner ©d^eunen, unb im hunger effen fie 
 
 bon ©atto^ ^orn» !I)er iBifc^of n)irb gomig. (Sr befiel^It 
 
 bie (Sc^eilne !)inter if)nen ju fc^Iiefeen unb in ^ranb su 
 
 ftecfen* 5(lle^, tra^ barin ift, ftirbt in hen glammen, Unb 
 
 15 aU bie 93^enfc^en fd^reien, f priest er lad^enb: „§ort, lt)ie bie 
 
 ^[rjaufe pfeifen!" 
 
 5lber batb trifft il^n bie ©trafe beg ^immel^, (^c^aren 
 t)on 9}^(iufen unb 9?atten bringen in fein (Sd^Iofe* 2)er 
 iBifc^of erfd^ricft* (gr berbirgt fid^; aber bie S^^^ ^^^ SJ^aufe 
 20 unb 3?atten iDCid^ft, unb fie folgen if)m uberallf)in» (Snblid^ 
 befiel^It ©atto, einen Xurm im ^f)ein gu bauen. ^ort |)alt 
 er fid^ fiir fid^er. Hber eine SJ^au^ nad^ ber anbern fd^iDimmt 
 au bcr 3nfe(, Ittuft in ben 2:urm unb iiberfallt ben iBifd^of, 
 
TEXTS 49 
 
 (Seine !Diener erfd^Iagen f)unberte unb taufenbe t)on i^ntn, 
 aber ble ©c^aren iDerben immer grofeer, unb am (Snbe fref= 25 
 fen fie ben ^ifc^of anf» 
 
 XlXa 
 
 Der ^{?etn 
 
 ^er dl^dn ift ^eutfc^Ianb^ etrom, nid&t ^eutfd^Ianb^ 
 ©renje, 3)o(^ ift toeber feine Ouelle nod^ feine SD^ilnbung 
 in ©eutfc^Ianb. @r entfprinQt in ber ®cf)h)eis, auf bent 
 (Sanft ®ottf)arb, unb miinbet in §o(Ianb in bie 9^orbfee, 
 
 33om ©anft ®ott()arb fliefet er perft norboftlid^ unb 6 
 bann norblid^, 5luf eine ©trede bilbet er bie ©ren^e ^tvU 
 fc^en ber ®c^lt)eij unb 3)eutf(f)lanb. ^ann tritt er in ben 
 ^obenfee ein unb bilbet nac^ bent 5lu^tritte einen 24 m 
 t)of)en iBafferfatI, ben man ben 9f^f)einfall t)on ©c^afffiaufen 
 f)ei6t. 10 
 
 58ei 58afel h)enbet fid^ ber ^Rl^ein norblid^ unb tritt in eine 
 (Sbene ein, Diefe reicfit im Dften bi^ an ben <B<i)tdax^tr)aib, 
 im SKeften bi^ an bie 3Sogefen, 3n biefer ©bene liegen 
 <Strapurg, (gpeier, iCSorm^, unb ni(^t iDeit badon, am 
 ^tdax, liegt ©eibelberg. 15 
 
 ^ttDa^ tDeiter norbIic§ nimmt ber dl^dn ben SD^ain auf, 
 §ier, bei Tlam^, fangt ber ^f)eingau an, ber h)egen feiner 
 ilSeinberge berii^imt ift, ^ei SBingen tDirb ber ©trom 
 fc^maler unb brid^t jtDifc^en Bergen burd^, ^ie ©egenb 
 t)on ^ingen bi^ ^oblenj ober iBonn ift ber fd^onfte 2:eil be6 20 
 9f?f)eintal^, 5luf beiben (Seiten fief)t man ^urgen ober 
 ^urgruinen, alte (gtabte unb SSeinberge, §ier ift auc^ ber 
 berii{)mte Soreleifelfen, 
 
 58ei ^oblenj miinbet bie 3}Jofe( in ben ^f)ein, '^ie <Bidk, 
 
50 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 25 tDo ftd^ bte betben ©trome tjeremtgen, '^d^t bag !J)eutfc^c 
 (Scf, 3)ort [te^t bag geiDaltiae ^atfer-SBil^elmg-^enfmar. 
 ©er D^l^ein ift bort fd^on ein mcic^tiger (Strom, unb Diele 
 ©(^tffe, bte er auf feinem ^^iiden tragt, finb grofe genug filr 
 bie ®ee. ^ie Ufer fallen nod& ftell gum gluffe ab, unb 
 
 30 (gc^loffer erf)eben ftc^ auf ben $of)en p beiben (Seiten. 
 
 53on iBonn an fliefet ber 9^f)ein burd^ eine ©bene, t)orbei 
 
 an ^oln, ber „®tabt mit bem etDigen ©om/' nid^t n)eit t)on 
 
 . ben rauc^enben @ffen t)on (Sffen, 3)ortmunb, barmen, (glber^ 
 
 felb, (Srefelb, ©oltngen u.f.tD* ^alb banac^ betrltt er ble 
 
 35 9^teberlanbe. ^ort tetit er ftd^ in btele 5(rme, bereinlgt ftc^ 
 mit ber SD^aag unb miinbet nic^t iDeit t)on ^otterbam in bie 
 5^orbfee. 
 
 XX 
 
 Der Hattenfdnger r>on fjamein 
 
 3m Sal^re jtt)oIff)unbert t)ierunbac^tji9 tioax in ber ©tabt 
 §ameln eine fc^redlic^e 9J^aufepIage, SSeber SBrot nod^ 
 gleifd^ tDar t)or ben fiungrigen 2^ieren fic^er* Tlan t)erfud^te 
 alteg SJ^oglid^e gegen fie, aber nid^tg f)alf, 
 
 5 T)a tarn in bie geplagte (Stabt ein 2)^ann, beffen 5^ame 
 SBunting iDar, ^er t)erfprad^ ben SBilrgem, fie fiir f)unbert 
 ©olbftiide t)on ben Iciftigen SJJctufen unb D^atten gu befreien, 
 Wan berfprad^ if)m ben Sobn, 9^un mufeten in ber nadiften 
 finftern 5^ad^t al(e ^Slirger in if)ren ^ctufem bleiben, ^eine 
 
 10 menfd^Iid^en Hugen follten fef)en, feine menfd^lid^en £)f)ren 
 I)oren, h)ag gefd^af), Um 33^ittemad^t jog ber ^Jattenfanger 
 ein filbemeg ^feifd^en aug ber 3:afd^e unb ging pfeifenb burd^ 
 bie ftilten (gtrafeen. 53on alien (Seiten famen 9}?ciufe unb 
 9^atten gelaufen unb folgten i^m, 5llg alle um il)n toarcn, 
 
 15 ging er an bie SBefer unb ging iiber ha^ tiefe Staffer, ha^ ibn 
 
TEXTS 61 
 
 tnig iDie etnen <B^atttn. !^ie Zmt folgten xf)m unb er= 
 tranfen alle* 
 
 9^un toar ^ameln t)on ber fd^redlld^en ^ctufeplage be^ 
 frcit, 5lber bie treulofen ^iirger tDoIIten bent D^attenfatiQer 
 ben Derfproc^enen ^o^n ntdit geben, Bo^^iQ Q^M ^^^\^^ f^i^t. 20 
 5lber am ncic^ften (Bonnia^t, aU al(e (gmad^fenen in ber 
 ^trd^e maren, fam er h)ieber» SSteber jog er |3felfenb burd^ 
 bte ©trafeen ber Stabt» 5lber ble^tnat folgten H^m feine 
 SD^ctufe unb fatten, fonbern btele flelne(n) ^tnber au^ ber 
 ganjen 'Biabt (Sr fiifirte fie in^ greie unb Derfd^toanb am 25 
 (gnbe mit if)nen in einem ]^o{)Ien ^erge, 5^nr itt)d ^inber, 
 ein blinbe^ nnb ein ftumme^, famen juriicf , bie anberen toaren 
 nnb blieben t)erfc^tt)unben» 
 
 XXa 
 
 €tn bcutfd^er ITtarftpIa^ 
 
 ^er SJiarftplafe t)on §a(felburg i[t gar freunblic^ unb 
 fauber* dx ift mit Sinben bepflanjt, bie reic^lic^en ©(fatten 
 fpenben, unb ein grower iBrunnen, ber au^ fed^^ dio):)xm 
 !riftallf)elle^ SSaffer fprubelt, nimmt feine Tlittt ein, Huf 
 ber einen ©eite be« 3)^arfteg ftef)t eine alte gotifd^e ^ird^e, 5 
 beren 2::urme leiber nid^t t)oI(enbet finb, ^er ^ird^e gegen^ 
 liber befinbet fid^ ein gleid^fatl^ gotif(^er ^au mit ^iirmc^en, 
 Srfern unb ©pi^bogenfenftem. 3)a^ in (ganbftein au^ge^ 
 f)auene (StabttDappen iiber bem Xox, bie fd^marje 3:afel, auf 
 ber obrigfeitlidfie iBefanntmad^ungen fleben, unb enblid^ bie 10 
 fleine (geitentiir, iiber ber mit golbenen ^ud^ftaben ba^ 
 SSort „9^atgfeIIer" ftef)t, laffen feinen 3tr)eifel, ba^ f)ier bag 
 9^atf)au6 fei, 9^ebenan er^iebt fid^ noc^ ein efirtDiirbige^ ®ie^ 
 bell^aug, bie 5Ipotf)efe pm (Srjengel 'jfflif^ad; bie llbrigen 
 ©ebdube finb neu, 15 
 
52 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XXI 
 
 3ung Stegfrieb 
 
 3ung (Sicgfrieb h)ar ein ftolger ^nab% 
 ©ing t)on be^ 33ater^ 53urg {)erab. 
 
 SSoIlt' ra[ten nid^t in SSater^ §au«, 
 SBodt' icanbem in bie SBelt f)inaug, 
 
 6 53egegnet' if)m mand^ Skitter irert 
 
 5I)^it feftem (Sd^ilb unb breitem ©d^mert, 
 
 ©iegfrieb nur einen ©tedfen tmg, 
 !5)a^ n)ar i{)m bitter unb leib genug, 
 
 Unb aU er ging im ftnftem SBalb, 
 10 ^am er gu einer ©d^miebe balb, 
 
 3)a \dt) er (Sifen unb ®ta()l genug, 
 (Sin luftig geuer glammen fd^lug* 
 
 „0 9J^eifter, liebfter SO^eifter mein, 
 !Ba6 bu mid^ beinen ©efellen fein! 
 
 16 Unb ld)x' bu mid^ mit gleig unb 5ld^t, 
 
 SSie man bie guten (SdjtDerter mad^t!" 
 
 (Siegfrieb ben §ciTttmer tt>of)l fd^tDingen funnt^, 
 (Sr fd^lug ben ^Imbofe in ben ®runb. 
 
 (Sr fd^Iug, bag ireit ber SSoIb erflang 
 20 Unb alle^ @ifen in (Studfe fprang. 
 
 Unb t)on ber le^ten (gifenftang' 
 
 SO^ad^t er ein ©d^tnert fo breit unb Iang» 
 
 „5^un ^ah^ id^ gefd^miebet ein gute^ (Bd)totvi, 
 9^un bin id^ n)ie anbere D^itter trert; 
 
 25 9^un fd()Iag^ id^ trie ein anberer ^db 
 
 T)k ^iefen unb ^Drad^en in SKatb unb gelb." 
 
TEXTS 53 
 
 XXII 
 
 Kl^einlteber 
 
 1 
 
 ^ic Sorcici 
 
 3c^ h)ei6 ntd^t, n3a6 foil e^ bebeuten, 
 
 ^a6 i(^ fo traurtg bin; 
 
 @in SD^arc^en au6 alten 3eiten, 
 
 ^a6 fommt -mir nld^t au^ bem ©inn. 
 
 T)k ?uft ift m^l, unb eg bunfelt, 6 
 
 Unb ruf)tg ftiefet ber 9?f)ein; 
 3)er (^ipfel beS ^erge^ funfelt 
 3tn 5lbenbfonnenf(%em. 
 
 !Dic fd^onfte ^ungfrau fillet 
 
 !Dort oben h)unberbar, lo 
 
 3f)r golbneg ©efc^metbe bli^et, 
 
 <Bk tdmmt i^x golbene^ ^aar. 
 
 (Sie fcimmt eg mit gotbenem ^amtne 
 
 Unb fingt ein Steb babei, 
 
 !I)ag f)at eine tDunberfante, 15 
 
 ©etDaltige SJielobei. 
 
 !Den @d)iffer Im flelnen ©d^iffe 
 
 (Srgreift eg mit tDilbem SSe(); 
 
 (Sr f(^aut nic^t bie gelfenriffe, 
 
 (Sr fc^aut nur f)inauf in bie §of)^ 20 
 
 3(^ glaube, bie SKeKen berfd^lingen 
 5lm (Snbe ©c^iffer unb ^af)n; 
 Unb bag f)at mit i{)rem (Singen 
 !Die 2oxtld getan. 
 
 ^cinc. 
 
54 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 SBarriung t»or bcm OfJi^cm 
 
 25 Hn ben ^l^ein, an ben dl^dn, aie() nic^t an ben dl^dn, 
 Tldn (So{)n, tc^ rate blr gut; 
 ^a ge()t bit ba^ !2eben gu lieblid^ ein, 
 S)a bluf)t bir ^u freubiger 9}Jut. 
 
 @ie{)[t ble 5D2(ib(^en fo franf unb bie 9D?anner fo fret, 
 30 511^ to'dx^ e^ ein ablig ©efd^led^t, 
 
 ®Ieid§ bift bu mlt 9luf)enber @eele babei, 
 <Bo biinft e^ bid) btlUg unb rec^t. 
 
 Unb su ©c^iffe, iDie grilgen bie ^urgen fo fd^on 
 Unb bie @tabt mit bent etDigen !Dom! 
 35 3n ben iBergen, tcie flintntft bu su fd^tijinbelnben §of)^n 
 Unb blideft f)inab in ben ©trom! 
 
 Unb im (Stronte, ba taud^et bie ^if au^ bent ®runb, 
 Unb \)a\t bu if)r i^ac^eln gefef)en, 
 Unb fang bir bie ?urlei ntit bleic^ent Thinb, 
 40 9JJein (Sof)n, fo ift e^ gefd^el^n: 
 
 '^id) be^aubert ber !?aut, bic^ betoret bcr (©d^ein, 
 (^ntgitdfen fafet bid^ unb ®rau6. 
 9^un fingft bu nur intnter: 5lrtt 9^f)ein, am W)dnl 
 Unb fe()reft nid^t n)ieber nad^ §au^. 
 
 ©tmrod. 
 
 3 
 
 2)oi§ ^crj am 9i^cin 
 45 (SS liegt eine ^rone im gritnen 9f^f)ein, 
 
 ©egaubert Don ®olb unb t)on ©belftein. 
 
 Unb tDer fie er!)ebt au^ tiefem ®runb, 
 
 S)en front man gu 5lad^en in felbiger ^tnnb*; 
 
 5Som iBelt big gur !Donau bie i^anbe finb fein, 
 60 ^eg ^aiferg ber ^ufunft, beg giirften am D^J^ein. 
 
TEXTS 55 
 
 @^ liegt eine ?eier im griinen S^l^ein, 
 
 ©e^aubert t)on ®oIb unb Don ©Ifenbem, 
 
 Unb tt)er fie erf)ebt au^ tiefem ®runb, 
 
 3)en ftromen bie ^ieber begeiftemb t)om HJJunb, 
 
 ^er ^rang ber Unfterblic^feit iDartet fein, es 
 
 3)e^ ©angers ber ^utoft, be^ ©angers am 9?]^em, 
 
 3(§ h3ei6 n3o ein §au6c^en am griinen 9?f)ein, 
 
 Umranfet t)on ^eblaub bie genfterlein. 
 
 3)rin it)altet ein §erg fo engelgleic^, 
 
 5ln ®olb fo arm, bod^ an Slugenb fo reic^. 60 
 
 ®ef)orte bie^ ^erg an bem 9i^eine mir, 
 
 3c^ gcibe bie ^rone, bie Seier bafiir! 
 
 TO=^eibeIberg, bu feine, 
 
 T)u ©tabt an (gf)ren reid^, 
 
 5lm 5^edfar nnb am 9^f{)eine, 65 
 
 ^ein^ anbre fommt bir gleic^. 
 
 (Btabt fro()li(^er ©efellen, -. 
 
 Hn SBei^^eit fcf)n3er unb 3Sein, 
 
 ^lar sic()n be^ ©trome^ iBelten, 
 
 ^lauauglein bli^en brein. 70 
 
 Unb fommt au^ linbem ©iiben 
 ^er gruf)ling libera Sanb, 
 ©0 tDebt er bir au^ 53litten 
 (Sin fd)immemb 53rautgen)anb. 
 
 5lu(^ mir ftef)ft bu gefd^rieben 78 
 
 3n6 ^erg gleid^ einer 53raut, 
 (E^ flingt h)ie junge^ Sieben 
 S)ein 9^ame mir fo traut* 
 
56 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Unb ftcd^en mic^ bie domett, 
 Unb h)irb mlr'^ braufe gu fa()l, 
 ®eb' id^ bent Qf^ofe bie ®pomen 
 Unb reit' in^ ^^edfartal 
 
 ©d^cffcl. 
 
 XXIII 
 
 Barbaroffa im Kyffl^dufer 
 
 ^atfcr griebric^ iBarbaroffa ift nac^ ber ©efd^tc^te tm 
 3a]^re 1190 auf elnem ^reujpQC ertninfen, 9^a(^ bent 
 ©lauben be^ 53oIfe^ aber ift er nic^t geftorben, fonbern er ift 
 iiber 9}ieer nnb Sanb na6) X)eutf(^Ianb juritcfgefelirt unb in 
 6 ben iSerg ^tiff^ctufer f)inabgeftiegen. 3)ort ]()at er Diele Sai)X' 
 I)unberte gefd^Iafen. 
 
 5^ic^t allein ift SBarbaroffa in fein unterirbifd^e^ (^(^log 
 gejogen. ©eine 9^itter finb if)tn gefolgt nnb fc^Iafen tnit if)nt 
 int ^erge. 3)er grofee ^aifer fi^t an einetn S^ifd^e au^ (Stein, 
 
 10 unb fein langer, roter 58art ift burd^ biefen getoac^fen, Unt 
 
 it)n fc^Iafen feine §elben, ^ie Wiener l^ahm bie D^offe in 
 
 bie unterirbifd^en ©talle gefitl^rt unb finb aud^ eingefd^lafen, 
 
 3af)rlf)unberte f)atte SBarbaroffa fd^on itn ^t^ffpufer ge^ 
 
 fd^lafen. 53iele flatten ha^ ©tantpfen ber 9^offe gel^ort, aber 
 
 16 nur tDenige f)atten ben ^aifer erblidft, (Sinntal l)atte ilfin ein 
 Sanbmann gefel^en, 3)er mar oft pm ^i|fff)aufer gefalfiren 
 unb f)atte fiir bie gebetet, bie int iBerge lagen, 511^ er einntal 
 mit ^orn nad^ 9^orbf)aufen fu!)r, tear ein 3^^i^9 tiu^ bent 
 .^l)ff^aufer gefontmen unb fiatte if)n in ba^ unterirbifd^e 
 
 20 (gd^lofe gefuf)rt, ^ort f)atte if)m ber ^aifer befol^Ien, ba^ 
 ^orn au^jufd^iitten unb fid^ bafiir bie ©cidfe mit lauterem 
 @olbe m filllen. 
 
TEXTS 57 
 
 Huc^ etnen ^naben l^atte ber S^^^Q etntnal in ben 53erg 
 Qefu{)rt, 511^ ber ^aifer t()n faf), fragte er if)n: „gliegen bie 
 9^aben noc^ tmmer urn ben ^erg?" ^er ^nabe antmortete: 25 
 „3<^ ^cibe ]f)nnberte t)on ^aben t)or bem ^erge gefeben," ^a 
 fenfgte ber ^ai[er nnb fagte: „®o mnfe ic^ noc^ f)unbert 3abre 
 fc^lafen," 
 
 ^enn bie dlabtn bebenteten, ha^ ha^ D^eic^ no(^ ntd^t ge= 
 etnlgt n)ar, nnb bi^ p felner (glnignng mnfete ber ^alfer im so 
 SBerge bleiben. 
 
 XXIII a 
 
 Barbaroffa 
 S3on gricbric^ D^iicfcrt 
 
 ^er olte barbaroffa, 
 !Der ^aifer grieberic^, 
 3m unterirb^fc^en (Scftloffe 
 Qdlt er Dergaubert fic^. 
 
 @r ift niemalg geftorben, . 5 
 
 (Sr lebt barin nod^ iel^t, 
 @r bat im (Scblofe tierborgen 
 3um @(^laf fid) bingefe^t, 
 
 @r bat binabgenommen 
 3)e^ 9?ei(be6 ^errlicbfeit .10 
 
 Unb ttiirb einft tDieberfommen 
 5D^it ibr gu feiner S^it. 
 
 ^er ©tubt ift elfenbeinern, 
 !Darauf ber ^aifer fiijt, 
 
 3)er 2;ifc^ ift marmelfteinem, 15 
 
 ilSorauf fein §aupt er ftiii^t. 
 
58 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 <Scin SBart ift ntd^t bon glad^fe, 
 (Sr ift t)on geuer^glut, 
 3ft burd^ ben 3:ifd^ Qctoadifen, 
 20 3Korauf fein ^inn au^ru()t. 
 
 (Sr nicft alg tt)ie im Xraumc, 
 ©ein ^ug' {)alb of fen gminft; 
 Unb ie nad^ langem ^Raume 
 (Ex einem ^naben h)tnft. 
 
 25 dx fprid^t im ©d^Iaf ^um Rnahtn: 
 
 Unb fief), ob nod^ bie D^aben 
 ^erfliegen urn ben ^erg. 
 
 Unb tt)enn bie alten 9?aben 
 30 5^od^ fliegen immerbar, 
 
 ®o mu6 i(§ aud^ norf) fc^tafen 
 SSerjaubert f)unbert 3af)r^" 
 
 XXIV 
 
 Karl ber ^ro§e im Untersberg 
 
 (Sine fold^e ©age iDie bie t)on iBarbaroffa erjcilfilt man 
 aud^ t)on ^aifer ^arl bem ©rofeen, !Der fi^t im Unter^berg 
 bei (Salzburg, bie golbene ^rone auf bem §)aupte nnb ha^ 
 3epter be^ ^eirfie^ in ber $anb* 5lnf bem naf)en iESalfer^ 
 felbe ftel^t ein bilrrer iBaum* (Sinft tDirb biefer tokbtx gru= 
 nen nnb grlld^te tragen, ^ann iDirb ber ^aifer errt)ad^en, 
 unb eg tnirb bort eine gemaltige ®d)Iad)t fein. 5llle 33oIfer 
 ber (grbe merben f)erbeieilen. ^a^ 3Jiorben mirb fo getoaltig 
 fein, ha^ man im SBIute toaim toirb. 3)ie ©nten tcerben 
 
TEXTS 59 
 
 harm bte iSofen erfd^Iagen, unb ber grofee^dfcr it)irb bte lo 
 SSelt bef)errf(^en, 
 
 ^tefe ©age entftanb au^ bem ©lauben ber alten !Deut* 
 fd^en t)om @nbe ber SKelt, bem 3SeItbranb: (Stnft h)irb 9?e(^t 
 unb ®efe^ t3on ber (grbe gefc^rt)unben feln, bte 53ofen tDerben 
 bte ®uten ilbertDunben f)abett, iBrilber tuerben etnanber mor* is 
 ben» 3n jener 3^^t trerben ftc^ bte 9^tefen jum ^ampfe 
 gegen bte ©otter berettet f)aben, unb tn etner getralttgen 
 ©(^(ad^t tDerben alle ©otter, alte ^^tefen unb ade SJ^enfc^en 
 fallen, ^te SBelt mtrb tn Slammen aufge^en, aber etne 
 neue SBelt iDtrb entfte!)en. 5llte^ 58ofe tDtrb f(^n)tnben, etn 20 
 neuer ©ott totrb bte SSelt bef)errf(^en, unb bte neuen Tltn== 
 fd^en h)erben gut unb gliidltc^ fetn» 
 
 XXIV a 
 Dte (Sotterbdmmerung 
 
 !Dte6 tft bte germantfd^e ©age t)om Untergange ber ilSelt: 
 ^ret (ange SStnter toerben auf etnanber folgen, of)ne 
 ©omnxer basn)tf(^en. ^tere unb 9}^enfc^en merben t3or ^alte 
 unb hunger fterben. 3^^ getoalttge SKoIfe ioerben ©onne 
 unb 5D^onb uerfc^Itngen, unb bte ©terne toerben Dom ^tm- s 
 mel fallen. 
 
 !Dann iDtrb bte 90^tbgarbf(^lange au^ ber Xtefe be^ 9}^eere^ 
 ftetgen, ber SSolf genrtr irtrb ftc^ lo^retfeen, unb bte ^^tefen 
 toerben ftd^ pm ^ampfe gegen bte ©otter fammeln. Soft 
 totrb fetne geffeln fprengen unb mtt fetnen ©enoffen etn 10 
 ©c^tff beftetgen, ba^ au^ ben 9^ageln ber Xotm gebaut tft. 
 ^ann jtelien er unb bte 9^tefen sum ^ampfe gegen hit ©ot^ 
 ter. !Den 5lllt)ater SBotan totrb ber genrtrtoolf ijerfd^ltngen, 
 §etmbal unb ^oti toerben etnanber burc5bol)ren. ^onar 
 
60 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 15 tDirb bte 2)^ibgarbf(^Iange mtt feinem jammer erfd^Iagcn, 
 aber er tdixb felbft burd^ ii)v (5^ift fterben* 
 
 (So tDerben alte ©otter unb ade ^Jtefen fterben, unb 
 glammen trerben bte SSelt bemic^ten, ^ann aber h)trb 
 elne neue (Sonne am §lmmel anfgel^en, etne neue (grbe mlrb 
 
 20 fid^ au^ ber Sliefe erf)eben, ®ra^ nnb tranter tDerben anf i\)V 
 toac^fen, nnb nene, beffere 2)^enf(^en toerben entfte^ien, ^a^ 
 Golbene 3^italter ber ilSelt toirb bann pril(fgefef)rt fetn. 
 
 XXV 
 
 Das pferb als KIdger 
 
 33et bent (S(^Ioffe ^arl^ be^ (^rofeen in 5la(^en f)mg eine 
 ©lode, ble ber ^alfer in fetnem 3^^^^^ t)erne]^nten fonnte* 
 iESenn jemanbem ein Unrec^t gefc^ef)en inar nnb er t)on bem 
 ^aifer ^ilfe begef)rte, fo lantete er btefe ®Io(fe» 3eber, ber 
 
 5 ba^ getan f)atte, !)atte fetn ^^ed^t gefnnben, ©inft t)erna{)ni 
 ber ^atfer tDteber bie ©locfe. 33on etnlgen D^ittern begleitet, 
 Qing er Dor ba^ (Scf)Io6, nm jn fe!)en, tvtv feme §llfe be^ 
 Qel^rte* ®a erbltdten fie ein magereg, alte^ ^ferb, ba^ mit 
 feinen 3ti^i^^tt ben (Strang ber ©lodfe benagte, fo ha^ fie lixn^ 
 
 10 tete, 5llte iraren erftannt* 
 
 (gin alter 9?itter aber begann: „§err ^aifer, ertanbt, bafe 
 ic^ fiir ha^ ^iPferb fprec^e* & gef)ort einem 9^itter, 3n 
 manc^er S(f)tad^t l)at e^ if)n getragen, (Sinmat l^atten i^n 
 bie geinbe faft iiberttinnben, nnb nnr bie fc^nellen giifee fei^ 
 
 15 ne^ ^ferbe^ f)aben ii)m ba^ ^eben gerettet, 5lber jefet ift e^ 
 la^m nnb blinb gelDorben* 9^nn mill er e^ nic^t mel)r htf)aU 
 ten, l)at e^ an^ bem Stalle gejagt nnb Ittgt e^ l)nngem» 3n 
 feinem $nnger l)at ba^ ^ferb ben Strang ber ©lodfe benagt, 
 
TEXTS 61 
 
 unb fo l^abt S\)v feme ^lage t)entommen» 58efef)let nun, 
 ma^ gefc^et)en foil" 20 
 
 ^er ^alfer fprac^: „^a^ 2:ier foil nid^t umfonft melne 
 $Ufe beQeI)rt I)aben, 3(^ befel^le, bafe fetn ^err e^ tDieber 
 in ben ®talt fuf)rt unb bi^ an ba^ (Snbe feine^ ^eben^ Qut 
 terpftegt*" 
 
 XXVa 
 
 Der 5d?tr>anenrttter 
 
 ^er^og ©ottfrieb t)on Brabant mar of)ne ®oI)n geftorben* 
 (Seine ^itme unb feine Xo(i)Ux @Ifa foltten ba^ ?anb erben, 
 5lber fein ^ruber, ber mac^tige ^erjog t)on (Sad^fen, entrife 
 il)nen if)r @rbe, !l)ie §erjogin t)erf(agte if)n bei ^aifer ^axL 
 ^Diefer lub ben @a(^fenf)er3og bor ©eric^t, 5 
 
 @^ gefd^al) nun, bafe ^arl au^ bent genfter be^ (Sd^loffe^ 
 auf ben dl^tm f(^aute. 3)a erblidte er einen treifeen ®(^rt)an, 
 ber f(^n)antm ben 9?f)ein I)erauf unb sog an einer ftlbemen 
 ^ette ein ©c^ifflein nac^ fid^, Qn bem ©c^iffe aber fd^lief 
 cin $Ritter; fein ©c^ilb h)ar fein ^iffen, unb neben if)m lagen 10 
 ^elm unb ©c^tDert. iBalb f)atte ber ©d^tnan ba^ Ufer er= 
 reid^t* ^er 9?itter ertcad^te unb ftieg an^ ?anb» ^er ^ai-- 
 fer empfing il)n freunblid^, nal^m il^n bei ber ^anb unb flif)rte 
 il^n auf bie iBurg, ^a fprad^ ber junge ^^itter su bem 
 33ogeI: ,,5Ii^9 beine^ SSege^, mein lieber ©d^lDan, ^enn 15 
 id^ beiner tnieber bebarf, tuerbe id^ bid^ rufen/' Unb ber 
 <Sd^li3an fd^tramm mit bem ©d^ifflein juriidf. 
 
 3)a^ ©erid^t begann. X)ie ©erjogin unb U)xe 2^od^ter 
 brad^ten i!)re ^lage bor. !Der ^er^og t)on (Sad^fen erbot fid^ 
 sum 3^ciftt^Pf^ iitn ba^ ?anb, ba^ er if)r geraubt f)atte, unb 20 
 feiner tragte e^, gegen if)n ^u fcimpfen, ^ie $erjogin unb 
 il^re 2^oc^ter flagten unb meinten. 
 
62 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 !^a er]()ob ft(^ ber dlitUv, ben ber ©d^tDan to Sanb ge^ 
 brad^t !)atte, utib erbot fic^, fiir fie gu fampfen^ 9^ac^ lan^ 
 
 25 Qem, fd&tDerem ^aTn)3fe erfd^Iug er ben <^a(^fenf)erjog. !^te 
 §erjOQln erf)telt if)'r Sanb aurilcf, nnb ber (^c^tDanenrttter 
 iDurbe ber ®atte il^rer ^oc^ter, 5lber er ftellte elne ^ebtn^ 
 Qung: 9^te follte fie if)n nad^ feinem 9^amen nnb feiner §er^ 
 funft fragen, 
 
 30 3Siele 3a]f)re lebten fie gliidflid^ mit einanber* 5lber e^ 
 qualte bie junge ^ergogin immer, ba^ fie ni(f)t iDufete, toer 
 il^r ®atte mar, (Snblic^ ftellte fie bie i^erbotene grage, ^a 
 erfc^raf ber fitter unb fagte: „Sflun ift nnfer (^IM Derloren. 
 SSir miiffen fd^eiben." ®er @d^tx)an tam mit bent ©(^iff- 
 
 35 lein gefd^iDommen, ber 9!itter ftieg ein, fegnete feine ®emal)Iin, 
 feine ^inber nnb fein 33oIf nnb fnl^r ab, 9^ientanb l)at if)n 
 tDteber gefel^en, 
 
 XXVI 
 
 Die Vi^t im Straf burger ITtunfter 
 
 ^ie ©tabt (Strapnrg ^at ein fd^one^, alte^ ^y^iinfter mit 
 einer tcnnberbaren Uf)r, X)iefe Vii)x toax feit t)ielen 3af)ren 
 angefangen, 5lber ber SJ^eifter, ber fie an^fiil^ren follte, tvax 
 geftorben, nnb fein anberer 5D^ann fonnte fie bollenben. (Snb^ 
 
 5 lid^, nad^ bielen, t}ielen 3af)ren, tam iDieber nad^ (Strafebnrg 
 ein grower SD^eifter, liefer nnterna{)m e^, bie Uf)r gang 
 au^jnfiil^ren, & gelang if)m, ©anj ©trafebnrg frente fi(^, 
 al^ bie W)x t)oIIenbet tear: (Sonne, SO^onb nnb (Sterne gogen 
 t)orbei, bie ©loden liinteten, ber 3lob geigte bie (Stnnben an, 
 
 10 bie jtDoIf 5lpoftel traten nad^ jeber (Stnnbe \)ex\)ox nnb ber- 
 neigten fid^ tjor bem ^eilanb, bie beiben SotDen mit bem 
 (StabttDappen brilllten, nnb ber ^af)n anf ber (Spi^e fd^tng 
 bie glUgel nnb frttf)te breimaL 
 
TEXTS 63 
 
 5lber bie ^^at^l^erren flird^teten, bafe ber 9)^eifter aud^ in 
 clner anbren (Stabt etne fotc^e Uf)r au^fiifiren fonnte* !^a* is 
 {)er befaf)Icn fie, if)m bie Hugen au^jufted^en, 5lber bie 
 <Strafe flir biefe Untat blieb nic^t au^» (Sin 9?ab nad^ bent 
 anbem lief ab, unb aU ber ^unftler ftarb, ftanb bie ]Xi)x ftilL 
 !Die ©locfen l^orten auf su Icinten, bie 5(pofteI traten nid^t 
 mel^r f)ert)or, ©onne, Tlonb nnb ©teme ftanben ftid, bie 20 
 ?on)en tDaren ftuntm, nnb ber §af)n prte anf, bie gliigel gn 
 fd^Iagen nnb jn fraf)en. 
 
 ^ie U{)r toax abgelanfen. 3af)rf)nnberte lang fonnte 
 man fie nid^t an^beffem, (Srft dor fnrjer 3^^t ift e^ ge* 
 Inngen. 25 
 
 XXVI a 
 
 Der ^irfebrei Don ^iirid? 
 
 3m fec^jebnten ^a\)v^unbtxi tnottten bie ^itrger Don 
 3iiric^ mit benen Don (Strapnrg ein ^iinbni^ fd^liefeen* 
 5SieIe anbere bentfd^e ©tabte btxtten ba^ t)or ibnen getan, 
 ^en ©trapnrgern toar bie greunbfd^aft ber ^ii^ic^^^ fe^^ 
 toillfommen, 5lber t)iete Don i^nen meinten: „3ut*id^ ift 5 
 toeit toeg, SBenn nn^ ein ^dnb angreift, Djerben bie 3iin* 
 c^er snr ^ilfe sn fpcit fommen." 3)arnm n)iefen fie hen 
 ^orf(^(ag ber (gtabt 3iinc^ priidf. 5lber einem ^ilrger 
 Don 3ii^ic^r $>^^^ i^ SSerb, tarn ein gnter ©ebanfe* 
 
 3m (Sommer 1576 follte in (Strafebnrg ein grofee^ geft 10 
 ftattfinben. S^ biefem. D^aren and^ bie 3toid^er (gd^ix^en 
 gelaben* ^nf ben dlat }ene^ ^Biirger^ fo(^ten bie ^iind^^t: 
 einen Xopf §irfebrei, fteltten ibn am SJ^orgen beg gefttageg 
 in ein gafe mit (Sanb nnb brad^ten ibn rafd^ in einen ^abn, 
 £)ann mberten fie bie Simmat binab in bie Har nnb burd^ 15 
 bie Har in ben dl^dn. (§.^t bie ©onne nnterging, lanbeten 
 
64 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 fie bei ©trapurg. ^k brac^ten ben iBret auf^ diat^au^, 
 
 unb aB man ben ^edel abna{)m, tear er no(^ tttavm. 
 9^un fasten fie jn ben (Strafebnrgern: „^ie (Sntfemnng 
 20 jmifd^en unferen (Stabten ift nic^t flein; aber gnter ilSille 
 
 fann einen iDeiten SBeg t)erfltrgen. iBenn ein geinb end^ 
 . angreift, fo fonnen tDir enc^ fo fc^nett ju $tlfe eilen, tvk h)ir 
 
 biefen ©irfebrei brac^ten." ^a^ fallen bie ©trafebnrger ein 
 
 unb fd^Ioffen nun ba^ 33unbni^, 
 
 XXVII 
 
 Das Deutfd^e 2leid) unb bie Pereinigten Siaakn 
 
 !Da^ ^eutfc^e ^eid^ befte^t au^ 26 ©taaten, 53ier ba- 
 bon finb ^onigreid^e: ^reufeen, ^al)ern, ©ac^fen unb ^ixxU 
 temberg» ^ie iibrigen ©taaten finb: 6 ®ro6]()er3O0tumer, 
 5 ©erjogtumer, 7 gurftentiimer, 3 D^epublifen (bie „greien 
 
 5 ©tcibte" Hamburg, iBremen unb Siiberf) unb ba^ 9?eid^^* 
 lanb (glfa6:=?ot^rinQen» 3)a6 ^eutfd^e 9^ei(^ ift einer ber 
 grofeten ©taaten t)on (Suropa; bie (Sntfernung bom norb* 
 lic^ften bi^ jum fiiblic^ften "i|3unft betragt 1200 km, i)om 
 iDeftlic^ften bi^ gum oftlid^ften "^mft 1240 km. ^ie glad^e 
 
 10 be^ 9^ei(^e^ betrcigt 540,658 qkm, n)ot)on 348,607 an *ipreu^ 
 feen gef)oren. 
 
 ®ie 3Sereinigten (^taaten t)on 5lmerifa finb bie grofete 
 ^^epublif, bie e^ in ber ^dt gibt ober gegeben !)at» (Sie 
 finb 17mal grower al^ ba^ ^eutf(5e 9^eic^, benn fie f)aben 
 
 15 eine glac^e t)on 9,383,029 qkm. 3)a^ ^eutfc^e ^eid^ ift 
 fleiner aU ber grofete amerifanifc^e ©taat, Xeja^ (688,340 
 qkm), unb tDeniger aU ]f)alb fo grofe toie ha^ ^erritorium 
 mam (1,530,327 qkm). ^reufeen ftef)t an ©rofee stoi^ 
 fd^en 3}^ontana (378,330 qkm) unb ^tumticito (317,470 
 
TEXTS 65 
 
 qkm), ^er Untcrfd^ieb in ber S^^^^ ^^^ i8et)o(fening ift t)ie( 20 
 fleiner: ^a^ 3)eutf(^e 9?el(^ l^atte hd fetner ©riinbung, tm 
 3af)re 1871, 41,058,804 ®inmof)ner; je^t ift if)re ^a^I auf 
 ungefcil()r 65 50^iIUonen geftiegen, tDctfirenb bie ^Serelnigten 
 ©taaten ettna 93 5D^iIUonen Sinmofiner l^aben* 
 
 !Dcr f)oc^fte ^erg 3)eiitfd^(anb^ ift bie 3ii9fpife^ in ben 25 
 53ai)rifd^en mpm: ®ie ift 2968 m ^od). 3)entfd)Ianb f)at 
 nngefaf)r 150 gliiffe. !Der tDic^tigfte (5lm tDid^tigften) ift 
 ber ^^ein, ber 1225 km lang ift, 5lnbere grofee bentfc^e 
 ©trome finb: bie 3Befer, bie (SIbe, bie Dber, bie Seid^fel, 
 bie !Donau, ^ie le^tere ift t)ie( langer aU ber dl^dn, aber so 
 nur 570 km t)on if)r gef)oren p ^eutfc^lanb, 
 
 ^ie grofete (Stabt be^ ^eutfc^en D^eirfie^ ift Berlin, mit 
 biert^alb SD^illionen (Sinn3of)nern. ^I^m folgen Hamburg 
 mit 1,000,000, Seipjig unb 2)^lln(^en mit je 500,000 (gin= 
 tDol^nem, 35 
 
 grlil^er gel^orte aud^ Ofterreid^ gu Deutfc^lanb, 3n bie= 
 fem ?anbe leben eth)a 15 SD^illionen ^eutfc^e. ^ie grofete 
 @tabt Ofterreic^g ift 3Sien, ba^ etma 2,000,000 (ginn)of)ner 
 ^at. 
 
 XXVII a 
 
 Das £ie5 ber Deutfd?en 
 
 !Deutfd^tanb, ^eutfd^lanb iiber atle6, 
 
 liber alleg in ber SSelt, 
 
 SSenn e^ ftet^ gu @c§u^ unb Xvul^t 
 
 53ruberli(^ gufammen()alt, 
 
 33 on ber Waa^ bi^ an bie SD^emel, " s 
 
 3Son ber (gtfc^ bi^ an ben 53ett— 
 
 3)eutfc^Ianb, ^eutfcftlanb liber alle^, 
 
 liber alleg in ber SBelt. 
 
66 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 5)eutfd^e grauen, beutfc^e Jreue, 
 10 !l)eutf(^er SBein unb beutfd^er ©ang 
 
 ©ollen in ber iBelt bef)alten 
 
 3^ren alten, fd^onen J^Iang, 
 
 Ung gu ebler Xat begeiftem 
 
 Unfer ganged ?eben lang. 
 15 S)eutf(^e grauen, beutf(^e Xreue, 
 
 ^eutf(^er SSeln unb beutfc^er @ang! 
 
 ^Inigfeit unb 9^ed^t unb gretl^eit 
 giir ha^ beutfd^e 33aterlanb, 
 !Dana(f) lafet un^ alle [treben 
 20 ^riiberlid^ ntlt ^erg unb ^anb! 
 
 (Sinigfeit unb D^ec^t unb grelf)eit 
 ©tub be^ (^liicfe^ Unterpfanb. 
 ^liif)' im @Ianse beineg ©Ilide^, 
 iBlii^e, beut[(^egSSaterIanb! 
 
 Hoffmann bon f^attcrglcbcn. 
 
 XXVIII 
 
 Das alte Deutfd^e Heid? 
 
 !^a« erfte !I)eutfc^e Df^eic^ begann mit ^art bent ©rofeen, 
 !Diefer iDar perft nnr ^onig ber granfen* ^ber unter if)m 
 tourbe fein 9^eic^ biel grower, unb am 25, 3)e3ember be^ 
 3a]^re^ 800 fronte U)n *i(3apft Seo III, aunt ^atfer, @etn 
 5 @ef(^te(f)t nennt man bie ^arolinger (ba^ ^aroltngifc^e 
 §au^). & ftarb su ^eginn be^ 10, 3:a!)rf)unbert^ aug, 
 
 3m 10, 3af)r]()unbert unb tm er[ten 53iertel be^ elften 
 
 3a]f)r{)unbert^ regterte ein ©efd^Iec^t au^ bem ndrblic^en 
 
 ^eutfc^Ianb, bie Dttonen, unb im ilbrigen ^eile be^ elften 
 
 10 unb bem erften 58iertel be^ a^olften 3af)rf)unbert^ ein mit* 
 
TEXTS 67 
 
 telbeutfd^e^ ©efc^Iec^t, ba^ grcinfifc^e §aii^. Unter biefem 
 brad^ ein ^ampf stDifc^en ben ^aifern unb ben ^apften au^, 
 ber ^eutfc^Ianb faft tjemid^tete* 5lm l^eftigften tear er gh)l= 
 fc^en "ipapft @regor VII, unb ^onig §einric^ IV,, bent un= 
 Qliidflid^ften aller beutfc^en ^onige, 15 
 
 (gelt 1125 tnaren $en:f(^er an^ bent filblid^en !5)entfd;^ 
 lanb beutfc^e ^ontge, 3)ie §of)en[taufen, bie ^entfc^tanb 
 t3on 1125 bl^ snr 9}^itte be^ bretje!)nten 3af)rf)unbert^ re* 
 gterten, toaren ba6 glanjenbfte unter ben beutfc^en ^onlgg- 
 !)aufern; aber fie t)ern)anbten mct)v gorge auf ^talien aU 20 
 auf ^eutfc^lanb unb unterlagen enblid) int ^arrtpfe urn hm 
 i8eft^ jene^ ?anbe6. ^er le^te l^ol^enftaufift^e §errfc^er, 
 ^onrabin, ftarb in 9^eapel auf bent gd^afott, unb fein ^ru* 
 ber ©njio einige 3af)re nad) ii)m tm ©efcingni^, 
 
 9^a(^ ber 93^itte be^ breisef)nten 3a^t:f)unbert^ fiatte bag 25 
 9f^eic^ faft 20 Sa\)xt lang feinen anerfannten ^onig, SD^an 
 nennt biefe 3^tt bag 3nterregnunt, 1273 n)af)lten bie ^ur* 
 fiirften ben gd^tDeijer ©rafen ^^ubolf Don §abgburg junt 
 ^onige, ^ie nteiften beutfc^en ^onige narf) U)m iDaren aug 
 feinent §aufe, 53ie(e unter if)nen inaren fraftbolle ^err* 30 
 fc^er, aber fie bac^ten mti)V an ii)xt eigene Wa(^i aU an bie 
 5D^a(^t beg D^^eic^eg. go jerfiet biefeg itnnter tne!)r, (gnb* 
 Ii(^ (egte ber (e^te ^aifer beg alten ^eutfc^en ^^eid^eg, 
 grans Hv cttn 6.,5luguft 1806 hk ^rone beg dlomi\6)- 
 3)eutfd^en 9^eic|eg nieber, 35 
 
68 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XXVIHa 
 
 Katferlteb 
 
 §ei( bir im ©tegerfranj, ©eiltQC glamme, qIW, 
 
 ^errfd^er be^ 33aterlanb6, ©liif)' unb erlofc^e nie 
 
 ^etl, taifer, bir! giir^ 53aterlanb! 
 
 %u\)V in be^ 2:^rone^ ©lanj SSir al(e fte()en bann 
 
 5 :l)ie {)of)e ^onne Qan^, 9}Juti9 fiir einen SO^ann, 
 
 l^iebling be^ 53oIf^ gu fein! ^ampfen unb bluten gem 
 
 ^ei(, ^aifer, bir! giir J{)ron unb D^eid^. 
 
 g^id^t 9?off^ unb 9?eifi9e C>anbtung unb 2»iffenf(^aft 
 
 (gic^em bie fteile $>W, ^^be mit SO^acftt unb ^raft 
 
 10 SKo giirften fte{)n: 3^r §aupt empor! 
 
 !2iebe be^ 33aterlanb^, ^riegcr= unb §elbentat 
 
 giebe be^ freien 9D?anng ginbe if)r !2orbeerbIatt 
 
 ©riinbet ben §errf(§ertf)ron 2:reu aufgef)oben bort 
 
 SSie gel^ im 2J2eer. 5ln beinem 3:^ron! 
 
 15 ^Bdf ^aifer 2BiIf)elnt, {)ier 
 
 !^ang beine6 3SoIfe^ 3ier, 
 
 3)er9[r?enfd^f)eit@toIs! 
 
 %ui)V in be^ 2^f)roneg ©lanj 
 
 3)ie f)o()e SBonne gang, 
 20 !i?iebling be^ 3SoIf^ p fein! 
 
 $eil, ^aifer, bir! 
 
 XXIX 
 
 Die Sd?Iad?t bei Seban 
 
 5rm 19, 3uli 1870 \)atit granfreid^ I^rieg gegen "ipreufeen 
 
 txfi'dxt ^ic anberen beutfd^en ©taaten — iBai^em, (Bad)^ 
 
 fen, SSiirttemberg, 58aben, ©effen u.f.ti), — traten fofort auf 
 
 bie ®eite ^reufeen^, (5^efuf)rt bon ®raf ^ellmut t)on 
 
 5 9)Joltfe, errangen bie beutfd^en C>c^t:e ©ieg auf ©teg auf 
 
TEXTS 69 
 
 franpftfd^ent 58oben, ^n a6)t Wlonattn ftegten fie in 17 
 grofeen unb mef)r al^ f)unbert flelnereti ©c^Iac^ten, naf)men 
 380,000 gelnbe gefangen unb erobcrten iiber 20 geftungen* 
 
 ^te h)i(^ttg[te ©c^Iad^t mar bte t)on ©eban, am L @ep^ 
 tember 1870, ^te beftegten franjofifc^en $eere f)atten fid^ lo 
 teil^ nac^ ^eften, tei(6 nac^ (Siiben gemanbt, 3bi^ §aupt^ 
 beer, bet bent ^aifer 5^apo(eon III, fetbft tnar, n)ar juerft 
 nac^ SSeften, gegen ^arl^, gejogen; nun tnollte e^ in tDettem 
 ^ogen an ber beutfc^en 5lrmee borilbermarfc^ieren unb in 
 ber ©egenb bon 3}?e^ ha^ anbere franjofifc^e §eer treffen. is 
 2Iber ®raf Tflolih fafete ben ^ipian, bie Jran^ofen gegen bie 
 belgifc^e ©renje p brangen unb trie in einem 9^efee gu fan= 
 gen. Unb fo gefd^al) e^ auc^. 3)ie ^eutfc^en mac^ten ftarfe 
 ®ert)altmarfd^e, urn bie granjofen ^u faf[en, 2lm 30. 5Iuguft 
 lagerte ein fran^dfifc^e^ ^eer bei Beaumont unb bi^^t WiU 20 
 tag^rube. *ipid^lic^ fcblugen (^ranaten in ba^ ?ager; e^ tvav 
 ben ^eutfcben gelungen, unbemerft b^i^cinsufommen. T)ie 
 ^eutfc^en fiegten, unb bie franjofifc^e 5lnnee fonnte nun 
 iDeber DortDcirt^ nad) SO^e^ noc^ rilcfmcirt^ nac^ *$ari^. ®o 
 jog fie fi(^ mit bem .^aifer nacb ber fleinen geftung (Seban 25 
 Surild, 53on alien (Seiten rilcften in iiberlegenen S^W^ bie 
 beutfcben ^rieger ^txan, bie granjofen umsingelnb. ^ie 
 !^age be^ franjbfifc^en $eere^ tnar boffnung^Io^, 
 
 2(m SD^orgen be^ erften September beginnt bie 'Bf^la^t 
 !I)ie ^atjem nebmen nad^ fd^iDerem ^ampfe ein ^orf. 9?ecbt^ 30 
 t)on ibnen treten bie ©acbfen unb bie preufeifcben ©arben, 
 linf^ bon ibnen bie ^Siirttemberger in ben ^ampf ein, unb 
 bom 9^orben nabt ^atailton auf ^ataillon ber ^reufeen. 
 5Iuf ben $bben ring^um erfcbeint iBatterie an 53atterie, 
 ©ranaten auf ha^ feinblicbe ^eer fc^leubernb. 35 
 
 3mmer enger tDirb ber 9^ing ber ^eutfd^en, 9^ic^t^ btlft 
 
70 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ben gransofen ll^re f)elbenmutlge ^apferfeit, 55ergeben^ 
 berfuc^t i!)re 9^elterei bie feinbllc^en 9^ei!)en p burc^bred^en* 
 ^a^ §eer flte|)t in bie geftutig* Hber and) l^ter erreicfien e^ 
 
 40 bie ©ranaten ber beutfc^en l^anonett, unb an me!)reren (Ste(= 
 len ber ©tabt brec^en glammen ]^ert)or» 
 
 Urn flinf U^r na(^mtttag6 tear bie ^djla^t ^n @nbe» 
 SBelfee gal^nen erfc^ienen anf ben ilBallen ber geftnng. ^er 
 ^rcufecnfontg ^ilf)elm !)telt auf etner §o!)e hd (Seban, nm- 
 
 45 geben t)on bem ^ronprinjen, iBl^marcf, Tlolth nnb mt^^ 
 reren ©eneralen* ^a famen brei fransofifd^e Shelter mit 
 etner iDetfeen glagge, (Siner bon if)nen iiberreic^te bent 
 ^ontge folgenben ^rief: 
 
 „9}?etn $>txv iBruber! 
 
 50 T)a id^ nid^t in ber Mittt meiner XwDppm fterben fonnte, 
 
 bleibt mir nic^t^ iibrig, al^ nteinen 3)egen in bie ^anbe Surer 
 
 a)2aieftat gu legen. 
 
 Qd) bin Surer SD^ajeftat guter ^ruber 
 
 9^apoIeon, 
 55 ©eban, 1. ©eptcmbcr 1870." 
 
 ^er ^onig la^ ben ^rief beg nngtiidflic^en i^aifer^ mit 
 tiefer ^etnegung. T)ann trat er p ben ©eneralen nnb lag 
 i]f)n lant t)or, nnb f)ieranf fc^rieb er folgenbe 5Intrt)ort: 
 
 „9J?ein §err ^ruber! 
 
 60 3nbem ic^ bie Unt[tanbe, unter benen iDir ung begegnen, be- 
 
 baure, nebme ic^ ben 5)egen Surer 9[)^aieftat an unb bitte @ie, 
 
 einen Offigier gu bet)oIlmac^tigen, urn ilber bie Capitulation ber 
 
 5Irmee gu unterbanbeln, tuelc^e unter Qb^^nt iBefeble fo tapfer ge- 
 
 fampft bat. 9}^einerfeitg ^aht i^ ben ©eneral t)on SD^oItfe ha^u 
 
 65 beftimntt. 
 
 3c^ bin Surer aj^ajeftcit guter iBruber 
 
 SSilbelm. 
 SBor ©eban, am 1. (September 1870.* 
 
TEXTS * 71 
 
 5lm nctc^ften Xa^t tarn bie Capitulation pftanbe. ^le 
 (Stabt @eban blieb in ben §anben ber ^eutfc^en* ^er ^ai^ 70 
 fer ber gran^ofen unb mel^r aU 84,000 9[)^ann tranberten 
 nac^ ^eutfc^lanb in bie ©efanQenfd^aft* ^er Crieg tt)ar 
 burc^ biefe ©(^lac^t fo gut trie entfc^ieben. 
 
 XXIXa 
 
 Der Sie^ pon Szban 
 
 SKa^ bonnem bie Canonen, 
 2Ba^ fiinbet ber ©loden gjJunb? 
 3)en T)eutf(§en in alien 3onen 
 SSirb freubige Wave funb. 
 
 I^agt @iegegfaf)nen prangen! 5 
 
 T)k iESelt ^at mieber 9?uf). 
 !Da^ fransofif(^e ^eer gefangen 
 Unb ber Caifer, ber Caifer bagu! 
 
 (E^ Voaxb eine ©d^lac^t gefdfilagen 
 
 SBei (Beban auf bem gelb, 10 
 
 !5)at)on h)irb man fingen unb fagen 
 
 «i^ an ha^ (gnbe ber SBelt! 
 
 ^a fc^lug feine ©c^icffal^ftunbe 
 
 !Dem britten 5^apoteon, 
 
 !Da blutet au« fd^merer SKunbe • is 
 
 ^er ^marfc^all 5mac ma\)on. 
 
 !Dmnt bonnem bie Canonen, 
 
 3)rum brol)nt ber ©locfen Wlnnh; 
 
 3)en 3)eutfc^en in alien 3onen 
 
 SBirb freubige 93^are lunb. 20 
 
72 • GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 (S6 bonnert {ubeltonig 
 ^inaug liber Sanb unb SJJecr: 
 §etl 3)eutfc^lanb^ ^elbenfonig, 
 ^dl 2)eutf(^Ianb^ C>elben!)eer! 
 
 griebrid^ S3obcnftcbt. 
 
 XXIX b 
 
 Die ^rcnabtere 
 
 5^ac5 granfreid^ jogen jtt)ei ©renabier', 
 2)ie tDaren in D^ufelanb gefangen. 
 Unb al6 fie famen in^ beutfd^e Ouartier, 
 ®ie liefeen bie ^opfe f)an9en. 
 
 6 ^a f)orten fie beibe bie traurige Tl'dv^: 
 
 !Da6 granfreid^ t)erIoren gegangen, 
 SBefiegt unb jerfd^lagen ba^ groje §eer, — 
 Unb ber ^aifer, ber ^aifer gefangen. 
 
 ^a njeinten pfammen bie ©renabier^ 
 10 SKof)I ob ber flctglic^en J^nnbe. 
 
 3)er eine \pxa^: „^k tDef) mirb mir, 
 SSie brennt meine alte ilBunbe!" 
 
 !Der anbere fprac^: „^ag ^ieb ift au^, 
 5Iu(^ i(^ moc^t' ntit bir fterben, 
 15 . ^od^ {)ab' i(^ SSeib unb £inb p ^au«, 
 
 ^ic o!)ne mic^ t)erberben." 
 
 „2Bag fd^ert mid^ SKeib, tua^ fd^ert mid^ tinb! 
 3d^ trage tDeit beff're^ 33ertangen; 
 2ai fie bettein get)n, njenn fie ()ungrig finb, — 
 20 9)^ein ^aifer, mein ^aifer gefangenl 
 
TEXTS 73 
 
 „®etDaf)r' tnir, 53niber, eine 33itt': 
 SBenn ic^ ie^t fterben inerbe 
 <So nimm meme ^d^t nad) granfretc^ Tntt, 
 ^egrab' mic^ in granfreid^g (Srbe. 
 
 „T)a^ @f)rcn!rcus am rotcn S3anb 25 
 
 (Sollft bu auf^ ^erg mir legen; 
 3)ie glinte gib mir in bie §anb, 
 Unb Qlirt^ mir um ben S)egen. 
 
 „^o mill ic^ liegen nnb {)orc^en ftitt, 
 
 2Bie eine (Sc^ilbnjac^^ im ©rabe, 30 
 
 33i^ einft ic^ f)ore ^anonengebriill 
 
 Unb h)iet)ember 9^offe ©etrabe. 
 
 „5)ann reitet mein £aifer tt)of)l iiber mein ®rab, 
 
 3SieI (Sc^trerter flirren unb bti^en; 
 
 ®ann fteig ic^ 9en)affnet f)ert)or au^ bem ®rab, — 35 
 
 S)cn ^aifer, ben ^aifer gu fcfiu^en!" 
 
 ^cinrirf) ^einc. 
 
 XXX 
 
 Die Perfaffung bes neuen Deutfd^en Heicf^es 
 
 511^ Napoleon !♦ befiegt Wax, murbe im Qaf^xt 1815 tjon 
 38 beutfc^en ^Staaten ein ©taatenbunb gebilbet, rt)el(^er ber 
 ^eutfc^e ^unb genannt tt)irb, S^ biefem gef)orte nic^t nur 
 ba^ I)eutige ^eutfc^e 9f?eic^, fonbern aud^ £)fterrei(^» 3n^ 
 folge eine^ ^riege^ jtDifc^en Ofterreid^ unb ^reufeen iDurbe 
 er im ^al^re 1866 aufgeloft unb ein neuer 33unb, ber 9^orb= 
 beutfcfie iBunb, tDurbe t3on ben <Biaaitn norblic^ t)om SJ^ain 
 
74 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ge[(^(offen. liefer tourbe bon ^reufeen geflil^rt, it)af)renb 
 an ber (S^i^e be^ ^eutfc^en iBunbe^ Ofterreic^ geftanben 
 
 10 l()atte» 
 
 511^ granfreid^ 1870 ^rieg gegen ^reufeen erflarte, traten 
 and) ble flibbeutfc^en ©taaten (mtt 5lu^na!)me t)on Dfter* 
 retd^) auf beffen <Sette» ^ie gran^ofen h)urben beftegt, unb 
 am L 3anuar 1871 tDurbe ble ©riinbwng be6 ^eutf(^en 
 
 15 D^etd^eg befannt gegeben. 5lm 18, 3anuar iDurbe ju 33er:= 
 faille^ ^onig 2BUf)elm t)on ^ipreufeen al^ ^eutfd^er ^aifer 
 proflamtert, 
 
 ^ag ^Deutfc^e D^elc^ tft ein iBunbe^ftaat trie bie 5Seremtg* 
 ten ©taaten bon 5Imerifa, ^ie meiften bentfc^en ©taaten 
 
 20 tt)erben t)on SO^onarc^en reglert, nnr bret finb' 9^epnbli!en, 
 ^er ^alfer aber i[t nic^t Wlonaxd) be^ ^eic^e^, fonbern nur 
 *53raftbent be^ iBnnbeg, @r f)at ben Oberbefe!)! ilber ba^ 
 §eer, 3)nrd& t^n tnirb ^rieg erflart unb griebe gefd^loffen, 
 5lber feine 5lnorbnungen merben im 9^amen be6 9teic^e^ ge^ 
 
 25 geben nnb miiffen dom ^f^eic^^fansler unterfc^rleben trerben, 
 ^efe^e toerben t)om ^nnbe^rat nnb D^elc^^tag gemelnfam 
 bef(f)Ioffen nnb t)om i^aifer nnb D^eic^^fan^ler nnterfc^rieben; 
 tm allgemeinen !)at ber ^aifer fein ^ed^t, ein ®efe^ gn De- 
 tteren, 
 
 30 ^er 58nnbe^rat t[t ettDa mit bem ©enat ber 33ereintgten 
 ©taaten t)on 5(mert!a p t)erglei(^en» (Sr n)irb uon 33er^ 
 tretem ber etnjelnen ©taaten gebllbet, bte sufammen 58 . 
 (gtimmen !)aben; 18 bon btefen ge!)oren *iprenfeen, S)er 
 "iPrctftbent be^ iBnnbe^rate^ Ift ber ^^etd^^fan^ler, ber t)ont 
 
 35 ^alfer emannt tt)lrb, 3)er D^eld^^tag !)at 397 9D?itg(ieber, 
 ^iefe iDerben don alien bentfc^en ^iirgern,^ bie nic^t n)eniger 
 al^ 25 3al)re alt finb, in allgemeinen, gel)eimen, bireften 
 3Sal)len gen)ttl)lt* 
 
TEXTS 75 
 
 XXX a 
 Die (£rftnbung ber Bud^brucferfunft 
 
 grlif)er tDurben alte ^ixc^er gefc^rieben. ^efonber^ in htn 
 ^loftern murben fc^one iBiic^er f)erge[tellt» Xie grofeen 5ln= 
 fang^bu(^[taben tDurben mtt bunten garben bematt ober mit 
 @olb au^gelegt. ©olc^e ^ild^er maren fef)r teuer* gilr eine 
 fc^one ^ibel tnurben oft gegen taufenb SD^ar! be^af)!!, 5 
 
 ajilt ber 3^^t begann man, ^ilber einfac^er f)erjuftellen» 
 <Bk tDurben in f)o(seme 2^afe(c^en gefc^nitten; biefe iDurben 
 bann mit garbe be[trid^en unb auf *i(3ergament gebrucft* 
 iBalb n)urben ein^elne ^Sorter ober gan^e (Sci^e in Zix^th 
 d^en gefc^nitten, unb jule^t fc^nitt man gan^e (geiten in 10 
 $o(j. i£Senn ein ^ud) gebmrft twurbe, mufete man fo biele 
 ^cifeld^en ()aben, aU ba^ ^nc^ ©eiten l^atte; trenn aber 
 ha^ ^uc^ gebrudt tvax, f)atten biefe Xafelc^en feinen SSert 
 mef)r, 
 
 !Da fam ein beutfc^er ©belmann, ^o^cinne^ ©utenberg 15 
 (geboren 1401 p SO^ainj), in^trafeburg auf ben ©ebanfen, 
 ein^elne ^u(^ftaben in l^ol^erne ©tabc^en ju fc^neiben, 3)iefe 
 @tab(^en tourben nebeneinanber geftellt, mit fc^toarjer garbe 
 beftric^en unb auf ^ergament gebrucft* (Spciter rt)urben 
 (Stabc^en au^ ^lei unb bann (Stab(^en au^ S'mn t)ern)enbet, 20 
 1449 tDurbe t)on ©utenberg auc^ bie ^rucferpreffe erfunben. 
 ^a^ erfte ^uc^ aber iDurbe nic^t in ©tra^urg, fonbern in 
 SD^ainj gebrucft, 
 
 ^ort^in fef)rte ncimlid^ Gutenberg um 1450 priliJ; er 
 t)erbanb fid^ mit ^o^ann guft, einem reic^en ©olbfc^mieb, 25 
 unb mit bem ^farrer ^igeter ©c^offer, 5Iuf ben 9?at be^ Ie^= 
 teren murben bie SBud^ftaben nic^t me!)r gefd^nitten, fonbern 
 gegoffen* 9^un fonnten gan^c ^iic^er gebrudt toerben* 3)a5 
 
76 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 erfte h)ar eine lateintfc^e ^ibel in brei ^cinben, bte tDa^irfd^ein- 
 
 30 lid^ 1456 bollenbet rt)urbe» 
 
 (Gutenberg aber geriet to UtiQllicf , guft f)atte i^im 2000 
 ©ulben Qcliefieti, unb er fonnte fie nid^t gleid^ jurilcfQeben* 
 3)arum tDurbe er t)on guft Derflagt, unb feine ^ettern tDur^ 
 benif)m tDeggenommen unb bem reid^en guft gegeben, ®u^ 
 
 35 tenberg tDurbe bon feinent Untemefimen au^gefd)Ioffen» 
 
 2ll(e toaren erftaunt uber bie erften 33iid^er, 9[)?an fonnte 
 nid^t begreifen, tnie in fo furjer ^^it fo t)iele flatter befc^rie^ 
 hm trerben fonnten* 33on i^ielen tDurbe guft ein (B^tvav^^ 
 fiinftler genannt, 5Iber balb njurbe bie tDic^tige (Srfinbung 
 
 40 iiber ganj (Suropa tierbreitet. 
 
 guft ftarb 1466 p ^ari^ an ber ^t\t g^d 3a^re fpater 
 ftarb ©utenberg ju 9[)^ains, faft bergeffen. 1837 ift U)m in 
 Tlain^ ein ^enfmal erric^tet li3orben. 
 
 XXXI 
 
 Die ^ermannsfd^lad^t 
 
 3nr 3^it Don (Sl^rifti @eburt toaren alle !^ftnber urn ha^ 
 
 SJ^ittelmeer in ben §anben ber Corner, find) ber meftl'ic^e 
 
 3;:eil t)on 2)eutf(^Ianb tnar t)on il^nen untertoorfen toorbea, 
 
 3)ie beutfc^en ©tcimme iuaren nid^t einig unb maren einer 
 
 6 nad^.bem anbern Don ben 9^omern befiegt toorben. 
 
 3m ^ai)xt 7 nad^ Sf)rifto (n. Sf)r.) tourbe Ouintiliu^ 
 5Sam^ aU romifd^er gelbf)err an ben 9?f)ein gefanbt, ^urc^ 
 if)n toar @l)rien fo tiertnaltet tDorben, bafe man t)on if)m 
 fagte: „5lrm fam er in ba^ reid^e (St)rien, unb reid^ ging er 
 10 au^ bem armen ©l^rien." 3^^i 3af)re tourbe !Deutfrf)lanb 
 t)on if)m bebriidft* 5Son mand^en beutfd^en gitrften tDurbe 
 ii)m gefd^meid^elt unb gebient* 5lber ein lunger giirft ber 
 
TEXTS 77 
 
 (Sf)eru^fer, Hermann ober ^Irminiu^, iDurbe ber SBefreier 
 felneg 33oIfe^, ^urc^ tf)n iDaren mef)rere ©tamme am 
 9^f)em p einem ^unbe gegen bie 9^dmer t)eretmgt iDorben. 15 
 ^ent 53ani^ murbe bie^ berraten, aber er glaubte e^ nic^t* 
 
 3m 3af)re 9 erl^ob ftc^ eln ®tamm an ber (Sm6. 33aru^ 
 gog mtt 20,000 ^ann Qegen tt)n, H(^ er in ba6 (^ebtrge 
 fam, ba^ f)eute ber 3:entoburger SSalb genannt trirb, tt)nr= 
 ben fie auf alien ©eiten t)on ben ^entfc^en nnter Hrminin^ 20 
 angegriffen. (Sin fd^recf liefer ©tnrm miitete; e6 bli^te, bon= 
 nerte nnb regnete in ©tromen, ®o tDurbe ben ^eutfc^en 
 fogar t)on ben (glementen ge^olfen, ^rei ^^age iDnrbe ge^ 
 fctmpft, X)ann tt)aren faft alk 9^omer erfd^Iagen. 511^ 
 5Sam6 fal), bafe a((e^ derloren mar, gab er fid^ felbft ben 25 
 2:0b. 
 
 ^nrc^ biefe ©d^tad^t tDar ^Dentfc^lanb gerettet, ^er 
 ^elb Hermann mnrbe im 3cil)re 21, 37 3al)re alt, Don 53er* 
 tDanbten ermorbet. 5lber anf alk ^eiten mirb er aU ^t^ 
 freier ^entfcf)Ianb^ gepriefen tDerben. 33or einigen 3al)ren 30 
 ift if)m an ber ©telle feine^ ®iege^, bei ber ©tabt 3)etmoIb 
 im !Ientobnrger SSalbe, ein grofee^ ^enfmal errid^tet n)or= 
 ben, 
 
 XXXIa 
 
 ^elimer 
 
 3m fUnften 3af)rl)nnbert n, (S^. tt)ar im norblid^en 
 5lfrifa Don bem bentfd^en (Stamme ber 53anbalen ein grofeee 
 dldd) gegriinbet morben* 5lber ha^ 3SoIf Derlor balb feine 
 ^raft, ^er le^te ^onig ber 33anbalen, @elimer,.tr)ar 534 
 Don ben 9^omem gefc^lagen tDorben nnb f)atte fein 9^eid^ Der^ 5 
 loren, @r gog fic^ mit bem 9^efte feine^ 33oIfe^ in eine fefte 
 33urg prild, ^ort tonrbe il)m Don treuen Tlauxtn ge!)otfen, 
 
78 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 unb er bertetbigte fic^ lange gegen ^elifar, ben 5elb|)errn 
 be^ ^atfer^ ^uftinian, ^Sergeben^ tDurben if)m t)on btefem 
 
 10 ^eic^tum unb (Sf)re t)erfpro(^en; @elimer rtioKte Iteber fter^ 
 ben al^ ftc^ ergeben* 9^ur e i n e iBitte ftellte er an ben 
 geinb: „©c^i(fe mlr eine ^eier, ein ^rot unb elnen 
 ©c^hjamnt!" fc^rieb er an ben romtfc^en gelb!)errn» (^t* 
 ftaunt fragte biefer ben ^oten, toa^ blefe iBltte bebeutete, 
 
 15 liefer antiDortete: „®elimer btttet urn ein ^rot, tDeil er 
 feine^ 9efe!)en f)at, felt er in bie ^urg geflof)en ift; er bittet 
 urn einen ©d^mamm, tDeil er bom bieten ^einen faft blinb 
 Qett)orben ift; er bittet urn eine ^eier, urn ^u if)rem flange 
 fein Slenb p befingen," ^ie ^itte trurbe geh3af)rt» 
 
 20 9^o(^ brei SD^onate bergingen, 3)er ilSinter trar faft gu 
 @nbe, unb ©elimer iDoIIte fic^ nod^ nic^t ergeben, 3)a^ 
 (Slenb in ber iBurg iDU(^^ irttmer mct)x, (ginmal !)atte ein 
 maurifc^e^ S^Beib einen ^uc^en bereitet unb toollte i^n in ber 
 f)eifeen 5If(^e bacfen* 33or bent geuer fafeen jtoei .^naben; 
 
 25 ber eine n^ar @elimer6 5^effe, ber anbere ein @o!)n {ener 
 grau, 58eibe rt)aren f)ungrig unb tDarteten, bi^ ber ^uc^en 
 fertig fein tDiirbe, 511^ er fertig ju fein fc^ien, ergriff il^n 
 ber banbalifc^e ^nabe fc^neE unb fterfte i!)n g(iif)enb unb mit 
 5lf(^e bebedft in ben 93^unb, urn if)n p berfc^lingen; aber ber 
 
 30 maurifc^e ^nabe fafete i^n beim $aar, rang mit il^m unb 
 SiDang if)n, ben ^uc^en surudpgeben, 3)at)on h)urbe ber 
 ^onig fo ergriffen, bafe er biefen iBrief an ben feinblic^en 
 5elb]f)errn fd^rieb: „& ift bergeben^, gegen ha^ ©c^idffal gu 
 fcimpfen, -3^^ fotin mein (Slenb nidit liinger ertragen* 
 
 35 ^arum tnill ic^ beinem ^ate folgen unb mic^ ergeben/' 
 
 iBelifar freute fief) iiber bie 9^ac^ri(^t unb berfprad^ ®eli== 
 mer, ha^ ber romifd^e ^aifer il^n nid^t al^ ©efangenen, fon:= 
 bern al^ greunb bef)anbeln iDerbe* 5lber biefer f)ielt ba^ 
 
TEXTS 79 
 
 SSort titc^t, ha^ t)on feinem gelbf)erm Qegeben tDorbcn toax. 
 @eltmer iDurbe in filbemeti ^etten burc^ bie (Strafeett t)on 40 
 ^onftantinopel gefiil^rt. ^er ungliicflic^e ^onig fprac^ babel 
 bie ilSorte (Salomon^ t)or fi(^ f)in: „0 Sitelfeit ber (Site(= 
 feiten! 5llle^ ift eitel!" (gpciter tDurbe il^nt Don bem i^aifer 
 Sanb in ^leinafien gegeben, tDO er in grieben ftarb* 
 
 ^a^ ftolje 3Solf ber 53anbalen Wax bamit t)on ber @rbe 45 
 t)erf(^h)unben* 33iele anbere bentfd^e <Stamme f)atten ba^ 
 gleic^c 2o^: ^ie Oftgoten, bie ein D^eic^ in 3talien gegriin^ 
 bet flatten, bie Seftgoten, don benen ©panien erobert iDor^ 
 ben toar, bie iBnrgnnber, bie Don ben ^nnnen bernic^tet 
 iunrben, nnb anbere, so 
 
 XXXII 
 
 Hermann Billing 
 
 3n ber J^ilnebnrger §eibe f)litete einmal ein ^nabe bie 
 §erbe feine^ 53ater^, aU einige fitter gefprengt famen, 
 ^ie bogen Don ber (Strafee ah nnb ritten iiber ba^ %elh. 
 !I)er ^nabe tooltte ba^ nid^t erlanben* @r bac^te: „@in gelb 
 ift bo(f) feine (Strafee, nnb biefe^ gelb gef)ort meinem 33ater," 5 
 <Bo ging er ben 9?ittern entgegen nnb rief: „S^x milfet nm= 
 fel^ren, bie ©trafee ift euer, ba^ gelb ift mein/' 
 
 @in f)of)er 5D^ann, ber an ber (Spi^e ritt, f)ielt fein ^ferb 
 an nnb faf) erftaunt anf ben ^naben. „^er bift bn, i^^nabe?" 
 „3(^ bin Hermann ^itling^ ditefter @of)n nnb fieifee anc^ 10 
 Hermann* ^iefe^ gelb gef)ort meinem 33ater, nnb i^x 
 bllrft nic^t bariiberreiten," „3c^ tijill e^ aber!" rief ber 
 ^fJitter, „unb ic^ fann e^ and^. iBenn bn nid^t an^ bem 
 SSege ge!)ft, reite ic^ liber bid^." 3)er ^nabe aber blieb 
 fte!)en, faf) mit bli^enben Hngen ju bem D^itter f)inanf nnb 15 
 
80 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 fprac^: „9fle(^t mixfe D^ed^t blelben. Q\)x bilrft ni(^t liber ha^ 
 gclb retten, folange ic^ (gud^ {)tnbern fann," — „SSa^ tDeifet 
 bu Don ^^ec^t, ^nabe?" — „mdn 53ater ift ber titling/' 
 anttDortete ber ^nabe, „t)or etnem billing barf niemanb ba^ 
 
 20 9^ec^t brec^en." 
 
 „3ft e^ benn red^t, ^ttabe, ha^ bu beinem ^onige ntd^t 
 gefiorc^en tDtllft?" rtef ba ber D^itter, „3^ bin Otto, bein 
 ^onlg!" — „3f)r moKt Dtto, unfer ^onig, feln, bon bem 
 nteln 53ater fo Dtel erjci^lt? ^f^ein, 3f)r feib e^ nld^t. ^ontg 
 
 25 Otto fc^ufet ba^ D^ec^t, 3^r aber moEt bag D^ec^t bred^en," 
 — „5uf)re mld^ ^u beinem 33ater, ^nabe!" anttDortete ber 
 ^onig, „^ort ift bag ^aug meineg 33aterg, 3f)r fonnt eg 
 fef)en/' anttDortete Hermann, „aber bie §erbe barf id^ nid^t 
 allein (affen, alfo !ann id^ (Sud^ nid^t fii!)ren, 3Senn S1:)v 
 
 30 aber ^onig Otto feib, fo reitet t)om gelbe auf bie ©trafee 
 
 Suriidf, benn ber tonig fc^ii^t bag 9^ed^t." Unb ^onig 
 
 Otto ge{)ord^te bem ^naben nnb ritt auf bie ©trafee 
 
 Suriid, 
 
 58alb barauf tDurbe Hermann Dom gelbe gef)oIt. 3)er 
 
 35 ^onig tdax bei feinem 35ater getDefen unb i)atte p if)m ge^ 
 fagt: „53illing, id^ tt)ill, bafe bein ciltefter ©ol^n mit mir ge!)t, 
 @r mirb ein treuer 5D^ann trerben, unb ic^ mufe treue SD^cin^ 
 ner l^aben," ^Billing fonnte bem ^onig bie iBitte nid^t ah^ 
 fd^Iagen, ®o foKte Hermann mit bem ^onig ^iet)en. Otto 
 
 40 fragte if)n: „§ermann, magft bu mit mir ^ief)en?" T)a mU 
 gegnete ber ^nabe freubig: „3^ tdiil mit bir aie!)en; bu bift 
 ber tonig; benn bu fd^ii^eft bag 9^ed^t." 
 
 Hermann billing tDurbe einer ber nad^ften greunbe beg 
 ^onigg; alg biefer nad^ 3talien ^og, mufete lilting fein 
 ^erjogtum ©ad^fen fiir if)n Dermalten, (Seine 5^ad^fommen 
 iDaren big jum 3af)re 1106 ©er^oge Don (Sad^fen, 
 
TEXTS 81 
 
 xxxna 
 Die Ktnber 
 
 (SIu« 2:i^cobor <Storm§ ^oullt „^mmtn\tt,") 
 
 SBalb trat bte anmutige @eftalt eine^ fleinen SJJabc^en^ 
 SU if)m. (Bk \)k^ (Sltfabetf) unb mod^te fiinf 3af)re saf)Ien; 
 er felbft Irar boppelt fo alt. Urn ben ^aU trug fie ein voU 
 feibene^ ^liic^elc^en; ba^ liefe ii)x f)ilbfc^ p ben braunen 
 5(u9en. „9f^einf)arbt!" rief fie, „tt)ir l^aben frei, frei! ben gan^ 5 
 jen 3:;ag feine ©d^nle, unb morgen au(f) ni(^t." 
 
 9^einf)arbt ftedte bie D^ec^entafel, bie er fc^on unterm 
 5Irm f)atte, flinf ()inter bie §au^tur, unb bann liefen beibe 
 ^inber burc^^ Qau^ in ben ©arten, unb bur(^ bie ©arten- 
 pforte !)inau^ auf bie SBiefe. ^ie unDerl^offten gerien 10 
 famen if)nen !)errli(^ p ftatten. 9^einf)arbt f)atte f)ier mit 
 (Slifabetl^g §ilfe ein §au^ au^ D^afenftiicfen aufgefii^rt; bar^ 
 in tDoKten fie bie (Sommerabenbe iDofinen; aber e^ fe()Ite 
 nod^ bie i8anf. 5^un ging er 9(ei($ an bie 5Irbeit; ^^agel, 
 jammer unb bie notigen iBretter tDaren fc^on bereit. SSa{)= 15 
 renb beffen ging ©lifabetf) an bent SSaK entlang unb fam^ 
 melte ben ringformigen (Samen ber n)ilben 9}?alt)e in il^re 
 ©course; bation tDoIlte fie fi(^ ^etten unb $al^banber 
 mac^en; unb aB 9^einf)arbt enblic^ tro^ manc^e^ frumm 
 gefc^lagenen 9^agel^ feine ^anf bennoc^ SU ©tanbe gebrac^t 20 
 l^atte unb nun trieber in bie (Sonne f)inau^trat, ging fie 
 fc^on loeit badon am anbem @nbe ber SSiefe. 
 
 „@(if abetf) !" rief er, „@Iifabet]^!" unb ba fam fie, unb il^re 
 ^odtxi flogen. „^omm," fagte er, „nun ift unfer $au^ fer= 
 tig. 3)u bift }a ganj ^d^ getDorben; fomm f)erein, n)ir 25 
 h)olIen un^ auf bie neue 58anf fe^en. ~ S^ tx^ai)V bir etnja^." 
 
 3)ann gingen fie beibe f)inein unb fe^ten fid^ auf bie neue 
 
82 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ^ant (Sltfabetlf) tial^m ti)re Df^tngetc^en au^ ber (^d^iirje unb 
 gog fie auf lange ^tnbfaben; 9^einf)arbt fing an p ersa]f)(en: 
 
 so „(g^ h)aren etnmal brei (gpinnfrauen " 
 
 „5lc^," fagte @Il[abet!), „ba^ iDeife tc^ ja au^tDenbig; bu 
 mufet auc^ ni(^t immer ba^felbe erjaf)(en." 
 
 ^a mu^te 9^emt)arbt bte ®efc()ic^te bon ben brel (Spinn= 
 
 franen fterfen laffen, nnb ftatt beffen ergcil^lte er bie ©efc^ic^te 
 
 35 t)on bent armen SO^ann, ber in bie ^otnengrnbe getnorfen tvax. 
 
 „5^nn tDar e^ 9^a(^t/' fagte er, ^tneifet bn? — ganj finftere, 
 
 unb bie ^otnen fd)Iiefen, 9}?itnnter aber gabnten fie int 
 
 (Sd^Iaf nnb redten bie roten c3ii^9^^ cai^', bann fd^anberte 
 
 . ber 9}^ann nnb meinte, bafe ber Tlox^tn fontme. 3)a irarf 
 
 40 e^ nm ibn b^t: anf einntal einen b^Hen (S(^ein, nnb aU er 
 
 anffab, ftanb ein (Sngel Dor ibnt. 3)er tninfte ibm tnit ber 
 
 §anb nnb ging bann gerabe in bie gelfen bittein," 
 
 ^lifabetb b^itte anfmerffant 3nge]()ort, „(Sin (Sngel?" fagte 
 fie; „btttte er benn gliigel?" 
 45 „& ift nur fo eine @ef(^i(^te/' antiDortete 9^einf)arbt; „e^ 
 gibt ia gar feine ©ngeL" 
 
 „0 pfui, ^einbarbt!" fagte fie nnb \af) if)m ftarr in^ 
 @efi(bt, 511^ er fie aber finfter anblicfte, fragte fie ibn ^iDei-^- 
 felnb: „^amm fagen fie e^ benn immer, SJJntter nnb ^ante 
 ^0 unb an(5 in ber ©cbnie?" 
 
 „^a^ tDeife i(^ nic^t," anttDortete er* 
 
 „5lber bu," fagte (Slifabetb, „gibt e^ benn aud^ feine 
 
 „?olDen? Ob e^ Poteen gibt? 3n 3nbien; ba fpannen bie 
 
 ^5 ^o^enpriefter fie \)ox ben iBagen unb fabren mit ibnen burcb 
 
 bie iBlifte, iESenn id^ grofe bin, toill icb einmal felber bin* 
 
 !Da ift e^ biet taufenbmal fcboner aU bier bei un^; ha gibt 
 
 e6 gar f einen SSinter* ^u mufet aud^ mit mir. SSillft bu?" 
 
TEXTS 83 
 
 „Sa," fagte (SItfabetf); „aber SJJutter mufe bann au(^ mtt, 
 unb beine SO^utter auc^/' eo 
 
 „5^ein/' faQte S^einl^arbt, „bie ftnb bann p alt, bie fonnen 
 ntc^t mtt." 
 
 „3(^ barf aber ntd^t adein*" . 
 
 „®n follft fcf)on blirfen; bn tnirft bann tnirfdc^ ntetne 
 gran, nnb bann !)aben bie anbern bir ntc^t^ p befef)Ien»'' es 
 
 „5lber melne SJ^ntter tDirb meinen." 
 
 „3Sir fammen ja tnteber/' fagte 9^ein!)arbt ]f)eftig; „fag^ e6 
 nur gerabe f)eran^, tnillft bn mit mir reifen? (Sonft gef)' tc^ 
 aKein; nnb bann fomme id) ntmmer inleber*" 
 
 ^er J^^Ieinen tarn ba^ SSelnen naf)e, „3)^a(^^ nnr nic^t 70 
 fo bofe 5lngen/' fagte fie; „tc^ mill ia mit nac^ ^t^blen/' 
 
 Dtelnl^arbt fafete fie mit an^gelaffener grenbe bei beiben 
 §anben nnb jog fie f)inan^ anf bie SSiefe. „5^a(^ 3nbien, 
 nac^ 3nbien!" fang er nnb fc^menfte fic^ mit if)r im ^reife, 
 ha^ i^x ba^ rote ^iic^eld^en t)om §alfe flog. !I)ann aber 75 
 (iefe er fie plofeUc^ lo^ nnb fagte ernft: „& iDirb bo(^ nid^t^ 
 baran^ inerben; bn f)aft feine Sonrage." 
 
 „(SIif abetf) ! ^einl^arbt!" rief e^ }e^t Don ber ®ar^ 
 
 tenpforte. „C>ier! $ier!" anttnorteten bie ^inber, nnb 
 fprangen §anb in ^anb nad) §anfe. so 
 
 XXXIII 
 
 Die Kolner Domfage 
 
 ^er Joiner ^om mnrbe im 3al)re 1297 bon SBanmeifter 
 ©erliarb angefangen. (Sc^on 22 ^a^xc !)atte er bar an gear^ 
 beitet, nnb oft bacfite er: ,,^6) tDerbe htn ^om nicfit bollenben 
 fonnen.'' (Sinft ftanb er anf bem norblic^en 3:urm nnb 
 fd^ante tranrig anf fein SSerf. ^lo^ic^ ftanb ein grember 5 
 
84 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 an felner (Seite* dx tnxg fd^one ^leiber, golbene ^etten urn 
 ben ^aU unb eine rote geber auf bent fd^mar^en §ute. 
 ,,'^a^ tft ein QelDaltiae^ ilSerf/' fagte er ju bent Wd\ttv. 
 „3^x ]^abt tx)of)I ble fc^onfte ^ird^e ber SBcIt bauen n)oIten» 
 
 10 (Sc^abe, bafe 3f)r fie nic^t n)erbet Dollenben fonnen." ^er 
 9}?etfter tuurbe sornig unb rief: ^SSarum foil id) e^ nlc^t 
 fonnen? SSa^ toirb nttc^ l^inbem?" „!Der Job!" antoortete 
 jener. „3c^ iDette, ba\^ i^ meln 3[Berf toerbe boltenben fon- 
 nen!" fagte ©erl^arb. „®ut/' anttoortete ber grembe, „i^ 
 
 15 tDette bagegen, bafe i(^ frnf)er ein unterirbtfc^e^ ^ctc^letn, auf 
 bent (Snten fc^tDimmen fonnen, i}on 2:rier nac^ ^oln fiifiren 
 loerbe, aU 3f)r @uern ^om bollenben fount* S^^^ (Seelen 
 ftub @uer, iDenn ic^ t)er(iere; getDinne ic^, fo ift (Sure @eele 
 meln." 
 
 20 ^te SSette tourbe abgefd^toffen, tnie ber grembe e^ genjotit 
 f)atte, unb blefer Oerfd^manb. ^er 58auntetfter arbeitete, fo 
 fc^nell er fonnte, unb fagte oft ju fic^: „@r tnirb bie iCBette 
 ntc^t getnlnnen fonnen, er tnelfe ba^ ®ef)elmnt^ ntd^t," Hber 
 5(ngft fprac^ au^ felnen 2Iugen. 
 
 25 • (Sin 3ai)x tjerging. @erf)arb !)atte felner gran nld^t^ Don 
 ber ilSette fagen ntogen, aber fie f)atte lange bemerft, ba\^ er 
 oft traurlg mar. ^er grentbe toar In ber (Stabt geblleben 
 unb oft In ba^ §au^ be^ ^aumelfter^ gefommen, o^ne ba^ 
 blefer e^ toufete. (Slnmat fagte er ju ber gran: „SSlr miiffen 
 
 30 bent 3}?elfter f)elfen. 5lber mlr fonnen e^ nld^t, oI)ne feln 
 ®ef)elntnl6 p iDlffen." Unb er gab lf)r elne rote grud^t, ble 
 foKte fie bent 9}Jelfter abenb^ p effen geben. (Sle tat eg. 
 ©erl^arb fd^Ilef ein, unb In ber 9^ad^t lad^te er Int 3:raunt unb 
 fprad^: „(Sr f)at feme SSette gelolnnen toollen unb !)at eg 
 
 35 nld^t gefonnt. (Sr f)at ja bag ©el^elmnlg nld^t geloufet." 
 !Dle grau fragte toelter, unb Im 2:raume fagte er: „3)ag 
 
TEXTS 85 
 
 ^Bac^Ietn f)ai fa nic^t fitefeen fonnen, todl ber ^ofe feine ^uft- 
 locker gelaffen ^at ^aran l^at er ntd^t gebad^t/' 
 
 5lm 33^orgen erjaf)(te bie grau ba6 bent gremben* ^er 
 ^ofe — benn ba^ mor er — lac^te finfter unb Derf(5tt)anb» 40 
 
 3JJetfter ©erl^arb ftanb auf bem ^urnt* T)a f)orte er ba^ • 
 ^aufc^en t)on Staffer, unb glelc^ barauf \af) er nnter bem 
 Sumte eln 33a(^Iein, auf bem jh)ei @nten fd^tnammen, 
 
 (Sd^recflid^e Hngft ergriff if)n. „T)it iG^ette f)at er ge- 
 lt) onnen", feufste er, „aber lebenb foil er mid^ ntd^t l^aben," 45 
 Unb bamit fprang er "oon bem Xurme in bie 2;iefe, ^er 
 ^immel itjurbe finfter, e^ bonnerte, nnb ein 58Iife traf ba^ 
 §au^ be^ 3JJeifter^, ba^ in glammen anfging. ©eine "ipicine 
 Derbrannten; feitbem f)at ber !Dom 3al^rf)unberte lang nn- 
 boltenbet bleiben mliffen, @rft in ber jmeiten ^(ilfte be6 so 
 19, 3af)r]^nnbert6 l)at man if)n t)ottenben fonnen* 
 
 xxxma 
 
 Das ITTutterd^en von ^ufum 
 
 3n ber ^rot)in3 §olftein liegt an ber 5^orbfee ba^ (Btabtd)tn 
 $ufum, ^ort foil im ^al^re 1802 folgenbe^ gefc^e^en fein: 
 
 & mar im ilBinter, unb bie (See toax feft gugefroren* ^a 
 h)ollten bie §ufnmer ein geft feiem, ®ie liefeen §titten auf 
 bem (Sife bauen unb SBanfe unb 3:ifd^e aufftellen, unb iung 5 
 unb alt t)erfammelte fid^ braufeen, ^ie einen liefen ©c^litt^ 
 fd^ul), bie anberen ful^ren im (Sc^litten, unb bie 5llten fafeen 
 an ben 3:if(^en unb afeen unb tranfen, 
 
 3n ber (Stabt toar nur ein alte^ 9}^ittter(^en gurtidfgeblie^ 
 ben, ®ie toar fc^mac^ unb franf unb fonnte faum gel)en. 10 
 3I)r ©du^c^en ftanb aber nal)e am Ufer, unb fie fab bon 
 tbrem Sgette au^ bie Seute auf bem (Sife (aufen unb I)brte fie 
 
86 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 lad^en nnb ftngen. 511^ ber 5lbenb fam, faf) fte im SSeften 
 eln ftelne^, iDet^e^ SBoIfc^en aufftetgen* (Bk tioax mit tf)rem 
 
 15 Tlanm lange pr ©ee getDefen unb fannte bie 3^^^^^ ^on 
 SSinb unb ^Setter; fte mufete, ha^ em fold^e^ SSoIfc^en 
 @tunn bebeutete unb bac^te fic^: „3n einer ©tunbe tuirb bie 
 glut ba fetn; bann iDirb ber @turm lo^bred^en, unb alle 
 merben ijerloren fein/' ©c^nell offnete fie ba^ genfter unb 
 
 20 fd^rie, fo laut fte fonnte. 5lber niemanb f)orte fte rufen; tf)re 
 
 ©ttntnte tt)ar gu fc^mac^, Unterbeffen murben bie SSoIfen 
 
 tmmer grofeer unb fc^tDarjer, -3n eintgen 3}Jinuten mufete 
 
 bte glut ha fetn unb ber ©tumt lo^brec^en. 
 
 ©te m u 6 t e ben Lenten auf htm (Stfe etn 3^t(^^tt geben, 
 
 25 (Snbltc^ fam it)x ein ©ebanfe* @te rife ba^ (Strof) au^ bem 
 ^ette, ndi)m ein brennenbe^ (Stiid §oIg au^ bem Ofen, siin- 
 bete ba6 @trof) an unb !rod^ bann auf §anben unb giifeen 
 au^ bem §aufe, ^a^ geuer ^erftorte all if)r Qah unb @ut. 
 5lber bie ?eute auf bem (Sife fallen bie glammen unb eilten 
 
 30 ang Sanb, um gu lofc^en, 
 
 3)a meinte bie alte grau t)or greube. ®enn fie iDufete, 
 bafe nun alle gerettet rt)aren, ^aum l^atten bie le^ten Don 
 il^nen ha^ 2anb betreten, ba !am fd^on ber Sturm; bie glut 
 l^ob ba^ @i^; e^ bog fi(^ unb brac^, aU ber (Sturm getr)a(^ 
 
 35 tige SSogen Dom 9JJeere gegen ha^ Ufer trieb. SSaren bie 
 Seute auf bem (Sife geblieben, fo tt)aren fie alle ertrunfen* 
 
 XXXIV 
 
 2(gnes Bernauer 
 
 S8et einem ^umier in 5lug^burg f)atte ber iunge ©erjog 
 5llbrec^t tjon SSittel^bad^, ber einjige (So!)n be^ regierenben 
 ^erjog^ Srnft t)on ^atjem, ein SD^dbc^en bon tDunberbarer 
 
TEXTS 87 
 
 (gc^on^ett fennen unb lieben lemen* (S^ lt)ar 5lgne^ ^er^ 
 nauer; fie h)ar ble S^oc^ter elne^ f(^lt(^ten ^lug^burger ^ur= s 
 ger^, (So grofe mar ble (gci^onfielt t^re^ ^orper^ unb U)xtx 
 (Seele, ba§ man fie mett unb breit ben „2lug^burger (gngel" 
 
 ^iefe* 
 
 9^o(^ an bemfelben Xa^t, an iDelc^em ba^ S^^urnier getDe^ 
 fen tDar, bat 5llbred)t if)ren 33ater um i!)re $anb, liefer lo 
 iDufete, bafe eine fold^e @!)e in ben 5Iugen ber SBelt unmoglid^ 
 tDar, 5lber er liefe fic^ burc^ bie bitten be6 ^erjog^ iiber^ 
 reben, feine ^uftimmung ^u geben» 
 
 5llbred^t liefe fi(^ f)eimti(^ mit 5lgne^ trauen unb brad^te 
 fie auf eine^ feiner (5d)Ioffer. ©ein 33ater f)orte bat)on is 
 reben, aber er glaubte e^ nic^t. (Sr f)atte fc^on eine giir- 
 ftentoc^ter aU ©attin feine^ (5o{)ne^ getDctf)!! unb liefe if)n ju 
 einem 2::umier na(^ D^egen^burg laben, tno bie 53erIobung 
 t)erfiinbet tuerben follte* ^ort erfu^r er, ba^ 5Igne^ mirflid^ 
 bie (5^attin feine^ @obne6 tDar, 5o^i^^9 berftiefe er biefen 20 
 unb fe^te feinen 5^effen, ein ^inb t)on bier 3a!^ren, jum 
 (Srben ein. @lei(^ na(^ bem Xurnier lie^ er 5(gne^ pm 
 Sobe t)emrtei(en. 3)o(^ liefe er ba^ Urteil nic^t ijollftreden, 
 folange fein 9^effe noc^ lebte. 
 
 ^ad) britt!)alb 3a^)ren ftarb biefer, ^er §erjog tioav nun 25 
 obne @rben, benn ber ®atte einer ^Itrger^tod^ter burfte 
 ni(5t §ersog t3on iBal^ern tt)erben. ^a unterfc^rieb er jene^ 
 Urteil unb fiiefe e6 fogleicf) ijollftreden. 3m (Sc^Ioffe bon 
 ©traubing n3urbe 5lgne^, bie fid^ bort if)re eigene ®ruft 
 bauen liefe, gefangen genommen, iDcibrenb i^r ®atte auf bem 30 
 SBege ju einem ^urnier nad^ ^ngolftabt tvax. Tlan l^iefe fie 
 if)ren ©atten Derlaffen unb in^ ^lofter ge!)en. ^a fie fic^ 
 H3eigerte, liefe ©erjog (Srnft fie in ber ^onau ertranfen* 
 
 5l(brec^t prte in ^ngolftabt t)on ber Untat. @ein ein= 
 
88 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 35 gigcr SKunfc^ mar nun 9ta(^e» (Sr i)erbanb ftc^ mlt ben 
 geinben be« alten ^erjOQ^, unb e^ tarn p einem f)eftiGen 
 ^ampfe s^ifc^en 53ater nnb ©of)n. -©erjog (Srnft trnrbe 
 bcftegt unb gefangen genontmen, 5lber er lel^rte felnen @of)n 
 bie ©riinbe feine^ Urteil^ t)erfte{)en, unb biefer berstef) lf)m 
 
 40 cnblid^ ben Xob feiner ©attin, 
 
 XXXIV a 
 
 Pineta 
 
 Unter ben iEBetten ber Oftfee, nid^t melt t)on ber 3nfel 
 ^f^iigen, fann man auf bent ©runbe be^ Tlcext^ bie 9^uinen 
 etner ®tabt fef)en, 3)iefe (Stabt foil 33tneta gef)el6en I)aben; 
 fie fott einft bie grofete (Stabt (Suropa^ gemefen fein, grower 
 
 5 a(^ 9?om unb ^on[tantinopeI bamal^ tDaren, ©riec^en, 
 SSenben, (Sad^fen unb anbere 53oIfer f ollen barin getx)of)nt 
 {)aben. Qtbt^ 33olf l^atte feine befonbere ^^eligion, unb ha^ 
 ]f)er mar bie S^^^ ^^^ ©ofeen in 53ineta grofe, 5^ur bie ®ac^^ 
 fen maren (Sf)riften; aber fie burften e^ nic^t offen befennen, 
 
 10 benn niemanb in ber (Stabt mollte t)on einem unfic^tbaren 
 (5^otte f)oren. 
 
 !Die 58urger ber (Stabt trieben §anbet mit alien Sleilen 
 ber 3BeIt, unb fo murben fie immer reic^er, ®ie liefeen 
 (gtabttore au^ ©locfenmetall madden unb ©locfen au^ @il* 
 
 15 ber giefeen, SSeil man fo t)iel ©ilber l^atte, burften bie 
 
 ^inber auf ben ©trafeen mit ^alern fpielen. 5lber ber Uber- 
 
 mut ber ^Burger t)on 33ineta mud^^ immer mel)r, JOafter unb 
 
 (Sunben nal)men ilberl)anb» 
 
 !Da brad^ eine^ ^age^ ein furd^tbarer ©turm lo^, ba^ 
 
 20 SD^eer braufte liber bie ©tabt, unb ganj 33ineta murbe in ben 
 Snellen begraben, 5IIIe (SinmoI)ner ertranfen* 
 
TEXTS 89 
 
 ^te (S(^tDebcn famen mit tf)ren ©(^Iffen unb f)o(ten, tda^ 
 fie mit (Btxidtn unb 9^e^en erretc^en fonnten, ^te metatte^ 
 nen (gtabttore naf)men fie mit nad^ SSi^bt) unb gebrauc^ten 
 fie bort al^ (Stabttore. 25 
 
 ilSenn man f)eute bei ftillem iCSetter mit bem ©c^iffe an 
 ben Drt fommt, h30 bie ©tabt t)erfunfen ift, fief)t man tief 
 nnten in ber glut ©ciulen unb gunbamente au« (Stein, 
 ^inige t)on if)nen ragen au^ bem SD^eere f)ert)or, unb iDenn 
 bie (Sonne untergef)t, l^ort man au^ bem SO^eer ©locfen Iftu^ 30 
 ten, unb man fief)t bie golbenen (Spi^en ber ^lurme liber ba^ 
 9}?eer bli^en, 
 
 XXXV 
 
 Die beutfd^e unb bie englifcf^e Sprad^e 
 
 ©nglifc^ unb 3)eutfd^ finb naf)e t)ern)anbt. 3)ie 53orfa]f)= 
 ren ber Snglctnber, bie ^Ingelfad^fen, lebten friif)er im norb= 
 tDeftlic^en ^eutfc^Ianb unb fprad^en biefelbe ©prad^e lt)ie il^re 
 beutfc^en 9^ac^bam, 3m fiinften 3af)r]^unbert n. (^^. tvan^ 
 berten fie nad^ (Snglanb au^, unb bort t)er(inberte fid^ if)re 5 
 ^prad^e im ?aufe ber 3^tt. So hjurbe 3. ^. g f)aufig gu 1/ 
 ober w; (bergleid^e beutfd^ fag en — englifd^ say; geftern — 
 yesterday; *^ f I u g — plow) , 5Iud^ ba^ ^eutf d^e tjeranberte 
 fid^, unb srt)ar ha^ Siibbeutfd^e t)iel ftarfer al^ ba^ 9^orb* 
 beutfd^e. !Die ]f)eutige beutfd^e Sd^riftfprad^e fommt au^ 10 
 bem Siibbeutfc^en; bie norbbeutfd^en !DiaIefte (ba^ „*ipiatt^ 
 beutfd^e") Ifiaben nod^ {)eute biele iCSorte, bie ben englifd^en 
 gleid^ ober \d)v df)n(id^ finb, 
 
 5(m meiften f)aben fid^ im Slibbeutfd^en bie ^onfonanten 
 berdnbert. "HUlan nennt biefe 33erdnberungen bie beutfd^e 15 
 ^autt)erfd^iebung, S* ^» ^urbe \^ ju p^ ober f (ff), t ju s 
 
90 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 20 
 
 (^) ober ff (ft), f tDurbe 
 
 oft p ^, 
 
 b murbe gu t, t^ ^u b* 
 
 iBeifpiele bafiir finb: 
 
 
 
 englifd^ 
 
 
 bcutfd^ 
 
 plow 
 
 
 ^flug 
 
 open 
 
 
 offen 
 
 two 
 
 
 Stnel 
 
 water 
 
 
 SBaffer 
 
 book 
 
 
 58ud& 
 
 door 
 
 
 ^lir 
 
 then 
 
 
 bann 
 
 25 
 
 SSSorter, ble in biefer SSctfe bent ©nglifd^en nnb ^entfc^en 
 
 gemeinfanx finb, nennt man t)ertt)anbt, 33ern)anbte SSorter 
 
 i)aben nid^t immer genan bie gleic^e ^ebentnng. ®o ift 
 
 dish mit Zi\ii) Dertnanbt, stool mit (Stnlf)!, ^m6er mit 
 
 30 3i^^^^/®«i^teti mit yard (aber anc^ mit garden). 
 
 XXXVI 
 
 Die Zrtul^le fon Sansfouct 
 
 ^onig griebric^ II. don "iprenfeen, genannt griebric^ ber 
 ©rofee, !)atte fic^ nic^t treit t)on Berlin, in ^ot^bam, ein 
 grofee^ ©(^lo^, ha^ er ©an^fonci nannte, mit einem ]^err= 
 lichen ^ar! banen laffen. dx inar gem bort nnb metre nod^ 
 
 6 lieber bort getDefen, tDenn it)n nicfit ba^ ©eflapper einer alten 
 TlixW neben bem ^ar! oft beim ^enfen nnb Hrbeiten ge* 
 ftort !)atte. 3jer ^onig ^ixiU gern bie TluUe nieberreifeen 
 laffen, nnb bo(^ fte{)t fie je^t nod^. !Da^ foE fo gef(^e!)en 
 fein: 
 
 10 (ginmal liefe griebrid^ ben Tlulkx p fid^ fommen nnb 
 fagte jn if)m: „9^nn, lieber grennb, tDie tvixxt e6, menn S^x 
 
TEXTS 91 
 
 mein ©c^Iofe fauftet? Sa^ mod^tet Q^v m^l bafilr geben?" 
 „5^un, aj^ajeftat, n)le btel tDiirben ©ie mo^I t)erlangen?" ant^ 
 iDortete ber 3[Riitler, „3]^r feib ein lDunberIt(f)er SJJann!" 
 fagte ber ^onig. „5Serfte]^t 3]()r benn nic^t, ha\^ ba^ mein is 
 (Ernft ntd^t tft? SBenn ic^ auc^ mein (gcfjlofe t)erfaufen 
 iDolIte, fo l^cittet 3f)r nid^t ®e(b genug, e^ lu faufen. Hber 
 fur tt)te t)iel tDare (Snd^ (Sure SD^iifile feil?" ^SD^ajeftat, auc^ 
 (Sie \)ahm ntd^t fo t)tet ®elb, ba^ ®le metne 9[)^u!)(e faufen 
 fijunten; fie ift auc^ tiid^t feiL" 20 
 
 ^er ^onig bot if)m eine l)o|)e ©umme ®elbe^, aber ber 
 TliXlkx liefe fic^ nic^t iiberreben, ^^ojeftat, mein ©rofe* 
 dater unb mein 33ater f)aben biefe 90^uf)Ie t)iele 3af)re ge^abt, 
 unb feiner don ilfinen i)atte fie ie t)erfauft; fo mill ic^ fie aud^ 
 nic^t Derfaufen.'' 25 
 
 ®a iDurbe ber ^onig jomig* „@uter SJ^ann," rief er, „ic^ 
 {)dtte nid^t fo Diele ^Borte madden foKen! S^ laffe (Sure 
 Tlixbik nieberreifeen unb bejaf)te (Su(^, h)a^ fie eth)a toert fein 
 fdnnte*" Hber ber SO^liller Icid^elte nur unb fagte: „S(i, 
 SD^aieftat, tomn nur ba6 ^ammergerid^t in Berlin nid^t 30 
 iDiire!" 
 
 3)er ^onig mufete lad^en, unb er gab bem SD^iilter bie 
 §anb mit ben iBorten: „5^un, bann biirfte e^ toolf)! am beften 
 fein, toenn Q^x (Sure "Mix^t bef)ieltet unb id^ mein ©d^lofe," 
 
 XXXVIa 
 
 Die Sdixibvoadfz unb ber Konig 
 
 @inft ging griebrid^ ber ©rofee eine^ 5lbenb^ in^ Imager 
 feine^ $eere^» ^eim ©intritte in ba^felbe bemerfte er einen 
 fef)r jungen ©olbaten, ber (Sd^ilbmad^e ftanb, (Sr fagte p 
 if)m: „^k lange f)aft bu gebient?" 
 
92 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 5 (B olbat: 3)retgef)n Qal^re. 
 t n i g : iCSie alt blft bu? 
 ® I b a t : 9leun3ef)n 3af)re, 
 
 ^ n t g : ^u millft breijefin ^al^re gebtent ^aben? Sie 
 fanti ba^ fein? 
 10 © I b a t : 3(^ 'i)abt fiinf ^al^re aB ©cinfeiunge, bann 
 fec^^ 3af)re a(^ Od^feniunge gebient, unb bann bin id^ nnter 
 bie ©olbaten gefommen» 
 
 3)er ^onig lac^te uber bie @infalt beg inngen ©olbaten, 
 unb ha au^ beffen 3;:af(^e eine Xabaf^pfeife !)ert)orfaf), fragte 
 15 er ii^n: „^axum rauc^ft bu nic^t?" 
 
 © ( b a t : 3^ milrbe rauc^en, tDenn ic^ biirfte, aber ber 
 $err ^auptmann l^at e6 t)erboten» 
 ^ n i g : '^u barfft rauc^en, h)enn bu tt)iil\t 
 © 1 b a t : iCSenn id^ e^ tate, tDiirbe ic^ beftraft tDer- 
 20 ben, 
 
 ^ n i g : iSSeifet bu benn nic^t, tt)er id^ bin? 
 ® 1 b a t : 3c^ tuttre ein ^ummfopf, trenn ic^ ha^ nic^t 
 iDilfete, ®u bift ber tonig. 
 ^ n i g : 9^un, id^ fage bir bod^, id^ eriaube eg bir, 
 25 ® 1 b a t : 3a, aber ber §err §auptmann eriaubt eg 
 nid^t, 
 
 ^er ^onig be[tanb barauf, ha^ ber (Solbat feine ^feife 
 aug ber Slafd^e gog unb raud^te, !^ann ging er iueiter, HIg 
 er pr !2agermad^e fam, fagte er ^u bem ti3ad^ef)abenben Offi- 
 30 sier: „5lm (gingange ing ^ager ]f)abe id^ einen ©olbaten mit 
 brennenber ^feife im 9[)^unbe gefe{)en» Saffen (gie ben 
 9}?ann {)oIen," 
 
 & gefd^af), ^er 9}?ann murbe gel^olt, unb ber Offtgier 
 begann ju fd^elten, „SKie bf^ft bu bid^ unterfte{)en fbnnen, 
 35 auf ^often sn raud^en? ^id^ foil bod^ ♦ ♦ ." 
 
TEXTS 93 
 
 S5ei btefen Shorten ging ber (golbat auf ben tonig su, 
 flopfte tf)m auf bte ©coulter unb fagte: „®tef)ft bu nun? 
 ^atte td^ nld^t rec^t? 9^un Qd)i e^ un^ betben fd^Iec^t." 
 
 XXXVII 
 
 ^riebrid? ber (Sroge unb Poltatre 
 
 griebrid^ ber ©rofee n)ar ein greunb ber franjofifd^en 
 ^unft, ^efonber^ bemunberte er ben 3)id^ter 3SoItatre, ber 
 langere 3^tt an felnem §ofe Iebte» 3m ©d^Ioffe (San^== 
 foucl f)atte i!)m ber ^onig ein befonbere^ ^i^tner einric^ten 
 laffen, s 
 
 @o fel^r er aber ben ^Ic^ter au(^ betDunberte, fo fannte er 
 boc^ feme gef)Ier gut genug. ^efonber^ unangenef)m toax 
 i^m 33oItaire^ grofee (gitelfeit, unb er f)atte if)n gem baDon 
 geif)eUt. 
 
 ^inft Ilefe ftc^ t3or bem ^onige ein Sngtdnber fef)en, ber lo 
 ft(^ eine^ befonber^ guten ©ebac^tnlffe^ riif)mte, iCSenn er 
 elnen langen 53ortrag nur ein einjige^ SD^al gef)ort f)atte, fo 
 fonnte er tf)n SSort fiir ^ort li3tebert)oIen. ®tefe« 93^anne^ 
 bebtente ft(5 ber ^ontg, um 33oltaire iDegen feiner (Sitelfeit 
 gu neden, ilSa]()renb ber (Snglanber in ©an^fouci iDar, fam is 
 einft 5Soltaire ^u bem ^bnige unb fagte, er ):)aU ein neue^ 
 ©ebid^t gefc^rieben unb tvolk e^ griebric^ t)ortragen. !Die^ 
 fer f)ie6 f)eimlic^ ben ^ngtanber in ein 5^eben^immer gef)en, 
 tDO er }ebe^ SSort ]f)oren fonne, 33oltaire trug nun fein lan^ 
 ge^ ©ebic^t t)or, 5lber mel^rere Tlak unterbrac^ il^n ber 20 
 ^onig unb rief, ba^ ©ebic^t fd^eine ii)m fef)r befannt, 511^ 
 58oltaire p @nbe mar, tat griebrid^, al^ ob er fef)r sornig 
 iDcire, unb iDarf 5SoItaire t3or, er iDoIIe fid^ mit fremben 
 
94 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 %thtxn fd^mii(fett» ©eftern l^abe em grember ba^felbe (^e^ 
 25 bic^t Dor ii)m Dorgetragen, unb f)eute fage 33o(tatre, er ^aht 
 e^ eben gefd^rieben, 
 
 3SoItalre fagte, ber ^onig miiffe ftc^ irren, @^ fet iin= 
 
 ntogltd^, bafe ein atiberer ba^felbe ©eblc^t i)orgetragen !)abe, 
 
 5lber ber ^ontg fagte, ber ^Dtc^ter fet nod^ am $ofe, nnb er 
 
 30 tnolle if)n fogletd^ nifen, 9^un liefe er ben (Snglcinber fom= 
 
 men unb bat lf)n, er folle bo(^ ba^ ®ebt(^t nod^ einmal 
 
 t)ortragen, ba^ er geftern don il^m geprt f)atte. liefer 
 
 h)ieber!)olte 35oItaire^ ©ebid^t ^ort fiir ilBort, 
 
 3)er ^id^ter toar anf^ f)od^fte erftaunt, bi^ i|)m ber ^ontg 
 
 35 lad^enb erflarte, toie ble (Sad^e pgegangen feu 
 
 XXXVHa 
 
 t)on ^elbmarfd^all 3Iud?er 
 
 gelbmarfd^all ^Bliid^er, ber „^av\d)all ^ovtvixvU" ge^ 
 nannt, toar etner ber beriil^mteften gelb!)errn ber beutfd^en 
 5lrmee» (Sr s^td^nete ftc^ befonber^ in ben llriegen gegen 
 9^apoIeon an^. 1814 eroberte er ^ari^, unb bie ©d^Iad^t 
 
 5 bet iBaterloo (1815) toare ol^ne if)n nid^t getoonnen toorben, 
 
 SBIttd^er f)atte fe^r toentg (^(^ulbtlbung, 3}?an fagte mtt 
 
 D^ed^t t)on i!)m, ha\^ er ben ©abel beffer fiibren fonne aU ble 
 
 geber, benn er ftanb mit ber beutfd^en 9?ed^tfd^reibung auf 
 
 fef)r fd^Ied^tem gufee, (Stnmal follte er liber etnen jungen 
 
 10 Offister an btn ^ontg berid^ten* !Da foil folgenber ^rrtum 
 Dorgefommen fein: SJ^arfd^all ^liid^er l)aht gefd^rleben: „S<^ 
 fydtt ©erm ^. 9^, fiir einen \e^x felgen Offtjier," — (Sr 
 fiatte gemeint „faf)tgen/' f)atte aber ha^ SBort falfd^gefd^rie* 
 ben. 
 
 16 ^er ^onig 1)aht ben SBrtef erl)alten unb an ben ^anb 
 
TEXTS 95 
 
 gefc^rleben: „(Sinen felgen Offi^ter fann tc^ nid^t in ber 5lr* 
 mee brauc^en. 9^» 9^, ift fofort p entla[[en/' 
 
 ^a<^ tux^tv 3^it fei ber 3rrtum aufQeflcirt tDorben, unb 
 man l^abe ben Offtjier beforbert, ftatt il^n ju entlaffen, 
 
 XXXVIII 
 
 Polfslteber 
 1 
 ©otl i(^ benn fterben, 
 iBin no(f) fo jung. 
 SBenn ha^ mein S3ater Mfet', 
 3:)a6 i(^ [(^on fterben miifet', 
 @r tat' ftd^ franfen s 
 
 ^i^ in ben Zob, 
 
 SBenn e« bie ^mutter h)tt6t^ 
 
 SBenn e^ bie ©c^tDefter tDilgt^ 
 
 ^citen fid) l^armen 
 
 53i^ in ben ^ob. lo 
 
 SBenn eg mein SD^abel trlifet^ 
 
 !Da6 id^ fd)on fterben miifet^ 
 
 <Sie tcit' fic^ frcinfen 
 
 SJJit mir in^ @rab» 
 
 2 
 
 ^($, mie ift'g moglic^ bann, is 
 
 !Dag i(^ bic^ laffen fann! 
 
 ^ah' bic^ bon ^ergen lieb, 
 
 !Dag gtaube mir! 
 
 ^n f)aft bie ©eete mein 
 
 ®o ganj genommen ein, 20 
 
 ^a6 i(^ fein' anbre lieb' 
 
 5116 bid) allein. 
 
96 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 iSIau ift ein ^liimelein, 
 T)a^ {)ei6t ^Sergtfenic^tmem; 
 
 25 3)ieg iBIiimlein leg' an^ ^er^ 
 
 Unb benfe Trtein! 
 
 ©tirbt iBIum' unb ^offnung gleld^, 
 SKir finb an !^lebe reic^, 
 !^enn bte ftirbt nie bet mtr, 
 
 30 ^a^ glaube mir! 
 
 SBar' i($ ein 33ogeIein, 
 SSotttMc^ bdb beibirfein, 
 ©c^eut' gdf' unb ^abic^t nld^t^ 
 glog' fc^nell ju bir. 
 35 (Setoff' mic^ ein ^ixQa tot, 
 
 gier ic^ in beinen (Sc^ofe : 
 ®d()ft bu nti(^ traurig an, 
 ®ern ftiirb' id) bann» 
 
 3 
 
 ^a§ sctbrod^cne 9(itnglciir 
 
 SSon 3ofcpf) don Std^enborff 
 
 3n einem fuf)len ©runbe, 
 40 3)a ge{)t ein 9M^Ienrab, 
 
 SKein' ;[?iebfte ift t)erfc^h)unben,. 
 ^ie bort gen)ol)net ^at 
 
 <Bk ]&at mtr Txm^ t)erfpro(5en^ 
 (^ah mir ein'n 9^ng babei, 
 46 ®ie \)at bie 2:reu' gebro(5en, 
 
 !l)ag ^Ringlein fprang ent^tDeL 
 
TEXTS 97 
 
 3c3^ mod^t^ aU ©pielmann reifcn 
 
 SBeit in bie SBelt {)inau« 
 
 Unb ftngen meine SSeifen 
 
 Unb 0el)'n toon ^au^ ^u ^au^, fio 
 
 3(^ mod^t^ al^ D^eiter ftiegen 
 $3o{)I in bie blut'ge ©c^Iad^t, 
 Um ftilte geuer liegen 
 3m gelb bei bunfler 9^ac6t. 
 
 $or' i(^ ba6 9J?uI)Irab gefien, w 
 
 3(5 tDeife ni(5t, rt»a6 i(5 iritl — 
 3(5 moc^t^ am liebften fterben, 
 !Dann mar'^ auf einmal ftill! 
 
 SSon St^cobor ©torin 
 
 $mcinc ^mutter \)aV^ QetDoHt, 
 
 !I)en anbern i(5 nei)men foltt'; eo 
 
 SSag i(5 sut)or befeffen, 
 
 SD^ein ^erg foltt' e^ toergeffen, 
 
 3)a^ f)at e^ ni(5t getDoIlt, 
 
 9D?eine aJJutter flag' i(5 an, 
 
 @ie I)at ni(f)t n)o{)l getan; 6& 
 
 SBa« fonft in @f)ren ftiinbe, 
 
 9^nn ift e« tnorben (Siinbe, 
 
 ^a^fang' i(f) an? 
 
 giir all mein ©tola itnb greub' 
 
 ©etDonnen l)ab' ic^ ?eib. 7o 
 
 31(5, ^^1^' ^ci^ ^^^^ gef(5el)en, 
 
 H(5, fonnt' i(5 betteln ge^en 
 
 ilber bie braune ^eibM 
 
98 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 xxxvma 
 
 ttun banfet alle (5ott 
 (Hn bcutf(^C)§ ^itc^cnacb 
 
 mm banfet atle ®ott 
 9JJit §ergen, SQ^unb unb ^cinben, 
 !Der grofee ^inge tut 
 5ln uM unb alien @nben; 
 « S)er mac^tlg un6 erf)alt 
 
 Unb t)on ber ^inbf)eit an 
 Ung fo t)iel ®uteg tut, 
 9JJef)r al^ man 3a{)len fannt 
 
 (Sr, unfer 5Sater, n)oIt' 
 10 (Sin fro{)Iic^ §^i^^ un^ geben; 
 
 2)er §err laf[' un^, fein 3Solf, 
 
 3n grleb' unb 9?u()e leben! 
 
 ©eln (Segen fei bet un^! 
 
 ^em ganjen 35aterlanb 
 15 gUefe' ^eil unb ®nabe ju 
 
 5lug ®otte6 S3aterf)anb. 
 
 (Sr, unfer treuer ®ott, 
 SKoII' un^ \)on attem iBofen, 
 33on bent, tnag fc^aben faun, 
 :2o !Durc^ feine SD^ac^t erlofen! 
 
 ^r fc^tt^' un^ in @efa()r; 
 @r {)elf^ un^ allejeit, 
 ©olang er ung a(If)tcr 
 ^a^ I2eben nod^ Derleilit 
 
TEXTS 99 
 
 IDtlB^elm Cell 
 
 5^a(^ bem ^obe D^ubolf^ Don ^ab^bxirg touvht 5lboIf t)on 
 5^affau jum 3)eutf(^en ^aifer geh)a{)It, unb al^ blefer 1289 
 in ber (S(f)Ia(^t bet 2Borm^ fiel, er!)ielt ^ubolf^ ®of)n 211- 
 brec^t ble ^rone* & toax allgemeln befannt, bafe biefer 
 nur tnefir Sanb ju getDinnen fuc^e unb bie gret!)ett ber 33oIfer s 
 unb ©tcibte inenig acfite, ^a fiirc^tete ft(^ ieber* Unb e^ 
 traten jufammen bie ^antone t)on Uri, (Sc^lDl)^ unb Unter= 
 malben unb befdfjtDoren tDegen ber ®efa!)r biefer 3^iten einen 
 elDigen 58unb* ^at)on murben fie @ibgenoffen genannt, 
 !Der ^aifer aber fc^irfte if)nen al^ 33ogte f)arte ^eute au^ fei- lo 
 nem eigencn Sanbe, bie fie bebriicften, 3)a6 tDaren Hermann 
 ©efeler unb iBeringer t)on Sanbenberg. !Die taten, tda^ 
 fruiter D^eid^^bogte nie getan f)atten, unb trollten im ?anbe 
 felbft tro^nen. Sanbenberg ^og auf ha^ ©d^lofe be^ ^onig^ 
 bei (Samen, unb ©efeler baute fic^ ein ©d^Iofe im Sanbe Uri, is 
 5^un inurben bie ^otte erf)o^t, bie fleinften 53ergef)en fd^mer 
 beftraft unb bie Sanbteute mit ©tol^ unb 53era(^tung be^ 
 f)anbelt» 51B ©efeter einmal an (Stauffac^er^ neuem ^aufe 
 in ®teinen tjorbeiritt, fprac^ er: „^ann man e^ eriauben, 
 ba6 bie ^auem fo f(f)one §aufer bauen?" Unb aU bem 20 
 5Irno(b Tlcld)tai tcegen eine^ fleinen 33ergef)en^ Stnei fc^one 
 Oc!)fen tDeggenommen tDurben, ri^ Sanbenberg^ Wiener biefe 
 t)om ^iPfluge toeg unb fprad^: „^auern fonnen if)ren ^iPflug 
 felbft sie^en," 5Iber ber junge 5Imolb h)urbe jornig unb 
 feeing ben Wiener, fo bafe er bemfelben ^tnei ginger brad^* 25 
 !^arum flof) er in^ @ebirge. ^a liefe ^anbenberg jur (Strafe 
 bem 3Sater be^ 5IrnoIb beibe 5Iugen au^fted^en* 
 
 <Bo begingen bie 33ogte eine Untat nad^ ber anbern* 511^ 
 nun in ben SDbrfem 5)emut t^einte unb C^^c^^^t lad^te, 
 
100 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 30 fpra(5 bte grau be^ iSBemer ©tauffad^er gu tl^rem SO^anne: 
 „2Bt^ ItinQe mufe ^emut tDetnen unb §o(^tnut ladien? ©tub 
 feme 9}i(ittner im ©ebirge?" 3)a ging fc^tDeigenb iCSerner 
 (gtauffad^er in6 ^orf ^runnen am (See xmb ful^r ilber^ 
 iCBaffer ju 3BaIt|)er giirft nac^ HItborf, bet bem er auc^ ben 
 
 35 Hrnolb 3}JeI(^taI fanb, Unb fie rebeten bon ber ®efaf)r be^ 
 ^anbeg unb ben Untaten ber 53oQte, bie if)nen ber ^alfer 
 gegen ilfire alten ^ed^te unb gret{)eiten gefanbt f)abe; auc^ 
 rebeten fie bat)on, bafe' oft gegen bie 3Sogte beim ^ontge um- 
 fonft geflagt trorben fei, unb ha\^ biefer felbft gefagt |)abe, fie 
 
 40 miifeten unter bie ^errfc^aft t)on £)fterrei(^ fommen» ®ott 
 i)abe aber feinem eriaubt, bafe er unrec^t tue; barum fei feine 
 anbere ^ilfe aU @ott. !^er Sob fei leid^ter aU biefe 
 ©c^mac^; fo folle jeber in feinem Sanbe mit mutigen Tl'dn^ 
 nern fprec^en unb folte finben, toa^ ha^ SBoIf tun toolle, unb 
 
 45 ob e^ filr feine greif)eit fampfen moc^te. 53alb brac^te jeber 
 ben anbem bie ^unbe, attem 5SoIfe fei ber 2:ob biel leic^ter 
 al^ bie ®(^mac^» 
 
 3n ber 5^a(^t be6 17» 5^ot)ember 1307 famen fie an 
 einem |)eimli(^en Drte am (See, ber ha^ Df^iitli genannt irurbe, 
 
 50 mieber ^ufammen, 3eber i)on ben breien brac^te se|)n treue 
 ajianner mit, bie bie alte grei{)eit liber alle^, bag ^eben fiir 
 nic^tg ac^teten. 3)a fc^touren bie brei ju ®ott bem ©errn, 
 t)or iDelc^em ^bnige unb 58auern gleid^ finb, flir bie 9^ec^te beg 
 33oIfeg lu leben unb p fterben; fein Unrec^t p bulben, aber 
 
 55 auc^ fein Unrec^t p tun; beg ©rafen bon ©abgburg D^ec^t 
 
 unb ^igentum gu ad)ten unb feinem ber foniglic^en 33ogte 
 
 ein ^eib p tun, aber fie gu f)inbem, ha^ 2anb gu bebritcfen, 
 
 Unb bie breifeig anbem fd^louren mit, (Sie mcilfilten bie 
 
 5^euiaf)rgnac^t fiir bag SSerf » ^ann ging jeber in feine ©utte. 
 
 60 3)em 33ogte Hermann ©efeler fd()ien eg, alg ob bag 33olf 
 
TEXTS ]'' ;\ ; ; \Vy\l]>%p^l ;] 
 
 muttger fet* !^arum liefe er ben ©ersogSl^ut Don fifterreid^ 
 auf einer (Btange in Url anff)angen unb befal^I, tt)er \)ovhtu 
 gel^e, foKe ftd^ t)or bemfetben Dernelgen* !Daran iDoKe er 
 fel^en, mer tDiber Ofterretc^ fet, 
 
 Unb iCSlll^elm Zdi, ber ©c^il^ an^ ^ilrgten, gtng t)orbei, es 
 aber er tjernelgte ft(^ nid^t, (So flil^rten fie i]f)n gefangen 
 Snm 53ogte, nnb biefer fagte: „(Sd^ii^e, beine eigene ^unft 
 ftrafe bic^ ! 3c^ lege einen 5lpfe( anf ba^ ^an)3t beine^ ©01^= 
 ne^, ben fd^iefee f)erab nnb fel^le nid^t!" Unb fie banben ha^ 
 ^inb nnb legten anf ha^ ©anpt be^felben einen 5lpfe( nnb 70 
 filfirten ben ©d^iifeen iDeit babon. @r jielte; ba fd^mirrte 
 bie 58oQenfe{)ne; ba brad^ ber 'iPfeil ben 5IpfeL 5lIIe« 53olf 
 jand^jte frenbig. ©efeler aber fragte ben (Sd^ii^en: „i£So3n 
 tragft bn noc^ einen jtDeiten ^feil bei bir?" 2eII antmor* 
 tete: „§atte ber erfte ben Hpfel gefefilt, bann l^atte ber jmeite 75 
 bein §ers getroffen." ^a erfd^raf ber ^Sogt nnb liefe ben 
 <Sd^n^en gefangennef)men nnb anf ein <Sd^iff fiil^ren, mit 
 bent er felbft nad^ ^ufenad^t faliren iDoItte. 5)od^ fiird^tetc 
 er bie ^adfie be^ 3SoIfe^ nnb fuf)r fd^nell ah, obmo!)! ein 
 Stnrm irar* 3)er See tear njilb, nnb bie Wiener be^ 53og= so 
 te^ fiird^teten fid^» -3n Qrofeer ^Ingft liefe ©efeler ba bent 
 Slelt bie ^etten abnef)men, bamit berfelbe, aU gnter ©d^iffer;. 
 ba^ ©d^iff lenfe, 5lber ber Xdl lenfte e^ gegen ben fteilen 
 5(jenberg, tt)o ein x^tU meit in ben See borfpringt. !I)ort 
 fprang er an^ bent ©d^iffe anf ben gelfen nnb ftiefe ba^ ss 
 ©d^iff in ben See ^urlidf* 
 
 5^un fletterte ber ^efreite ben ^erg f)inanf nnb flol) bnrd^ 
 ba^ Sanb (Sd^tDpj. Unb er bad^te: SSie fann id& bent 53ogte 
 entgef)en? Sntrinne id^ and^ felbft, fo ]^at er ntein SSeib nnb 
 ^inb pnt *i(3fanbe. SSa6 tt)irb er gegen bie 2)?einigen tnn, 90 
 toenn Sanbenberg fd^on nnt ^ei gebrod^ener ginger feine^ 
 
i(?S ; ^'?'' g^er-Man for beginners 
 
 S)iener6 iDillen bem alten "Md^tal bte 5lugen au^ftec^en liefe? 
 58or tDem fann Ic^ tiber ©efeler flagen, tuenn ber ^onig ba^ 
 33oIf ntc^t mef)r |)ort? iCBenn aber feiti ©efefe mef)r gilt, fo 
 
 95fte!f)en tDir beibe Tlann gegen 9}?ann* (Soil eme6 i3on beiben 
 fallen, unfc^ulbtg SSetb unb ^inb ixnb 33aterlanb ober bu, 
 S3o9t ©efeler, fo falte bu, unb gretf)eit ftetge nteber! ©o 
 bac^te ber 3;:eE, elite mit ^feil nnb ^ogen nac^ ^iifenad^t 
 nnb berbarg ftd^ in ber ^)of)Ien ®affe bet bem (S(^Ioffe. ^a 
 
 100 f am ber 33ogt, ba fc^tDirrte bie ^ogenfel^ne, ba brad^ ber 
 frete ^fetl ba^ ©erj be^ 33ogte^. ^a^ gan^e 33oIf erfc^raf 
 frenbig, a(^ e^ ben 2:ob ©efeler^ t)emal)m, 3)ie ^at beg 2:el( 
 gab l^ol^eren 9[)^nt, aber bie 5^ad^t beg ^^eujal^rg it)ar no(5 nic^t 
 gefommen* 
 
 105 & tarn bie 9^ac^t, unb eg berfammelten ft(5 bie Tlanmx. 
 5llg eg Xag tear, ging ^anbenberg aug bem ©d^Ioffe bei 
 ©amen jur ^ird^e. 3)a famen aug UntertDalben stDan^ig 
 SO^anner unb brad^ten ©efc^enfe jum 5^euiaf)r» g^^i^i^i^ii^^ 
 f)ie6 fie ber 53ogt in bag ©dilofe ge!)en» 5llg fie barin iDaren, 
 
 iiojogen fc^nell alle fc^arfe (Sifen aug il)ren ^leibem, ftedten 
 biefelben auf i^xt ©tcibe unb naf)men bag (Sd^Iofe ein, iDal)^ 
 renb breifeig anbere ju §ilfe famen, bie Derborgen im (^e- 
 biifd^e getDartet flatten, ^anbenberg flof) erfc^rocfen. ®ie 
 aber fingen il^n unb liefeen if)n fditodren, ha^ er nie priicf^ 
 
 116 fe!)ren itierbe* 3)ann liefeen fie if)n nad^ Sujem sief)en» 
 ^einem rt)urbe ein Seib getan. 
 
 5luc^ in Itri tDurbe ©efelerg ©d^Iofe eingenommen. <^od^ 
 loberten bie greubenfeuer auf ben Bergen, ^ag ttiar ber 
 greil)eit 9^euia!)r, ber erfte 3anuar beg ^o^^eg 1308» 5lm 
 
 i2ona(^ften ©onntag famen bie ^oten ber brei dauber jufammen 
 unb befd^tDoren ben ^unb tDieber auf ^el^n 3af)re, unb ber 
 ^unb iDurbe oft erneuert unb bauert big auf ben I)eutigen ^tag. 
 
PART II 
 
 EXEKCISES AND LESSONS 
 
EXERCISE I 
 
 I. 5(nttt)ortcn ©ie (Answer) : 
 
 1. iE3ae tft ha^? T)a^ i[t bcr Jtfdfi (bic ^afel, ba^ iBuc^). 
 
 2. 3ft ba^ ber ^if* ober ber @tuf)l? 3. 3ft ba^ bie SBanb 
 ober bie 2:afel? 
 
 4. SKie ift ber ^ifc§? 5. 3ft ber ®tu()I aud^ braun? 6. SBaS 
 tft nodfi braun? 7, SSie ift ber ^leiftift? 8. 2Bie ift bie SBanb? 
 9. 3ft bie Jafel fd&tDarj ober tod^? 10. SBa« ift nod^ tceife? 
 11. 3ft ^a^ ^ud^ gelb ober blau? 12. 2Bie ift bag ^latt? 
 13. 3ft ha^ ^meffer fd^arf ober ftumpf? 14. 3ft ber iBIeiftift 
 and) ftumpf? 
 
 15. mv hxn i^? 16. mv fmb @ie? 17. Sft er ein (Sd^ii- 
 ler ober ein 2d)xzx? 18. (Sinb fie <Sd^ilIer ober ^t^xtx? 
 
 n. flbcrfc^cn ©ie (Translate) : 
 
 1. This is the table. 2. Is that the knife or the pencil? 
 
 3. You are a teacher. 4. The knife is sharp, the pencil is 
 dull. 5. Is the table brown or black? 6. Is the knife 
 sharp? No, it is dull. 7. Are they pupils or teachers? 
 8. Is that the pencil or a pen? 
 
 m. iifiung (DrilT) 
 
 1. Give the indefinite article with all nouns occurring 
 in the text. 
 
 2. Give the definite article with the following nouns: 
 ^ud), iBIeiftift, Slatt, SSatib, 2:ifd^; chair, knife, blackboard, 
 chalk. 
 
 3. Conjugate: 3c§ bin ein !2ef)rer; bin ic^ ein ©driller? 
 (omit the article in the plural). 
 
 104 
 
LESSON I 
 
 1. The Definite Article. The German noun has three 
 genders: mascuHne, feminine, and neuter. The forms of 
 the definite article for the nominative of the three genders 
 are: 
 
 Singular 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 
 bcr 
 
 bic 
 
 ba^ 
 
 Plural 
 All Three Genders 
 
 
 bic 
 
 
 Each noun must be learned with its definite article. 
 
 2. The Indefinite Article. The nominative forms of the 
 indefinite article are: 
 
 Singular 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 
 3. ©cin, he: 
 
 cin 
 
 cine cin 
 
 No Plural 
 
 x^ bin 
 cr, fic, 
 
 I am 
 ca ift, he, 
 
 Sic ftnb; 
 
 she, it is 
 
 you 
 
 are 
 
 mir ftnb, we are 
 fic fmb, they are 
 
 Notice: <Bk, you (sing, and plur.), is capitalized; fie, 
 or they, is not. 
 
 105 
 
106 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE n 
 
 I. 5tntftJt)ttcn (Bit: 
 
 1. SBer tiat cine geber ober ctnen ^leiftift? 2. ^abtn ®ic 
 cm arjeffer? 3, SBie t)iele ^lingen f)at ba^ gjJeffer? 4. ©tnb 
 bie ^littQen fd^arf ober ftumpf? 5. iBer ()at ein i8u(^? 6, §at 
 bcr (Sd^iiler aud^ ein $eft? 7. SSo {)at ba^ ^t'li^iTi^^ ^i^ 3^uren? 
 8. $at ba^ 3ttnTner feinc 3:afel? 9. ^at e6 ein ^ult ober 
 einen 2;ifd^? 10. SBer f)at ein iBud^, unb h)er ()at ein §eft? 
 11. §at ber !2ef)rer einen ^leiftift? 12. ^aben @ie geber unb 
 2:inte? 
 
 n. iibcrfe^ctt <Sie: 
 
 1. We. have a desk and a table. 2. Have you a pencil 
 or a pen? 3. Has the knife one blade or two blades? 
 4. I have a book and a copy-book. 5. The room has two 
 doors and four windows. 6. The teacher has no pencil, 
 but she has chalk and a pen. 
 
 m. iibung 
 
 1. Change all nominatives in Text I to accusatives. 
 
 2. Substitute the forms of ein and fein for all nominatives 
 of the definite article in Text I, and for all accusatives in 
 Text II. 
 
 3. Conjugate: ic^ Ijobt ein ^ult; l^abe ic§ 2^inte? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 107 
 
 LESSON n 
 
 4. The Accusative of the Definite Article ; 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Singular 
 Fem. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 ben 
 
 bic 
 
 ha^ 
 
 Plural 
 All Genders 
 
 
 bie 
 
 
 5. The Accusative of the Indefinite Article : 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 
 einen 
 
 eine 
 
 etn 
 
 fetn, no, not any, is declined like the indefinite article: 
 
 Nom. 
 Ace. 
 
 fein 
 fetncn 
 
 feittc 
 feinc 
 
 fein 
 fein 
 
 6. ^dbtn, have: 
 
 id^ I^al6c, / have toir tjahen, we have 
 
 ©ic f^ahtn, you have 
 et, ftc, c^ fiat, he, she, it has ftc l^abcn, they have 
 
108 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE m 
 
 I. ^nfmoxttn Bit: 
 
 (In the answers, do not repeat the nouns, but substi- 
 tute pronouns, e.g. SKeti fd^idt ber SDIeifter au^? (^ . , , 
 (Sd^neibet ber !Dicner ben §afer? ^ fd^neibet t^ti nid^t.) 
 
 2:un, c?o, er tut, he does, fte tun, they do. SKa^ tut er? 
 ©d^lagt er ben ^ubel? What does he do? Does he beat the 
 poodle? 
 
 h SKen fd^idft ber 9}?eifter aug? 2. SSa^ foil ber !Diener tun? 
 3. <Sc^neibet cr hen |)afer? 4. SSen fd^irft ber ^err bann 
 (then) aug? 5. SSag fott ber 'ifubel tun? 6. SSa^ tut ber 
 ?5ubel? 7. SSer fc^idft bie ^eitfd^e au^? 8. ©d^Iagt bie ^eit= 
 fd^e ben ^ubel? 9. 2Ber fc^idft bag geuer au^? 10. ^ag 
 foil t§ tun? 11. ^rennt ha^ geuer bie ^eitfd^e? 12. SBen 
 fd^idft ber a)?eifter bann au6? 13. SSag foil bag SBaffer tun? 
 14. Sof(^t bag Staffer bag geuer? 15. SKer f(^idt ben Oc^fen 
 aug? 16. SSag tut ber Od^fe nid^t? 17. SSag foil ber ©d^md^^ 
 ter tun? 18. ^en fd^idft ber gj^eifter bann aug? 19. SBag tut 
 er am (gnbe (at last)? 20. 3Bag tun nun bie 3)iener? (3)er 
 ^enfer . . ., ber <Sd^Iad^ter . ,. .) 
 
 n. iifictfe^cn ©ic: 
 
 (As to word order, follow closely the German text) 
 
 1. Does the master send the servant? 2. Yes, he is 
 sending him. 3. The servant comes home. 4. The fire 
 burns the whip. 5. The whip shall beat the poodle. 
 6. The hangman does not hang the servants. 7. The ser- 
 vant does not want to cut the oats. 8. Does the water 
 extinguish the fire? 9. The poodle comes home immedi- 
 ately. 10. Does the butcher kill the ox? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 109 
 
 LESSON m 
 
 7. Agreement of Pronouns. Personal pronouns follow 
 the gender and number of the noun they refer to. Thus: 
 
 ^ stands for bcr 2tt)xtx, ber Xi\^, ber (Stu()L 
 
 fte 
 fte 
 
 ben „ ben „ ben „ 
 bic 2ti)vtvm, bie ^Tafel (nom. and ace). 
 t>a§ ^U(^, ba^ iBIatt (nom. and ace). 
 bie ^ti)xa, bie ® chiller, bie Xilren (plur., nom. 
 
 and ace.) 
 
 Compare the final sounds of the definite article and the 
 personal pronoun: 
 
 Singular 
 
 Nom. 
 Ace. 
 
 ber 
 
 cr 
 
 bie 
 
 fie 
 
 ba^ 
 
 t& 
 
 ben 
 
 if)n 
 
 bic 
 
 fie 
 
 ha^ 
 
 e^ 
 
 Plural 
 
 bie fie 
 bie fie 
 
 8. Question, Negative and Progressive : 
 
 @r fdfiid t 
 He sends 
 
 fd^idt er? 
 does he send? 
 
 er fdfiicft nid^t. 
 he does not send. 
 
 German does not use any equivalent to the English 
 auxihary do. 
 
 @r fd^Iftgt ben "iPubeL 
 He is beating the poodle. 
 
 The German verb has no progressive form. 
 
110 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. ilBung 
 
 1. Change all nouns in the text to the corresponding 
 personal pronouns, e.g.: ^er 9}ieifter f(j§icft ben Qocfel au^» 
 Q^ fc^icft i^n au^. 
 
 2. Begin the following sentences with the words printed 
 in heavy type and change the word order accordingly: 
 
 !Der ©err fc^idft ben ^nhti aug. 3)er 3o(feI fd^neibet ben 
 ^afer nid^t* !Der 3)tener fommt gar halh nac^ §aufe. 3)a^ 
 Gaffer lofd^t ba^ geuer gleirfi* @r fd^Iagt ben $ubet nid^t. 
 
 EXERCISE IV 
 
 I. 5(nthJorten @ie: 
 
 1, 3Bann fotnmen <Sie au^ ber ©d^ule? 2. 3ft ha^ (gffen 
 bannferttQ? 3. 2Ba^ liegt auf bent Jifcfie? 4. 2Ba6 liegt rec^t^, 
 unb toa^ liegt linf^ t)on jebem teller? 5. SSer gibt ben ^in^ 
 htm iBrot unb gleifc^? 6. ^a^ trinfen n)ir au^ ber Za\^t? 
 7. Xrinfen n)ir 3Baffer aud^ au^ einer 2:affe? 8. ^a^ tun bie 
 ^inber nad^ bent (Sffen? 9. iIBof)tn ge()en fie bann? 
 
 n. flBerfe^en Sie: 
 
 1. A book is lying on the table. 2. The children are 
 playing in the garden. 3. When do you go to school? 
 4. The teacher gives the child a pen and a book. 5. Is 
 the master sitting at the table? 6. Where do you go after 
 (the) dinner? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 9. Word Order. 
 
 Ill 
 
 A. 3)cr ayjeifter f(^trft ben ^odd aug. 
 
 B. !Da fc^irft ber §err ben 3o(fcI au«. 
 
 In German assertive sentences the verb stands second. 
 The subject usually stands fixst or third, but not second. 
 
 Note. Word order A is often called the normal, word order B 
 the inverted word order; the latter is used whenever the sentence 
 begins with an object or an adverb; for details, see pages 256 and 
 257. 
 
 LESSON IV 
 
 10. The Dative of the Article: 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Pltjral 
 
 Definite 
 Indefinite 
 
 bcm 
 cincm 
 
 bcr 
 cincr 
 
 bcm 
 cincm 
 
 ben 
 
 11. The Dative of the Noun: 
 
 Singular: Feminines do not change in the singular, 
 masculines and neuters take no ending or, especially if 
 they have only one syllable, the ending -e. 
 
 Plural: All nouns take the ending -n in the dative plural. 
 
 NoM. Sing. 
 bcr Setter 
 ba3 3iwtmer 
 ba6 ^inb 
 
 Dat. Sing. 
 bcm Scfirer 
 bcm S^^''^^^ 
 bcm ^inb(c) 
 
 NoM. Plur. 
 
 bte ?ei)rer 
 bic 3iw^^cr 
 bic ^inbcr 
 
 Dat. Plur. 
 
 ben ?c!)rertt 
 ben 3i"iTnern 
 ben ^inbern 
 
112 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. iXhunq 
 
 1. Change all nouns in Texts II and III, with their ar- 
 ticles, to the dative singular. 
 
 2. Form compounds from: 
 
 ha^ ^lei, lead + bcr ® tif t, pencil her glufe , river + ba^ Zal, valley 
 ber Xi\6) + ba^ STJeffer ba^ $meffer + bie tlinge 
 
 EXERCISE V 
 
 I. fjragen 
 
 1. SBie f)el6t 9{)r 3Satcr? 2. SSic fieifet 3&rc ^mutter? 
 3. SSie biel 33ruber f)abcn ^ie? 4. SBie f)ei6en 3^re ^riiber? 
 5. §aben (Sie auc^ <S(^rt)eftem? 6. 3[t 3^r Onfel ber ^ruber 
 3()re^ 33ater)^ ober 3{)rer a)?utter? 7. 3ft 3^re 2:ante bic 
 ©c^tDefter 3()rer mutUv ober 3{)reg S5ater«? 8. mt Iieifet 
 ber 35ater eineg 3Sater« ober einer SD^utter? 9. 2Ba6 tft eine 
 ©rofemutter? 10. SBie {)ei6en bie ^inber etne^ 'Bo^m^ ober 
 einer Xod^ter? 11. SSie (leifeen 55ater unb 93^utter eine^ ^inbe^? 
 12. $Sie f)ei6en iBriiber unb ©c^n)eftem? 
 
 II. Ufterfc^ung 
 
 1. What (SBte) is the name of your father? 2. Is that 
 the pencil of the teacher? 3. The pencil of the pupil is 
 dull. 4. The blade of my knife is sharp. 5. The flowers 
 of the valley are beautiful. 6. The leaves (53Iatter) of a 
 book are white, but the leaves of a tree are green, and 
 the leaves of a flower are yellow, red, blue, or white. 
 
 in. iihunq 
 
 Decline in the singular and plural : ber ^el^rer, ein S^^^^'^f 
 bie Xiiv, eine ©c^iilertn. ^ 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 113 
 
 12. Word Formation: 2)a^ 9Jlittagcffcti» 
 
 German compound nouns are usually written in one 
 word; they have the gender of their last component, and 
 only the last component is dechned: 
 
 ^cr WitiaQ, noon+ha^ (gffen, meal = \>a^ TlittaQe\\tn; 
 genitive, be^ SJ^ittaQeffett)^. 
 
 LESSON V 
 13, The Geaitive of the Article : 
 
 Def. 
 
 Indef. 
 
 bc^ 
 cinc^ 
 
 bcr 
 cincr 
 
 bc^ 
 cinc^ 
 
 bcr 
 
 Paradigm of the Articles 
 
 Definite 
 
 
 
 Indefinite 
 
 SINGULAH 
 
 
 PLUKAL 
 
 
 bcr bic 
 
 bo^ 
 
 bic 
 
 cin cine cin 
 
 bc^ bcr 
 
 bc^ 
 
 bcr 
 
 cinc^ eincr cine^ 
 
 bcm bcr 
 
 bcm 
 
 ben 
 
 cincm cincr cincm 
 
 ben bic 
 
 ha§ 
 
 bic 
 
 einen cine cin 
 
 14. The Genitive of Nouns: 
 
 Singular: Feminines do not change at all in the singular; 
 all neuters and most masculines take in the genitive the 
 ending -^ or -e^. 
 
 Note, -e^ must be used if the noun ends in g, ^, ^, usually also 
 after fc^; otherwise, it is used especially with words of one syllable: 
 bc^ ®lQfc^, be« Zi\<i)c^, be« <Stuf)I)8 or ®tut)lc^; but bt^ ?ef)rcrig. 
 
 Plural: The nominative, genitive, and accusative of 
 the plural have the same form. (The dative always ends 
 in -n.) 
 
114 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE VI 
 
 I. gragcn 
 
 1. 5E5effen 58Ietftlft ift ha^? 2. 3ft \>a^ mein 58u(^ ober bag 
 53ud^ beg ?ef)rerg? 3. SKie ift bein i8u(§, unb h)ie ift jeneg iBud^? 
 
 4. $Sel(^e garbe {)at bag *!|3apier? (^ie garbe beg ^apierg ift , . .) 
 
 5. SBelc^e garbe {)at bie Xafel? 6. 3Set(^e garbe ^ahtn ber Jifd^ 
 unb ber (BiuW 7. SKag tut jener ©driller? 8. ^te ift fein 
 33leiftift? 9. 3Bag nimmt er aug ber Xafc^e? 10. SKomit fd^reibt 
 er? 11. SBo fte()t ber Sef)rer? 12. SSag tut er? 13. ©(^reibt 
 er aud^ mit bem iBIeiftift? 14. SSomit fc^reibt er? 
 
 n. flbcrfc^uttg 
 
 1. The master wants to beat the poodle with a whip. 
 
 2. Do you write with a pen or with a pencil? 3. Who 
 wants to sharpen my pencil? 4. Whose book is this? It 
 is not my book. 5. The covers of the book are black. 
 
 6. Is he sharpening the pencil with a knife? 7. He takes 
 a book out-of ^ the desk and opens it. 8. She is writing 
 with a pencil, but she is to (foil) write with pen and ink. 
 
 1 Hyphen denotes that several English words are to be expressed 
 hy one German word. 
 
 EXERCISE Vn 
 
 I. gragcn 
 
 1. SKag tue id)? 2. ©ebe ic^ bie §anb ober fenfe id) fie? 
 
 3. 3Bag tun <Bit? 4. SSoI)in fommen (Sie? 5. SBag faffen 
 <Bit mit ber §anb? 6. SSag tun (Sie bann? 7. S[Bo()in 9ef)en 
 eie? 8. SSof)in legen ®ie 3f)r ^nd)? 9. SSag tut ber 2ti)xev? 
 10. SBag tun ©ie? 11. SSer biftiert, unb toer fc^reibtr 
 12. (^c^reiben bie ® chiller aud^ an bie J^afel? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 115 
 
 LESSON VI 
 
 SSicberl^olung 
 
 (Review) 
 f^ragcu ' 9tntn>ortcn 
 
 L SBag tft ber beftimmte 5lrti- 3)er beftimmte 5lrtifel ber glti^^ 
 fel ber @msa()( (beg @in= gaf)! tft ber, bic, ba^» 
 Qular^)? 
 
 2. SSag ift ber beftimmte 3rrtt= ^er beftimmte ^Irtifel ber 
 
 fel ber 3J?et)rsa^I (be« $mef)rsa6I ift bie. 
 ^Iural6)? 
 
 3. 2Bag ift ber unbeftimmte ^er unbeftimmte ^Irtifel ift 
 
 ^rtifel? cin, eine, cin. 
 
 4. SSelc^e (Snbung l^aben 9J?ag* ®ie t)aben im ©enitit) ^ ober 
 
 culina unb 5^eutra im c^, im 3)atit) e ober feine 
 
 ©enitit) unb 3)atid ber ©nbung. 
 
 (Sinsaf)!? 
 
 5. SKeld^e (Snbung ()aben (Sie l^aben im (Singular feine 
 
 geminina im (Singular? (gnbung. 
 
 6. ^eflinieren (Sie: ber 53ruber, ein 9D?effer, bie (Sc^mefter, ber 
 
 7. ^oniugieren (Sie: i^ bin im ^ii^^^t^/ ^^ 6ci^^ f^tn SD^effer, 
 l)abe id^ ein ^eft? 
 
 LESSON vn 
 
 15. The Endings of the Present Indicative are: 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 e 
 
 en 
 
 ft 
 
 t 
 
 t 
 
 en 
 
 The singular of the imperative has the ending -e or no 
 ending; the plural ends in t. 
 
116 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. ii^crfc^ung 
 
 1. The servants are cutting oats. 2. Do you write 
 with pen or pencil? 3. Our teacher dictates, and we 
 write. 4. Send your servant home! 5. All of us ( = we 
 all) are coming home immediately. {For word order, com- 
 pare Text IV.) 6. Go to the blackboard and write! 7. They 
 are coming into (in w. ace.) the room. 8. The pupil opens 
 the desk and takes a book. 9. Open your desk ! Where 
 is your book? 10. Where (S[Sof)in) are you putting your 
 pen? Put it upon (auf w. ace.) your desk! 
 
 m. Uiuttg 
 
 L ^oniuQleren (Ste: 3(^ I)ebe ble ^anb. ^6) fomme in6 
 3tTnmer. 3Bof)iTi lege i(^ ha^ 33ud^? 5ln bie Xafel fd^reibe ic^. 
 
 2. Change the first, second, and last of these four phrases 
 to the imperative (three forms each: §ebe bie ^anb! etc.). 
 
 EXERCISE Vm 
 
 I. Sragctt 
 
 1. SBo^in foir ber ©(filter gefien? 2. SBo ftef)t er nun? 
 3. SBo{)in foil er bann ge^en? 4. 3Bo Uegt bie geber? 5. ^o= 
 ()ln legen h)ir fie? 6. SBo liegt fie nun? 7. ^a^ legen mir 
 neben bie geber? 8. SSo liegt nun bie geber? 9. SKo fte()t 
 ber ?e{)rer? 10. SSo!)ln gefit er? 11. SSo fte{)t er nun? 
 12. 3Ba^ ift neben ber 3:afel? 13. SBoJin legen toxx bie treibe? 
 14. SBo fte{)t ein ®tul)l? 15. 2Ber fc^retbt an bie 2:afel, unb 
 tDer fc^reibt auf papier? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 117 
 
 16. Paradigms: 
 
 The Present Indicative: 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 xd) f)tht, I raise 
 
 bu ficbft/ you raise 
 
 cr (fic, e^) t)tht, he (she, it) raises 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 ton ficden, we raise 
 i^r i)tbt,^ you raise 
 fie ^cbcn, they raise 
 Sic ^ebcti, you raise 
 
 The Imperative: 
 
 t\thtn ©te! 
 
 1 The use of these forms is explamed in Lesson XIII, § 30. 
 
 LESSON vm 
 
 17. Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative : 
 
 an, auf, in; iibcr, untcr; toor, Winter; ncbcn, jmifrficn 
 
 require the dative when the place is denoted in which 
 something is, but the accusative when direction towards 
 a place is indicated. The dative answers the German 
 question ItJO? (where = in which place), the accusative an- 
 swers the German question ItJOl^in? (where = to which place, 
 whither?) 
 
118 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. iiiicirfc^ung 
 
 1. Where are you? Are you standing by the window? 
 
 2. Who is standing between this door and that window? 
 
 3. He is putting (ftedt) a pencil in each pocket. 4. What 
 have you in this pocket? 5. Go into that room and put 
 a pen and some paper on the table! 6. The pupil goes 
 behind the desk and writes on the blackboard. 7. Does 
 the master send the servant into that room? 8. The 
 chalk, the pen, and a knife are lying on this table. 9. Be- 
 hind which door is he standing? 10. Go into the room 
 and open a window! 
 
 m. iibung 
 
 1. Supply the endings in the following sentences (b- in- 
 dicates forms of the definite article) : 
 
 ^ommen @ie an bief- XiW 5luf tt)ti(^ 2:if(^e Uegt bag 
 ^ud^? mv fteEen (place) einen ©tuf)! an b- ^ult. SEBer fte^t 
 t)or icn- ^ur? !Dte ^reibe liegt in b- ^aften. !2egen @ie bie[eg 
 53ud^ in b- ^ult! 9^eben b- genfter ift ein taften. 
 
 2. ^eflinieren @ie: bicfer 2)iener, jenc Xa^d, iebe^ ^ud^ 
 (singular only), toeld^e^ 9)?effer. 
 
 EXERCISE IX 
 
 of 
 
 ^ie ^cfUnationcn* 
 
 There are 
 
 the following types 
 
 noun declension (most of which have occurred before) : 
 
 NOM. SlNQ. 
 
 Gen. Sing. 
 
 NoM. Pluk. 
 
 la. bcr Sel)rcr, 
 
 bc« ?et)rcri§, 
 
 bie gel^rcr, 33riibcr, 
 
 ber ©ruber, 
 
 bc« 53ruber^, 
 
 3«iittcr 
 
 bic abutter 
 
 bcr abutter 
 
 
 16. ber ^nec^t, 
 
 bc« ^ncd^tc^, 
 
 bic ^nc(^tc, ^anbc 
 
 bic §anb 
 
 bcr ^anb 
 
 
 Ic. bo8 ^au8 
 
 bc« ^aufc^ 
 
 bic ^fiufer 
 
 II. ber Od^fc, bic XVlx 
 
 bc8 Oc^fcn, bcr 2:ur bie Oc^fcn, 2:iiren 
 
 III. bag Slufle (e^/c) 
 
 beg ^ugcS 
 
 bic Sluflcn. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 119 
 
 an, at, near to ilber, above 
 
 auf, uj)on unter, below 
 
 in, iuj into >oox, in front of, before 
 
 ()inter, behind 
 neben, next to 
 gtoifd^en, between 
 
 18. ^tcfcr, (his, jcncr, that, jcbcr, each, every, hjclc^cr, 
 which, what, are declined like the definite article, e.g. : 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Nexjt. 
 
 All Gendebs 
 
 biefcr 
 
 biefc 
 
 biefcr 
 
 biefc 
 
 biefcig 
 
 biefcr 
 
 biefc^ 
 
 biefcr 
 
 biefcm 
 
 biefcr 
 
 biefcm 
 
 biefcn 
 
 biefcn 
 
 biefc 
 
 biefC)^ 
 
 biefc 
 
 Notice the forms bicfciS in the nominative and accusative neuter 
 (article ha^) and biefc in the nominative and accusative feminine 
 and plural (article bic). 
 
 LESSON IX 
 
 19. Tjrpes of Declension: 
 
 Type I is called the Strong Declension: the plural 
 does not end in -n. 
 
 Type II is called the Weak Declension: the plural 
 ends in -n, and the gen. sing, of masc. also takes -n. 
 
 Type III is called the Mixed Declension: the singular 
 is strong, and the plural weak. 
 
120 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 I. graven 
 
 1, SBo ftef)t Six ©(^ulgebaube? 2. SSie biele genfter f)at 
 }ebe^ 3iTttmer? 3. 2Bie Diele (^effel ftnb in jebem ^i^tner? 
 4. giir tnen ftnb blefe ©effel? 5. 2Ba^ i[t fiir ben ?e()rer in 
 3^rem ^it^t^^t:? 6. 2Ba^ ift nod^ in bem ^i'^t'^t^^? 7. ©inb 
 in alien ^tinntem ^naben unb SJJcibc^en? 8. ^n h)el(^e (Scftule 
 9ef)en 3()re iBriiber unb (Sc^meftem? 9. 2Ba^ ift Dor bem 
 (Bd^ulgebciube? 10. SSa^ ift in bem ©arten? 11. §aben ©ie 
 S3ninnen im ©arten? 12. SBo finb bie S3oget im ©arten? 
 13. SBa^ tim ©ie ieben Za^ in biefem ©arten? 14. SBa^ 
 pflanjen ®ie? 
 
 n. ilBerfe^ung 
 
 1. Where does your school building stand? 2. The 
 rocks on the hill are brown and red. 3. There (@g) are 
 many ditches in the garden. 4. When do you plant the 
 little-trees? 5. Our teacher has many pictures in his 
 room. 6. Does your teacher work in his garden? 7. The 
 fountains are in-front-of that building. 8. They are ex- 
 tinguishing a fire in his room. 9. We are standing upon 
 the summit of the hill. 10. Have you many pictures in 
 your desk? 11. Those girls are going (in) to our school. 
 12. Do you work in your garden every day? {For word 
 order, compare German text.) 
 
 III. iibung 
 
 1. ^eflinieren ©ie (@insa()t unb Tld)Xiai)l): ba6\3itnmer, 
 ein genfter, jeneg SJJcibc^en, biefer ^aften, iDelc^e^ ©ebciube, bie 
 SO^utter/biefer ©arten. 
 
 2. ^oniugieren ®ie: 3c^ gef)e nid^t in bie ©c^ule. ^abe ic^ 
 ein ^iPult? ^d) ftreue (Samen. 3eben Xag arbeite id) im ©arten, 
 Slrbeite id) in ber ^c^ule? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 121 
 
 30. First Class of the Strong Declension: 
 
 Singular 
 
 bcr taftcn 
 
 ber ©artcn 
 
 bie abutter 
 
 ba^ ©ebaubc 
 
 be« ^often^ 
 
 be« ©attend 
 
 ber abutter 
 
 be« ©ebdubee 
 
 bcm ^aftcn 
 
 bent ©arten 
 
 ber ayjutter 
 
 bem ©ebaube 
 
 ben Soften 
 
 ben ©artcn 
 
 bie mutttx 
 
 ha^ ©ebaube 
 
 Plural 
 
 btc taften 
 
 bie ©arten 
 
 bie arjiittcr 
 
 bie ©ebiiube 
 
 ber taften 
 
 ber ®arten 
 
 ber mutter 
 
 ber ©ebiiube 
 
 ben ^aften 
 
 ben ©arten 
 
 ben ayjiittern 
 
 ben ®ebauben 
 
 bie ^aften 
 
 bie ©arten 
 
 bie mutttx 
 
 bie ©ebiinbe 
 
 21. Characteristics of the First Class : 
 
 1. The gen. sing, ends in -§ (not -t§); feminines, of 
 course, have no ending. 
 
 2. The dative singular has no ending. 
 
 3. The plural is formed without any ending (dat., of 
 course, takes -ti), but many nouns modify the stem vowel 
 (Umlaut: a becomes d, o becomes o, u becomes ii an be- 
 comes (tu). 
 
 Note. Both feminines in this class (9}?utter, mother, and Xoii)" 
 ttx, daughter), about twenty masculines, and the neuter ha^ ^lofter, 
 cloister, take Umlaut. 
 
 As to membership, see Synopsis of Granmiar, page 224. 
 
122 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 3. Form diminutives or terms of endearment of the 
 following nouns: ber Ti\(i), ba^ 9[)?effer, bie ^afel, ber S^ogel, 
 ber iBruber (brother), ber ^ater (father), bie iBlume. 
 
 Note. The final syllable -cl is dropped before the suffix -letn: 
 jtafel — Jaflein (but Xafelci^cn) ; final -c is dropped before -d^cn and 
 -Icin: ^a^c (cat) — mi^^m, mi^ldn. 
 
 EXERCISE X 
 
 I. gtagcn 
 
 L SBte biele 5Inne f)aben mir? 2. SKa^ tft an jebem 5Irme? 
 3. SBeld^e ©lieber ()aben tnlr noc^? 4. SSie t)iele ginger ftnb an 
 ieber §anb? 5. (Stnb an ben Sitfeen auc^ ginger? 6. iESa^ ift 
 an ben gingem unb an ben 3^^^n? 7. SSa6 tnn toir mit ben 
 giifeen, ma^ ntit ben ^cinben? 8. iBo tragen h)ir ben §ut? 
 9, SBeld^e ^leibung«ftu(Je f)aben n)ir nod)? 10. SSie t)iele 
 ar^onate fiat bag Qalir? IL SSa^ ftnb bie 5^amen ber Tlomtt? 
 12. iffiie t)iele 2:age t)at jeber 9D^onat? 13. §at ber gebrnar 
 au6) 30 ober 31 Xage? 14. ^ie biele Jage \)at eine iBod^e? 
 15. ifiSag ftnb bie 9^amen ber 2:age ber SSod^e? 
 
 n. iibcrfe^utig 
 
 1. Every boy has a hat and a coat. 2. I have two arms 
 and two legs. 3. We have nails on our ( = the) fingers and 
 on our toes. 4. What do we wear on our feet? 5. I do 
 not wear gloves every day. 6. He has no hat, but he has 
 two coats. 7. They wear boots, but no shoes. 8. There 
 (@g) are twelve months in every year. 9. A month has 
 thirty days. 10. Every week has seven days. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 123 
 
 22. Word Formation: ha§ 23acl^Ietn. 
 
 Diminutives and words of endearment are formed by- 
 means of the suffixes -c^en or -lein, which cause Umlaut of 
 the stem vowel; such nouns are always neuters: 
 
 ber ^a<^, brook — ha^ iBac^Iein, small brook. 
 
 ber Tlann, man — ba^ SD?annd^en or 9D^annIein, little man. 
 
 bie 9}?utter, mother — ha^ SD^iitterd^en or 9)JutterIein, dear 
 mother. 
 
 LESSON X 
 !23, Second Class of the Strong Declension: 
 
 Singular 
 
 ber ^ut 
 
 ber Jag 
 
 bie §anb 
 
 ha^ 3ot)r 
 
 bc« ^utc^ 
 
 be3 Jage^ 
 
 ber ^anb 
 
 bc« 3a^rc^ 
 
 bent ^ut(c) 
 
 bcm XaQ(e) 
 
 ber ^anb 
 
 bent 3a^r(c) 
 
 ben ^ut 
 
 ben Xag 
 
 bie ^anb 
 
 ha^ 3a^r 
 
 Plural 
 
 bie ^iitc 
 
 bie Jagc 
 
 bie ^anbc 
 
 bie 3o^rc 
 
 ber ^iitc 
 
 ber Jagc 
 
 ber ^anbc 
 
 ber 3af)rc 
 
 ben ^iitcn 
 
 ben Xagcn 
 
 ben ^anbcn 
 
 ben 3fat)ren 
 
 bie $iite 
 
 bie Xagc 
 
 bie ^anbe 
 
 bie ^a^xt 
 
 34. Characteristics: 
 
 Singular: The genitive has -c^ or -§, the dative -e or no 
 ending. (Feminines do not change in the singular.) 
 
 Plural: The ending is -e. Masculines have often, femi- 
 nines always, neuters never Umlaut. 
 
 As to membership, see p. 225. 
 
 35. Study the cardinal nimibers from 1 to 100, Synop- 
 sis of Grammar, page 229. 
 
124 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. iiBung 
 
 1* ^cflinlcren ®ie: btefer Xag, tod^tx §ut, jcne^ ©ebiifd^. 
 
 2. Change to the plural: S^iefer $ut ift grau, jener dlod ift 
 braun. 3)cr ®of)n arbettet, unb bie 2:o(i^ter fpielt. 3)iefer STag 
 ift f(f)on, 
 
 3. ^oniuQteren (Bit: 3(5 lege bie ^anh auf ben ^if(5, $abe 
 i(5 C>anbfd)uf)e? SSelc^ ^leibung^ftiicfe ()abe ic^? 
 
 EXERCISE XI 
 
 I. gragcti 
 
 1. SBer reifte mit einanber? 2. 3Bet(5e 3af)re^seit (season) 
 toax e^? 3. S»a^ fagte ber gu(5^ p bent ^afen? 4. ^a^ t^aiic 
 ba^ aj^abc^en in bem torbe? 5. ^a« tat ba^ aj^abc^en? 6, SKa^ 
 iDoIltc e^ bann tun? 7, SBa^ tat ber gu(5«? 8. iBlieb ber §a[e 
 liegen? 9. SBoIIte ber gnc^^ bem ^afen 33rot geben? 10» ^a^ 
 fagte ber $afe bap? IL SKo{)in gelangten fie? 12. 53Bie mar 
 ber (See? 13» SSa^ fagte ber §afe p bem gu(5fe? 14. SBarum 
 follte ber guc^^ ben @(f)n3anj in^ SSaffer f)an9en? 15. ^^at er 
 c«? 16. SBa^ gef(5af)?i 17. SBa^ tat ber §afe? 18. 
 fagte er gu bem gud^g? 19. ^ag tat ber gu(5^? 
 
 n. Uftcrfc^utig 
 
 A. 1. The fox was traveling with a hare. 2. What 
 did you say to the girl (three forms of address)? 3. The 
 girl put (legen) bread into the basket. 4. The dog seized 
 the bread with his (= the) teeth. 5. Soon we arrived at 
 
 1 gefc^cl^en, preterit gefc^al^, happen. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 125 
 
 36. Word Formation; ^reibung^ftiitf. 
 
 In many compound nouns the first component has the 
 genitive form; feminines often take the old (obsolete) 
 genitive ending -n: SSoc^entag, week day. 
 
 Form compounds from the following nouns, and give 
 their meanings : 
 
 ber ^enfer + bet Stm(i)t. servant bie ^eitfc^e + ber @riff, handle 
 ber Xag + ba^ ^id)t, light bie Xa\(i)e + ha^ DJ^effer 
 
 LESSON XI 
 
 21* Weak and Strong Verbs. A verb is weak if its 
 
 preterit ends in -tc, and its past participle in -t; it is 
 strong if it forms the preterit by a change of the stem 
 vowel, and has the ending -en in the past participle. 
 
 The infinitive, preterit, and past participle are called 
 the principal parts (^auptformen or @runbformen)» The 
 past participle usually has the prefix ge-. 
 
 Weak 
 
 Strong 
 
 lebcn 
 live 
 
 lebtc (f)at) gclcbt 
 lived (has) lived 
 
 gebcn 
 give 
 
 gave 
 
 (i)at) gcgebcn 
 (has) given 
 
 Each verb must be learned with its principal parts. 
 
 38. ThePreterit of Weak Verbs: 
 
 reifen, travel, reif-tc, traveled; tDaxttn, wait, tuart-c-tc, 
 waited. 
 
 i<i) reiftc 
 
 n)ir reiftcn 
 
 bu rdftcft 
 
 it)r rciftct 
 
 . cr reiftc 
 
 fie reiftcn 
 
 <Sie 
 
 rctftcn 
 
 i{^ martctc 
 
 h)ir h)artctcn 
 
 bu toartctcft 
 
 i^r h)artctct 
 
 er iDortctc 
 
 fie hjartctcn 
 
 (Sic njartctcn 
 
126 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 (an) a building. 6. That winter lasted very long. 7. I 
 was waiting very long in front of that garden. 8. The 
 foxes hurried away, and the dogs followed. 9. The girls 
 hung pictures on (an w. ace.) the walls of the room. 
 10. Did the dog follow the fox? 
 
 B. The fox and the hare were very hungry. Then 
 the hare lay down (= laid himself) on (= into) the snow 
 and pretended to be dead. A girl came (fam) with a 
 basket. She saw (fa^) the hare and wanted to pick him 
 up. But he hurried away; the fox seized the basket and 
 followed him. 
 
 m. ii^ung 
 
 1. 3)efllniercn (Sie: ber gu(f)6, ein ^unb, biefer ^orb, toeld^e^ 
 9af)r. 
 
 2. Change to the plural : !l)er ^unb folgt bem gud;fe. ^er 
 3a()n be6 ^unbe« ift fd^arf. !Dag 9}^ab(§en f)at ^rot tm ^orbe, 
 
 3. Translate in the three forms of address: You are 
 starving. Put the basket down! What did you say? 
 
 4. ^onjugieren (Sie itn "iprafen^ utib ^rciteritum: \6) fagc 
 nid^t^; id^ gelange nac^ ©aufe; inarte \6) lange? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 127 
 
 The ending -cte instead of -te is used when the stem 
 of the verb ends in -b, -t, or -m, -n after a consonant 
 (except I, r): reben, talk, rebete; marten, martete; atmen, 
 breathe, atmete; xt^ntn, figure, rec^nete; lemen, learn, lemte* 
 
 29. The Preterit of fein and ftaben: 
 
 ic^ n)ar 
 
 n)ir marcn 
 
 bu tDorft 
 
 i{)r tt)art 
 
 cr XOQX 
 
 fie loarcn 
 
 ®ic n)arcn 
 
 id^ f)attc 
 
 toir l)atten 
 
 bu f)atteft 
 
 i^r t)attct 
 
 er f)atte 
 
 fie I)atten 
 
 eie l^atten 1 
 
 30. Forms of Address. The usual pronoun of address 
 is ©ic. But the pronouns bw, for the singular, and i^r, for 
 the plural, are used: in speaking to relatives or intimate 
 friends; to animals; frequently to servants; in archaic 
 and solemn speech (prayers, etc.); often to express con- 
 tempt or indignation. 
 
 Usual address 
 
 Pres. Indic. Imfer, 
 
 / Sing. 
 I Plur. 
 
 Familiar address 
 
 Pres. Indic. Imper. 
 
 
 bu gcMt 0cKe)! 
 i^r 9ef)t getit! 
 
 ®ie 0€f)cn Qef)cn ©ic! 
 
 
128 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE Xn 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. SBa^ taten bie !Diebe? 2. 5Bof)m reifte ber ^anbmann? 
 3. $3a^ tDotlte er bort tun? 4. SBa^ erblidte er auf bem ^ferbe^ 
 marft? 5. SBa^ fagte ber !2anbmann? 6. SSer tDoKte ba^ 
 ^iPferb Derfaufen? 7, 3Bag fagte er gu bem ^anbrnann? 8. SKa^ 
 tat ba ber Sanbmann? 9. 2Ba^ follte i()m ber ayjann fagen? 
 10. SBa^ tDar ber 3}?ann? IL SBa« fagte er? 12. 2Bar ba^ 
 ^ferb auf bem linfen ^luge blinb? 13. SSa6 anthjortete bet 
 ^anbmann? 14. SSa^ fagte ber 2)teb? 15. SSa^ tat nun ber 
 l^anbmann? 16. SKa^ fagte er? 17. 5Iuf melc^em 5(uge rt)ar 
 ba^ 'iPferb mirflic^ blinb? 
 
 n. ilbcrfc^ung 
 
 A. 1. Many horses were for sale in our city. 2. Those 
 peasants were thieves. 3. In which eye was her horse 
 bhnd? 4. That is wrong, you are a thief. 5. Are those 
 {\ia^) your horses or his? 6. There were many httle- 
 trees in their garden. 7. Is that your table or ours? 
 8. He says that you sold your horse. 9. The peasants 
 were in their stable, not in ours. 10. I have been working 
 with your brother for many years. 11. Why did you buy 
 a horse that {ha^) was blind in one eye? 12. If this horse 
 is yours I^ want^ to buy it. {The figures indicate the word 
 order.) 
 
 B. Thieves stole a peasant's horse. After a few days 
 the peasant noticed his horse in the city. A man wanted 
 to sell it. The peasant asked him: ''In which eye is this 
 horse blind?" The man answered: "In the left eye." 
 Then the peasant said: ''The horse is not blind at all 
 (gar nid^t b.). You are a thief." 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 129 
 
 LESSON xn 
 
 31. The Possessive Pronouns : 
 
 mctn 
 
 my 
 
 bctn 
 
 your 
 
 fcin xiat fctti 
 
 his her its 
 
 unfcr 
 
 our 
 
 euer 
 
 your 
 
 Xf)X 
 
 their 
 
 your 
 
 (a) ©cin'iPferb. 
 
 (6) @^ tft ntd^t ^i)x ^iPferb, fonbern mcint^. 
 
 (c) 2)iefe^ ^ferb ift mctn. 
 
 The possessive pronouns are declined (a) like the in- 
 definite article in the singular, and like biefer in the plural, 
 if they stand attributively (before a noun); (6) Hke the 
 definite article (biefer) if the noun is understood; (c) they 
 remain undeclined if they are used as predicate adjectives. 
 
 Also ein, one, and fein, no, none, are declined according 
 to (a) and (6) : 3n biefem ^i't^tn^^^ ift ein X^(i), aber in ienem 
 ^iiTiTner tft feiner, In this room there is a (or one) table,, 
 but in that room there is none. 
 
 Note. Used predicatively, the possessives can have the follow- 
 ing forms: !Diefer §ut ift mcin — meincr — bcr meinc — bcr meintfic; i^r 
 (3f)r), however, cannot be used as a predicate without an ending. 
 !3)ie ayjeinen (9}?eimgcn) means my family. 
 
 33. Prepositions with the Dative (for a complete list, see 
 
 Synopsis of Grammar, p. 250). 
 
 Si-L 
 
 i 
 
 U^k 
 
 out of 
 
 bet 
 
 at 
 
 mit 
 
 with 
 
 nacQ 
 
 after, to 
 
 fctt 
 
 since 
 
 t)on 
 
 of 
 
 m 
 
 to 
 
 33. TheDependent Word Order: 
 
 A. !I)a^ ^ferb ift auf bem red^ten 2luge blinb. 
 
 B. 5luf bem rec^ten ^luge tft ba^ ^ferb blinb. 
 
 C. (Sagen ®ie mir, auf meld^em ^uge ba§ *f ferb blinb tft. 
 
130 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. iXhnnq 
 
 1. ^ttlxnmm <Sie: ein ^anbmann, cuer <StaII, btefe6 Qalir, 
 fetne 9^a(^t. 
 
 2. Change to the plural: ^er ^anbmann f)atte tin "ipferb 
 im ©tail, ^er 2)ieb mar im ^iirxmer. @ein *ipferb tDar in ber 
 etabt. 
 
 3. Give all persons of: Qd) t)erfaufe meitt ^ferb (bu t)er= 
 faufft bein ^ferb, etc.). ^a« ift bag ^ferb beg ^mdfterg, nid^t 
 meineg (beineg, etc.). 
 
 4. ^onjugieren (Sie bag ^rafeng uttb bag ^rateritum t)on: 
 faufen, bebecfen, erbliden. 
 
 5. Change to the preterit: 3)er SD^ann erblidt bie Diebe. 
 !Dag ^ferb iff mrf)t blinb. §aft bu ein ^ferb? 
 
 EXERCISE Xm 
 
 I. Stagcn 
 
 L SBol^in manberte jener ©lafer? 2. 2Bag f)atte er in feinen 
 torben? 3. SSer bemerfte it)n? 4. SSag n)ottte er tun? 5. 2Bag 
 n^ar jener ^aufen ©teine iDirflic^? 6. SKag mollte ber ®Iafer 
 tun? 7. iESag Qefdfiaf)? 8. SBag gefc^a^ mit bem ©lag? 
 9. SSarunti flagte ber @Iafer? 10. SBag tat mhqa^l harm? 
 11. SBag fragte er ben ©lafer? 12. 2Bag tat biefer? 13. 2Bag 
 antn)ortete $Hiibesa()l? 14. SSag tDoIlte er tun? 15. 2Ben 
 iDoltte er neden? 16. SSarum^ tDoIIte er ben 9}?uller neden? 
 17. 3n njag filr ein ^ier {What kind of an animal) berU)an= 
 
 ^ In answers to questions introduced by toavum, why, use todl, 
 because, not bcnn; hjcil requires dependent word order (@r ncdfte i^n, 
 toeil er Qciaig itiar). 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 131 
 
 In an independent (assertive) sentence the verb stands 
 second. In a dependent sentence, it stands last. 
 
 In German, all dependent sentences are set off by 
 commas. 
 
 (a) Change to the normal order: 3n einer '^ad)t fta^cn 
 ^iefic einem ^anbmann fein ^ferb, ^la^ eintQen Xagen reifte 
 cr gur ©tabt. 5luf bem Tlaxttt hjarcn tJtelc ^^ferbc feiL 
 
 (6) Change to the inverted order: (Jr tDoUtt auf bem 
 TlaxtU ein ^ferb faufen. ^er Sanbmann fafttc ba^ ^ferb am 
 ^iificL @r Bcbccftc bie 5lugen be^ ^ferbe^ mit ben §anben. 
 
 (c) Translate (use dependent word order!): Tell me 
 whether (ob) this horse is blind. The man was afraid 
 because (tDeil) he was a thief. The horse that (meld^e^) 
 he noticed on the market, was his. 
 
 LESSON xm 
 
 34. The Personal Pronouns : 
 
 First Person 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ic^,/ 
 
 hJtr, we 
 
 Gen. 
 
 mctucr 
 
 unfcr 
 
 Dat. 
 
 mtr 
 
 m& ;. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 tni(^ 
 
 Utti^ 
 
 Second Person 
 
 Familiar Usual 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 bu, you 
 
 t^r, you 
 
 Sic, you 
 
 beincr 
 
 cucr 
 
 S^rcr 
 
 bir 
 
 cud^ 
 
 S^ncn 
 
 bi(^ 
 
 CU(^ 
 
 etc 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 
 Third Person 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 cr, he 
 
 fic, she t^, it 
 
 ftc, they 
 
 fctncr 
 
 '\i)xtt fcincr 
 
 t^rcr 
 
 t^m 
 
 i^r t^m 
 
 i^tten 
 
 t^n 
 
 ftc cS 
 
 fte 
 
132 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 belte W ^iibe^af)!? 18. SSa^ foITte ber ©lafer in ben ^orb 
 legen? 19. 2Bof)in follte er reiten? 20. SSa^ follte er in bent 
 !Dorfe tun? 21. giir n)ie t)iel faufte ber miilkx ben (Sfel? 
 22. SSof)in fut)rte er i()n? 23. SBa^ f)oIte er fiir if)n? 24. SBa^ 
 fagte ber (gfel? 25. 2Ben f)oIte ba^ ber 9}Juller? 26. SSoftin 
 cilten bie ^anbleute? 27. 3Ba^ n)ar in bent ©talle? 28. iffia^ 
 fanb ber ©lafer in feinen ^orben? 
 
 ^ Word Order: Unemphatic objects (especially pronouns) and ad- 
 verbs often precede the subject in the dependent and the inverted 
 word order: <Sc^tc fid^ ber ©lofer auf einen <Stein? — !Dcr ©tein, auf ben 
 {on which) fic^ ber ©lafer [e^te, roHte iDcg. 
 
 II. Uberfc^ung 
 
 A. 1. A glazier sold a donkey to a miller. 2. Where is 
 your basket? — I sold it to this miller. 3. There were 
 many servants with us in that village. 4. The miller led 
 the horse out-of the stable. 5. The thief tumbled over 
 those stones. 6. Why did the glazier put those stones 
 into his basket? 7. Riibezahl turned himself into a stone. 
 8. After that they wandered from town to town with 
 their baskets. 9. Why did your brother sell his stable to 
 that thief? 10. The glazier opened his baskets and no- 
 ticed gold-pieces in them. 11. Why did you not obey me? 
 12. We sat down upon a stone. 
 
 B. A glazier was wandering over the Giant Mountains. 
 He was tired and wanted-to sit down upon a stone. But 
 Riibezahl wanted-to tease him. He took (na()tn) the stone 
 away; the. glazier tumbled on his back, and his glass broke 
 (gerbrad§). Then Riibezahl gave (^ah) him a donkey which 
 (ben) he should sell to a miller. The miller paid ten dollars 
 for the donkey. But after a few days the donkey changed 
 to a bale (iBiinbel) [of] hay. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 133 
 
 Note. The Adverbial Compounds, hamit, barauf, bartn, bar an; 
 hjomtt, morauf, hjoriti, njoran. 
 
 Referring to inanimate objects (and often to animals), personal, 
 demonstrative, relative, and interrogative pronouns are rarely used 
 after prepositions, but compounds of ba- (before vowels bar-) are 
 used for personal and demonstrative pronouns, and compounds of 
 tuty- (njor-) for relative and interrogative pronouns: 
 
 SBag Itegt auf bem 2:tfd)e? (Sin iBuc^ liegt barauf {upon it). 
 
 293crauf liegt ba^ ^ud)? (S^ liegt auf bem Xifc^e. 
 
 S)er Zi\^, hjorauf (auf loelc^em) (upon which) ha^ 33u(^ licgt. 
 
 The ba-compounds should be used; the h)0-compounds mv^t be 
 used interrogatively, and may be used relatively. 
 
 35. The Reflexive Pronoun: 
 
 id) feije int(ft 
 
 h)tt 
 
 fe^en un^ 
 
 bu fe^fti m 
 
 i^r 
 
 feljt cuc^ 
 
 er fel^t ftc^ 
 
 fie 
 
 feljen fic^ 
 
 (2ie 
 
 fc^cn m 
 
 
 In the first and second persons, German uses the per- 
 sonal pronouns reflexively : id^ fe^e mic^, / seat myself, I sit 
 down, id) fc^meic^Ie mir, / flatter myself. 
 
 For the dat. and ace. of the third person of all genders 
 and numbers and for the usual address, the reflexive pro- 
 noun is jid^ (not capitalized even in address) : er fe^t fidft^ 
 er fd^meid^elt fic^, @ie fe^en fic^. 
 
 1 As in the preterit (rcbcte, toartcte), c is inserted before the pres- 
 ent ending, where the pronunciation requires it: bu retfeft, bu fe^cft; 
 t{)r rebct, irartet, atmct, red^nct. But in the second singular also the 
 forms bu reift, bu fe^t are permissible. 
 
134 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. iifiung 
 
 1. Supply the definite article in the following sentences: 
 1. T)tx ©lafer ge{)t in — 9D^u()le, 2. !Der ?anbmann tDar in 
 
 — ©au^. 3. !Der ^ieb 9ef)t an — 2:ilr. 4. ©ci) an — genfter! 
 5. !Der ®la[er erblicfte ein ©olbftildf unter — Xi\(i), 6. ^er 
 ayjiiller legte §eu liber — ^orb. 7. @ief)ft bu {Do you see) 
 ben 53o9el iiber — (^c^ule? 8. ^ie (Sc^ule ift neben — SD^arft. 
 9. Der Wiener trat (stepped) neben — §errn. 10. 5luf — 
 @ii)fel be^ ^iigel^ ftnb t)iele (Steine. 11. l^ege ba^ iBuc^ anf — 
 ?^nlt! 12. Unfer §au^ fte()t shJifc^en — ©arten unb — <B(^uh 
 aebaube. 13. 3)er amiller ftellte ben ©effel ^t^en — Jilr unb 
 
 — genfter. 
 
 EXERCISE XIV 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. ^lieb (gulenfpiegel lange in jeber ®tabt? 2. SBa^ tat er 
 ilberall? 3. 2Bag tat er einmat mit einem (Seit? 4. 3Ber blieb 
 fte^en? 5. SBa^ fagte ©ulenfpiegel ju i()nen? 6. SSa6 mollte er 
 i()nen mit ben (Sc6u{)en s^igen? 7. ®ef)or(j^ten ibm bie ^naben? 
 8. 2Ba^ tat Xill nun mit ben ®(^u{)en? 9. SSag tat er auf bem 
 eeite? 10. SSa^ mlittn bie tnaben? 11. 3Bag rief (Sulen- 
 fpiegel? 12. SBa« tat er mit ber ©c^nur? 13. SSag ge^af) 
 mit ben (Sd^u()en? 14. SSa^ taten nun bie ^naben? 15. 3Ba^ 
 riefen fie? 16. SBa^ gefc^a^ am @nbe? 17. iffia^ tat (gulen= 
 fpiegel babei? 18. SSa« taten bie ^naben, n3af)renb er meg* 
 
 n. flftctfc^ung 
 
 Eulenspiegel did not remain long in that city because 
 the people drove him away. Once he said to a few boys: 
 ''Give me your shoes; I want-to show you a trick." 
 Then he strung the shoes upon a string, climbed upon a 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 135 
 
 {Continued from page IS 4) 
 
 2. Continue through all persons of the singular and 
 plural: SBer erinnert fid^ tneiner, Who remembers me (3Ber 
 erinnert fid^ betncr, etc.)? ^er 9JJeifter ersci^Ite e^ mir (^er 
 W, e. e^ bir, etc.). ^^tctnanb (Nobody) ()o(t mid^. 
 
 3. Give adverbial compounds for: in it ( = in them, in 
 that, in those), with it, from it, after it, for it; in what, with 
 what, after what, for what. 
 
 4. ^on}ugleren (Sie ba^ ^rdfeng unb ^rateritum t)on: tx^ 
 fcljcn, offncn, rcben, eilen. 
 
 LESSON XIV 
 
 36. The Strong Verb. All preterits and most past 
 participles of strong verbs show a change of the stem 
 vowel which is called ^btaut. Roughly speaking, one 
 can distinguish seven classes of 5lblaut, but not all strong 
 verbs follow these classes exactly. The student must 
 learn each verb with its principal parts. ^ The most com- 
 mon forms of Ablaut are: 
 
 I II III IV V VI VII 
 
 Inf. ci ic (e) i c c tt a (ct> u, o, au) 
 
 Pret. ic (t) a a a u ic 
 
 Part. ic (i) o,no c a a (et, u, o, au) 
 
 37. The First Class i^ ei — ic (i) — te (i) 
 
 bleiben — blieb — gcbltebcn ftcigcn — ftieg — gefticQcn 
 
 pftx^tn — pfiff — gcpftffcn ftrcitcn — ftritt — gcftritten 
 
 f($reibcn — \<i)xkh — gcfd^rieben trcibcn — trieb — getrieben 
 
 f(^tcirf|cn — fc^lid^ — gcfd^Ud^cn 
 
 1 A practically complete list of the strong verbs will be found on 
 page 264 fif. 
 
 2 The verbs printed in heavy type occur in this text; the others 
 have occurred previously. 
 
136 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 rope and sang and whistled. At last he cried: '^Here are 
 your shoes ! ' ' and cut the string in two. The boys began 
 to quarrel and to fight, but Eulenspiegel cHmbed from the 
 rope and sneaked away. 
 
 m. iiiung 
 
 1. ^oniugicren <Bit im ^rcifeng unb ^raterttum: ftreiten, 
 fd^Ieid^en, gie()en, fpringen. 
 
 Paradigm: id) fc^rieb t(^ fd^nttt 
 
 bu fc^riebft bu fc^nttteft 
 
 er fcfirieb er fc^nitt 
 
 irir fd^riebcn h)ir fd^nittcn 
 
 tl^r fd^rtebt if)r fc^nittct 
 
 fie (@ie) fd^riebcn fie (©ie) fd^nitten 
 
 EXERCISE XV 
 
 I. Sragen 
 
 L ^ann ritt ber ^aron t)on 9}Jiinc^^aufen nac^ ^f^ufelanb? 
 2, SSag sefd^af) if)m in ber ^ad^t? 3. iffia^ tat er? 4. SSoran 
 banb er fein "ipferb? 5. iIBof)in legte er \W? 6. SSa« tat er 
 mit feiner *ipiftole? 7. ilSie lange fc^lief er? 8. SBorttber h)ar 
 ererftaunt? 9. ea{) er fein "iPferb? 10. 2Bag f)orte er? 11. SSa^ 
 fa() er, aB er f)inauffc^aute? 12. ^arunt fa^ er in ber 9^a(^t 
 ba^ 3)orf nic^t? 13. 2Bag gefc^aJ) in ber 9^a4t? 14. i)Sa^ njar 
 jener iBaum ober 5lft? 15. ^a^ tat §err t)on 9D^und){)aufen 
 nun? 16. ^a^ er^ielt er nun tnieber? 17. ^a^ tat er bann? 
 
 n. iiiierfe^uttg 
 
 Miinchhausen rode (on horseback) to Russia. The 
 snow was very deep, the night was dark, and he lost his 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 137 
 
 38. The Second Class : ic (sometimes t, rarely ii, o, au) 
 
 — — 0, 
 
 frieren — fror — gefroren 
 liigcn — log — gelogen 
 foufcn — [off — gef offen 
 sicken — jog — gesogcn 
 
 39. The Third Class : i — a — u — or o (o stands before 
 nn, mm; u stands before n followed by a different conso- 
 nant). 
 
 bcginnen — begann — begonnen 
 finben — fanb — gefunben 
 ftngcn — fang — gefungcn 
 fpdngcn — fprang — gefpruttgcn 
 
 LESSON XV 
 
 40. The Fourth Class : c — a — o; the stem vowel of 
 these verbs is usually followed by r, I, m, or d^. 
 
 Tict)men — na^m — gcnommcn tocrbcn — murbc or (sing, only) 
 
 ftet)lcn — ftaf)I — geftot)len luarb — genjorben 
 
 Similar: fommcn — tarn — gefommen 
 
 41. The Fifth Class : c (ie, i) — a — c; the stem vowel 
 is followed by some other consonant than r, I, m, d). 
 
 freffen — frafe — gefreffen fc^cn — fal^ — gcfef)cn 
 
 gebcn — gab — gegeben , licgcn — lag — gelcgcn 
 
 gef(i^ef)en — gcf(^af) — gefc^el^cn 
 
 4^2. The Sixth Class : a — u — a. 
 
 fd^Iagcn — f d^Iug — gcf c^lagen tragcn — trug — gctragen 
 
138 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 (= the) way. He saw no city and no village. He only^ 
 saw^ a tree, or a branch of a tree, and tied his horse to it. 
 Then he went to sleep in the snow. He awoke when it 
 was day, and did not see his horse. He was lying in a 
 village in-front-of the church. At last he found his horse : 
 It was hanging from (an) the church-steeple. And now he 
 understood the matter: When he came into the village, 
 snow^ was-covering^ it.^ But during(=in) the night the 
 snow was-melting. Miinchhausen sank deeper and deeper, 
 but the horse remained hanging from the church-steeple. 
 He took his pistol and shot the bridle in-two. So he got 
 his horse back. 
 
 m. flbung 
 
 1. ^efUniercn ®ic: biefer ilBinter, jene 5^ac§t, biefe^ *i|3ferb, 
 tceld^er jturm, unfer iBaum. 
 
 2. ^oniugieren ©ie bag ^rafeng unb '^Prateritum t)on: reiten, 
 liegen, fc^einen. 
 
 3. Select from the text all strong verbs of the first 
 three classes, and write and memorize their principal 
 parts. 
 
 4. ^oniugieren <Sie: I lost my(=the) way. Did I see 
 the horse? To that tree I tied my horse. 
 
 5.^ Substitute forms of the demonstrative pronoun ber 
 for nouns and articles in heavy t3rpe in the following 
 sentences: 
 
 SSo finb bie ^ferbe bcr Wlarmtt? (Word order: form of 
 ber before bie ^ferbe.) 
 
 3c^ fagte eg ben SDlanncrn (ben grauen, ben ^inbem). 
 
 iESag tDaren bie 9^amen bcr Scanner, mit benen (to whom) 
 bu fprac^ft? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 139 
 
 43. The Seventh Class : a (d, u, o, an) — ie (i) — same 
 as in infinitive. 
 
 f c^Iafcn — fd^Iicf — gefci^Iafcn l^angen — fjing — gel^anQcn 
 
 F)eifeen — I)ie^ — gcficifecn. (This is the only strong verb with the stem 
 vowel ci which does not belong to the first class.) 
 
 44. Irregular Verbs : 
 
 gct)cn — fling — gegangcn (berftcl^cn — bcrftonb — bcrftanbcn) 
 
 ftel)cn — ftanb — geftanbcn tun — tat — gctan 
 
 45. Demonstrative Pronomis : 
 
 liefer, this, and jcticr, that, have been studied in § 19 
 (Lesson X). — The neuter of biefer, especially without a 
 noun, is frequently bie^: ^ie^ ift mein ^^'O^^^^* 
 
 ^cr, that, is a weaker demonstrative than biefer or jener* 
 With a noun, it is declined like the definite article, but it 
 is accented: SBer ift ber SO^anu? Who is that manf ^ennft 
 bu ben ^^amen bc^ 9}ianne^? Do you know the name of that 
 manf 
 
 Without a noun, its genitive singular is bcffcn, bcrcn, 
 beffen, and its genitive and dative plural bcrcn, bencii. 
 Before a relative clause, the gen. pi. is bcrcr: (Srinnerft bu 
 'Hx^ beffen? Do you remember that? SBer fennt bie ^^ameti 
 berer, bie 'iia ftarben? Who knows the names of those who died 
 there? 
 
 ^crfclfic, the same, and bcrjcntge, thai, are sometimes (but rarely 
 in good style) used instead of personal pronouns. See text. They 
 had better be avoided (except berfclbe in its literal meaning). For 
 their declension, see Synopsis of Grammar, § 9. 
 
140 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XVI 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. SBo lag bte (Btaht ©c^tlba? 2. SBag taten bie ec^ilb- 
 biirgcr eintnal? 3, SBomit fc^mMten fie ba^ dtatt)au^, aU e^ 
 fertiQ tt)ar? 4. ^a^ tDoIlten fie gleid^ bavin tun? 5. SSa^ 
 fanben fie, al^ fie l)inein (m) gingen? 6. SSte fingen fie ba^ 
 @onnenli(^t, unb tt)a^ berfud^ten fie bamit p tun? 7, SSa^ 
 n)oIlten fie bann tun? 8. SSa^ fe{)lte (?/;as missing) in bent 
 9?atl)aufe? 9. SSarum trugen fie einmal iSretter in bie ^ird^e? 
 10* SBie naf)men fie bie iBretter? 11. SSarum tnoltten fie ein 
 (BtM ber SD^auer nieberreifeen? 12. 2Ba6 \dt) einer t)on il^nen? 
 13. iESie trug ber SSogel feine 9?eifer? 14. ^o muc^^ einmal 
 (^ra6? 15. SBaruntf(^nittene^bie(Sd^iIbburgernid^t? 16. SSie 
 Sogen fie bie ^ui) f)inauf? 17. SSa^ tat biefelbe, aU fie an ba^ 
 @rag fam? 
 
 II. Ulbcrfe^ung 
 
 When the citizens-of-Schilda built a town-hall they 
 forgot the windows. They did not understand why it 
 was so dark in the house. Their children and wives assem- 
 bled on the market and caught sun-light in barrels and 
 baskets. But it did not remain in-them, and the town- 
 hall remained dark. At last a citizen from a different 
 city saw that the house had no windows. 
 
 Once they tried to carry boards cross-wise through a 
 door. The door was much too narrow, and they wanted 
 to tear down the wall. At last they saw a bird that (ber) 
 carried twigs lengthwise through a window. So they 
 carried their boards the same way (in berfelben SSeife). 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 141 
 
 LESSON XVI 
 
 46. Third Class of the Strong Declension; 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 ber mam 
 
 bie 9)?anncr 
 
 bc6 manned 
 
 ber Wcinnet 
 
 bem SD?ann(c) 
 
 ben SD^Snncrn 
 
 ben Tlann 
 
 bie ^manner 
 
 bag !Da(^ 
 
 bie 3)ac^cr 
 
 beg !Dac^c^ 
 
 ber !J)a(^cr 
 
 bem 3)oc^(c) 
 
 ben !Dad^crn 
 
 ha^ T)a(i) 
 
 bie !Da(^cr 
 
 47. Characteristics : 
 
 Singular: Exactly like second class (§ 24, Lesson XII). 
 Plural: The ending is -er, which always causes Umlaut. 
 
 As to membership, see page 225. 
 
 48. Word Formation: Secret, 93iirgcr* 
 
 -er denotes activity or origin: ein !2e^rer=ein 9D^ann, ber 
 Ief)rt (teaches) ; ein ^iirger = ein SD^ann au^ einer ^urg (forti- 
 fied place, town). 
 
 Form the following nouns in -er: ein Sffloxm, ber fc^reibt; 
 ein SD^ann, ber arbeitet; ein ajJonn, ber fauft (Umlaut!); ein 
 9)?ann au^ Berlin; ein 9}^ann au^ ^eipgig; ein 9}Jann au3 5lme= 
 rifa (insert n before suffix); ein SD^ann aug (Snglanb (Um= 
 laut!). 
 
142 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. UBung 
 
 1, ^eflinieren @ic: ha^ iBud^, unfer ^au^, -mein ^itib, biefcr 
 
 2. Change to the preterit: T)u t)erftef)ft bie ©ac^e ni(5t. 
 SSanim reifeen fie bie Wamxn nieber? 3)a fliegt tin 5SoQel 
 burd^^ genfter, 
 
 EXERCISE XVn 
 
 I. fjragen 
 
 1, ^Bol^in ging bie 9?iefentocf)ter? 2. 3Bo mar if)r SSater? 
 3» SKa^ fanb fie im ^ale? 4» ®d^ien ii)x ber 53auer grog ober 
 flein? 5. 2Bag tat fie tnit bem ^flug, ben Oc^fen unb bem 
 ^auer? 6. SBof)in trug fie alle^? 7. SSa^ fragte fie i^x 53ater? 
 8. SSie nannte {called) ha^ 9D?ab(^en ben ^ftug, ben 53auer unb 
 bie Od^fen? 9. SSof)in follte fie ato mieber tragen? 10. 2Bie 
 nannte ber D^iefe bie iBauem? IL ^o arbeiten (fc^affen) bie 
 ^auem? 12. iffio finb bie ^iefen? 
 
 n. Uticrfe^ung 
 
 The daughter of a giant once went into the valley. 
 There she saw a peasant with his oxen and his plough. 
 She put everything (alte^) into her apron and carried it 
 home. She showed her toys to her father, but he said: 
 ''My child, these dwarfs work for us. If they do not 
 work we have no bread. Carry them quickly back to their 
 place!'' 
 
 ni. SSicbct^olung^fragen 
 
 1. SBetc^e Shorter h)erben befliniert {are declined) toie ber 
 beftimntte 5Irtif el? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 143 
 
 -in forms feminines from masculine designations of 
 persons (or animals): bcr 2c^xtv — bie ^el^rerin; ber ^ontg, 
 king — hk ^onlgin, queen; ber guc^g, /ox — bie gii(5ftn. 
 
 Form feminines from the masculine nouns in -er sug- 
 gested above. 
 
 LESSON xvn 
 
 SSicberl^otung 
 
 1. ^Deflinieren ©ie ben beftimmten ^Irtifet in ber (Stnsal^l unb 
 im plural. 
 
 2. 3)enimeren (Sie ben unbeftimmten 5lrtifeL 
 
 3. !Deflinieren <Sic in ber (Sinjal^l unb 9)?ef)rga{)t: biefer SO^ann, 
 feine Jrau, jene^ ^inb, our son] your daughter (three forms of 
 address), their house. 
 
 4. Translate and change to the plural : This citizen is 
 building a house. The bird flew through the little-win- 
 dow. The boy took off (Text XIV) his coat. 
 
 5. Insert the correct preposition and form of the 
 
 article: ®ef) §aug! @r aerfd^nitt — (Btxid 9D^effer» 
 
 — 2)?abd^en tat — Oc^fen unb — *i(3f(u9 ©d^iirge. — 
 
 ^od^ter — 9?iefen qIuq ^erg . S\)v 3Sater fafe 
 
 <Sd^Io6 ^ifdfie. 
 
 6. Give the injOinitive of: trug, ging, fanb, !ant, flog, fc^lief, 
 
 '^nttootttn 
 
 18.1 liefer, jcner, jcbcr, toti^tv toerbcn befliniert xok ber 
 Beftimntte 5IrtiM. 
 
 * The figures represent the paragraph numbers of the corre- 
 sponding lessons. 
 
144 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 2. SSeld^e Shorter tnerben befllniert toic ber unbeftimtntc ^Ir- 
 tifel? 
 
 3, SBetd^e (SnbunQen ^abm (Subftantttja (SQ?a6fulma, gemi* 
 nina unb 9^eutra) im ©enttit) unb ^attt) be^ (Singular^? 
 
 4. SSeldfie (gnbungcn l^aben (Subftantiba tm plural? 
 
 5, ifiStc t)ielc ^efUnatlonen gibt e^, unb h)le l^eifeen fte? 
 
 6, SBeld^e (Subftantba 9ef)oren gu ber ftarfen ©eflination? 
 
 7. SBie t)iele tiaffen {)at bie ftarfe ^eflinatlon? 
 
 8. SSeld^e (SnbutiQen l)at bie erfte Piaffe im lingular, unb 
 tt)ie bilbet (forms) fie ben plural? 
 
 9, 2Sa^ finb bie (gnbungen ber jtDeiten Piaffe im lingular 
 unb im 'ipiural? iBelcfie ^Sorter ber gtoeiten piaffe ()aben im 
 ^Jlural Umlaut? 
 
 10, SSelc^e (gnbungen \)ai bie britte tlaffe? SSelc^e SBorter 
 ber britten Piaffe \)ahtn Umlaut? 
 
 11. SBag ift bie gen)of)nIi(i^e 5lnrebe, unb toa^ ift bie Dertrau= 
 lid^e Slnrebe? 
 
 12» SSeld^e (Snbungen ^aben fd^tDad^e ^erba im ^raterttum 
 unb im ^artigipium, unb trie bilben ftarfe 33erba biefe gormen? 
 
 13. iSSie Diele ^Iblautflaffen i)at ba^ ftarfe 3Serbum, unb melc^e 
 SSofale f)aben biefe tiaffen? 
 
 14. 5ln tcelc^er (Bidk ftef)t ha^ 3Serbum, unb an h)eld^er 
 ©telle ftef)t ba^ ©ubjeft in einem ^u^fagefa^e {assertive sen- 
 tence)? 
 
 15. iESo ftel)t ba6 35erbum in einem S^ebenfaige (dependent 
 clause)? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 145- 
 
 31. SDlctn, bctn, fcin, unfer, cucr, i^r (3(|r) unb fein trerbctt 
 befUniert h)te ber unbefttm-mte ^Irtifel. 
 
 11, 14. geminina f)aben im (Singular feme (Snbung. ^ic- 
 meiften SD^a^hilina unb alle 9^eutra f)aben im ©enitiD -^ ober 
 -c^, im S)atit3 oft -c. 
 
 11. 3)er 9^ominatit), (^enitib unb Slffufatit) beg ^lurat^ ^ahcn 
 bie glei(fte gorm; ber 3)atit) enbet auf -n. 
 
 19. @g gibt brei ^eftinationen: bk ftarfe, bie fd^lDad^e unb 
 bie gemifc^te. 
 
 19. S^ ^^^ ftarfen ^^eftination gef)oren bie ©ubftantiba, hit 
 im plural nic^t bie (Snbung -n f)aben. 
 
 19. eie f)at brei ^laffen. 
 
 20, 21. ^ie erfte tlaffe f)at im ©enitit) beg ©ingularg -)§, 
 im *!|3Iural feine (gnbung, aber oft Umlaut. 
 
 23, 24. ^ie ^treite Piaffe f)at im ©enitio beg (Singu'arg -c^ 
 ober -^, im Datio -c ober feine ©tibung; ber *!l3Iura[ enbet auf 
 -e. 9}?agfulina ^aben oft, geminina immer, 9^eutra nie Umlaut. 
 
 46, 47. T)k britte tlaffe ift im (Singular mie bie gmeite Piaffe. 
 2)er plural l)at bie (Snbung -er unb immer Umlaut. 
 
 30. 2)ie gen)ol)nli(^e 5lnrebe ift Sic; bie oertraulid^e ^nrebe 
 ift bu in ber (Sinsal)l, i^r in ber 9D2el)r3af)l. 
 
 27. Sd^tDad^e 33erba l^aben im ^iprdteritum -tc, im ^arti]i* 
 ^)ium -t; ftarfe 3Serba l)aben im ^rciteritum Hblaut, im ^arti* 
 gipium -en. 
 
 36-43. @g ^at fieben ^laffen: ci — tc — tc; tc — o — o; 
 t — a — u, o; c — a — o; a — e — c; a — u — a; a — ie 
 — a. 
 
 8. ^ag 33erbum ftcl^t an gtoeiter (Stelle, bag (Subjeft an erfter. 
 ober britter ©telle. 
 
 33. Qm SIcbenfaije ftel)t bag iBerbum am (Snbe. 
 
146 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XVm 
 
 I. ffragcn 
 
 1. ilBo lebte jcner gifc^er? 2. SSen fallen fie eine§ 5D?orgen^? 
 3. 5ln toaQ fiir eine ©teHe fil^rte fie bie 9ungfrau? 4. ging 
 ber Sifd^er an iener (Stelle t)iel? 5. 3Sa^ tat jener ®rafenfof)n, 
 aB er baDon l)orte? 6. SSo fa() er bie 5^ije? 7. 3Sa6 baten i^n 
 feitte Wiener? 8. SBarum l^orte er nic^t auf fie? 9. SKa^ f)o{te 
 hit 3ungfrau am Ufer? 10. SSa^ gefc^af), al^ ber $rin^ unb 
 feine Wiener faft am Ufer maren? 11. 3Ba^ tat fein ^ater, al^ 
 er bat)on l^orte? 12. SSa^ rief bie 9^i^e? 13. iffia^ antmortete 
 ber (^raf? 14. ^a^ tat bann bie 9lipe? 15. iESa^ gefc^af) nun? 
 16. 2Bo t)erf(^n)anb bie 5^i]ce? 17. SSag tat ber ®raf? 18. SSen 
 fanb er im (^c^loffe? 
 
 n. flberfc^ung 
 
 The Lurlei is a rock on the shore of the Rhine. Near 
 (^ei, w. dot.) this rock a fisherman once saw a mermaid. 
 She showed him a place where he caught many fish. 
 
 The son of a count wanted to see the mermaid too 
 (aud^). He rowed to the rock in a boat and saw her sit- 
 ting {infinitive) on the summit. She came to the shore. 
 The prince wanted to hasten to her and jumped out-of 
 the boat, but the waves tore him into the depths of the 
 river. 
 
 His father heard of it; he was angry and wanted-to kill 
 (toten) the mermaid. But when he came to the river two 
 waves rose up to the rock and carried the maiden into the 
 water. When the count came home, he found his son in 
 the castle, for the waves had carried him to the shore* 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 147 
 
 LESSON xvm 
 
 49. The Weak Declension: 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 ber SD^enfd^ 
 beg 90?en[(^ctt 
 bem 90^enf(^cn 
 ben imenfc^cn 
 
 ber ^nabc 
 beg ^naben 
 bem ^naben 
 ben ^naben 
 
 bie grau 
 ber grou 
 ber j^vau 
 bie grou 
 
 bie ©age 
 ber ®agc 
 ber ©age 
 bic ®agc 
 
 Plural 
 
 bie 5menf(^cn 
 
 bic ^naben 
 
 bie gi^oucn 
 
 bie ®agen 
 
 ber 9Wcnf(^cn 
 
 ber ^nabcn 
 
 bcr graucn 
 
 ber <Sagen 
 
 ben 2J?cn[(^cn 
 
 ben ^nabcn 
 
 ben graucn 
 
 ben ®agcn 
 
 bic 3y?enf{^cn 
 
 bic ^naben 
 
 bic graucn 
 
 bic "Sagen 
 
 50. Characteristics: 
 
 Singular: Feminines have no ending, masculines have 
 -cn (-n) in all cases except the nominative. 
 
 Plural: All cases have the ending -en (-n). There is no 
 Umlaut, 
 
 Note, -n is used when the noun ends in -e, -tl, -cr: ^nabcn, 
 iRabeln {needles), ©d^iDcftcrn. 
 
 51. The Relative Pronoun : 
 
 bcr 
 
 bie 
 
 ha^ 
 
 bic 
 
 
 iDcr 
 
 mag 
 
 bcffcn 
 
 bcrctt 
 
 bcffcn 
 
 bcrcn 
 
 
 tocffcn 
 
 (h)e[fen, ireg) 
 
 bem 
 
 ber 
 
 bem 
 
 bcnen 
 
 
 tocm 
 
 — 
 
 ben 
 
 bic 
 
 bog 
 
 bie 
 
 
 h)cn 
 
 h)ag 
 
 Declension of ItJclc^cr, see § 18. 
 
 ^er SD^ann, bcr (hjclcfter) ha^ fagt, The man who says that. 
 T)tx 'tfflann, bcffcn 9?ing bie« ift, The man whose ring this is. 
 T)tx Tlann, bem (njctc^cm) tnir folgen, The mxin whom W0 
 are following. 
 jDer aJiann, ben (tocttften) bu \x^^i, The mxin whom you see. 
 
148 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 m. lifiuttg 
 
 L ^eflinieren <Bit: biefe ©eite, jene grau, fetn SO^enfd^, 
 tDeld^e iBIume. 
 
 2» Uberfe^en @ie: The man who was here, the woman 
 who was here, the child you saw,^ he who did that, that 
 which happened, the men whose house this is, the woman 
 to whom you sold it, the man whom you called. 
 
 3. Supply relative pronouns, and change to the plural: 
 ber g^U^ti, auf — bie 9^ije fafe; ber !5)iener, — §err ber ®raf 
 h3ar; bag ^oot, au^ — ber ®raf fprang; ber ®raf, — ha^ 
 ©d)Io6 Qe()orte {belonged; requires a dative object). 
 
 EXERCISE XIX 
 
 I. f?tagcn 
 
 L SSag fief)t man auf jener 3nfel bet ^ingen? 2. SBie ()ei6t 
 blefer Jurm? 3. 5IBo lebte iBifc^of §atto? 4. SBa^ mx m 
 feiner ^^tt in Deutfcplanb? 5. SKa^ gefd^af) ijtelen 3}?enf(^en? 
 6. 3ii ^^^ famen btefe ?eute? 7. SSa^ fagten fie gu tf)m? 
 8. ®alt i()re ^itte t)tel bet §atto? 9. SSa^ tat er? 10. SSa^ 
 taten bie ?eute? 11. mt tDurbe ber iBifd^of nun? 12. SSa^ 
 befa()I er p tun? 13. SSa^ gefc^af) mit ben SU^enfd^en in ber 
 (Sc^eune? 14. SKa^ fagte ber ^tfd^of, aB bie SO^enfc^en fc^rieen? 
 15. SBeffen etrafe traf ben iBifd^of? 16. SBa6 fam in fein 
 @d^Io6? 17. SKag tat ber iBifd^of? 18. SBag taten aber bie 
 mault unb fatten? 19. SSa^ befafil er enblicfi? 20. SBie 
 famen bie 9}Jaufe in ben 2:unn? 21. iffia^ taten fie bort? 
 22. ^a^ taten bie ^Diener be^ ^ifc^of^? 23. iffiag gefd^a^ 
 cnblic^? 
 
 1 In German, the relative pronoun can never be omitted. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 149 
 
 SScr plc^t lad^t, lad^t am beften, He who laughs last laughs 
 best. 
 
 3fe, tt)a§ gar ift; trtnf, toa§ flav tft; fprtd^, hjai^ h)a()r tft, 
 jE'a^ i(;/ia^ is done, drink what is pure, speak what is true. 
 
 The relative pronouns bcr and hjclc^cr stand after any- 
 antecedent for English who, what, that, which. They are 
 alike in meaning and use, but tnelc^er has no genitive. 
 
 2Bcr must never be used after any antecedent, but 
 stands for English he who, everybody who, whoever. 
 
 ^a§ stands either without any antecedent, or after an 
 indefinite antecedent (e.g. ba^,h3a^; alleg,h3a^; ba^ ^efte,h)a^). 
 
 Relative clauses, as all other dependent clauses, have 
 dependent word order (the verb stands last) and are set off 
 by commas. 
 
 LESSON XIX 
 52, The Present Indicative of the Strong Verbs : 
 
 id^ fd^rcibc 
 
 f)elfc 
 
 fe^e 
 
 troge 
 
 rate 
 
 effe 
 
 bu fd^reibft 
 
 ^ilfft 
 
 am 
 
 trfigft 
 
 ratft 
 
 m 
 
 cr [c^rcibt 
 
 mt 
 
 mt 
 
 tragt 
 
 rat 
 
 m . 
 
 h)ir [c^reiben 
 
 I)elfen 
 
 feben 
 
 tragen 
 
 raten 
 
 cffen 
 
 t^r fc^rcibt 
 
 t)Clft 
 
 m 
 
 tragt 
 
 ratet 
 
 efet 
 
 ftc fc^reiben 
 
 ^elfen 
 
 fe^en 
 
 tragcn 
 
 raten 
 
 effen 
 
 The stem vowel of strong verbs is frequently changed 
 in the 2d and 3d sing. pres. ind. : c becomes usually i or ic 
 (the vocabulary states in each case which vowel appears) ; 
 a, 0, au are subject to Umlaut: trage, tragft, ftofee, ftofet, (but 
 fomme, fommft), laufe, laufft. 
 
 Where the vowel is changed, no connecting e is used 
 before the ending; resulting groups of consonants are 
 simplified in such a way that -t of the 3d sing, is omitted 
 
150 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. iibcrfe^ung 
 
 Bishop Hatto lived in the city [of] Maintz. Once 
 people who were starving came to him. * ' Give us bread ! ' ' 
 they cried. ' ' If you do not help us we [shall] die ! " 
 
 But the bishop does not help them. A crowd of people 
 breaks into a barn and steal (s) [some] grain. The bishop 
 sets the barn on fire, and the people die in the flames. 
 But Hatto laughs and says: ''They are squeaking Hke 
 mice." 
 
 On the (^Itn) next day hundreds of mice rush into his 
 castle. No servant helps him. He has a tower built in 
 the Rhine. But the mice swim to the island on which 
 the tower stands, and everyone Qebe) of them attacks 
 Hatto. He kills hundreds of mice, but their number 
 grows, and at last they devour the bishop. 
 
 The tower is still there. It stands near Bingen on an 
 island in the Rhine and is called the Mouse-Tower. 
 
 m. iXhmq 
 
 L ^eflinieren ®ie: ber Od^fc, tneine 3nfel, unfere (Sc^mefter, 
 biefe (Sc^eune, jene (B<i)ax, toelc^er ^nabe. 
 
 2. ^onjugieren ®ie ben ^nbifatit) be6 "iprafeng unb beg "iprate^ 
 ritumg t)on: fpred^en, fc^elten, laufen, tDac^fen, nef)Tnen. 
 
 3. (^thm (Sie ben 3mperattt) (brei gormen) t)on: leben, geben, 
 tcerben/ fein, gef)en, fekn, fte^en, 
 
 * toethtn has the following forms: 
 
 Ind. : id) iDerbe, bu toirft, cr hJtrb 
 Imp.: tocrbcl h)crbct! tocrbcn ®ic! 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 151 
 
 after a t, and -f- of the 2d sing, after an s-sound; com- 
 pare : 
 
 id^ reitc td^ rate trcte effc 
 
 bureitcft bu rfttft trittft ifet 
 
 cr rcitet but: cr rcit tritt ifet 
 
 il^r rcitet it)r ratet tretct efet 
 
 53. The Imperative of Strong Verbs : 
 
 reit(e)! 
 reitct! 
 reitcn ®ie! 
 
 tritt! tiilf! 
 tretct! I)elft! 
 treten ©ic! ^clfen ©ie! 
 
 tra9(e)! 
 tragt! 
 tragcn ®ie! 
 
 The change from c to i or ie takes place also in the 
 singular of the imperative (famihar form), but the other 
 changes are restricted to the 2d and 3d of the indicative. 
 
 54. Prepositions with the Accusative : 
 
 burt^ fitr gcgcn o^nc urn ujibcr 
 
 through for against withovX around against 
 
 55. Word Formation: ^cucrung, famine (from teuer, 
 expensive) J ©i^uttg, meeting. 
 
 -«ng forms abstracts from verbs, rarely from adjectives; 
 they are always feminines. 
 
 Form nouns from the following verbs and give their 
 meanings: tDanbem, DertDanbeIn (omit c before I), fii()ren, 
 offnen, fd^liefeen, fc^tnlicfen, erga()(en. 
 
152 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XX 
 
 I. Stagen 
 
 1. ^ann tDar etne fd^redtid^e SO^aufepIage in ^ameln? 2, 18or 
 Xdtm rtiar bamal^ (then) ntd^t^ fid^er? 3. SBa^ tat man gegen btc 
 SWaufe? 4. SSer fam ba in bie etabt? 5. ^Sie f)ie6 ber 9}?ann? 
 6. SSag t)erfprac^ er ben ^iirQem? 7. SBa6 taten bie ^lirger? 
 8. 2Bag mufeten fie in ber nac^ften finftem ^adjt tun? 9. SSa^ 
 tat 53unting urn 9D2itternac^t? 10. ^ie ging er burc^ bie @tra^ 
 6en? 11. $3a^ fam Don alien ®eiten getaufen? 12. 2Bof)in 
 ging er, al^ alle beifammen n)aren? 13. 3Sie fonnte er liber ba^ 
 tiefe Gaffer ge^en? 14. 3Sa^ taten bie Xiere? 15. 3Sot)on tDar 
 nun ^ametn befreit? 16. %htx tva^ taten bie treulofen 53lirger? 
 17. 3Ba« tat ber 9?attenfanger? 18. SSann fam er tDieber? 
 19. ^a^ tat er bie^mat? 20. golgten if)rri mieber SO^ciufe unb 
 fatten? 21. SBof)in [ul)rte er bie fleinen ^inber? 22. 2Bo 
 t)erf(^n)anb er mit i^nen? 23. SSie biele ^inber famen suriicf? 
 24. SSo h)aren bie anbern? 
 
 n. liber fc^ung 
 
 Once [upon a time there] were in a German city so 
 many mice that nothing was safe from them. The poor 
 citizens could not drive them away (fonnten fie nid^t t)er' 
 treiben). 
 
 At last they promised a great reward for help (©ilfe) 
 against the troublesome animals. A man promised to 
 help them. In a dark night he walked whistling through 
 the quiet streets. Mice and rats came from all sides. He 
 led them to the deep river near the city and walked over 
 the water. The little animals followed him and were 
 drowned. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 153 
 
 LESSON XX 
 
 56. The Declension of Adjectives : 
 
 A. T)tx ©arten ift frfjijtt. 
 
 B. ^a^ ift eiti f(f)oner ©arten, 
 
 C. 3)er fc^one ©arten. 
 
 D. !Der 33oger JtTiQt frfion. 
 
 Adjectives used as predicates (A) or as adverbs (D) 
 have no ending. Attributive adjectives have the endings 
 of btefer if no word with such endings precedes; they have 
 less distinctive endings if such a word precedes (thus in- 
 dicating case, gender, and number). The distinctive 
 endings (the endings of biefer) are called strong endings, 
 the less distinctive endings, weak endings. 
 
 57. The Weak Endings are: 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 Plue. 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 e 
 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Remember: Five times c, otherwise en! 
 
 
 Paradigms 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 ber altc 2)?ann 
 
 biefc alte ©tabt 
 
 [tnt^ altc S3u(^ 
 
 be^ Qlten 9D?anne« 
 
 biefer olten <Btabt 
 
 jeneig alten 53uc§e8 
 
 bem olten 9)?anne 
 
 biefer alten ®tabt 
 
 jenem alten ^uc^e 
 
 ben alten 9D?ann 
 
 biefc altc ©tabt 
 
 iene^ altc S3uc^ 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 melc^c olten SD^anner 
 
 unferc olten ©tobtc 
 
 meinc olten 33li(^er 
 
 mldjtt olten SQIanner 
 
 unferer olten ©tobte 
 
 nteiner olten 33iic^er 
 
 h)elc^en alten SO^annern 
 
 unferen olten ©tobtcn 
 
 meinen olten 53li(^em 
 
 h)el(^c olten 9)?anner 
 
 unferc olten ©tiibte 
 
 meinc olten 53ud^er 
 
154 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Now he wanted [to have] the promised reward. But 
 those faithless citizens did not give him the money. The 
 angry man went away, but on a beautiful Sunday he came 
 back. All grown people were in (the) church. He walked 
 through the whole (gang) town, and all little children fol- 
 lowed him. He went with them into a hollow mountain, 
 and all the children were lost forever (auf tntmer)* 
 
 in. flfiuttg 
 
 1. ^efltnicren ®ie: ba^ graue ^uge,* ba^ tnenfd^Iid^e €)^x* 
 biefe finft(e)re ^a^^t, ber ncic^fte Jag, unfere geplagte (Stabt, 
 biefe^ l^ungrige 2:ier, jener ttefe glug. 
 
 2. Uberfeijen (©ie unb Dermanbeln (Sie in ben plural: That 
 old man came quietly into the little house. The poor 
 citizen is walking through the narrow street. The little 
 child is in the big room. 
 
 3. Supply the endings in the following text: 
 
 3n einer ftnfter- ^tad^t ftal^Ien fd^lau-^ T)itht einem alt- 
 l^anbmann fein beft- *ipferb au^ bem flein- ©talk. 9^ac% einig- 
 2;agen reifte er in bie nac^ft- <Stabt, benn er tDolIte auf bem 
 grofe- ^ferbemarfte ein anbere^ faufen. ^ort tDaren biele 
 fd^one(n) *i|3ferbe felt, unb unter biefen erblicfte er aud^ fein ^ferb. 
 @r fafete e^ an bem furg-^ ^iigel unb fagte: „^a^ ift mein ^ferb! 
 ^iebe ftaf)len e^ mir t)or einig- 2:agen au^ bem berfc^loffen-^ 
 etalle." 
 
 1. clever. 2. short. 3. locked. 
 
 * ba& Slugc and ha^ £)f)V belong to the mixed declension, i.e. they 
 ure strong in the singular and weak in the plural: gen. bc8 2luQC)§, 
 bc« O^r^, pi. bic SluQcn, bic Oljrcu. See Synopsis of Grammar, § 11. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 155 
 
 From § 56 it follows that the weak endings are used: 
 
 After the definite article : her alte Tlann, 
 
 After all words declined Uke the definite article: btefer 
 oltc SD^ann. 
 
 After the inflected forms of etti, fein, ntein, etc. (their 
 uninflected forms require the strong ending of the adjec- 
 tive) : eine^ alten Tlanm^, meiner alten ©tabt, 
 
 58. The Interrogative Pronouns: 
 
 ttJcr, tticffcn, totm, tt)tn (who, whose, to whom, whom), 
 
 \t)a^, (itjcffen) — ttJO^ {what, of what — what). 
 
 hjelcftcr, which. 
 
 toa^ fiir cin, what kind of. 
 
 All of these forms have occurred before. 
 
 SBa^ fiir ein declines only the last part: SSa^ filr ein 
 Tlann, tDa^ fiir cine^ SD^anne^, etc. In the plural, ein is 
 dropped : 3SaS fiir 9}Janner. 
 
 Change the following sentences into questions, substi- 
 tuting interrogative pronouns for the nouns in heavy type: 
 ^k 33iirger t)erfpra(^cn bcm Wlannt grofeen !Bo()n. 
 ^tc Seute mufeten in ben ©aufem bleiben. 
 !Der D^attenfcinger gog ein $feifcf)en am ber Xafc^e. 
 !^ie 9}?aufe fammelten ftd^ (gathered) nm S3unting* 
 ^a^ Staffer trug ben Dflattenfanger. 
 (Sr fii^rte bie ^inber bcr 83urger in einen 53erQ. 
 SttJei ^inber famen suriicf. 
 
156 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XXI 
 
 I. Sragctt 
 
 1. ^a^ filr etn ^nabe tvtav ber junge ©iegfrieb? 2. SSarum 
 blieb er ntd^t in ber iBurg feine^ 3Sater^? 3. 5Ser tegegnete i^m 
 auf bem ilSege (way)? 4. 3Sa^ trugen bte 9^itter? (use plural). 
 5. iESa^ trug ©iegfrieb? 6. 3Bo fanb er eine ©c^miebe? 
 7. SBa^ faf) er in biefer ©c^miebe? 8. SSa^ hDoKte er bei bem 
 ©c^ntieb (smith) tDerben? 9. $3a^ foHte if)n ber ©d^mieb 
 Ief)ren? 10. SKa^ gefc^al^, al^ ©iegfrieb ben jammer fd^iuang? 
 IL SSa^ gefd^af) mit bem @ifen? 12. 5lu^ melt^er ©ifenftange 
 mad^t er ein ©d^toert? 13. SSa^ filr ein <Bd)tdtvt mad)ie er 
 baran^? 14. SSa^ njolltc er mit bem ©c^tDerte tun? (use 
 erfc^Iagen instead of fd^lagen). 
 
 II. Ubctfc^utig 
 
 When Siegfried was a young boy he went from his 
 father's castle into the wide (tvdt) world. He met many 
 noble knights on his way. He wished for (miinfd^te fid^) a 
 strong shield and a broad sword, as these knights had. 
 After many days he came into a deep, dark forest. There 
 he saw a little smithy. He became the smith's appren- 
 tice. The heavy (fd^tDer) hammer was so light for him 
 that he broke (bred^en, a, o) two strong anvils. At last he 
 made a very strong and broad sword and left (t)erlaffen, 
 ie, a) the smithy to kill giants and dragons (um . . . gu er= 
 fd^lagen), 
 
 m. iXhunq 
 
 1. 3)eflinieren (Bit: ein ftoljer ^nabe, bte Witt SSelt, f)arter 
 (Biai)l (mix im (Singular), ein gute^ (Sc^tDert, ein tief-, ftnfter- 
 SSalb, eine I)of)e ^urg, grofee Xeuerung (nur im (Singular). 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 157 
 
 LESSON XXI 
 
 59. The Strong Endings are the endings of biefer; only 
 in the gen. sing. masc. and neut. -cti is used instead of 
 -t^ as in these two cases the noun ending indicates the 
 form. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 er 
 
 en em 
 
 en 
 
 [ e 
 
 
 Fern. 
 
 e 
 
 er er 
 
 e 
 
 er en c 
 
 Neut. 
 
 eS 
 
 en em 
 
 e^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Paradigms 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 fefter ®t 
 
 feften et 
 feftem <B 
 feften ®t 
 
 af)Ieg 
 at)I 
 
 grofec ^lage 
 grower ^lage 
 grower ^lage 
 grofec ^lagc 
 
 fefte^ (Sifen 
 feften gifenS 
 feftem Gifen 
 fefte^ eifen 
 
 gutc ©(^merter 
 guter ®c^n»erter 
 guten ©c^nscrtern 
 gutc ©(^roerter 
 
 As stated in § 56, the strong endings must also be used 
 after the uninfleded forms of ein, fein, mein, bein, unfer, 
 euer, tf)r, e.g.: 
 
 unfer alter 33ater (-er of unfer is not an ending!) ; but : 
 
 uttfere^ altcn 33ater^ 
 
 unferem altcn 33ater, etc. 
 
 60. Special Forms : 
 
 1. (Sin feftc^, breitc^ ©d^njert: two or more adjectives 
 before one noun have the same endings. 
 
 2. 33iele (manege, einige, mef)rere) fc^onc(n) Xa^t: after 
 t)iele, many, mancfie, some, einige, a few, me{)rere, several, 
 both the strong and the weak endings may be used; but 
 alk, all, requires the weak endings : atle f c^oncn ^age. 
 
 3. (Sin f)o^er 2:urm: l^ocft, high, changes d§ to f) before case 
 endings. 
 
158 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 2. Supply the endings: (Sin grofe- 3Salb lag, t)or i^tn. 
 9)?an ersaf)(te, bag ftarf- 9?iefen in bemfelben lebten. 5lber er 
 ()atte ein gnt- @d^tt)ert unb einen feft- (Sd^ilb unb ^atte feine 
 5lngft. (So eilte er mit f)of)- 2)^ute (ber aJJut, courage) in ben 
 fin[ter- SSalb, unb balb fa^ er t)or fid^ ein firofe-, luftig- geuer. 
 3)a^ toav in einer flein- ©c^miebe, unb in ber ©c^miebe ftanb 
 ber ©d^mieb, ein grog-, ftarf- 9[)?ann mit fc^tuars- ©d^Urge 
 unb s^ei fc^n)er- gammem. 
 
 EXERCISE XXn 
 
 I. gi^agcn 
 
 L ^ag finb bie (Subungen fc^madf^er ®ubftanttt)e? 
 
 2. ilSann gebraud^t man njct unb toa^ aU 9^e(atit)pronomen? 
 
 3. SSa^ ift ber Unterfc^ieb (difference) atDifd^en ben D^elatiO* 
 pronomen ber unb itjclc^cr? 
 
 4» SSie befliniert man attributive 5lbieftit)e? 
 
 5. SBann [te()en bie fc^mad^en (gnbungen ber ^Ibjeftide? SBann 
 bie ftarfen? 
 
 6. iE5a^ finb bie fd^n)ad^en (gnbungen? 
 
 7. 53Ba^ finb bie ftarfen (gnbungen? 
 
 8. SSte (inbert fid^ ber ©tammDofal im ^rftfen^ ber ftarfen 
 ^erben? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 159 
 
 4, (Sin ^cutfc^cr, a German, ber ^eutfd&e, the German; 
 ttma^ ®utc^, something good, atte^ ®ute, everything good: 
 adjectives used as nouns (notice capitalization) have the 
 same declension as attributive adjectives. 
 
 5. 3ung ©iegfrieb, mand^ D^itter h)ert, ein luftig geucr: in 
 poetry, adjectives are (under certain conditions) found 
 without endings (prose forms) : ber junge ©iegfrieb, mand^er 
 iBerte Skitter or mand) toerter 9^itter, ein luftigeg geuer* 
 
 LESSON xxn 
 
 49, 50. @d^n)a(5e Tla^Mim f)aben in alien fatten auger bent 
 9^ontinatit) Singular bie (gnbung -en ober -n. (Sc^mad^c 
 gcminine f)aben biefe (Snbung im plural. 
 
 5L SSer f)at nie ein ^egiefiung^njort (antecedent); toa^ \)at 
 enttDeber fein ober ein unbeftimntte^ ^egiel)unggn)ort. 
 
 51. SSctc^cr unb ber f)aben bie gleic^e iBebeutung; aber hjeld^er 
 l^at feinen ®enitit)» 
 
 56. 5lttributit)e 5Ibieftit)e n)erben ftarf ober fd^tDad^ befliniert. 
 
 57. T)k f(^tt)a(^en (Snbungen \tti)tn, tDenn ein SSort mit btn 
 Snbungen t)on bicfer t)orau^ge{)t; bie ftarf en, toenn fein fold^e^ 
 SSort t)orau^gef)t. 
 
 57. ^ie fdf)tt)ad^en (Snbungen finb: filnfmal -t, namlid^ itn 
 5^ominatit) (Singular alter bret ©efd^led^ter unb im Hffufatit) 
 (Singular be^ gentininunt^ unb be^ 9^eutrum^. Qn alien an* 
 bem g(ilten ftel)t -en, 
 
 59. T)k ftarfen iSnbungen finb hk (Snbungen don btefer; nur 
 im ©enitib Singular be^ 2)?agfulinum^ unb be^ 9^eutrum« 
 ftel)t -en ftatt -c^. 
 
 52. 3n ber gtt)eiten unb britten ^erfon Singular be« "iPrftfcnS 
 h)irb meift e gu i (ie), a su a, au gu itn, o gu o. 
 
160 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 9. SSie anbcrt er fid^ itn Qmperatit)? 
 
 10, SBann ftef)t nad^ ben ^rcipofitionen an, auf, in u.f.h), bcr 
 !Datit), unb trann ber ^ffufatit)? 
 
 n. iiibnng 
 
 1. ^efltnieren (Sie: etne fteine Qnfel, jene fd^one B^iuberm, 
 biefer arme ^en\d), teure^ ©efd^meibe, braune^ §aar, ber golbene 
 ^amtn, metn liebfte^ (dearest) 2kh, 
 
 2. ^oniuGteren <Bk im ^rcifen^ unb ^raterttum: td^ ft^e am 
 Xi\d)t, x(i) fef)e ben ^a^n, id^ trete to $au^, id^ trage .^anb= 
 fd^u^e. 
 
 3. Insert the correct relative pronoun: !Der ^iefe, — auf 
 bent iBerge mol^nte. 3)er !Drad^e, — ber junge ^elb erfd^lug. 
 ^k ^ixe, — golbeneg ©efc^meibe in ber (Sonne bli^te. ^ie 
 !2eute, — ber iBifd^of fein iBrot gab, ^er (Sc^mieb, hti — (Sieg* 
 frieb arbeitete. 
 
 EXERCISE XXm 
 
 I. ?5ra9cn 
 
 1. SESie ift ^arbaroffa nad^ ber ©efc^id^te geftorben? 2. SSa^ 
 ift aber nad^ bem ©lauben be6 53olfe^ mit if)m gefdf)e()en? 3. i£Bo* 
 {)in ift er gurudfgefef)rt? 4. SBag {)at er in jenem ^ergc 3ci^rf)un= 
 berte lang getan? 5. ^tx ift mit i()m in ben ^erg ge^ogen? 
 6. SSo fi^t ber ^aifer im iBerge? 7. SBa^ ift mit feinem ^arte 
 Gefc^ef)en? 8. iffier fd^Iaft um i()n? 9. iSSa^ ^aben bie 2)iener 
 getan? 10. iJBie lange I)atte er im ^i)fff)aufer gefd^lafen? 
 11, fatten i^n diele gefe()en? 12. 2Ber f)atte i^n einmal erblirft? 
 
EXERC-SES AND LESSONS 161 
 
 53, Sm (Singular be^ 3wperatit)6 h)irb c gu i (ic), abcr a^ 
 an, bletben. 
 
 18. ^ie ^rapofttlonen an, auf, in u.f.m. fiaben ben ^Iffufatid- 
 auf bie grage itmftin, unb ben 3)atiD auf bie grage hjo. 
 
 61. Word Formation: 
 
 The prefix @e-, often with the suffix -c, forms collec- 
 tives; with the suffix -be it denotes completion; explain 
 the following nouns: ©ebilfd^, ©etuaffer, ©ebirge (^erg, moun- 
 tain), ©emctlbe (ntalen, paint), ©ebciube. 
 
 SOlcnfc^^eit, mankind, ^tei^eit, freedom, IJreubtgfeit, joy- 
 fulness. 
 
 -f}cxt and -fcit form abstracts or collectives; explain the 
 following nouns: @ci^bnf)eit, Sf)riften{)eit, 'Bi(i)tx^dt, ^unfel- 
 l^ett; jTapferfeit (tapfer, brave), i^angfamfeit (langfam, slow),, 
 S^raurigfeit, 
 
 LESSON xxm 
 
 62, The Compound Tenses. The present and preterit, 
 are called simple tenses. All other tenses are compound 
 tenses, because an auxiliary is used in their formation. 
 
 English uses the auxiliary have in the formation of the 
 perfect and pluperfect (and future perfect), shall and will 
 for the future and future, perfect ; the German auxiliaries, 
 of tenses are: fcin, i)ahtn, tocrbcn, e.g.: 
 
 id) bin gefontmen, / have come, 
 
 id) ^abc genomnten, / have taken, 
 
 id) ttietbc (er ttiirb) forttmen, / shall (he will) com&. 
 
162 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 13. SBa6 f)atte biefer oft am tt?ff{)aufer getan? 14. SSoJitn tft 
 er einmal gefaf)ren? 15. SSer ift ba au^ bem Serge gefommen? 
 16. i|[Bo{)tn f)at t^n ber B^erg gefuf)rt? 17. SSag ))at i^m ber 
 ^alfer bort beiof)len? 18. iffier n)ar noc^ in ben iBerg gefommen? 
 19. $Ba^ ^ai i{)n ber ^aifer gefragt? 20. SSag ftat ber ^nabe 
 qtantmxtd? 21. iCSa^ f)at ber ^aifer barauf gefagt? 22. SSag 
 I)atten bie D^aben gn bebenten? 23. SSie lange mufete ber ^aifer 
 im Serge bleiben? 24. ilSer l^at ba^ ^entfc^e 9?ei(^ geeinigt? 
 (Si^mard unb ^aifer SSiIf)etm I. . . .) 
 
 n. flbcrfc^ung 
 
 1. The great emperor has died. 2. The knights and 
 i;heir servants have descended into the hollow mountain. 
 S. Why have the citizens returned to (nad^) their city? 
 
 4. The faithless servants had not followed their master. 
 
 5. The long beard of the emperor had grown through the 
 table. 6. The young peasant had been in the city [of] 
 Nordhausen. 7. Where had the emperor and his knights 
 ;gone to sleep? 8. The old [people] had slept only until 
 midnight. 9. The peasant saw the thieves who had 
 stolen his horses. 10. The glazier had been wandering 
 over the high mountains. 11. The old bishop had driven 
 to the city [of] Bingen. 12. The poor glazier had filled 
 his sacks with stones, but these had turned into gold. 
 13. After (9^ad^bem) the servants had led the donkey into 
 
 i,he stable, they called their master. 14. The ravens had 
 iDeen flying around the mountain ^ [for] many centuries. ^ 
 15. Bismarck and Emperor William I. have united the 
 •German Empire. 
 
 1' 2 The figures denote word order. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 163 
 
 63. The Perfect and Pluperfect: 
 I. With the auxiliary ^abcti: 
 
 Perfect Pluperfect 
 
 ic^ {)abe gefd^lafen, / have been l^atte gefd^lafen, I had been 
 
 sleeping 
 
 bu f)aft gefc^lafen l^atteft gefc^Iafen 
 
 er ()at gefd^Iafeti l^atte gefd^lafen 
 
 tt)tr f)aben gefc^Iafen f)atten gefci^lafen 
 
 if)r ()abt gefd^Iafen fjattet gefd^tafen 
 
 fie l^aben gefd^lafen flatten 9ef(§lafen 
 
 II. With the auxiliary fetn: 
 
 i(5 bin gefommen, / have come Yoox gef ommen, / had come 
 
 bu bift gefommen marft gefommen 
 
 er ift gefommen tear gefommen 
 
 tuir ftnb gefommen iDaren gefommen 
 
 tf)r feib gefommen tDart gefommen 
 
 fte ftnb gefommen iDaren gefommen 
 
 The perfect and pluperfect tenses are formed by add- 
 ing to the past participle the auxiliary ^aBen or fcin. The 
 past participle of strong verbs ends in -en, of weak verbs 
 in -L Most past participles have the prefix ge-; only 
 those beginning with an unaccented prefix and those 
 ending in -ieren do not take it: ertrinfen, drown, ertrunfen; 
 regieren, rule, regiert. 
 
 Reniember: The participle stands last in principal 
 clauses, next to last in dependent clauses! 
 
 (©ctn is used with intransitive ^ verbs denoting a change 
 of position or condition of the subject: \6) bin gefommen, 
 
 1 In German, only verbs that require an accusative object are 
 considered transitive; e.g.: folgen, follow, requires the dative, and is, 
 therefore, intransitive: i(| bin Qefolgt, / have followed . 
 
164 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 III. iXhmq 
 
 L ^onjuGieren ©ie ba^ *iperfeftum unb ^lu^quamperfeftutn 
 Don: fprec^cn, fommen, ^oren, beten, faftren, reifen, tragen, folgen 
 (obey), folgen (follow). 
 
 2. Ubertragen (Transpose, Change) ©ie alle ^rciteritum^^ 
 formen in Xejt XX (^er 9^attenfanger t)on ^ameln) tn^ ^ev^ 
 feft unb ^lu^quantperfeft berfelbcn "53crfon (3. ^.^ tuar — ift 
 {(etDefen — tDar gemefen). 
 
 EXERCISE XXIV 
 
 I. gragcn 
 
 1. iSSa^ fiir elne (Sage ersaf)lt man t)on ^aifer ^arl bem 
 ^rofeen? 2. 2Bo fi^t biefer? 3. SBa^ tragt er auf bem ©aupte, 
 tua^ in ber §anb? 4. iS3a^ fte^t auf bem ^alferfelbe? 5. SSa^ 
 iDirb einft mit biefem ^aume gefc^ef)en? 6. SSa^ toirb bann 
 bort fein? 7. iS3er mirb ^erbeieilen? 8. SSer totrb bort fiegen 
 (conquer)? 9. ^oraug ift biefe ©age entftanben? 10. SSa^ 
 n)irb einft t)on ber @rbe gefc^tDunb.n fein? 11. SSer mirb ben 
 anbern iibertDunben f)aben? 12. 2Bag n)erben bie 9^iefen bann 
 getan f)aben? 13. SSa^ n)irb in jener getoaltigen ©d^lad^t ge= 
 fd^ef)en? 14. ^ie n)irb bie SSelt enben? 15. 3Bag tt)irb aber 
 cntfte{)en? 16. ^er mirb biefe neue SSelt ber)errf(^en? 17. mt 
 tDerben bie neuen 9}2enfd^en fein? 
 
 n. Ufierfc^ung 
 
 Near Salzburg is the Untersberg about which they 
 (man) tell the following legend: Emperor Charlemagne is 
 sitting in the mountain and sleeping. He wears a golden 
 crown on his head and is holding the scepter of the Em- 
 
 ^ i. S. = jum 53eifpicl, e.g. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 165 
 
 gereift, gefprungen, geftorben, eingefc^Iafen, getnad^fen. In addi- 
 tion to these, the following verbs take fein: fein, he, bleiben^ 
 remain, ge[c§ef)en, happen, gelingen, succeed (construction: 
 e^ tft mir gelungen, / have succeeded), gtiiden, succeed (same 
 construction), and frequently, especially in Southern Ger- 
 many, ft^en, sit, liegen, lie, ftef)en, stand, and a few others 
 of rarer occurrence. 
 
 ^ahtn is used with all other verbs: i(§ ^abt gefc^lafen, 
 gelebt, getragen, gefui)rt» 
 
 LESSON XXIV 
 
 64. The Future and Future Perfect: 
 
 Future 
 
 id) tnerbe fc^tafen iDerbe fommen 
 
 bu mirft [d^lafen totrft fom-men 
 
 er rt)irb fc^Iafen tt)irb fommeti 
 
 h)ir tDerben fc^Iafen toerben fommen 
 
 ibr tDerbet fc^lafen tuerbet fommen 
 
 fie iDerben fc^lafen iDerben fommen 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 i(^ tDerbe gefd^lafen bciben tDerbe gefotnmen fein 
 
 bu tDirft gefc^Iafen bciben tt)irft gefommen fein 
 
 er tDirb gefc^lafen b^iben it)irb gefommen fein 
 
 h)ir tnerben gefcfilafen baben tcerben gefommen fein 
 
 ibr tnerbet gefcblafen bciben n)erbet gefommen fein 
 
 fie toerben gefdfilafen b^ben iDerben gefommen fein 
 
 The Future Tense is formed by combining the auxiliary 
 toerben with the present infinitive of the verb. 
 
 The Future Perfect is formed by combining the auxiliary 
 JDerben with the perfect infinitive of the verb, i.e. the past 
 
166 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 pire in his hand. On the (5lm) foot of this mountain [there] 
 stands an old, dry pear-tree. When this tree will bear 
 fruit again, the emperor will come out of the mountain, 
 and in a great battle the good will slay the wicked. This 
 legend is similar to the beUef of the old Germans about 
 the end of the world: [For a] long time the giants will 
 prepare (themselves) for the war against the gods. Then 
 there will be a great battle, the gods will kill all giants, 
 but also all gods and all men will fall. Flames will con- 
 sume the world; but from the ashes (bie 5lfd^e, sing.) of the 
 old world a new world will arise, and a new god will rule it. 
 
 m. Uhvmq 
 
 1. ^oniugiercn ^Bk bie ^ufunft unb 3Sorpfunft (future 
 and future perfect) Don: fd^lagen, fd^trinben, jiel^en (tranfttit) 
 unb intranfitit)), legen, (iegen, \a\)xm, tragen. 
 
 EXERCISE XXV 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. SBo bcfanb fid^ ( = tt)ar) ba^ ©c^Iofe ^arlg be« ©rogen? 
 
 2. ^0 fonntc ber ^aifer ba^ Sciuten Jencr (^locfe t)emef)Tnen? 
 
 3. 2Bag tat man, n)enn einem ein Unrec^t gefd^al)? 4. SSag Der* 
 naf)nt einft ber jlaifer toieber? 5. ©ing er atlein bor ba^ (Sc^Iog? 
 6. ma^ tDoKte er bort fefien? 7. SBag erbltdten fie? 8. SBarum 
 lautete bie ©locfe? 9. gUr mn begann ber alte D^itter gu fpred^en? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 167 
 
 participle + l^aben or fein, according to the rules given in. 
 §63. 
 
 Word Order: In independent sentences the infinitive 
 stands last: id^ iDerbe if)n balb fef)en, alle^ ®ute njtrb tjer* 
 f(§tt)unben fein; in dependent sentences it stands next to- 
 last: tDcnn bu ii)n fcl)en tDirft, hjenn alte^ ®ute t)erfd^tt)unbeti 
 fein h)irb» 
 
 iXhmq 
 
 (Continued from page 166) 
 
 2. @eben (Sie bie folgenben 33erbformen in alien 3^ttcn 
 („®l)nopft^") : er fi^t, fte tragen, id^ beginne, fte f d^n)inben, c6 njirb. 
 
 3. @eben (Sie folgenbe ©ai^e in alien fec^^ 3^it^n: ^er 53auer 
 flll)rt ba6 ^ferb in ben ©tall. iBanen bie ^iirger eine neuc 
 ^ird^e? 3nt SBinter fliegen bie ^Sogel nad^ bent ©iiben (south). 
 ((S?age ntir,) toa^ bu ftel)ft (synopsis of clause only). 
 
 LESSON XXV 
 
 COMPOUND VERBS 
 
 There are in German, as in English, two classes of com- 
 [)OUnd verbs: 
 
 t)erftel)en, berftanb, t)erftanben, understand, has an in- 
 separable prefix (eine untrennbare 56orfiIbe). 
 
 aufftel)en, ftanb auf, aufgeftanben, get up, has a separable 
 prefix (eine trennbare 33orftIbe). 
 
168 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 10, SBem Jiatte bag ?5ferb einft geprt? .11. SBa3 h)ar bem 
 !9?itter einmal faft gefc^efien? 12. ^er rettete i()Tn ba bag ^eben? 
 ■13. iSSarutn toollte ber ^Ritter je^t ba^ ^ferb nic^t met)r bef)al^ 
 ten? 14. iBag Iiatte er mit bem ^ferbe getan? 15. SSie f)atte 
 ber ^aifer bie ^lage beg "ipferbeg bernommen? 16. SBag foltte 
 ber ^aifer nun befef)len? 17. 2Ber follte ba^ ^ferb njieber in 
 ben ©tall ful)ren? 18. iSie lange follte er eg )3erpflegen? 
 
 n. iificrfc^ung 
 
 Emperor Charlemagne had a beautiful castle in Aachen. 
 On its tower [there] was (ftc§ beftnben) a little bell which 
 the emperor could hear in his room. Whoever wanted 
 lielp from him rang this bell. 
 
 Once a hungry old horse came to this castle. Its master 
 had driven it out of the stable because it was too old to 
 work. The horse gnawed in its hunger the rope of the 
 bell, and the bell began to ring. Charlemagne went out 
 of the castle and wanted-to see who asked for his help. 
 When he saw only a horse, he and his knights did not un- 
 derstand at-first (guerft) who had rung the bell. But an 
 old knight told him the story of the poor old horse and its 
 stingy master. 
 
 The emperor commanded the master of the horse to 
 lead it to (in) the stable and to take good care of it to the 
 end of its life. 
 
 in. iifiung 
 
 1. ®eben <Bk atte 3^iten beg Hftit)g t)on: er tjemtntntt. ^ie 
 fitter begleiten ben ^atfer. SSer bege()rt ^ilfe? S)ag erlauben 
 fte nid^t. ^ann gefd^ie()t bag? 
 
 2. State the meaning of the following verbs: entgiel^en, 
 beanttDorten, fic^ berfc^reiben, gerlegen, befiird^ten (furd^ten, be 
 afraid), entfemen (fern, /ar), gerfd^neiben, entfommen. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 169 
 
 65. Inseparable Compound Verbs : 
 
 Present Imperative Preterit 
 
 i(^ t)erfte^e Derftet)! t($ t)erftanb 
 
 bu t)erfte{)ft berfte^t! bu t)erftanbeft 
 
 er t)erftel)t, etc. i)erfte^en (Sie! er derftanb, etc. 
 
 Perfect: {(5 l^abe Derftanben. 
 Pluperfect: ic^ {)atte derftanben. 
 Future: ic^ tDerbe t)erfte()en. 
 Future Perfect : id^ h)erbe t)erftanben l^aben. 
 Infinitive: t)erftef)en, ^u t)erftef)en. 
 
 The inflection of inseparable verbs is the same as that 
 of simple verbs, except that the past participle does not 
 take the prefix ge-: ertrinfen — ertrunfen; t)erftef)en — \)tx^ 
 ftanben. 
 
 Inseparable verbs have the accent on the stem sylla- 
 ble: ertrinfen, Derftcf)en. 
 
 The most important inseparable prefixes are: 
 
 cnt cr gc bcr gcr 
 
 Meaning: 
 
 be- forms transitive verbs: fteigen, climb, befteigen, ascend. 
 
 ent-: separation: entgef)en, escape. 
 
 cr-: completion: erfc^Iagen, kill. 
 
 gc-: sometimes completion: f)or(i)en, listen, gel^ord^en, 
 obey. 
 
 tjcr-: often reversal of action: fid^ berfprec^en, make a 
 mistake in speaking. 
 
 5cr-: dissolution: la^alkn, fall to pieces. 
 
 Less common inseparable prefixes are: mt^-: mi^derftel^en, misun- 
 derstand; h)iber-: iDiberfpred^eti, contradict; doll-: botlenben, finish; 
 bintcr-: Ijinterlaffen, leave behind. 
 
170 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 3. Finish the following sentences by means of the 
 nouns or adverbs given in parentheses: 
 
 ®ie gaben (?^ferb; ^a\tv), 
 ^er ^aifcr f)orte (®Io(fc; ^ii^^^t:; oft). 
 ,^ag ^ferb benagte ((Strang; 3ti^tie). 
 (gg ()atte gerettet (9?itter; ?eben). 
 ajian foE fiifiren (^ferb; mieber; ©tall). 
 
 EXERCISE XXVI 
 
 I. Sragcti 
 
 1. SSo ift bie U^r, bon ber man biefc ©efd^td^te cr^a^It? 
 2. 3Barum I)at man fie fo lange nid^t t)oIlenbet? 3. SBer fam 
 einmal nad^ Strafe burg? 4. SSa^ unternaf)m biefer 2)?ann? 
 5. 3ft e^ t()m gelungen? 6, SSa^ fa() man atle^ an ber U^r, 
 aU fie t)oIIenbet h)ar? 7. 3Ba^ fiird^teten nun hit ^at^^erren? 
 8. SBa^ befa{)len fie baf)er? 9. 2Ba^ gefd^al) gur Strafe fiir biefc 
 Untat? 10. iBefd^reiben <Sie (Describe) bie U^x, toie fie ftill^ 
 ftanb! 11. @ie()t bie U{)r nun toieber? 
 
 n. iiBerfc^ung 
 
 There is a beautiful church in the city of Strassburg. 
 In its tower is a wonderful clock. A great master had 
 started this clock many, many years ago, but he had died 
 before he had finished it. For a long time the citizens of 
 Strassburg did not find any other man who understood 
 it. At last a master finished the clock, and when it was 
 ready, all [the] people came together and admired it. 
 They saw how the sun rose and set; how the Death in- 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 171 
 
 66. Word Order of Verb Adjuncts: 
 
 A. Objects: 3)ag ^fcrb rettctc icm diittet ba^ Scbcn. 
 
 B. Adverbs: :5)a8 ^fcrb f)attc U)m oft im ^am^ifc trcu gcbicnt. 
 
 Objects. The indirect object usually precedes the di- 
 rect object. 
 Adverbs are arranged in the order: time, place, manner. 
 
 LESSON XXVI 
 
 67. Separable Compound Verbs : 
 Present . Imperative Preterit 
 
 id^ ftef)e auf ftef) auf! id) ftanb auf 
 
 bu ftef)ft auf ftef)t auf! bu ftanbeft auf 
 
 cr ftef)t auf, etc. ftef)eu (Sic auf! cr \tanb auf, etc. 
 
 Perfect : ic§ biu auf geftaubcu. 
 Pluperfect : ic^ tnar auf geftauben. 
 Future: id^ h)erbe auffte()en. 
 Future Perfect: id^ tDerbe aufgcftaubeu feln. 
 Infinitive: auffte()eu, aufgufte^eu. 
 
 Separable compound verbs are identical in construc- 
 tion with such English verbs as get up. They have no 
 peculiarities in conjugation, but only in word order and 
 spelling: 
 
 1. The "separable prefix" is treated as an adverb, 
 but follows all other adverbs that may stand in a sentence: 
 
 3d^ ftet)e iebeu SD^orgeu urn fed^g Ui)r auf, I get up at six 
 o'clock every morning. 
 
 2. If, on account of the usual rules of word order, the 
 verb has to stand at the end of the sentence, it naturally 
 
172 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 dicated the hours; how the twelve apostles stepped forth 
 after every hour and bowed before the Saviour. 
 
 But the master wanted-to make a similar clock in an- 
 other city, and the council-men wanted-to prevent it. 
 Therefore they put his {dative!) eyes out. Soon after 
 that the artist died. And in the minute of his death the 
 clock stood still. The apostles ceased to step forth, the 
 sun ceased to rise and set, and the bells did not ring any 
 more (nic^t mtfyc). This was the punishment for that 
 outrage. 
 
 Only ((Srft) centuries after that an artist was found 
 {translate: one found an artist) who could repair the 
 clock. 
 
 m. iibutig 
 
 1. ®eben (Sie hie folgenben (^a^e in alien ^txitn be6 Slftit)^: 
 ^alb fcingt ber ^iinftler bte M^x an. SSer unternimmt e^? (Sine 
 ©lorfe jeigt bie ©tunben an. @ine M^pc, bie nie ablctuft. 
 
 2. State whether the following verbs are separable or 
 inseparable, and give the correct accent and the principal 
 parts: untemef)men, aufge()en, entgel)en, umgef)en {circumvent^ 
 avoid), umge^en {walk about), ilbergeben {deliver), fic^ t)erfe()en, 
 iiberfe^en {translate), entne()nten, toegne^men. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVn 
 
 I. Sragcti 
 
 L mt t)tcle etaaten f)at ba^ 3)eutfc5e ^d*? 2. SSie Dtele 
 bat)on ftnb ^onlgreid^e, unb tele f)ei6en fie? 3. iffia^ finb bie 
 anbem? 4, SKie f)ei6en bie brei D^epublifen be^ ^^entfd^en 
 9?eic^e6? 5. SBie n3eit ift t)om fiiblic^ften bl^ gum norblic^ften, 
 unb tt»te tDeit t)om toeftltc^ften bi^ gum oftIi(f)ften 'ipunfte be« T)mU 
 fc^en $Reid)e^? 6, SSie grofe ift bie glcid^e beg 3)eutfd^en D^eid^e^? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 173 
 
 comes after the prefix; in this case it is written together 
 with it: 
 
 3($ rt)ar gu fpat aufgeftanbcti, I had gotten up too late. 
 
 (gr tarn, tl)t id^ aufftanb, He came before I got up. 
 
 WHovqm merbe i(^ frii^ aufftc^cn, To-morrow I shall get up 
 early. 
 
 From this follows: The past participles and the infini- 
 tives of separable verbs, and in dependent clauses also 
 the simple tenses, are written together. The prefix gc- 
 and the infinitive particle 5U stand between prefix and 
 verb: aufgeftanben, auf5uftef)en. 
 
 A separable prefix always is accented: aufftef)en, 
 
 68. ^urdft, iificr, um, unter, micbcr are ''doubtful pre- 
 fixes"; they are separable (and accented) in their hteral 
 meaning, but inseparable (and unaccented) when the 
 verb is used in a figurative meaning, e.g. : 
 
 ^urrf|6o^rcn {'drill through'): ^er 3:ifc^ler ho^vtt ba« 
 ^rett burc^, The cabinet-maker drilled the board through, 
 ^er 9?itter burc^bof)rte ben geinb mit bent (Sc^tDerte, The 
 knight pierced the enemy with his sword. 
 
 SSteberiiotcn: tDieberf)oIen, fetch back; tiokhtvi)okn, repeat, 
 review, etc. 
 
 LESSON xxvn 
 
 69. The Comparison of Adjectives: 
 
 Positive Comparative Superlative 
 
 lan^flong langer ber Idngfte 
 
 reid^, rich reic^er ber reic^fte 
 
 f(5on, beautiful fd^oner ber fd^onftc 
 
 alt, old filter ber altefte 
 
 furj, short fiir^er ber fiir^efte 
 
174 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 7, iBtc grog tft ^reufeen? 8, SSie Diel mal grofeer finb bie 55er- 
 cintfiten (Staaten al^ bag !Deutfd^e 9^eic§? 9. ^ie grofe finb fie? 
 10. SBeld^e amerifanifc^en (Staaten finb ungefa()r fo grofe n)ie 
 ^reufeen? 11. iESeld^er amerifanifd^e @taat ift grofeer al^ ba^ 
 ^Deutfc^e 9^ei(^? 12. 3ft ber Unterfrf)ieb in ber SaW ber «e= 
 bolferung au(| fo grofe? 13. SSie diele @inn)of)ner ^atU ha^ 
 3)eutfd)e 9?eid^ bei feiner ©riinbung, unb trie Diete i)at e6 je^t? 
 
 14. i£Sie t)iele (Sinn)of)ner f)aben bie ^Sereinigten ©taaten? 
 
 15. me I)ei6t ber f)0(i^fte iBerg Deutfd^Ianbg? 16. 2Bie t)iele 
 gliiffe ^at ^eutfc^Ianb? 17. SSelci^er beutfd^e ©trorn ift am 
 tnid^tigften? 18. 9^ennen (Sie anbere grofee beutfc^e gliiffe! 
 
 19. SBeld^er <Strom in ^eutfc^lanb ift Icinger aU ber 9^()ein? 
 
 20. @e()ort biefer etrom ganj gu 3)eutfd&Ianb? 21. SSie ^eifet 
 bie grofete (Stabt beg !Dentfcften D^eic^eg, unb iDie t)iele (Sinmo^ner 
 f)at fie? 22. SSeldje beutfc^en ©tctbte fommen nad^ ^Berlin? 
 
 23. SBelc^eg anbere !2anb gef)orte fruf)er gu 3)eutfc^Ianb? 
 
 24. iESelc^e grofee beutfc^e (Stabt liegt in biefem ^anbe? 
 
 n. iificrfe^ung 
 
 1. The German Empire is much smaller than the 
 United States. 2. The kingdom [of] Prussia is larger 
 than all other German states. 3. Alsace-Lorraine for- 
 merly belonged to (gu) France. 4. This is the most 
 northern point of our state. 5. Which (neut.) is the 
 highest mountain of Germany? 6. Of what have we 
 read [during] the last three weeks? 7. Several American 
 rivers are much longer than the most important German 
 rivers. 8. Which German river is the most important? 
 9. To what country does the greater part of the Danube 
 belong? 10. The mountains of Germany are highest in 
 the south. 11. The largest cities of the German Empire 
 are Berlin and Hamburg. 12. One mark has one hundred 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 175 
 
 The comparative is formed by adding -cr, the super- 
 lative by adding -ft- (-cft- after b, t, ^, 6, fd^, i) to the 
 stem; Umlaut is frequent. EngHsh than with the com- 
 parative is expressed by a()^, more rarely by benti, 
 
 70. Declension. Comparatives and superlatives are 
 declined hke positives: ein ciltercr iBruber, ber alteftc ^ruber. 
 
 Used predicatively, the comparative is undeclined: 
 3)iefer Tlann ift alter aU letter; the superlative can never 
 occur without a case ending; predicatively, it can be used 
 with the definite article or with am and the dative form: 
 
 !Diefe^ SD^abc^ett ift ba^ fc^ottfte, or biefe^ SQ^abc^eti ift am 
 fd^onften. 
 
 The form with am is also the adverb of the superlative : 
 ^k\t^ 9D?ab(^ett fittgt am fd^ottfteti (but: !Diefe^ Wab(i)tn ftngt 
 fd^otier aU jetted). 
 
 71. Irregular Comparison: 
 
 
 Positive 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 ero6, great 
 
 firofeer 
 
 ber grofete 
 
 f)o^, high 
 
 m^v 
 
 ber ()od^fte 
 
 na^, near 
 
 itftfier 
 
 ber uad^fte 
 
 t)ie(, much 
 
 me{)r 
 
 ber meifte 
 
 loettig, little 
 
 tDeuiger, mittber 
 
 ber tt)eutgfte, minbeftc 
 
 gut, good 
 
 beffer 
 
 ber befte 
 
 gent,^ gladly (adverb) 
 
 lieber 
 
 am liebften 
 
 ^ 3^(^ fomme gem, / like to come; i(^ fomme lieber l^eutc aU morgcn, 
 / would rather come to-day than to-morrow; id) fomme jeljt am liebften, / 
 shovld like most to come now. 
 
176 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 pfennigs and is worth about 24 or 25 cents. 13. One 
 thousand meters are one kilometer, 1609 meters are one 
 English mile; two square miles are about five square 
 kilometers. 14. How many miles or square miles are: 
 (a) 1,200 km.., (b) 1,240 km., (c) 540,658 qkm., {d) 348,607 
 qkm., (e) 9,383,029 qkm.? 
 
 m. ixhum 
 
 1. ®eben (Bit ben ^omparatit) unb (Superlatb bon: lang, 
 fait, norblid^, grofe, tDid^ttg, t)ie(, gut, fc^led^t. 
 
 2. !l)ef(tnieren @te: the greatest country, a larger river, our 
 oldest city. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVm 
 
 I. gragcti 
 
 1. ayjit tDcm bcganti ha^ erfte ^Deutfc^e ^leid^? 2. ^a^ mar 
 ^arl ber ©rofee juerft? 3. 3Sann trurbe er romlfc^er ^aifer? 
 4. ^ie nennt man fein ©efcfilec^t? 5. ^ann regierten bie 
 Ottonen? 6. SBann regierte ha^ grcinfifcfte ^au^? 7. SSa^ 
 fiir ein ^ampf brac^ unter biefem au^? 8. ^^Uc^^n n)em tvav 
 biefer ,^ampf am f)eftigften? 9. (Seitmann tDaren ©iibbeutfc^e 
 beutfc^e ^onige? 10. 3Sann regierten bie $of)enftaufen? 
 11. SBorauf ijermanbten fie bie meifte (Sorge? 12. ^ie ftarbcn 
 bie beiben le^ten §of)enftauien? 13. SSann ()atte ba^ ^eic^ 
 feinen anerfannten ^onig? 14. SSie nennt man biefe 5stt? 
 15. ^en n)af)Iten bie f urfiirften bann? 16. 2Iu^ meld^em 
 §aufe toaren feitbem bie meiften beutfc^en ^onige? 17. SBie 
 regierten bie ^ab^burger? 18. ^a^ gefc^ab baber' mit bem 
 did(^t? 19. 53Ser mar ber le^te ^aifer be^ alten JDeutfd^en 
 Dieicbe^? 20. 2Bann legte er bie ^rone nieber? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 177 
 
 The following comparatives and superlatives have no 
 positive : 
 
 Comparative Superlative 
 
 inner-, inner ber tnnerftc, inmost 
 
 fiufeer-, outer ber aufeerfte, outmost 
 
 ober-, upper ber oberfte, top 
 
 unter-, lower ber unterfte, lowest 
 
 borber-, front ber t)orberfte, foremost 
 
 ()inter-, hind ber f)interfte, hindmost 
 
 From ber erfte, first, and ber le^te, last, which are really 
 superlatives, the comparatives ber erftere, the former, and 
 ber le^tere, the latter, are formed. 
 
 12. The Cardinal Nixmbers: Study Synopsis of Gram- 
 mar, § 24. 
 
 
 LESSON xxvin 
 
 73. The Ordinal Numbers: 
 
 1st ber (bie, ba^) erfte 
 
 10th ber 3ef)nte 
 
 2d ber jmeite 
 
 
 15th ber funf^e^inte 
 
 3d berbritte 
 
 
 20th ber ^manjigfte 
 
 4th ber t)ierte 
 
 
 21st ber einunb^mansigfte 
 
 5th berfunfte 
 
 
 * 100th ber f)unbertfte 
 
 6th ber fec^fte 
 
 
 101st ber {)unberterfte 
 
 Ordinals are formed by adding to the cardinals -te 
 from 2 to 19, and -fte from 20 upwards. They are declined 
 hke adjectives. 
 
 3)er erfte, ber britte, and ber a(i)k, eighth, are irregular. 
 
 When written in figures, a period is used instead of the 
 suffix: ber 2. Slprtl, grans H- (read: gran^ ber 3^cite). 
 
 Ordinal Adverbs are formed by adding -ng to the ordinal: 
 er[ten3, first{ly), jtoeitcn^, second{ly). 
 
178 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. ii^crfe^ung 
 
 1. Charlemagne was the first ruler of the Roman- 
 German Empire. 2. He ruled in the eighth and ninth 
 centuries. 3. The Pope crowned Charlemagne emperor 
 (gum ^.) on December 25, 800. 4. Christmas is on the 
 25th of December; Easter is on the Sunday after the first 
 full-moon in (the) spring. 5. Pentecost is on the 50th 
 day after Easter. 6. The Franconian dynasty ruled 
 during the last three quarters of the eleventh century and 
 in the first quarter of the twelfth century. 7. The strife 
 between the popes and the German kings lasted more 
 than a century and a half. 8. Conradin died on the 
 scaffold in 1268. 9. Do you know who was the last em- 
 peror of the old German empire? 10. The Germans 
 called Fredrick I. ^'Rotbart/' the ItaHans called him 
 ''Barbarossa." 11. In 1273 the electors elected a Swiss 
 count (gum) German king. 12. Francis II. resigned the 
 German crown on August 6, 1806. 13. {Write in words:) 
 Hamburg, July first, 1903. —The fourth of July, 1776. 
 — Goethe died on March 22, 1832. 14. A quarter of 
 three; half past six; ten minutes of one; six twenty p.m.; 
 a quarter past seven. 
 
 ni. Mnnq 
 
 h ec^reiben @ie in SSorten: ber 31., 968., 144., 1001. 
 
 2. ®eben 'Bk alle fed^^ 3^iten t)on: T)a^ geuer brennt. 53er= 
 iDenbet er t)iel (Sorge auf biefe 5Irbeit? ^er Tlann, ben bu fennft. 
 
 3. HnttDorten (Sie: 5ln tcelc^em Za^t beginnt bie (Bd)uk? 
 5(n hjeld^em Xa^t enbet fie? SSelc^eS T)atum ift ()eute? 3Sie 
 biel W)x ift e^ jeljt? Urn mie biel U()r effen <Bk gu 9D?ittag 0)a^ 
 ben (Bk 2)?ittafieffen)? iBann l)aben Bk grii^tucf? SBann 
 Slbenbcffen? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 179 
 
 74. Date and Hour: 
 
 1. ^Imerifa tuurbe (tm Sa^u) 1492 entbecft (never: in 
 1492), America was discovered in 1492. 
 
 2. ©eute ift ber 29, ^Degetnber (read: neununbgtDansiQfte), 
 To-day is the 29th of December; am 29. (read : neununb^tDans 
 jigften) ^ejember, on December 29th. iBerlin, ben (am) 29, 
 ^egember 1911. 
 
 3. SBiet)ieI U^r ift c6? What time is it? 
 @6 ift ein^ (ein Ul^r), It is one o'clock. 
 
 @^ ift bicrtel brei (ein It is a quarter past two. 
 
 35iertel auf brei). 
 (S^ ift f)alb t)ier. It is half past three. 
 
 @g ift breiDiertel (brei It is a quarter of four. 
 
 33iertel auf) bier. 
 ®ie fam um brei U{)r. She came at three o'clock. 
 Minutes are indicated as in English: ^ef)n Uf)r gtuan^ig 
 Dormittag^ (nad^mittag^), 10.20 a.m. (p.m.); fiinf 3)?inuten 
 bor fed^^, five minutes of six. 
 
 75. Irregular Weak Verbs : 
 fircnnen, bum, brannte, gebrannt 
 fcnncn,^ know, fannte, gefannt 
 ncnncn, call, name, nannte, genannt 
 rcnncn, run, rannte, gerannt 
 
 fcnben, send, fanbte (fenbete), gefanbt (gefenbet) 
 njcnben, turn, n)anbte (menbete), gemanbt (getuenbet) 
 benfen, think, hadjte, gebad^t 
 bringcn, bring, hxa(i)tt, gebrad^t, 
 
 1 Distinguish: 
 
 fcnncn, know = he acquainted with, with a definite object: id^ 
 
 fenne ben ffflaxm. 
 tuiffcn, know = have knowledge, with no object or an indefinite 
 
 object: id) h)ci& nid^t, id) h)et^ ha^, cr mcife allc8. 
 ffinncn, know = possess an ability: er fann 2)eutfd^ {he can speak, 
 
 read, write German). 
 
180 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XXIX 
 
 I. Sragen 
 
 1. SSa^ ftnb bit pfammenge^ten ^^iten? 
 
 2. ^ei tt)tld)m SSerben ftel^t fcin, unb bei melc^en fte]f)t f^ahtn? 
 
 3. SBie bilbct man ba« giiturum? 
 
 4. SSie bilbet man ba^ guturum ejaftum? 
 
 5. SBo ftefien ber Qnftnitit) unb ba^ "iparti^ipium im ^aupt* 
 faije? 
 
 6. 3Sa6 ift bie SBortfotge ber gufammengefei^ten B^itcn im 
 5^ebenfa^? 
 
 7. 2Ba6 ftnb bie untrennbaren 33orftIben? 
 
 8. SBorin unterfd^eiben ftd^ {differ) untrennbare 3citto;);ter 
 Don anberen? 
 
 9» SSie ift bie ^etonung bon 3SorfiIben? 
 
 10. 3n tt»el(^en gormen merben trennbare 33erba gufammen= 
 gefc^rieben? 
 
 11. SSo ftef)en bie trennbaren 55orfiIben im Qnfinitii) unb im 
 ^Jartisipium? 
 
 12. ^a^ finb bie (Snbungen be^ ^omparatit)^ unb be^ (Super- 
 Iatit)«? 
 
 13. SBie h)erben fie befliniert? 
 
 14. SSelc^e ©runb af)Ien tuerben getDolinlid^ befliniert? 
 
 15. ^k tt)irb bie 3cil)I cin;^ befliniert? 
 
 16* ^a^ finb bie (Snbungen ber Orbnuno§sal)len? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 181 
 
 LESSON XXIX 
 
 62. T)it sufammengcfei^ten 3^iten ftnb: ha^ ^erfeftum, ba^ 
 ^lu^quamperfeftum, ba^ guturum, ha^ guturum ejaftum. 
 
 63. @ctn ftef)t bet intranfttit)en 33erben, bit elne 53eranberun9 
 beg Orte^ ober ^uftanbe^ bebeuten, unb bei ben 53erben fctn, 
 bictbcn, gelingen, gcfc^c^cn, glucfctt. ^el alien anberen 3Serben 
 \tei)t f)ahtn, 
 
 64. 3)ag guturum tuirb au^ bent ^ilf^^eitmort njcrbcn unb 
 bem 3nftnitit) be^ 'iprafeng gebilbet. 
 
 64. 5lug bem ^ilf^seittDort mcrbcn unb bem Qnftnittt) be« 
 ^erfeftumg. 
 
 63, 64. @te ftc!)en im ^auptfalj am (Snbe; bag ^arttstpium 
 fte{)t im guturum ejaftum \)ov bem QnftnititJ. 
 63, 64. 3m g^ebenfa^ ftef)t ba^ ^ilf^seitmort am @nbe. 
 
 65. S8c, cnt, cr, gc, tjcr, jcr. 
 
 65. (Sie bilben bag "ipartisipium beg ^erfeftumg o^ne gc- 
 
 67. ^trennbare 5Sorftlben ftnb immer betont, untrennbarc 
 unbetont. 
 
 67. jtrennbare 5Serba n)erben gufammengefd^rteben: tm 3n= 
 ftnttit), im ^ipartijipium, unb im 9^ebenfa^e audfi in ben einfad^en 
 3eiten. 
 
 67. (^ie fte{)en t)or bem 53erbum» 
 
 69. 3)er ^omparatit) enbet auf -cr, ber ©uperlatit) auf -ft- 
 ober -eft-; oft ()aben fie Umlaut. 
 
 70. ®ie tDerben befliniert toie ber "ipofitit), alfo ftarf ober f(§n)ac5» 
 Synopsis § 25. SDIeift nur bie 5af)I etn^. 
 
 Synopsis § 25. 33 or einem (Subftantio mie ber unbeftimmte 
 5lrtifel; ol)ne ^ubftantit) n)ie bicfcr. 
 
 73. ^ie £)rbnunggja{)len t)on 2 big 19 l^aben bie @nbuna -te; 
 bie iiber 19 bie ^nbung -fte. 
 
182 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. iXhnm 
 
 1. Change the following story to the perfect tense: 
 
 (Sin §unb, ber ein @tii(f gleifd^ itn Mank (mouth) trug, 
 fd^tramm ilber einen S^ufe* (Sr faf) fein iBilb itn SBaffer unb 
 l^ielt (considered) eg filr etnen anberen §unb. @r tDoItte beffen 
 <BtM gleifd^ auc^ i)aben (perf. : ()at f. ©. g. f)aben mollen) unb 
 fd^nappte (snapped) banac^, ^a ftel fein gleifd^ in^ SSoffer, 
 unb er f)atte nid^t^. 
 
 2. ©eben (Bie bie ©i^nopfi^ bon: gefien toir?, <©ie bleiben, 
 man folgt un^ (both meanings). 
 
 EXERCISE XXX 
 
 I. ffragen 
 
 1, iBann tuurbe ber ^eutfd^e iBunb gcgriinbet? 2. SSa^ 
 fie()orte su biefem 53unbe? 3. SBann unb hjarum h)urbe er auf= 
 gclfift? 4, SBag tDurbe bann gegriinbet? 5. SKer fii^rte biefen 
 33unb? 6. SSann erflarte granfreid^ ,^rieg gegen ^reufeen? 
 7. SKer U)urbe befiegt? 8. SSann gab man bie ©riinbung be^ 
 neuen ^eutfd^en 9?ei(^eg befannt? 9. SSen proflamierte man 
 alg ^eutfd^en ^aifer? 10. SSie n)erben bie meiften beutfc^en 
 ©taaten regiert? IL 3Ser erflart fiir ha^ 3)eutf(^e ^dd) 
 ^rieg? 12. 3Ber fd^Iiegt grieben? 13. 3n n)effen D^amen gibt 
 ber ^eutfd^e ^aifer feine 5Inorbnungen? 14. ^tv mufe fie unter^ 
 fd^reiben? 15. iESer befd^Iiefet ©efe^e? 16. $Ser unterfc^reibt 
 fie? 17. ^onnen ©efe^e t)om ^aifer Detiert merben? 18. SSo* 
 mit fann man ben 53unbegrat bergleid^en? 19. 3Ber bilbet it)n? 
 20. SSer emennt ben S^eid^gfangler? 21. SBer m^lt bie SO^it* 
 glieber beg 9^eic^gtageg? 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 183 
 
 76. Word Formation: @(^(r)ft, 8(ft(af. 
 
 Many nouns are derived from verbs without any suflfix; 
 the vowel is the same as in the infinitive, or it shows 
 5lblaut; ©d^Iofe comes from fd^liegen, ©d^laf from fd^Iafcn. ' 
 
 From which verbs are the following nouns derived: hit 
 Xat, deed, ber ®ang, walk, ber ?auf, run, ber 3^9/ draught, 
 train, ber '^vunt or Xvant, drink, ber @teig, footpath, ber 
 S3efe()t, command, ber glug, flight, ber gall, ber gunb, ber 
 iBeginn, ber @c^Iag? (Where the meaning is not given try 
 to find it.) 
 
 LESSON XXX 
 
 77. The Passive Voice. 
 Present 
 I am (being) called 
 id) h)erbe gerufen 
 bu tDirft gerufen 
 er tDirb gerufen 
 tt)ir tDerben gerufen 
 ii)v iDerbet gerufen 
 fie hjerben gerufen 
 
 Simple Tenses : 
 
 Preterit 
 / was called 
 i(^ tuurbe gerufen 
 bu tDurbeft gerufen 
 er tDurbe gerufen 
 tDir iDurben gerufen 
 il^r murbet gerufen 
 fie tourben gerufen 
 
 Imperative 
 
 he called! 
 n)erbe gerufen! 
 tDerben gerufen! 
 toerben 'Bit gerufen! 
 
 The passive voice is formed by combining the past par- 
 ticiple of the verb with the auxiHary hjcrben. 
 
184 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 n. libcrfc^ung 
 
 1. Napoleon was defeated at (bei) Leipzig ^ in 1813 ^ 
 2. The German Confederation was founded by 38 Ger- 
 man states. 3. Was the German Confederation guided 
 1)7 Austria or by Prussia? 4. The war is ended! We have 
 peace. 5. In 1871 the war between France and Germany 
 was ended and peace was made. 6. Who was defeated 
 in that war? 7. After Austria was defeated, the North- 
 German aUiance was formed. 8. WiUiam I. was pro- 
 claimed German emperor on January 18, 1871. 9. Is 
 Prussia ruled by a king or by a president? 10. Is the 
 German emperor acknowledged as monarch of the whole 
 country? 11. (The) most countries are ruled by monarchs. 
 
 12. Was the war declared by France or by Germany? 
 
 13. Our country is attacked; war must be declared. 
 
 14. Laws are not made by the German emperor, but 
 only signed by him. 15. By whom is the letter signed, 
 by the directors or by the president? 
 
 m. iibutig 
 
 L ^oniugieren (Bk ba^ paffibe "ifrafen^ unb ^iprciteritum t)on: 
 nennen, leiten, regieren, \d)tn, fc^Iagen, f)olen. 
 
 2. tlbertragen (Sie bie folgenben ®a^e in^ ^affttjum ((Sin= 
 gular unb plural be^ ^iprcifen^ unb ^rciteritunt^): ^er ^a)i\t 
 front ben ^aifer. 3)er ^urfiirft, ber ben tontg m^t 2)er 
 ^rafibent t)etiert ba^ ®efe^. ^ringt biefer ^rieg bem 9^etd^e 
 @efaf)r (danger)? 
 
 In the last sentence use burd^, not t)on. 
 
 3. Ubertragen ©ie bie folgenben (ga^e in atte S^iten be6 
 Iftioum^: ^at)ern tritt auf 'ipreufeen^ ©eite. ^er ^aifer fc^Uefet 
 grieben. SSir Oergleid^en ben iBunbe^rat mit bem 'Btnat 
 
 ■ 4. ^Deninieren (Sie: ein amerifanifc^er ^^rciftbent, ber neue 
 (Senat, biefer grofee ^rieg, bie befiegte Station, 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 185 
 
 78. The English Forms consisting of a past participle 
 and forms of the verb he are not always passives : a passive 
 invariably denotes some action (exerted upon the gram- 
 matical or logical subject). But he can also be used as an 
 independent verb, connecting the subject with a predicate 
 adjective which may or may not be a past participle; the 
 sentence The door is closed is no more a passive sentence 
 than The door is open. 
 
 In the following sentences, (a) denotes an action as 
 going on; these sentences are rear passives; (6) denotes a 
 condition; these sentences are not in the passive voice, 
 and in German not the verb merben, but the verb fein 
 must be used accordingly: 
 
 Shrubs are planted in spring. 
 ©traud^er tocrbcn im griifiling 
 
 Qepflanjt. 
 War is declared by the emperor. 
 ^ricg toith burt^ ben ^aifer cr« 
 
 fmrt. 
 
 These shrubs are planted too deep. 
 !Diefc ©trauc^cr fmb ju tief 9e= 
 
 Pftanst. 
 The war is declared. 
 !5)cr trieg tft crflftrt. 
 
 !Dic i^ranjofen hjurben im ^af)Tt 1870 gcfd^Iagen, The French were de- 
 feated in 1870, refers to the war itself. !Dtc granjofcn hiarcn gefc^Iagen, 
 The French were defeated, to the conditions after the war. 
 
 79. By. Enghsh hy with the passive is expressed by 
 turn (w. dat.) or burc^ (w. ace). 3Soti expresses direct, in- 
 tended action, and is therefore mostly used with persons: 
 (iv tDurbe t)on feinem geinbe getotet, He was killed by his 
 enemy, ©urc^ denotes means or instrument, thus imply- 
 ing indirect, unintended action, and is therefore mostly 
 used of things: @r ft)urbe burc^ ®ift getotet, He was killed by 
 poison. 
 
186 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 5. Insert the correct auxiliary (fein or iDerben): (a) 
 Present: !l)tefe6 ©au^ — au^ (Stein gebaut. ^n biefem 3af)re 
 — t)iele neue ^ciufer gebaut. @^ ift §erbft {autumn); al(e^ 
 ©etreibe {grain) — gefc^mtten. @ra^ — gh)eimal im ^ci^t^e 
 gefc^nitten. geuer — tnit Staffer ober ®anb gelofd^t, — ba6 
 geuer enblic^ Qelofc^t? 
 
 EXERCISE XXXI 
 
 I. fjragcn 
 
 1. SSann rtiaren bie !i?anber um ha^ SD^ittelmeer in ben ^fin- 
 'Htn ber 9^omer? 2. iJSelc^er 2^eil ^eutfc^Ianb^ Xoax t)on i^nen 
 untertDorfen morben? 3. SBarunt maren bie beutfd^en (Stamme 
 t)on if)nen befiegt tDorben? 4. ^ann tDurbe 33aru^ an ben 
 9t{)ein gefanbt? 5. SSelc^e^ !?anb tear t)on i()m t)ern)altet tDorben? 
 6. 3Bie lange n)urbe !Deutfc^lanb t)on il^m bebriidt? 7. 53on 
 h)em h)urbe if)m gefc^meicftelt? 8, SSer ift ber ^efreier ber 
 3)eutfd^en 9en)orben? 9. SKa^ tDar t)on biefem getan tDorben? 
 10. SO^it tDie tiiel 9D?ann ^og 53aru^ gegen jenen (Stamm an ber 
 Smg? IL 3n h)el(^e^ ©ebirge famen fie? 12. iffia^ ift bort 
 gefd^el^en? 13. SBie Xowc bag ilSetter? 14. 53on h3em ift htn 
 3)eutfd^en gefiolfen n)orben? 15. ifi>ie lange n)urbe gefantpft? 
 16. SKa6 tear bann mit faft alien 9^omern gefd)ef)en? 17. SBa^ 
 tat 53am6, al^ er fal), ha^ alte^ Derloren h)ar? 18. ifiBa^ n)ar 
 bie Solge {consequence) jener ©c^Iad^t? 19. 2Bie ift Hermann 
 fieftorben? 20. SSa^ mirb man auf alle Beiten tun? 21. ma^ 
 ift t)or einigen 3af)ren an ber ©telle jene^ ©iege^ gefc^elien? 
 
 n. ftficrfc^ung 
 
 The Germans had been conquered by the Romans be- 
 cause they were not united. The country had been op- 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 187 
 
 iXbnnq 
 
 {Continued from page 186) 
 
 (b) Preterit: 5Imerifa — im 3at)re 1492 entbcdft. ^nbicn 
 
 — f($on lange entbecft (known), t\)t (before) ber SSeg nac§ 
 Hmerifa gefunben — * X)er l^anbmann fanb ba^ ^ferb nic^t; e6 
 
 — 0eftol)len, T)a^ ^rot — t)on betn guc^fe gefto()Ien. 
 
 LESSON XXXI 
 
 80. The Compound Tenses of the Passive : 
 
 Perfect: id^ bin gerufen iDorben, / have been called, 
 
 bu bift gerufen iDorben, etc. 
 
 Pluperfect: ic^ Xoav gcrufen tDorben, / had been called. 
 
 Future: tc^ tDerbe gerufen merben, I shall be called, 
 
 bu h)irft gerufen n3erben, etc. 
 
 Future Perfect: ic§ merbe gerufen toorbcn fein, / shall have 
 been called. 
 
 In the following '^ skeleton sjniopsis'' x denotes the 
 participle of the verb: 
 
 er njtrb x 
 
 cr hiurbc x 
 
 cr tft X toorben 
 
 cr tear x h)orbcn 
 
 cr h)trb X mcrbcn 
 
 cr n)trb x hjorbeti fein 
 
 Note that as an auxiliary of the passive, iDcrbcn has the shortened 
 participle hJorbctt. 
 
 81. The Impersonal Passive. Intransitive verbs can 
 form an impersonal passive in German if they denote 
 action: 
 
 ^Ii^7x"'"t ^'^'?^*'>,f7l ^f^'fioM lasM three days. 
 
188 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 pressed by the Romans (for) several years, and in the 
 year 7 Varus had been sent to Germany. While several 
 German princes were flattering him, many German tribes 
 had been united by Arminius. This had been betrayed 
 to Varus, but it had not been beheved by him. 
 
 At last one of the German tribes arose against the 
 Romans. In a large forest the Romans were attacked 
 by countless Germans. The weather {T)a^ ^Better) was 
 terrible. It was raining, thundering, and lightning. 
 After the fight had lasted three days (9^a{§bem 3 X, gef. 
 tDorben h)ar), almost all [of the] Romans had been killed. 
 Varus committed suicide. 
 
 Germany was saved. But Arminius was not thanked 
 (banfen, w. dat.) for it. A few years afterwards he was 
 killed by relatives. But by the Germans he will always 
 be praised as the liberator of their country. A great 
 monument has been built for him in (an) the same place 
 where the Romans had been defeated by him. 
 
 L ^onjugteren (Sie btc ^ufammengefe^ten S^xitxi (^erfef^ 
 turn, "ipiu^quaTnperfeftum, guturum, guturum ejaftum) be^ 
 "i|3affit)UTn^ t)on: fenben, retten, preifen, btenen (tnir ift gebient 
 tDorben, bir ift gebient iDorben, u.f.tt).), f)elfen, banfen. 
 
 2. Ubertragen (Sie bie folgenben @(i^e in alien B^iten be^ 
 2lftit)unt^ unb ^afftt)unt^: SBtr fd^liefeen einen iBunb. 9D^an 
 l)ilft un«. 3}?an preift Hermann al^ ^elben. 3)rei ZcL<^t fampft 
 man. (In the passive voice, omit man.) 
 
 3. libertragen ^\t folgenbe (Sa^e in alte S^xitxi be^ Hfttdum^: 
 @g regnet. ^^ gibt biele gute ^iid^er. ^o gibt e« einen folc^en 
 9}2ann? @« flopft oxi ber ^iir. 2)en armen SJJann f)ungert. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 189 
 
 If an intransitive verb requires a dative object, this is 
 not changed to the nominative, as is the case with an 
 accusative object, but Dative remains Dative: 
 
 ^cn 3!)eutfd^ctt h)urbe t)on ben (Slementen geliolfen, 
 The Germans were helped by the elements. 
 
 I am helped = Wvc h)irb gcl^olfen, or @« h)irb mir gef)oIfen. 
 Q:^ stands either in the first place, or it is not used at all; 
 in dependent sentences, it is always omitted: 5Son if)Tn 
 Xoxxh tnir m6)i gef)oIfen, By him I shall not he helped. 3d^ 
 tt)ei6 ni(^t, ob mir ge^olfen tDirb, / do not know whether I 
 shall he helped. (The present is frequently used instead 
 of the future: ^6) fotrtTne balb, / shall come soon.) 
 
 The following verbs with the dative have occurred: anthjortcn, 
 beficgncn, banfen, biencn, folgcn, gctiord^en, glauben, f)clfcn, fc^mcic^eln, 
 
 83. Substitutes for the Passive are frequent, as the passive is 
 used much less in German than in EngHsh; the most common is 
 the indefinite pronoun mon, one, they, people, with the active: 
 
 3)^an fofit, It is said. Man glaubt, It is believed. 
 
 Often a reflexive verb is used : 
 
 !J)a8 Dcrftcfit \i(S), That is understood. 
 
 (SS h)trb fid^ balb ftnbcn, It mil soon be found. 
 
 English passive infinitives expressing possibility or necessity are 
 usually rendered in the following ways: 
 
 liefer 53rtef ift nic^t ju Icfcn, This letter cannot (or must not) be read. 
 !Diefer 33rtef Ia^t*ftci^ nid^t Icfen, 
 
 liefer 33ricf fann man nic^t lefen, 
 2)icfer S3ricf ift nic^t leSbar, 
 
 This letter cannot be read. 
 
 83. Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 I. S^ regnet, It is raining. 
 II. @6 f)ungert mic^, or SO^id^ f)un9ert, I am hungry. 
 
190 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 4. In the following story, change to the passive all sen- 
 tences in which the verb is printed in heavy type : 
 
 ^inntal tdax ^rieg im 2anht, unb ber geinb rtiar gans naf)e 
 bet ber (Stabt (Sd^ilba. ^a tDoIIten bie (Sd^ilbburger i^re grofec 
 ©lodfe retten, aber [te tnad^ten e^ fo, bafe fie bod)^ berloren Qtng» 
 ^a6 Qefd^af) fo: 
 
 3)ie (Sc^tlbbiirger f)atten bte ©locfe in ein (S(§iff getragcn, 
 unb bann tDaren fie bamit auf ben (See gefaf)ren. ^I^ fie in ber 
 SD?itte n)aren, l)aiitn brei t)on i{)nen bie ©locfe gcfafet unb in^ 
 SBaffer gettJorfen. 'Ra(i) bent ^Ibguge^ be^ geinbe^ toollten fie 
 fie n)ieber()oIen (accent?), ^a {)atte einer t)on i^nen gefagt: 
 „SSie fonnen n)ir bie (Btelle h)ieberfinben, h3o U)ir bie ©lode in^ 
 SSaffer gchjotfen ()aben? " 5Iber ein anberer fagte: „3)aflir mill 
 ic^ forgen." ^ 3)ann l)atte er fein WtWex gcnommen unb bamit ein 
 ^eid&en'^ in^ ©c^iff gefcftnittcn an ber (Stelle, n)o fie bie ©lode 
 inS Staffer gcnjtirf en l^atten. 3)ann maren fie nac^ §aufe gefal)ren. 
 
 ^l^ ber geinb fort tioax, h)ollten fie bie ®lode trieber^olen. 
 S)en (Scftnitt an bent (Sd^iffe fanbcn fie n)ieber — aber er setgte 
 bie (Stelle nid^t ntel)r/ n»o fie bie ©lode t)crfen!t^ l^atten, @o 
 l^atten fie bie ©lode tjcrbren* 
 
 1. after all. 2. departure. 3. I shall take care of that. 
 4. mark. 5. no longer. 6. sunk. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXn 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. 3So ntufete jener ^nabe bie §erbe l^iiten? 2. iffia^ taten 
 bie D^itter, bie gefprengt fanten? 3. SBer ging il)nen entgegen? 
 4. SBa^ iDollten fie tun? 5. SSa^ tat aber ber 9D?ann an ber 
 ©pii^e ber $Ritter? 6. ^ief ber tnabe toeg? 7. iESer follte nic^t 
 iiber ha^ gelb reiten? 8. 3Ber tdat ber. 53ater beg ^naben?' 
 9» SBa^ burfte ntentanb bor einem ^Billing tun? 10. iEBem 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 191 
 
 There are in German two (or, including the impersonal 
 passive, three) classes of impersonal verbs: 
 
 I. Verbs denoting general conditions, e.g. weather, 
 sounds of unknown origin, etc.: (gg regnet, It is raining, 
 e^ fd^neit, it is snowing, e^ flopft, somebody is knocking. 
 These verbs retain the t^ under all conditions: @eftem 
 regnete t^, Yesterday it was raining. SBeigt bu, bafe t^ 
 regnet? Do you know that it is raining? 
 
 II. Verbs denoting bodily or mental feeling: (S^ graut 
 tntd^ (or tnir) (inid^ or mir graut), / am shuddering. (E^ 
 f)ungert mic^ (nttc^ f)ungert), I am hungry. These verbs 
 usually drop the grammatical subject c^ whenever it 
 would not stand first in the sentence : ^eute f)ungert mid^, 
 To-day I am hungry, grage i^n, ob i^n l^ungert, Ask him 
 whether he is hungry. 
 
 Note. There is, there are are in German expressed either by Ci§ flibt 
 (with the accusative) : (5g gibt feinen Xag ol^ne ©orgcn, There is no day 
 without cares, (SS gibt feine D^ofcn of)ne 2)orncn, There are no roses 
 without thorns; or by e^ ift, e^ fmb: @g toax einmal cin ^onig, Once upon 
 a time there was a king. (Sg iDaren 3h)ei ^onig^finber, There were two 
 royal children. 
 
 @g gibt (always singular form) refers to the subject as a general 
 type; c3 tft, e8 finb, considers the subject as an individual (or sepa- 
 rate individuals). 
 
 LESSON xxxn 
 
 84. The Modal Auxiliaries : 
 
 biitfcn, burfte, geburft, be permitted (may) 
 lijnncn, fonnte, gefonnt, be able (can) 
 m'oqtn, mod^te, gemod^t, like (may) 
 tniiffcn, mufete, gemufet, be compelled (must) 
 fottcn, foflte, gefollt, be obliged (shall) 
 ttiollen, njoHtc, getDottt, want to (will) 
 
192 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 tDollte ber ^nabe nid^t gefiord^en? 11, 2Bag foil ein ^onig tun? 
 12. 3u ^^w foHte ber Mnaht ben ^ontg fuf)ren? 13. SSarum 
 fonnte Hermann ben Skitter nic^t fu()ren? 14. SSo()in follte ber 
 ^onig reiten? 15. SSa^ I)atte ^onig Otto ju ©emiann^ 53ater 
 gefagt? 16. SSa^ follte Hermann tun? 17. SD^oc^te er mit bem 
 ^onige siel)en? (Do not use mogen in the answer, see § 85 ^) 
 18. SSarunt n)ollte Hermann mit bem ^onige gtel)en? 19. iJBa^ 
 mufete billing tun, al^ ^onig Otto nac^ 3talien sog? 
 
 n. flficrfc^ung 
 
 A. 1. You must tend [to] the herd. 2. We want to 
 ride across this field. 3. Why do you not want to permit 
 that? 4. He had to stop his horse and wait for the other 
 knights. 5. Who comes running there? You must know 
 him. 6. You must not take [things] that (sing.) do not 
 belong to you. 7. I will and must see him immediately. 
 8. I do not want to remain standing while the others are 
 sitting. 9. No-one shall break the law (= right) in-the- 
 presence-of (t)or) the king. 10. He did not want to obey 
 a king who did not uphold (= protect) the law. 11. They 
 are said to be (follen) servants, but they claim (iDollen) to 
 be knights. 12. Why do you not want to come to me? I 
 shall protect you. 13. You cannot see the house from 
 here, but you will reach it in a few minutes. 14. He 
 could not go with the knights because he did not want to 
 leave his herd alone. 15. How can you refuse my re- 
 quest? I shall never forget it. 
 
 B. A boy was on the field with his father's herd. A 
 few knights came galloping across the field. The boy 
 went to them and called: ''You must not ride across 
 this field! It belongs to my father, and nobody is allowed 
 to walk or ride across it." 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 
 
 193 
 
 td^ barf 
 
 fann 
 
 mag 
 
 bu barfft 
 
 fannft 
 
 mag ft 
 
 er barf 
 
 fonn 
 
 mag 
 
 h)tr biirfen 
 
 fdnnen 
 
 mogen 
 
 i^r biirft 
 
 fiinnt 
 
 mdgt 
 
 fie biirfen 
 
 fdnnen 
 
 mdgen 
 
 t($ burfte 
 
 fonnte 
 
 moc^tc 
 
 bu burfteft 
 
 fonnteft 
 
 mod^teft 
 
 er burfte 
 
 fonnte 
 
 mod^te 
 
 inir burften 
 
 fonnten 
 
 moc^ten 
 
 t^r burftet 
 
 fonntct 
 
 moc^tet 
 
 fie burften 
 
 fonnten 
 
 moc^ten 
 
 fotf 
 
 h)ia 
 
 toeife 
 
 follft 
 
 h)taft 
 
 iuetfet 
 
 fott 
 
 h)ia 
 
 iuei^ 
 
 fotten 
 
 tootten 
 
 miffen 
 
 foltt 
 
 n)oat 
 
 mifet 
 
 fottcn 
 
 h)oI(en 
 
 toiffen 
 
 fottte 
 
 tootttc 
 
 h)u6tc 
 
 follteft 
 
 n)oateft 
 
 toufeteft 
 
 folite 
 
 tooiltt 
 
 njufetc 
 
 foltten 
 
 inoKten 
 
 tDu^Un 
 
 fotltet 
 
 hjotltet 
 
 n)u6tet 
 
 foirten 
 
 iDoIIten 
 
 mufeten 
 
 Paradigms (h)iffen, know, is included because its conjuga- 
 tion resembles that of the modal auxiliaries) : 
 
 Present 
 
 mufe 
 
 mufet 
 
 mufe 
 
 miiffen 
 
 miifet 
 
 muff en 
 
 Preterit 
 
 mu^tc 
 
 mu^teft 
 
 mufete 
 
 mu^ten 
 
 mufjtet 
 
 mufeten 
 
 Notice that the first and third persons singular of the 
 present have no ending (like the preterit of strong verbs) ; 
 that the vowel of the plural is the same as that of the in- 
 finitive; and that the preterit and the past participle have 
 no Umlaut. 
 
 Modal auxiharies are used much more in German than 
 in English, for the Enghsh modal auxiliaries lack many 
 forms; can, may, shall, will have no past participles, 
 partly also no preterit, and therefore frequently neces- 
 sitate circumlocutions like be able, be allowed, etc. 
 
 Enghsh shall and vrill are sometimes used as modal 
 auxiliaries (Thou shall not kill), sometimes as auxiliaries 
 of the future (/ shall do it, id) toerbe e6 tun; he will do it, er 
 tDtrb eg tun). Compare: 
 
 id) fann tf)n fe{)en, / can see him 
 
 id) fonnte ii)n fef)en, / could see him 
 
 (id) f)abe tf)n fel^en fonnen, I have been able to see him 
 
 id) {)atte il^n fel^en tonmn, I had been able to see him; see 
 next lesson). 
 
194 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 One of the knights looked at the boy in astonishment 
 and said: **I want to ride across it, and I shall do it. 
 You cannot prevent me." But the boy looked up to 
 him fearlessly and said: ''My father is the Billing, and I 
 am a BiUing too. You can kill me, but you cannot break 
 the law before my eyes. Every BilHng upholds the law.'' 
 
 The knights obeyed the boy and left the field. The 
 knight who had spoken to the boy was King Otto the 
 Great. He went to the boy's father and asked him to 
 let his son go with him. 
 
 HI. flbung 
 
 L ^onjuQieren (Sie ba^ ^rafen^ unb "iPraterituTtt t)on: id^ 
 barf foTTXTnen, id) fann nic^t bleiben, id) mag nic^t effen. 
 
 2. Qbertragen @ie bie folgenben ©a^e (a) in ben plural be^ 
 ^rafen^, (b) in ben lingular unb plural be^ "iprateritum^: 3d) 
 fann f)eute n.ic^t biel arbelten. (Sr mag mic^ nic^t fe{)en. 9D?u6t 
 bu mit mir gef)en? X)u barfft je^t nicftt au«gef)en. Sr foil fef)r 
 franf fein. SStltft bu bet mir bletben? 
 
 3. ^onjugiercn <Sie bie folgenben ©ci^e tm ^rafen^ unb 
 iprciteritum: I am not permitted to sell this book. I do 
 not want to eat your bread. I do not know whether I 
 can help that man. 
 
 4. With modal auxiharies, the infinitive is often omitted 
 if it can be easily supplied from the context. Supply the 
 infinitives in the following sentences: 
 
 (Sin ^nabe l)utete eine §erbe. (gtnige fitter famen unb 
 tDollten liber bag gelb. T)tx ^nabe fagte: „Dag biirft tl)r nid^t! 
 3^x miifet auf bie (gtrafee guriidf." (giner ber 9?ttter anttt>ortete: 
 „Sir merben iiber bag gelb reiten, tueil mir eg Pollen, ^n 
 tDirft ung nid^t l)inbern, n)eil bu nid^t fannft." T)a ^nabe fagte: 
 „3:otet mid^, iuenn i\)x tDollt. tiber bag gelb fount ii)x nid)t, 
 folange id^ lebe." 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 195 
 
 85. The Use of the Modal Auxiliaries must be learned 
 from practice. The most common meanings are : 
 
 1. Permission, ^iirfcn: ^u barf ft Qt^en, You may go, 
 
 2. AbiUty. ^ijnncn: Qd) fann ha^ nid^t lefen, / cannot 
 read that 
 
 3. PossibiUty. WoQtn or fijnncn: !Da^ mag (fann) fein, 
 That may be {so). 
 
 4. Liking. Wloqtn: 3d^ mag tf)n nic^t fel^en, I do not 
 want to see him. In this meaning, the indicative of ■mogen 
 is very rarely used in affirmative sentences; as to the sub- 
 junctive, see § 9P (page 209). In a somewhat weaker 
 meaning, it is replaced by tDolIen, and often replaced or 
 accompanied by the adverb gern (lieber, am liebften, § 71) : 
 @r mag (mill) ha^ nicjt (gem) tun, (gr tut ha^ ni^t gem, He 
 does not like to do that. Qd) effe 5lpfel lieber al^ iBirnen, / 
 like apples better than pears. 
 
 5. Determination or Willingness. SSottcn: 3d^ tDiH 
 i^in fel^cn, / want to see him. 
 
 Note. Be careful not to use iDoftcn for the future tense: (Sr h)trb 
 morgcn fommen, He will come to-morrow. @r tt)ill morgen fommcn, He 
 wants to come to-morrow. 
 
 6. Obligation or Destination, (©ottcn: ^u foEft ntd^t 
 toten, Thou shall not kill. (Sr follte nur iDenige 3a|re leben, 
 He was (destined) to live only a few years. 
 
 Note, Do not use [ollen for the future tense: ^d) irerbc morgen 
 fommen, I shall come to-morrow. ^<i) [ott morgcn fommen, / am {obliged) 
 to come to-morrow. 
 
 7. Compulsion. SDliiffen: Wc ^D^enfd^en miiffen fterbcn, 
 All men must die. 
 
 8. Prohibition, ^iitfcn: ^u barf ft bag nid^t tun, You 
 mu^t not do that. 
 
196 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 3)er D^itter fagte: „5uf)re mid^ gu beinem 53ater, tapferer 
 ^nabe." „^a^ fann id) nic^t," antn)ortete ber ^nabe, „ici^ barf 
 bie ^erb'e nt($t allein laffen. Dteitet aKein gu meinem 33ater, 
 )t)enn if)r rt)oIIt. 3^r fount fein §au^ t)on f)ier felfien." 
 
 EXERCISE XXXni 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. SSann mar ber Joiner 3)om angefangen morben? 2. SSic 
 lange f)atte ©er^arb fd^on baran arbeiten miiffen? 3. SSo ftanb 
 einft 9D?eifter ®erf)arb? 4. iSBer fam ba gu if)m? 5. 5Kie tear 
 berfelbe gefleibet (dressed)? 6. iBa^ f)atte ber SO^eifter bauen 
 iDoIlen? 7. i£3a^ f)inberte lf)n baran? 8. SBer f)at ein unter^ 
 irbifc^e^ iBad^lein t)on 2^rier nac^ l^oln fiifiren tDolIen? 9, SSann 
 njurbe bie SSette abgefcftloffen? 10. iJBie fc^nell ^at ber ^au= 
 meifter nun gearbeitet? 11. ^a^ ^at man in feinen 5lugen lefen 
 fonuen? 12. SBem f)atte ®erf)arb nid^t^ tion ber 3Sette fagen 
 mogen? 13. iIBot)iu tDar ber grembe oft gefommen? 14. 3Sa6 
 f)atte SO^eifter ®erf)arb^ grau i^rem 9D?anue geben follen? 
 15. SKarum f)atte ber grembe feine ^ctte nid^t getDinneu fon= 
 nen? 16. iffiarum l^atte bag iBadilein nid^t fliefeen fonuen? 
 17. ^ag f)orte ber iBaumeifter eiumal, aU er auf bem 3:urme 
 ftanb? 18. iffiaS fa^ er gleic^ barauf? 19. SSer ^attt bie ^ette 
 getDounen? 20. ^a^ tat ber ^aumeifter? 21. iSSae gefc^a^ 
 mit feinem $aufe? 22. SBarum ^at ber 3)ont feitbem 3cif)rf)un= 
 berte laug unoolleubet bleiben miiffen? 23. iBann f)at man if)n 
 erft Ootlenben fonuen? 
 
 n. iifierfc^ung 
 
 ''I shall never be able to finish this cathedral!'' the 
 architect sadly thought as he was standing on the tower. 
 He had intended to finish it many years before that. Sud- 
 denly a stranger stood at (an) his side; he had not been 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 197 
 
 9. Pretense. Swollen: (gr tDilI ein greunb bon btr fein^ 
 He 'pretends to he a friend of yours. 
 
 10. Report. 8otten: @r foil ein greunb \)on btr fctn. He 
 is said to be a friend of yours. 
 
 LESSON xxxm 
 
 86. The Compound Tenses of the Modal Auxiliaries 
 
 id) t)abc gcf)cn btirfcn, / have been permitted to go 
 i<i) ^otte gef)en biirfen, I had been permitted to go 
 id^ merbe Qd)m bllrfcn, / shall be permitted to go 
 id) h)erbe l^aben gel^en biirfen, / shall have been permitted to go 
 
 id) \)aht gcl^cn ffinncn, / have been able to go 
 
 id) 'i)aht md)t ge^cn mdgcn, / have not been willing to go 
 
 id) l^abc 0ef)en miiffen, / have been compelled to go 
 
 id) ):)aht gef)en f otlen, I have been obliged to go 
 
 id) \)Qbt 0ef)cn iDolIcn, / have been intending to go 
 
 But: 
 
 ic^ \)(xht geburft, / have been permitted (to) 
 
 id) fiabc gcfonnt, Qtmod)t, gcmufet, gefottt, gciDoIIt. 
 
 A. When an infinitive is connected with a modal aux^ 
 iliary, the infinitive form of the auxiliary takes the plar b 
 of the past participle in the compound tenses : 
 
 i^ i)aht gc^en biitfcn. 
 
 B. When the infinitive is not expressed (see Exerwht^t 
 XXXV, tlbung 4), a regular weak participle (without 
 Umlaut) is used: 
 
 irff i^aht Qcburft. 
 
198 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 able to see him until he spoke to him. "Did you want 
 to build the most beautiful church of the world?" the 
 stranger asked. ''You will not be able to finish it!'* 
 ''I know that I shall be able to do it!'' the architect an- 
 swered. But the stranger said: "I shall sooner lead a 
 subterranean brook from Trier to Cologne than you will 
 be able to finish your great work. If you lose your soul 
 will be mine." 
 
 Since then the architect had been working as rapidly 
 as he had been able to, but he had not liked to speak to 
 his wife about it. A year had passed. Once the stranger 
 said to the architect's wife: ''You see that your husband 
 is sad. I want to help him, but I cannot [do it] without 
 knowing his secret. Give him this fruit to eat, and in 
 his sleep he will speak to you about it." 
 
 This the woman did. In the next night the architect 
 said in his sleep: "The stranger will not be able to win 
 his bet. The brook will not be able to flow because he 
 has not left any airholes." 
 
 This the wife betrayed to the evil one. On the next 
 morning the master was standing upon the tower, and 
 suddenly he saw a little brook flowing below the tower. 
 He knew that he had lost the bet and cast himself [down] 
 into the depth. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 199 
 
 Construction A is called the 'double infinitive." 
 These double infinitives (Qt^tn fonnen, lefett Tniiffen, fpred^CE 
 tDoIIen) can never be separated by any word whatever, 
 and must always stand last, even in dependent sen- 
 tences : 
 
 S^ ()abe geftem nid^t gu 36nen fommen fonnen, todl i<i) fcl^r 
 biel ^aht arbeiten miiffen. 
 
 Note. In dependent clauses, the auxiliary l^obcn usually stands 
 immediately before the double infinitive. 
 
 m. iXhnnq 
 
 (To Exercise XXXIII, page 198) 
 
 1. ^oniugicren 'Bit alle fec^^ ^ditn tjon tDoHcn unb miiffcn. 
 
 2. ^onjugieren @ie bie fec^g 5^iten t)on: id^ foH ijn f)olen, 
 \6) mag ba6 nic^t miffen, ic^ fann nid^t meg. 
 
 3. iibertragen (Bie in alle fec^6 ^ditxi: ^tr fonnen ben ^rief 
 nid^t lefen. iBillft bu morgen mieber fommen? @te mufe balb 
 nad^ §aufe. 
 
 4. Change all modal auxiliaries in llbung 4, Exercise 
 XXXII, to the perfect tense. : 
 
200 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIV 
 
 I. Sragcn 
 
 1. SBann f)atte ^ergog 5(Ibrec^t ^gne^ ^emaucr fennen lemen? 
 2. SBa^ iDar ^Igne^' 35ater? 3. SBie f)atte man ba^ a)^(ib(^en 
 iDeit unb breit genannt? 4. SBanti tnarb Hlbred^t um fie? 
 5. SSoburd^ liefe fid^ il^r 53ater iiberreben, feme ^uftitnmung 
 SU geben? 6. ifiSann brac^te 5llbrec^t Signed auf fein ©c^Iofe? 
 7» SSer f)atte bat)on reben {)oren? 8. SSofiin liefe er feinen @of)n 
 laben? 9. 5£3a6 fotlte bort gefd^e^en? 10. SBa^ erfuf)r er bort? 
 11. SKag tat er? 12. SKann ()atte er ^gne^ gum Jobe Derur^ 
 teilen laffen? 13. iSBte latige i)atU er ba^ Urteil nic^t bollftrecfen 
 laffen? 14. SfiSann ftarb fein 9^effe? 15. SBarum tDar ber §er= 
 ^og nun of)ne Srben? 16. SSann f)ie6 er ba^ Urteil t)oIIftre(fen? 
 17. i£3a^ tat 2lgne^ eben (at that time, just) im (Sci^Ioffe gu 
 ©traubing? 18. ifiSo mx i^x (^attt? 19. ^a^ ^iefe man fie 
 tun? 20. iSSa^ liefe §ergog @mft tun, aB fie fic^ tDeigerte? 
 21. mt n)em t)erbanb fi^ nun ^Ilbred^t? 22. SSer fiegte in 
 biefem ^ampfe? 23. SSie fam e^, bafe enblid^ ^Ibrec^t feinem 
 ^ater t)ergiel)? 
 
 II. ilBerfc^ung 
 
 1. We are permitted to go; we have been unable to go; 
 he may be going; I do not Hke to go; they shall go; he 
 was (destined) to go soon; we shall have to go; I am not 
 allowed to go; he claims to be a German; he is said to be 
 at home; he is said to have been at home. 2. You will 
 learn to know and love my friend. 3. Did you see (per- 
 fect) him coming? 4. The young duke had a beautiful 
 castle built for his wife. 5. His father had the engage- 
 ment announced immediately. 6. He had heard people 
 talk about his son. 7. We saw your father die in the 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 201 
 
 LESSON XXXIV 
 
 87. Dependent Infinitives without gu, as with modal 
 auxiharies, are connected with the following verbs: 
 
 Ijcifecn, command: dx ^d^t mid^ 9e{)en, @r ^at intd^ 9e{)en 
 ()ei6en, He commands me {has commanded me) to go. 
 
 Note, ^ei^cn has the following meanings: call: @r t)tefe mi(^ einen 
 ^eigling, He called me a coward (synonym ncnnen); be called: 3)er 
 ^nobe I)ic6 Hermann SSillmg; mean: 3[Ba« ficifet bag auf S)cutf(^, What 
 does that mean in German? (synonym bebeuten) ; command. 
 
 l^clfcn, help: (Sr ()ilft tnir bauen, er f)at tnir bauen ()elfen, fl^e 
 /i^/ps me {has helped me) to build. 
 
 laffcn, let or cawse; @r liefe micb fommen, f)at tnic^ fomnxen 
 laffen, He made me {has made me) come. (Sr Itefe mid:) nic^t 
 Qe()en, /i6 did not let me go. 
 
 ^ijren, hear: 3c^ ftore i()n fc^reien, l^abe if)n fc^reien f)oren, / 
 hear him {have heard him) crying. 
 
 fe^cn, see: ^d) \d)e fie laufen, f)abe fie laufen fel^en, I see them 
 {have seen them) running. 
 
 Also lemen, learn, k\)vtn, teach, ftnben, find, have some- 
 times the same construction. 
 
 88. Word Formation : bo^ ©cftctmm^. 
 
 -m^ (plur. -niffe) forms nouns from adjectives or verbs; 
 if abstract they are mostly feminines, if concrete, neuters: 
 ba^ ©efdngni^, prison, (Qefattgen), bie ^enntnl^, knowledge, 
 (fennen). Form such nouns from: iDiIb {wilderness), faul, 
 decayed, betriiben, make sad {sadness). 
 
 \>a§ ^crsDgtum. 
 
 -turn denotes status or quality: ba^ ^Biirgertum, citizen- 
 ship, ha^ (Sf)riftentuTn, Christianity (but bk (Sf)riften()eit, 
 Christendom). Form nouns in -turn from: b^iltQ^ holy, 
 eigen, own {property), ^aifer, emperor, rt)aci^f(en) {growth). 
 
202 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 battle. 8. When did the old duke give order (l^eiSen) to 
 carry out the death-sentence? 9. I saw him sign the 
 death-sentence before my own eyes. 10. Agnes had her 
 own tomb built in the castle. 11. The knights had in 
 vain commanded her to leave her husband. 12. The 
 duke has commanded to drown her in the river. 13. The 
 son had learned to understand his father's reasons. 
 14. The old duke is said to have been defeated by his 
 son. 15. Teach me to read and write German! 
 
 m. iXhmq 
 
 1. ^onjugieren (Bk in ben fed^6 ^^iten be^ 5lftit)g: Qd) \)'6xt 
 ii)n tm 3itnTner ftngen. Qd) laffe mir ein §au^ bauen. 
 
 2. ®eben ®ie bie fed&6 3^tten be^ 5(ftiD6 Don: SSir \tf)m etnen 
 neuen 5ru{)Iing fotntnen. S\)X lemt beutfd^ lefen. 2t^xt er btd^ 
 beutfd^ lefen ober fc^reiben? 
 
 EXERCISE XXXV 
 
 I. Find English cognates for the following German 
 words, and state whether the meaxiing is the same, or 
 whether it has changed: 
 ^feife, pfennig, pflanjen, ^flug. 
 
 fc^arf, offen, auf, ^au^e, tief, fc^Iafen, merfen, ©c^iff, grcifen, 
 Strei, set)n, 3h)dlf, s^tinsig, stt()Ien, 3ef)e, fe^en, fil^en, ^ungc, 
 
 3eit, 
 tDeift, betfeen, breifeig, gug, fog, grog, ©trage, iBaffer, effcn, 
 ^u<i), Tlil^, \u(i)tn, (Bad^e, madden, SBod^e, (g)lei(^, bred^en, 
 
 fpred^en, ertDad^en. 
 ;iifd^, ^latt, rot, Xal, 2:ur, ^rot, ©arten, 2:od^ter, alt, Stag, 
 
 <^eite, treiben, reiten, gut, bitten, fd^elten, ^Tier, fSd^atten, 
 
 trinfen, breit, tun, ^art, tt)aitn, (be)reit, ©ott. 
 geber, iBruber, brei, bort, nieber, 3)ieb, tueber, ©d^rnieb, leib, (Srbc. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 203 
 
 -fcftaft corresponds to English -ship: hit greunbfd^aft, 
 friendship. Form nouns from ber 9[)?ann {crew), ber $err 
 {rule, dominion), gefangen {imprisonment). 
 
 -fal denotes action or completion: \ia^ (Sci^icffal, fate 
 (from fd^iden). Form nouns from laben, refresh, triib, sad 
 (fem., sadness). 
 
 -bar forms adjectives denoting possibility or necessity: 
 le^bar, legible, fd^iffbar, navigable, furcfttbar, terrible. Form 
 adjectives from benfen, boren, febeti (ftcbt = ). 
 
 -ig, -ifc^, -\x6) form adjectives mostly from nouns, but 
 also from other parts of speech: b^uttg, to-day's, present, 
 blutig, bloody; fpottifd^, scornful, romifcb/ Roman; mannltd^, 
 male, masculine, mogttd^, possible. Form adjectives in -ig 
 from etn, greube; in -\\6) from SBeib, ^utber; in -\\6) from 
 2^ag, 3abr, — These three sufl^xes usually cause Umlaut. 
 
 LESSON XXXV 
 
 SSicbcirftoIungj^fragctt 
 
 1. SD^it melc^em ^ilf^seittrort tDirb ba^ beutfd^c ^affibum 
 gebirbet? 
 
 2. ^oniugleren ©ie alle fec^^ 3^tten be6 ^afftDum^ t)on: 
 ^er a;?ann fd^Iagt ben ^naben. !Da^ ^mabd^en Iteft ha^ ^uc^. 
 (Setn greunb btfft tbnt nic^t. 
 
 3. ©rflaren ®ie (auf (Snglifc^) ben ltnterfrf)ieb gmifc^en: 
 2)iefeg ^ud^ ift in ?eber {leather) gebunben. ^iic^er h^erben oft 
 in ?eber gebunben. T)ie SO^aufe Xoaxtn gefangen. ^ie SD^aufe 
 irurben gefangen. 9D?ein 9?od ift t)on btefem (Sd^neiber gentac^t. 
 SDIeine ^leiber merben t)on biefem ^d^nelber {tailor) gemad^t. 
 
 4. ©e^en @ie in ben folgenben ^ix^txi bie ^rapofttionen 
 burc^ ober tjon unb bie ridfitigen (Snbungen: 
 
 SD^ein ^mber tDurbe — ein- ©tein am ^opfe t)ern)unbet 
 
204 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 gelb, ©arten, fc^Iagen, Xa^, legen (lag), fagen, ^uge, iDcg, gelteti. 
 
 5SogeI, folgen, ^ftug, 9L)^orgen. 
 
 ©tuf)l, iBlume, blau, grau, Iteben, geben, tret ben, ©tein, iBein, 
 
 allein, ein, fetn, leib, breit, gleifc^, @i^, ac^t, ^a(i)t, ^a(i)t, 
 
 dltd)t, Ia(^en, (®e)ftc^t, bad^te, hxa(i)U, reid^, 
 
 II. Try to find as many German-English cognates as 
 you can in Texts XXVII to XXXVI. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVI 
 
 I. fjragcn 
 
 1. SBte tnirb griebrid^ II. bon "jpreujen oft genannt? 2. SSo 
 fiatte er fid^ ein ©d^Iog bauen laffen? 3. 3Ba^ ftbrte ii)n bort 
 oft? 4. SSa^ bfitte ber ^onig gem tun laffen? 5. Siefe er bte 
 9}?iible tDirflic^ nteberreifeen? 6. i£3en liefe er einft gu fic^ fom= 
 men? 7. ^a^ fagte er ju bem 9D2uIler? 8. 3Sa6 anttDortete 
 biefer? 9. §atte ber ^onig im (gmft gefprod^en? 10. ^ixtit 
 ber 9}?ul(er @elb genug gebabt, ha^ (Sd^Iofe p faufen? 11. SSar 
 bem ^miiller feine TluW feil? 12. SSer {)atte bie 2^uf)te dor bem 
 ailuKer ge()abt? 13. fatten biefe fie je t)erfauft? 14. SBag f)atte 
 ber ^onig nid^t tun follen? 15. SSie t)iet n)oIlte er bem WHiiikx 
 nun fiir feine SO^iible bejaf)Ien? 16. SSa^ anttDortete if)m aber 
 biefer? 17. iCSa^ tat ber ^onig ba? 18. ^a^ fagte er p bem 
 Tlixlkv? 
 
 n. libcrfc^ung 
 
 A. 1. It would be better if you stayed here. 2. I like 
 (use gem) to see him, but I should not like to have him as 
 [a] friend. 3. That mill would have disturbed everybody. 
 4. The king would like to have the mill torn down. 5. Ger- 
 man stories sometimes end with the words: And if he had 
 not died, he would still be hving. 6. Would you like to 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 205 
 
 (wounded), 3)er ©lafer tDurbe — b- ^erggetft genedt. ^er 
 ^aifer tDurbe — b- ©lode au^ bem <Sc^loffe gerufen. T)a^ 
 die id) fd^Iiefet ben grieben, ber ^aifer {)anbelt (acfe) nur tm 
 ^^anten be^ D^eic^e^; ber griebe iDirb alfo — b- ^eic^, aber — 
 b- ^aifer gefc^Ioffen. 
 
 5, @eben ©ie bie ©t^nopft^ folgenber (Sci^e: 3)er ^enfer milt 
 ben ©(^tdd^ter ^angen, ^arfft bu nid^t mit mir gef)en? ^ann 
 er nid^t fommen? 
 
 LESSON XXXVI 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 Paradigms are given on pages 235-245. 
 
 89. The Subjunctive has Four Tenses, for each of 
 which there are two types (raarked I and II in the para- 
 digms) : 
 
 Present : I er fei II er tDare 
 
 Past : I er fei getuefen II er tDixvt gen3ef en 
 
 Future: I er rt)erbe fein II er miirbe fein 
 
 Fut. Perf . : I er h)erbe getuefen fein II er miirbe gemefen fein 
 
 Note. The second subjunctives are generally called the preterit 
 subjunctive (tt)are), pluperfect subjunctive (mare gettjefcn), and firsc 
 and second conditional (rtiirbe fein, iDiirbe gemefen fein). These names 
 are misleading. 
 
 The corresponding forms of the indicatives and sub- 
 junctives of the verb fein (3d sing.) are accordingly: 
 
 Indicative Subjiinctive 
 
 Present: er ift cr fei, metre 
 
 Preterit : er mar ] 
 
 Perfect: er ift gemefen [ er fei gemefen, mSre gemefcn 
 
 Pluperfect : er mar gemefen J 
 
 Future: er mirb fein er merbe fein, miirbe fein 
 Future Perfect: er mirb gemefen er merbe gemefen fein, miirbe ge^ 
 
 fein mefen fein 
 
206 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 have my castle for your old mill? 7. Do you think the 
 miller ought to have sold his mill to the king? 8. The 
 miller could have sold his mill for a large sum of money. 
 9. You could not buy my house even if you offered me 
 ten times as (fo) much. 10. Would you Hke to buy this 
 house if you had enough money? 11. The king got angry 
 because he would have hked to have the mill. 12. About 
 how much might your house be worth? 13. Perhaps the 
 miller would have sold his mill if there had been no courts 
 in Prussia. 14. You might do that if we had no court of 
 appeals. 15. The mill would have been torn down if 
 the miller had sold it. 
 
 B. King Frederick the Great of Prussia had a beautiful 
 park. He would have been there very often if he had 
 not frequently been disturbed by the noise of an old mill. 
 He would have liked to buy the mill, and then it would 
 have been torn down. 
 
 But the mill belonged to an old man who did not want 
 to sell it. Once the king asked him: ''Would you Hke to 
 buy my castle? How much would you pay for it?^' ''I 
 should like to buy it if I had enough money. But it 
 would cost too much," the miller said. ''But my castle 
 and your mill do not fit to each other," said the king. 
 "One of them will have to be torn down. If you cannot 
 buy my castle, sell me your milL" 
 
 "I cannot do that. Your Majesty," the miller an- 
 swered. "Neither my father nor my grandfather would 
 ever have sold the mill, and I shall not do it either." 
 
 The king said: "Well, I could tear the mill down with- 
 out paying you anything at all (irQenbetma^). You ought 
 to see that you cannot hinder me." But the miller smiled 
 and said: "No, I could not hinder you — if we had no 
 court of appeals." 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 207 
 
 90. Formation of the Second Subjunctive. (Present.) 
 
 1. With weak verbs the second subjunctive is Hke the 
 indicative of the preterit (compare Enghsh if we had: we 
 had) : SBenti er nod^ lebte, // he were still living. 
 
 Note. The irregular weak verbs (Synopsis, § 43) have the in- 
 finitive vowel, e.g. brennen has the second subjunctive brenntc. 
 
 The modal auxiUaries have the infinitive vowel; toiffcn has ii: 
 biirfte, fonntc, moc^te, milfetc, tootltc, fotttc, milfetc. 
 
 2. Strong verbs add -e to the preterit indicative in the 
 first and third person of the singular and have Umlaut if 
 possible: id) gabe, i(i) ftele, ic^ triige. 
 
 Note. Strong verbs with the preterit vowel a followed by r+ 
 consonant (Class IV) change the a to ii: id) ftiirbe, h)iirbe. The same 
 change is frequent with {)elfcn and [tel^en: l^iilfe or I)(ilfe, ftiinbc or [tatibc. 
 
 The Compound Tenses are formed hke the indicatives, 
 combining the past participles or infinitives with the first 
 or second subjunctive of ^aben or fein. See paradigms in 
 Part III, ipages 235-245. 
 
 Especially important are the second subjunctive forms of certain 
 modal auxiliaries; the past subjunctives of Type II differ greatly 
 from the corresponding English expressions: 
 
 Present Indicative : i(^ tann 6ct)cn. 
 
 Perfect Indicative: ic^ ^abt ecf)en fonncn; consequently: 
 
 Past Subjunctive II: idf f)'dttt gc^cn fonncn, / should have been 
 able to go, i.e., / could have gone. Other instances: 
 
 {(i) I)attc getien biirfen, / shovM have been allowed to go 
 „ „ „ mogen, / should have liked to go 
 „ „ „ miiffcn, / should have been compelled to go 
 „ „ „ fotlen, / ought to have gone 
 
208 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 The king laughed and said: ''Well, then I shall keep 
 my castle, and you can keep your mill." 
 
 m. ilihnnq 
 
 1. ©eben ©ie atte gormen beg gtDeiten ^oniunfttt)^ in alien 
 t)ier 3^iten beS 5l!tit)iung t)on: feln, fangen, fliegen, ftnben, 
 fterben, fonneti, tDiffen. 
 
 2. ®eben <Bk ben stDetten ^oniunftit) beg ^afftt)umg (alte 
 bier Batten) t)on: [(i^Iagen, fef)en, l^olen, 
 
 3. Change to the past: @g h)are beffer, toenn bu arbeiteteft. 
 S^ f)ulfe t()m, h)enn er mtcf) barum bate. 3c^ beanttcortete ben 
 ^rtef, n)enn i(i) lefen f onnte. 
 
 4. Substitute in the three sentences given above, and 
 in their past forms, the forms with tDiirbe (''conditionals '^ 
 wherever they are admissible according to § 91 ^ Note 2. 
 
 5. In the following sentences use second subjunctives 
 instead of the infinitives given in parenthesis — (a) for the 
 present, (5) for the past: 
 
 (a) SBenn bag S^x ^ferb (fetn), fo (h)tffen) @te, auf tod(i)tm 
 5Iuge eg blinb ift. — 3c^ (tDerben) eud^ ein ^unftftiicf s^igen, 
 n)enn t{)r mir eure (B^ni)e (geben). — 3Benn n)ir bag (Sonnen= 
 lic^t in einem (Sade (fangen), (fonnen) n)ir eg in bag 9tat()ang 
 tragen. — SKenn t()r bag ^olj ber !2ange nad^ (nel^men), fo 
 (fonnen) tf)r eg in bie ^ircfie tragen. 
 
 (6) 3)er jnnge ®raf (ertrtnfen), n3enn tl)n bie SSellen nid^t 
 ang Ufer (tragen). — SKenn bie iBiirger bent O^attenfanger 
 feinen !2o!)n (bejalilen), fo (t)erlieren) fie if)re ^inber nid^t. — 
 '^k dlomev (nntern)erfen) ^entfc^lanb beinaf)e. 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 209 
 
 91. The Second Subjunctive is used mainly for con- 
 ditions contrary to fact, possibility, wish, comparison, and 
 concession. E.g. : 
 
 1. Condition: (S^ toavt beffer, tuenn bu fcimft, It would be 
 better if you came. 
 
 @^ h)are beffer getDefen, menn bu gefo-mmen toiirft, It would: 
 have been better if you had come. 
 
 Note 1. As in English, the conjunction 5E3cnn can be omitted, 
 and the clause has inverted order: ^amft bu, [o to'an e« beffer. SS&rft: 
 bu gefommen, fo tQ'dvt eg beffer Qeluefeu. 
 
 Note 2. In the principal clause, but not in the i/-clause, the. 
 conditionals (i.e. the second subjunctives of the future and future 
 perfect) may be used: @g miirbe beffer (gen)efen) fein, h)enn bu f(itnft 
 (fiefommen tDtirft). 
 
 Note 3. Unreality (with a condition understood) is expressed in 
 the same way: Wldn 3Sater I)(itte bie SDZiil^le nie berfauft, My father would 
 never have sold the mill. 
 
 2. Possibility: especially modal auxiliaries are often 
 used to express possibility: 
 
 2)a^ moc^te too^X fein, That might be so. 
 !Du fonnteft mir eineti ©efallen tun, You might do me a 
 favor. 
 
 T)a^ bilrfte Jdo^I fo fein, That might probably be so. 
 3d§ follte ie^t Qt\)tn, I ought to go now. 
 
 3. Wish: SBenn er (boc^) balb fame, or ^ame er bod^ balb, 
 / wish he would come soon! Qd^ tnodite gefien, / should like 
 to go. 
 
 4. Concession, Comparison: SSenn 3f)r mir aud) jefm* 
 mal fo t)iel botet, fo tDurbe ic^ bie Wfl\i\)k bod^ nid^t t)erfaufen, / 
 should not sell the mill even if you offered me ten times as 
 much. @6 iDar, al^ \)aW ber §immel bie (grbe ftill gefiifet,. 
 It seemed as if heaven had gently kissed the earth. 
 
210 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVn 
 
 I. Sragen 
 
 1. SBeld^en franjoftfd^en ^id^ter betnunberte griebrid^ ber 
 ^ro6e befonber^? 2. 3Bo lebte berfelbe langere 5ett? 3, i8e= 
 iDimberte ber ^onig auc^ bie gef)Ier be^ 3)id^ter«? 4, SSelc^er 
 8ef)Ier 3SoItaire^ njar i()m befonber^ unangene^tn? 5. SSer fam 
 einft an ben §of griebric^^ be^ ©rofeen? 6. iffieffen ru{)Tnte fic§ 
 biefer (Snglanber? 7. iffia^ fonnte er tun, tDenn er einen langeren 
 iBortrag ein etngige^ Wal ge()ort ^aiU? 8. i£Ba^ g^fc^cif) ein* 
 mal, al^ ber (Snglanber in (San^fouci toar? 9. SKa^ fagte 
 iBoltaire? 10. SBa^ f)ie6 ber ^onig ben ©nglctnber tun? 
 11. SBa6 rief ber i^onig Tnef)rere SJ^ale n)a^renb iBoItaireg 
 :5Sortrag? 12. SSa^ gab griebric^ t)or (pretended), aU 53oItaire 
 Su (gnbe mv? 13. iffia^ marf er tf)m t)or? 14. iJSa^ fei erft 
 ant t)ortgen 3;:age ( = geftem) gefci^e^en? 15. Unb n)a^ fage 
 -iBoItaire I)eute? 16. iffia^ antlDortete S3oItaire? 17. SBa^ 
 fagte ber ^ontg? 18. SSa« tat er bann? 19. 5fi$ag tat ber 
 (Snglanber? 20. SKa^ erflarte ber ^onig enblic^ 33oItaire? 
 
 n. iibcrfc^ung 
 
 1. It is said (9}?anfagt) that Frederick the Great was a 
 friend of (the) French art. 2. The poet wished that a 
 :Special room be furnished for him. 3. The king thought 
 he knew the poet's faults well enough. 4. He said he 
 would soon cure him of that fault. 5. That EngHshman 
 boasted that he had a better memory than any ( = every) 
 other man. 6. Do you think you can repeat this poem 
 word for word? 7. He promised that he would write 
 -three poems in one day. 8. The king wished that the 
 Englishman should hear every word. 9. The king ex- 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 211 
 
 LESSON xxxvn 
 
 92. Formation of the First Subjunctive (Paradigms on 
 pages 235-245). 
 
 1. The third person of the singular ends in -c: er lebc, 
 gebe (but er fet) . It is practically always like the infinitive, 
 omitting the -n, 
 
 2. Strong verbs do not change the stem vowel: bu 
 gebcft, er gebe; bu falleft, er falle (indicatives: bu fctllft, er fttttt; 
 bu gibft, er gibt). 
 
 3. Modal auxiliaries and h3iffen have the infinitive 
 vowel throughout: id) biirfe, bu biirfeft, er biirfe; ic^ tdolk, bu 
 tDolleft, er hjolle. 
 
 4. <Sein is irregular. Note the form il^r feiet (indicative 
 feib) ; also note bu b^beft, er bcibe, bu merbeft, er n)erbe. 
 
 5. Connecting e is used everywhere: bu Qebeft, ^aht^t (in- 
 dicatives: bu fiibft, l)a\t). 
 
 General Principle: Only those Forms of the First 
 Type should be used as Subjunctives that are Different 
 from the Corresponding Indicatives. Connecting e is not 
 considered a sufficient difference; therefore bu Iebeft> i\)X 
 lebet are not to be used as subjunctives. 
 
 93. The First Subjimctive is used in commands, in 
 solemn wishes, and in indirect discourse (and clauses of 
 purpose). 
 
 1. Command: (Sr beetle ftc^! Let him make haste! (Seten 
 iDtr greunbe! Let us befriends! 
 
 2. Solemn Wish : @S lebe ber ^onig, Long live the king! 
 
 94. Indirect Discourse and Clauses of Purpose usu- 
 ally have the indicative if the verb of the principal clause 
 stands in the present tense, but the subjunctive if it 
 
212 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 claimed that he had already heard the poem. 10. You 
 acted as if you knew the poem very well. 11. How could 
 you say that you just wrote that poem? 12. I thought 
 you had been mistaken. 13. The king promised the poet 
 that he would call the Enghshman immediately. 14. I 
 thought you had recited the poem yesterday. 15. At 
 last the king explained how it had happened. 
 
 m. iXhnnq 
 
 1. ®eben (Bk alle gebraud^lid^en (customary) gormen be0 
 erften ^onjunftit)^ t)on: bleiben, liegen, f)aben, miiffen, geben. 
 
 2. ilbertragen ^Bk folgenbe inbtrefte 9?eben in alle <3^iten: 
 dx glaubte, bu faufteft ein ^au^, (@r glaubte, bu l)aht]t tin 
 §aug fiefauft, u.f.m.) (Sr \)at gefagt, t^r fcimet balb. @r meinte, 
 ha^ gefc^el^e (gefci^aW nie. 
 
 3. ilbertragen Bk in hk tnbirefte D^ebe: (a) bie SSorte be^ 
 !?anbmann^ unb be^ 3)tebe^ in 2:ejt XIV, (6) bie SSorte D^iibe^ 
 aal^l^ in ^ejt XV, (c) bie iffiorte ©ermann^ unb be^ ^onigg in 
 Xejt XXXIV, 
 
 Note. Imperatives are to be rendered by [oHcn: dx fagtc: „^otnm 
 3U mir!"; indirect: (Sr fagtc, id^ folic ju il^m fommcn. 
 
 Questions without an interrogative pronoun or adverb are to be 
 introduced by ob, whether: 3)er ^onig frogtc: „3ft ba^ dtt^t . . . ?"; 
 indirect: 3)er ^dnig fragtc, ob ha^ 9iec^t fei. 
 
 4. ilbertragen ®ie bie tnbireften D^eben in ^ejt XXXVII 
 in bie birefte 9?ebe, g. ^.: 3Soltaire fagte: „3ci^ \)aht ein neued 
 ©ebid^t gefd^rieben unb n)ill eg Dortragen," 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 213 
 
 stands in any other tense: (Sr fagt, cr tft tnctn greunb, He 
 says he is my friend^ but (Sr fagte, er fci mein greunb, He said 
 he was my friend. 
 
 The tense of the subjunctive of indirect discourse or 
 clauses of purpose does not depend in any way on the 
 tense of the principal clause, but on the tense that would 
 be used if the statement or the intention were expressed 
 in direct form. The second subjunctive is admissible 
 everywhere, but the first subjimctive is in general pref- 
 erable wherever its form is not in contradiction to the 
 ''General Principle" (§ 92). 
 
 For instance: 
 
 DIRECT INDIRECT 
 
 (Sr fofltc (t)at gefogt, l^attc gcfogt/ toixb fagcn, toirb gcfagt ^abcn): 
 
 ,f^^ Sei^e md) ^aufe" cr qcI^c (ging) nad) ^aufc 
 
 »3(^ Qtng na^ ^ouf^" ] 
 
 „3t^ bin nad) ^oufc QcgatiQcn" cr fei (hJiire) nad) ^aufc Qcgangcn 
 
 „^d) tvax nad) ^aufc geganQen" 
 
 „^d) njcrbc nad) ^aufe 0cf)cn" er toerbc (hJlirbc) nad) ^aufc gcl^cn 
 
 „^d) toerbe nad) ^aufe Qcgangcn fcin" . . . er toerbc (h)iirbc) nad) ^oufe ge* 
 
 gangcn fein 
 
 Clauses of purpose are treated like indirect quotations, 
 but the subjunctive is not uncommon even after the 
 present: @r lauft, bamit er ben 3^6 noc^ erreid^t, He runs 
 in order to catch his train. @r lief, bamit er ben Sm nod^ 
 erreid^e. 
 
 Note. Omission of the conjunction ba^ is extremely common in 
 indirect discourse; in this case, normal (or inverted) word order is 
 used: dx fogtc, er fei bein greunb is much more common than . . . bofe 
 cr . . . fei. 
 
214 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVm 
 
 1. 53erh)anbeln ©ie folgenbc <B'di^c in SKunfd^fftt^c (optative 
 sentences, wishes) : 
 
 (a) tnit ber erften gorm be^ ^oniunftit)^: 3d^ iDcrbe ber brttte 
 in eurem iBunbe fein. ^er ^onig h)irb lange leben. 3)a^ neue 
 3af)r irirb euc^ alien t»iel ®ute6 bringen. ®ott tDirb bic^ fd^ii^en. 
 (<3» ^' 3c^ f^i ber britte in enrem iBunbe.) 
 
 (6) mit ber ghjeiten gorm: ^ommt er balb? (^ame er balb! 
 ober iSBenn er balb fame!) 3ft ha^ nie gefc^elien? iBift bu bort 
 fietoefen? ^ennft bu meinen greunb fo gut mie ic^? 5lrbeitet er 
 fleifeig {industriously)? 3[t er 3U ^aufe geblieben? 
 
 gtagctt 
 
 1. iESa^ n^ar t)on tbnig 5llbre(^t allgemein befannt? 2. 2Bel= 
 c^e ^antone griinbeten bal)er einen 53unb? 3. SSa^ fiir 55ogte 
 fanbte tl)nen ber ^aifer? 4. 3Bag taten biefe? 5. 2Bag fagte 
 einmal ©efeler bei ©tauffac^er^ neuem $aufe? 6. SSa^ ge= 
 fc^al) einmal 5lmolb t)on 2)?elc^tal, unb marum mufete er flieben? 
 7. SSa^ gefc^al) feinem SSater? 8. iBa^ fagte einmal bie gran 
 be^ ©tauffac^er gu ibrem iD^anne? 9. 3Ba6 tat biefer? 
 10. i£Bot)on rebete er mit SBalter giirft unb ^molb t)on 9D?eld^* 
 tal? 11. ^a^ follte jeber t)on ben breien tun? 12. ilBann unb 
 n)o famen fie mieber gufammen? 13. SBa^ f(^n)uren fie ba? 
 14. SBag liefe bamal^ ©efeler in Uri tun? 15. 3Ber ging t)or* 
 hd, ol)ne fic^ gu bemeigen? 16. iCSa^ Derlangte ©efeler sur (Strafe 
 
EXERCISES AND LESSONS 215 
 
 LESSON xxxvm 
 
 1. SBeld^e gorm be^ ^onjunftib^ tt)irb meift fiir etnen SBunfd^ 
 g brauc^t, bie erfte ober bie gmeite? 
 
 2. SBelc^er ^oniunftiD fte^t in ^onbitionalfa^en? 
 
 3. 3n tDeld^errt 2:etl einer fonbttionaten ^eriobe barf man ben 
 ^onbittonal gebraud^en, im §auptfa^e ober tm 9^ebenfa^e? 
 
 4. SSann foil in ^Ibfid^t^fai^en (ginalfa^en) unb in ber inbi= 
 reften Dtebe ber ^onjunftib fte()en, nnb 'warm ber ^nbifatii)? 
 
 5. SSeld^en ^onjunftit) (ben erften ober ben gtoeiten) gebraud^t 
 man in fold^en ©al^en? 
 
 {Continued from page 214) 
 
 Don ii)m? 17. (Sd^og 2:ell ben 5lpfet t)om ©aupte feine^ <®o()ne^? 
 18. SSarum liefe it)n ©efeler gefangen nel^men? 19. ^oi^in 
 tooltte er U)n bringen? 20. SSarum fnf)r er im (Sturme ab? 
 21. SSa^ gefcfiaf) auf bem (See? 22. iCSof)in flo^ ^ell? 23. SSa^ 
 fagte er ^u fid^? 24. 3Bo berbarg er fi(^? 25. SSa^ gefd^aJ), aU 
 ©efeler fam? 26. SSann t)erfammelten fid^ bie 3J2anner, bie auf 
 bem D^iitli gefd^n)oren ^atttn? 27. SSetc^e iBurg tDurbe einge* 
 nommen? 28. SBie gefd^af) ba«? 29. SSa^ tat man in Uri? 
 30. 5In njeld^em 3:age h)ar ba^ gefd^ef)en? 31. ilSag gefc^af) am 
 nad^ften <Sonntage, nnb mie lange bauerte ber iBunb? 
 
PART III 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
1. 
 
 
 THE 
 
 ARTICLES 
 
 
 
 The Definite Article 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 All Genders 
 
 bcr 
 
 bic 
 
 ba^ 
 
 bie 
 
 ht» 
 
 bcr 
 
 be« 
 
 ber 
 
 bem 
 
 bcr 
 
 bem 
 
 ben 
 
 ben 
 
 bte 
 
 ba^ 
 
 bie 
 
 2* Declined like the definite article: 
 
 biefer, this, jener, that, jeber, every, meld^er, which. 
 
 3. 
 
 
 The Indefinite Article 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 ONLY 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 
 Netjt. 
 
 ein 
 
 eine 
 
 
 ein 
 
 eineg 
 
 etner 
 
 
 etneS 
 
 einem 
 
 etner 
 
 
 etncm 
 
 einen 
 
 eine 
 
 
 ein 
 
 4. Declined like the indefinite article: 
 
 mein, my, bein, euer, Qi^x, your, fein, his, its, x^v, her, their, 
 fdn, no, not any. 
 
 5. Contractions: an^, aufg, tn^, ant, int, gum, jur, etc. 
 
 THE NOUN 
 
 6. Gender. As there are no absolutely definite rules 
 for the determination of gender, each noun must be re- 
 membered with its definite article — its first syllable, as 
 
 219 
 
220 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 it were. The following rules, however, will cover a large 
 number of nouns : 
 
 1. Nouns denoting male beings are, in general, masculine; those 
 denoting female beings feminine, but : 
 
 (a) all diminutives (in -(^en and -Ictn) are neuter: bag 2)?iinnd^cn, 
 the little man; haQ Wab^m, the girl . 
 
 (b) ba^ SBeib, the woman; ba^ ^inb, the child; bag ^alh, the calf; 
 ha^ 2amm, the lamb. 
 
 2. The following are masculine: 
 
 (a) nouns ending in -ig, -i<i), -ing, -ling, like ber ^iifig, cage; ber 
 2;eppic^, carpet; ber >§artng, herring; ber ^iingling, youth. 
 
 (b) nouns in -cr denoting the agent, like ber 5lr belter, workman. 
 
 (c) nouns in -en unless they are infinitives used as nouns, in 
 which case they are neuters: ber iSBagen, carriage. (But bag ?cbcn, 
 living, life.) 
 
 (d) names of days, months, seasons, and points of the compass: 
 ber 2)^itth)od^, Wednesday; ber (September, ber SSinter, ber SBeften. 
 
 3. The following are feminine : 
 
 (a) most nouns ending in -e; those denoting male beings, however, 
 are masculines, and collectives beginning with ®e- and ending in -e 
 are neuter: bte 53iume, flower; bte ©efd^idite, story; ber ^nabe, boy; ba^ 
 ©ebtrge, mountains. 
 
 (b) G^erman nouns in -et, -l^eit, -in, -fett, -fc^aft, -ung, and verbal 
 derivatives in -t; foreign nouns in -te, -if, -ion, -tat, -ur: bie i8ctf= 
 feret, bakery; bte ^^reil^ett, liberty; bie (Sinigfeit, unity; bie greunbfc^aft, 
 friendship; bie 3^i^niiTig, drawing; bie ^unft, art; bie ^oologte, zoology; 
 bie 2)?u[tf, music; bie Station, nation; bie DIattonalitat, nationality; bit 
 S^atur, nature. 
 
 (c) the names of German rivers, except ber 9^f)ein, ber 2)?ain, ber 
 yitdax, ber ?ed^, ber 3nn, ber 33ober, ber gifadf, ber gibing, ber 9fegen, 
 ber "iPregel. Observe that most of these belong to southwestern 
 Germany. Names of foreign rivers are mostly masculines: ber 
 SD^iffiffippi, ber ^ubfon. (But bie 2:^emfe, bie SBoIga, etc.) 
 
 {d) most abstract nouns : bte Xrauer, sorrow. 
 
 4. The following are neuter: 
 
 (a) all infinitives used as nouns: ba^ Sefen, {the) reading. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 221 
 
 (6) almost all nouns beginning with ®c- and ending in -c, most 
 of which are collectives: bag ©cbirgc, mountains. 
 
 (c) diminutives ending in -d^cn or -Icin. 
 
 (d) most names of coimtries and towns; feminines are: bic ©d^lDCt;, 
 Switzerland; and those ending in -ct, Uke bic Xiirfci, Turkey. 
 
 (e) most nouns ending in -ni«, -fal, -fcl, -turn: ha& ©cfanQtiiS, 
 prison; baS ©(^ictfol, fate; ba^ 9?(itfcl, riddle; ba^ ^aifcrtum, empire. 
 (But hit ^cnntniS, knowledge; bic 2:riibfal, misery; bcr ^nrtunt, error.) 
 
 (f) names of metals: ha^ (Sifcn, iron; bag @oIb, gold. (But bcr 
 ©tafil, steel.) 
 
 5. Compoimds have, in general, the gender of their last com- 
 ponent: ha^ ^6)utt)au^, schoolhov^e. 
 
 Declension 
 
 7. General Rules. Singular: All neuters and most 
 masculines have -^ (-e^, -n^, -en^) in the genitive, and 
 many may take -e in the dative. 
 
 Feminines remain unchanged in the singular. 
 Plural: 1. The nominative, genitive, and accusative 
 are alike. 
 
 2. The dative always ends in -n (-en), 
 
 3. No plural has less than two syllables. 
 
 8. Strong Nouns are those that take -n (-en) neither in 
 the gen. sing, nor in the nom. plur. 
 
 Weak Nouns are those that take -n (-en) in the plural, 
 and, if mascuHne, in the gen., dat., ace. sing. 
 
 Mixed Nouns are those that are strong in the singular 
 and weak in the plural. 
 
222 
 9. 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 Classes of Declension 
 
 Strong 
 
 Weak 
 
 Mixed 
 
 
 
 Class I 
 
 Class II 
 
 Class III 
 
 
 
 Singu- 
 lar 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 -« 
 
 -(e)8 
 -(c) 
 
 -(e) 
 
 -(e)n 
 -(c)n 
 -(c)n 
 
 -(c) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 (-) 
 (-) 
 (-)tt 
 W 
 
 (-)e 
 Wc 
 (-)cn 
 (-)e 
 
 
 -(On 
 -(e)n 
 -(e)it 
 -(e)n 
 
 -(e)n 
 -(e)n 
 -(e)n 
 -(e)n 
 
 Note. The singular endings stated in this diagram are, of course, subject to the 
 general rule that feminines have no endings in the singular. 
 
 10. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 her SBagen 
 beg SSagen^ 
 bem ^a^tn 
 ben SSagen 
 
 ~ Paradigms 
 Strong Declension 
 
 CLASS I 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 ber (Garten 
 beg ©attend 
 bem (^axttn 
 ben ©arten 
 
 bie arjutter 
 ber ^mutter 
 ber ^mutter 
 bie ^mutter 
 
 ha^ ©ebftube 
 beg (J^ebctube^ 
 bem ©ebaube 
 ba^ ©ebciube 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 N. bie SSagen 
 G. ber SBagen 
 D. ben SSagen 
 A. bie iGSagen 
 
 bie ©arten 
 ber ©drten 
 ben ©arten 
 bie ©arten 
 
 bie ^mutter 
 ber^miitter 
 ben SQ^iittem 
 bie ^mutter 
 
 bie (^ebftnbe 
 ber (^ebaube 
 ben ©ebcinben 
 bie (J^ebiinbe 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 223 
 
 11. 
 
 Nom. ber §ut 
 Gen. be« §utC!^ 
 Dat. bem §ute 
 Ace. ben $ut 
 
 Nom. bte §ute 
 
 Gen. ber ©iitc 
 
 Dat. ben ^iitcn 
 
 Ace. bie ^iite 
 
 CLASS II 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 ber Xa^ 
 
 bie ^acSt 
 
 ba^ Sa^x 
 
 beg Xa^t^ 
 
 ber 9^a($t 
 
 beg 3a^rc)^ 
 
 bem Xage 
 
 ber g^ad^t 
 
 bem 3^a()re 
 
 ben Xag 
 
 bie ma(^t 
 
 bag 3a6r 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 
 bie XaQt 
 
 bie 5^ad^te 
 
 bie ^fil^te 
 
 ber 3:a9C 
 
 ber 9^ac^te 
 
 ber 3a{)re 
 
 ben XaQcn 
 
 ben 9^a(^ten 
 
 ben ^ct^ren 
 
 bie jlage 
 
 bie g^ad^te 
 
 bie Qa^xt 
 
 115. 
 
 Nom. bag §aug 
 
 Gen. beg ^au\t§ 
 
 Dat. bem ©aufe 
 
 Ace. bag ^aug 
 
 CLASS III 
 SINGULAR 
 
 ber SO^ann 
 beg SO^annc^ 
 bem 2)?annc 
 ben SD^ann 
 
 ber 3rrtum 
 beg 3rrtum!3 
 bem 3rrtnm 
 ben 3rrtnm 
 
 Nom. bie ^aufcr 
 Gen. ber ^ttufcr 
 Dat. ben §aufem 
 Ace. bie §aufcr 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 bie ayjanncr 
 ber SO^iinner 
 ben 9[)?anncm 
 hit Tlanntx 
 
 hit ^rrtumcr 
 ber Srrtiimer 
 ben 3n:tumem 
 bie Srrtumer 
 
 13. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 Weak Declension 
 
 ber Wtn\^ 
 beg Wtn\(i)tn 
 htm ^D^enfd^en 
 ben 'jDltn\(^tn 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 ber ^nabe 
 beg ^nabeti 
 bem ^naben 
 ben ^naben 
 
 bie 3a]^l 
 ber SoW- 
 ber 3aW 
 bie 3^61 
 
 hit <Speife 
 ber ©peife 
 ber ®peife 
 bie ^peife 
 
224 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 
 Norn, bie 9D?enfd^cn 
 
 bie ^naben bie So^U^ 
 
 bie ©peifen 
 
 Gen. ber imenfd^ctt 
 
 ber ^naben ber S^^W^ 
 
 ber (gpeifen 
 
 Dat. ben 9D2enf(^en 
 
 ben ^naben ben 3ttf)Icti 
 
 t hen ©peifen 
 
 Ace. bie SJJenfc^en 
 
 bie ^naben bie S^W^ 
 
 bie ©peifen 
 
 14. 
 
 Mixed Declension 
 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ber (Btaat 
 
 ber 3)oftor 
 
 ha^ dnht 
 
 Gen. 
 
 be^ ©taate^ 
 
 be^ 3)oftori^ 
 
 be^ @nbe^ 
 
 Dat.- 
 
 beitt @taatc 
 
 bent S)oftor 
 
 bent (Snbe 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ben ©taat 
 
 ben '^ottox 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 ha^ (Snbe 
 
 Nom. 
 
 bie ©taatcn 
 
 bie 3)oftorctt 
 
 bie @nben 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ber ©taaten 
 
 ber 3)oftoren 
 
 ber (gnben 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ben ©taatcn 
 
 ben 3)oftorcn 
 
 ben (Snben 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bie ©taaten 
 
 bie ^oftovtn 
 Membership 
 
 bie (Snbeti 
 
 To the First Class of the strong declension (10) belong: 
 (a) The masculines and neuters in -el, -er, -en* 
 (6) The feminines TlutUx and ^loc^ter* 
 
 (c) The diminutives in -d^en and -lein (neuters). 
 
 (d) The neuters with the prefix ®e- and the suffix -e. 
 
 Umlaut: Masculines often, feminines always, neuters 
 never (except bag ^lofter, cloister, plur. bie ^lofter). 
 
 Note. A number of masculines end in the nom. sing, either in -c 
 or in -en; they are declined as follows: 
 
 ber Seattle, name, beg 9^Qmeng, bem 5^amen, ben 5^anten; bie Seamen, 
 ber 9^omen, ben 9^amen, bie 9^anten. Such nouns are: ber ^^rtebc, peace; 
 ber ©ebanfe, thought; ber ©laube, faith; ber ^aufe, heap; ber ®ame, seed. 
 
 Similar are: ber %tU (gelfen), rock, be« i^elfeng; ba^ ^erg, heart, beg 
 ^erjeng, bem ^erjen, bog ^txy, bie ^erjen. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 225. 
 
 To the Second Class (11) belong: 
 
 (a) Many masculines, feminines, and neuters of one^ 
 syllable. 
 
 (b) Nouns in -tc^^ -ing, -ling, -ni^, -fal, -funft. 
 
 (c) A number of polysyllabic masculines and neuters, 
 like ber 9}?onat, ba^ papier. 
 
 Umlaut: Masculines often, feminines always, neuters, 
 never. 
 
 To the Third Class (12) belong: 
 
 (a) The most common monosyllabic neuters. 
 
 (6) All nouns in -turn (neuters or masculines). 
 
 A few mascuhnes of one syllable. 
 Umlaut: Always. 
 
 To the Weak Declension (13) belong: 
 
 (a) All feminines that do not belong to Class I or II. 
 
 (6) A number of masculines denoting living beings, like- 
 ber ^naht, ber Tltn\^. 
 
 (c) Most foreign mascuhnes denoting living beings, 
 especially those accented on the last syllable, like ber ©tu- 
 btnt, ber ©olbat (soldier). 
 
 Umlaut: Never. 
 
 To the Mixed Declension (14) belong: 
 
 (a) A small number of masculines and neuters, the 
 most common of which are : ber Sauer, peasant (sometimes 
 weak), ber @ee, lake (be^ @ee^, bie @eeu; the plural has two 
 syllables in pronunciation), ba^ iBett, bed, ha^ 5luge, eye, ba6 
 £)\)V, ear. 
 
 (6) Foreign words in -or: ber ^oftor, ber "iprofeffor; they 
 accent in the plural the syllable -or, in the singular the: 
 syllable before it. 
 
 
226 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 (c) Foreign nouns in -um and a few other foreign neu- 
 ters: ha^ ^t^mnafium, plur. (omitting -um) ®l)mnaf{en. 
 
 Note. The declension of foreign nouns is best learned from prac- 
 tice, as they occur in reading. 
 
 15. Proper Names with the article are mostly unin- 
 flected; without the article they take -^ (-e^) in the gen. 
 sing.; the definite article must (at least, in prose) precede 
 if they are modified by an adjective; with names of per- 
 ;Sons, it occurs also without an adjective: 
 
 ^arbaroffa^ @rab=bag @rab ^arbaroffag=ba^ ®rab be3 
 iBarbaroffa, the grave of Barbarossa. 
 
 ba^ ®rab be^ Qrofeen iBarbaroffa. 
 
 bie gliiffe ^Deutfc^Ianb^ (=bie gliiffe t)on ^tut\^lanb), the 
 rivers of Germany. 
 
 ^ie Tla^t be^ neuen l^eutfd^Ianb, the power of modern 
 ^Germany, 
 
 THE ADJECTIVE 
 
 
 
 Declension 
 
 
 
 
 16. Endings. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 STRONG 
 
 
 
 WEAK 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 .cr e 
 
 eg 
 
 e 
 
 e 
 
 c 
 
 e 
 
 en 
 
 en er 
 
 Ctt 
 
 cr 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 -cm cr 
 
 em 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 ccn c 
 
 eg 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 Strong: like biefer, except gen. sing. masc. and neut. 
 
 Weak: five times e, otherwise n. 
 
 A weak ending is used if a Word with the endings of bie= 
 fer (ber) precedes, a strong ending if no such word pre- 
 .cedes. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 227 
 
 17. 
 
 Paradigms 
 The Weak Declension 
 
 ber groge ^runnen, the great fountain; bie alte ^ird^c, the 
 old church; ha^ flare SBaffer, the clear water. 
 
 Nom. ber gro^c SBntnncn 
 Gen. beg grofecn 33nitmeng 
 Dat. bent grofeen SBrunnen 
 Ace. ben gro&cn 33runnen 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 bie attc ^irc^e 
 ber altcn ^ird^e 
 ber alten ^ird^e 
 bie oltc ^ird^c 
 
 ba^ flare SBaffer 
 be« flaren SBaffer^ 
 bem flarcn SSaffer 
 ha^ flare SSaffer 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 bie grofeen 53runncn 
 ber grofecn 33mnnen 
 ben grofecn 53runnen 
 bie grofeen iBrunnen 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 bie alten ^ird^en 
 ber alten ^ird^en 
 ben alten ^ird^en 
 bie altcn ^irc^cn 
 
 bie flaren iEBaffcr 
 ber flaren SSaffer 
 ben floren SBaffem 
 bie flaren SSaffer 
 
 18. 
 
 The Strong Declension 
 
 f)arter (Stem, hard stone; reine greube, pure joy; flared 
 SBaffer, clear water. 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 Nom. fiarter ®tein 
 Gen. I^arten (Steine« 
 Dat. fiartem ©teine 
 Ace. fiarten ©tein 
 
 reine f^rcube 
 reincr greube 
 reiner i^reubc 
 reine greubc 
 
 nare)§ SBaffer 
 flaren 3Baf[er8 
 ftarem SBaffer 
 flarejg SSaffer 
 
 Nom. l^arte ©teine 
 Gen. l^arter ©teine 
 Dat. l^arten <Steinen 
 Ace. l^artc ©teinc 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 reine g^rcuben 
 reiner i^reuben 
 reinen greuben 
 reine ^^reuben 
 
 flare SBaffer 
 flarcr SSaffer 
 flaren SBaffcm 
 flare iBaffcr 
 
228 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 19. Mixed Declension. After the uninflected cases of cin, tnctn, 
 etc., an adjective must have a strong ending; after their inflected 
 cases, a weak ending; e.g.: 
 
 SINGULAR 
 Nom. etn Iiartcr <Stcin inctnc rcinc greubc 
 Gen. cinc8 \)axUn ®tctnc« mcincr rcincn grcubc 
 Dat. eiticm l^artcti ©tcinc meincr rcincn f^rcubc 
 Ace. cincn Ijartcn <©tcin mcinc rcinc ^^xtuht 
 
 fcin tiaxti SBoffcr 
 fcinc8 flarcn 2Saffcr8 
 fctncm flarcn SSaffcr 
 !cin tlaxt^ SSaffcr 
 
 Nom. I^artc ©tcinc 
 
 Gen. t)Qrtcr <Stcinc 
 
 Dat. I^artcn ©tcincn 
 
 Ace. I)artc ©tcine 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 mcinc rcincn i^rcubcn 
 mcincr rcincn ^^rcubcn 
 mcincn rcincn ^^rcuben 
 mcinc rcincn J^i'cubcn 
 
 fcinc flarcn SBaffcr 
 fcincr flarcn SBaffcr 
 fcincn flarcn SBaffcm 
 fcinc flarcn SBaffcr 
 
 30. Special Cases. 1. Two or more adjectives in suc- 
 cession have the same endings: ein altt^, fd^onei^ §au§. 
 
 2. Adjectives used as nouns are declined like attribu- 
 tive adjectives: ein ^eutfd^er, a German, ber ^eutfd^c, the 
 German. 
 
 Also remember: cttoaS &uUS, something good; nid^t« 'iRtut^, nothing 
 new. 
 
 Comparison 
 
 21. The Comparative ends in -cr, the Superlative in 
 
 -ft-; Umlaut is frequent. 
 
 ficin fleiner bcr fleinftc 
 
 alt (titer ber ftlteftc 
 
 tea tejer ber te^efte 
 
 32. Irregularities: 
 
 firo6, great 
 
 firofeer 
 
 bcr grCgtc 
 
 ^od), high 
 
 m^x 
 
 ber l^od^fte 
 
 nai), near 
 
 nii^er 
 
 ber nad^fte 
 
 t)iel, mtich 
 
 mt^x 
 
 ber meifte 
 
 toenig, little 
 
 toeniger, ntinbcr 
 
 ber njenififte, tnlnbefte 
 
 fiut, good 
 
 beffer 
 
 ber beftc 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 229 
 
 2S. Sentences: 
 
 (a) 3c^ bin ftcirfer aU bu, I am stronger than you. 
 
 (b) dv ift ein ftcirferer 3i)^ann al^ ic^, He is a stronger 
 man than I. 
 
 (c) @r ift am ftcirfften, or ber ftcirffte, He is the strongest. 
 
 (d) <Sie ftngt ant fc^onften, She sings most beautifully. 
 
 NUMERALS 
 
 24. The Cardinals. 
 
 1 ein(^) 16 fec^gef)n 
 
 2 gh)ei 17 ftebaef)n 
 
 3 brei 18 a(^tgef)n 
 
 4 t)ier 19 neun3ef)n 
 
 5 fiinf 20 sman^ig 
 
 6 fed^g 21 einunbgmansig 
 
 7 fieben 22 jtreiunbstDangig 
 
 8 ad^t 23 brciunb^manjig 
 
 9 neun 24 t}ierunb5n)anjig 
 
 10 ^el^n 25 fiinfunb^hjanjig 
 
 11 elf 30 breiftig 
 
 12 3rt)oIf 31 einunbbreifeig 
 
 13 brei3ef)n 40 biergig 
 
 14 t)iergef)n 50 fiinf^ig 
 
 15 fiinfgeiin 10,000 5ef)ntaufmb 
 
 100,000 f)unberttaufenb 
 1,000,000 eine ar^illion 
 1,000,000,000 eine 9}?iIIiarbe 
 1,000,000,000,000 eine Million 
 
 Peculiarities : 
 
 1. In compounds of tens and units, tlie latter precede the former: 
 cinunbjiDanstQ. 
 
 2. The tens end m -jig, with the exception of brei^ig. 
 
 60 fec^gig 
 70 fiebsig 
 80 ac^tgig 
 90 neimgig 
 
 100 ()nnbert 
 
 101 f)unbert einS 
 
 187 ()unbert fiebenunb- 
 
 ad)tgig 
 200 sn)ei f)nnbert 
 1000 taufenb 
 1876 tanfenba(^tt)unbert 
 fec^^unbfiebgig or 
 ad^t3ef)nf)unbert 
 fe(f)^unbfiebgig 
 
230 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 3. ©icbcn drops the syllable -en in the numbers ftcbjcl^n and ftebjig. 
 
 4. A hundred, a thousand is fiunbert, taufcnb; ein l^unbert, ctn taufcnb 
 are used emphatically for English one hundred, one thousand. If a 
 higher number precedes, ein must be used: 1163 = toufenbeinl^unbcrt 
 brciunbfed^jiQ. 
 
 5. Compounds of tens and units are always written in one word: 
 brciunbbrcifeig. Compounds of thousands and hundreds, and multiples 
 of hundreds and thousands are usually written in one word, but not 
 infrequently separated: jlDei l)unbert or 3h)eif)unbcrt. Compounds ex- 
 pressing more than two figures should never be written in one word: 
 llDCttaufcnb ad^t{)unbert Dicrunbbrci&tg. 
 
 6. (Sine iBillion is not 1,000,000,000 ( = eine 9KiEtarbe), but 
 1,000,000,000,000. 
 
 !35. Declension of Cardinals 
 
 1. (Hnig. 
 
 (a) The numeral eing is usually inflected Hke the indefinite article 
 when it stands before a noun: ein 9}?ann, one man or a man; ein 33ud^, 
 one book or a book. 
 
 (6) In counting, when no other numeral follows, the form of the 
 neuter singular, ein8, is used: cin8, jh)ct, bret, . . . f)unbert eing, etc. 
 
 (c) If used pronominally (a noun being understood), ein- is de- 
 clined hke biefer: 3n jenem S^^^^^ ftet)cn itod Xi\(^t, in biefem nur 
 ciner. There are two tables standing in that room, but only one in this. 
 ^aft bu beibe iBiic^er ? Have you both books f S^etn, id^ Iiabc nur cin« 
 (=eine3), No, I have only one. 
 
 2. ^unbert, 2;aufenb, SD^ittton, 3??iHiarbe, SBtKton are nouns, the first 
 two being neuters of the second class of the strong declension, the 
 others weak feminines; but f)unbert and taufenb are declined only when 
 not preceded by another cardinal: biele ^unberte don SfWenfd^en, many 
 hundreds of people; the usage as to capitalization of {)unbert and ton* 
 fcnb is not entirely settled, but in general they are spelled small when 
 they are real numerals (jh)eif)unbcrt, einigc l^unbert 9)?enfd^en) but capi- 
 talized when felt as nouns: me^rere ^unbertc, several hundreds. 
 
 3. The other numerals are, as a rule, not inflected, but the geni- 
 tives jtoeier and brcier and the datives jmeien, breicn occur when the 
 case is not indicated otherwise: bie SD'Jutter jlDcicr ^inber, th^ mother of 
 two children. Inflected forms of other numerals are very rare. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 231 
 
 36. Measures and Weights. Nouns expressing measure, weight, 
 or money value are uninflected after numerals if they are masculines 
 or neuters, but have the regular iMection if they are feminines; the 
 most important exception is bie SD^arf (German coin =25 cents), 
 which is treated Uke masculines and neuters : ^el^n i^u^, ten feet; fiinf 
 ^ilogramm, five kilograms; brei 9)?arf, three marks. 
 
 «7. The Ordinals. 
 
 
 
 1st bcr (bie, ha^) erftc 
 
 10th 
 
 ber je()nte 
 
 2d ber gtDelte 
 
 nth 
 
 ber etfte 
 
 3d bcr hxxiit 
 
 12th 
 
 ber atDblfte 
 
 4th berDicrtc 
 
 13th 
 
 ber breise{)nte 
 
 5th berfiinftc 
 
 20th 
 
 ber stDanstgfte 
 
 6th berfcd^ftc 
 
 21st 
 
 ber einunb^rtjansigfte 
 
 7th ber fiebente 
 
 100th 
 
 ber {)unbertfte 
 
 8th ber a^it 
 
 101st 
 
 ber {)unberterfte 
 
 9th ber neunte 
 
 2000th 
 
 ber jlueitaufenbfte 
 
 THE PRONOUN 
 The Personal Pronoun 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 
 
 First Person 
 
 Second Person 
 
 Third Person 
 
 
 
 MASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NEIJT. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 14 / 
 
 bu, thou tx, he 
 
 fie, she 
 
 eg, it 
 
 Gen. 
 
 •meiner 
 
 beiner feiner 
 
 if)rer 
 
 feiner 
 
 Dat. 
 
 tntr 
 
 bir i{)m 
 
 \\)X 
 
 \\)m 
 
 Ace. 
 
 mx6) 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 fie 
 
 ed 
 
 
 
 AT.T, genders 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 rm 
 
 i6r 
 
 fie 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 unfer 
 
 euer 
 
 if)rer 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 un^ 
 
 eud^ 
 
 if)nen 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ung 
 
 euc^ 
 
 fie 
 
 
232 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Note. Address. 1. !Du and ii)X are the pronouns of familiar 
 address, bu being used to address one, t^r to address several rela- 
 tives, intimate friends, animals, or things. They are also the pro- 
 nouns of address used in prayer and in poetry. 
 
 2. The usual pronoun of address is ©ie for the singular and the 
 plural. ^It is always capitaUzed and followed by a verb in the third 
 person of the plural. 
 
 Are you glad, bift bu frof), feib il^r frof), finb (Sie frof)? 
 
 You have money, bu f)a[t ®clb, i\)x ^aht ®elb, @ie t)abcn ®elb. 
 
 38. Reflexive Pronouns exist only for the dative and 
 accusative of the third person: fid^. In all other forms the 
 personal pronoun is used: t(f) freue mic^, / am glad, rejoice: 
 t(5 freue tnicft h3ir freuen uti^ 
 
 bu freuft bic^ tf)r freut cucft 
 
 er, fie, e^ freut fic^ fte freueu firfi 
 
 ©ie freuen fidft 
 
 29. The Possesive Pronouns and the corresponding 
 personal pronouns are: 
 
 id) tneitt tDir unfcr 
 
 bu beitt i()r cucr 
 
 er, e^ fcin fie tftr 
 
 fie xf)t @ie 3^r 
 
 30. Declension of the possessive pronouns: 
 
 (a) before a noun, like the indefinite article (in the 
 plural, like btefer) : 
 
 mein greunb, my friend Tueine ^^^iti^^c 
 
 •meine^ greunbe^ meiner greunbe 
 
 •meinem greunbe tneinen greunben 
 
 meinen greunb tneine greunbe 
 
 unfer i8u(^, our hook unfere iBild^er 
 
 unfere^ 53uc^e^ unferer ^iic^er 
 
 unferem S3u(^e unferen ^iic^em 
 
 uttfer ^u(^ unfere iBiic^er 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 233. 
 
 (6) Without a noun (or with a noun understood), like 
 biefer: meinct, beincr, feincr, if)rcr, ung(e)rcr, eu(e)rcr, 3f)rer. 
 OJJein iBruber ift alt, beiner ift iung. 
 
 (c) As predicative adjectives they are usually unde- 
 clined. 
 
 Note. But declined forms occur: !Dicfc« ^QU« ift mcin — bag mcine " 
 — mein(c!§). 
 
 31. The Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 ^tcfcr, this, jencr, that, are declined like the definite 
 article. 
 
 ber, that, is decUned: 
 
 (a) like the definite article before a noun. 
 (6) without a noun as follows: 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 All Genders 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ber 
 
 btc 
 
 ha^ 
 
 bie 
 
 Gen. 
 
 beffctt 
 
 bctcn 
 
 bcffeti 
 
 bcrcn, bercr 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bem 
 
 ber 
 
 bem 
 
 benen 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ben 
 
 bie 
 
 ba6 
 
 hit 
 
 ^^erfclbc, the same, and bteienige, that, are declined as follows: 
 
 berfelbc bicfclbc ba^felbc bicfelben 
 
 be^felben berfelben bo^fclben berfelbcn 
 
 bemfelbcn berfelben bemfelben benfelben 
 
 benfelben bicfelbc ba^felbc bicfelben 
 
 In the same way: berjeniQC, beSfenigen, etc. 
 
 (That is: The first part is declined like the definite article, the sec- 
 ond part like a weak adjective.) 
 
 (Bolti), such, is declined: either as an adjective: ein fold^er 
 9}iann; or it is uninflected: fold^ ein 9}iann, such a man. 
 
234 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 33. The Relative Pronouns 
 
 SBeI(^er=ber 
 SBeld^er is declined like biefer, but it has no genitive. 
 ^er is declined as follows: 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 
 PLURAL 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 All Genders 
 
 Nom. 
 
 bcr 
 
 bie 
 
 bag 
 
 bie 
 
 Gen. 
 
 bcffen 
 
 beren 
 
 bcffen 
 
 bcrcn 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bem 
 
 bcr 
 
 bem 
 
 bcncn 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ben 
 
 bie 
 
 ha^ 
 
 bie 
 
 2Scr stands without an antecedent (=he who, whoever). 
 fS^a^ stands without an antecedent or with an indefinite 
 antecedent. Declension: 
 
 Nom. met tda^ 
 
 Gen. tDeffen (meg) (meg, toeffen) 
 
 Dat. mem — 
 
 Ace. men mag 
 
 33. The Interrogative Pronouns 
 
 SBcr, who, and toa§, what, are decHned as given above, 
 mclc^et, which, is declined Hke biefer. 
 \t)a§ fitr em, what kind of, decHnes only the last part; 
 the plural is mag fiir. 
 
 34. Adverbial Compounds. 
 
 in it, with it, at it, in them, with them, at 
 
 them, etc. 
 in that, with that, at that, in those, with 
 
 those, at those, etc. 
 in what?, with what?, at what? =^XQQxm, momit, moran 
 in which, with which, at which^XQOXxn, momit, moran 
 The demonstrative compounds should be used, the in- 
 terrogative compounds miLst be used, the relative com- 
 poimds may be used. 
 
 bartn, bamit, 
 baran, etc. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 235 
 
 A 35, The Indefinite Pronouns 
 
 The most common indefinite pronouns and adjectives 
 are: man, one, person; iemanb, somebody; niemanb, nobody; 
 iebermann, everybody; ettoa^, something; nic^t^, nothing; tin, 
 one; fein, no; betbe, both; ber anbere, the other; jeber, eachy 
 every; jeglic^er, every; aWt, all; einigc, etlid^e, ein paar, a few; 
 tnatic^e, some; Tne()rere, several; t)iele, many; tDenige, /ei^. 
 Declension : 
 
 (a) SJJan, etmag, nid^t^, ein ))oar are always uninflected, 
 but the oblique cases of man are replaced by ein (SSenn 
 man cinen nic^t fennt, foil man ntd^t liber i()n fpred^en, If one 
 does not know a person, one should not talk about him). 
 
 (b) 3emanb, niemanb, Jebermann are usually uninflected, 
 but sometimes form a genitive in -^. 
 
 (c) (Sin, fein are inflected like the indefinite article be- 
 fore a noun, but like biefer without a noun 
 
 (d) The other indefinite pronouns are declined like com- 
 mon adjectives, but t)iel, menifi, all, mand^ also occur in their 
 uninflected forms. 
 
 THE VERB 
 
 35. 
 
 The Auxiliaries of Tense 
 
 Principal Parts: fein, mar, gcrtefcn 
 iiahen, f)atte, gcf)abt 
 rtjerbcn, h)urbe (iDorb), gclBorbcn 
 
 Present Participles: fcicnb, tiabcnb, tocrbenb 
 
 Present 
 
 
 fclti 
 
 
 fiaUn 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 
 I II 
 
 td^ bin 
 
 fei 
 
 mvt 
 
 ^aht 
 
 — ^attc 
 
 bu bift 
 
 feift 
 
 tt)(ireft 
 
 m 
 
 ^abcft ^ttttcft 
 
 crift 
 
 fei 
 
 h)arc 
 
 \)at 
 
 t)abc l^attc 
 
 h)ir finb 
 
 fcicn 
 
 tottrcn 
 
 l^abcn 
 
 — I^attcn 
 
 il^r fcib 
 
 feict 
 
 njttrct 
 
 fiabt 
 
 — ^(ittet 
 
 fie finb 
 
 fcien 
 
 h)ttren 
 
 I)abcn 
 
 — patten 
 
236 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 tocrbcn 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 id^ tocrbc 
 
 
 — 
 
 toltrbe 
 
 bu iDirft 
 
 
 merbeft 
 
 iDilrbcft 
 
 cr toirb 
 
 
 iDcrbc 
 
 tDiirbc 
 
 h)ir tocrbcn 
 
 
 — 
 
 h)ilrben 
 
 it)r iDcrbet 
 
 
 — 
 
 toiirbct 
 
 fie irerbcn 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 toiirben 
 
 
 Past Tenses 
 
 
 fein 
 
 
 f^ahcn 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SuBj. Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Preterit 
 
 
 Preterit 
 
 
 td^ h)ar 
 
 
 
 fiattc 
 
 
 bu toarft 
 
 
 
 f)Qttcft 
 
 
 cr tear 
 
 
 
 \)attt 
 
 
 h)ir h)arcn 
 
 
 
 fatten 
 
 
 tl^r iBart 
 
 
 
 \)atttt 
 
 
 fie JDaren 
 
 
 
 fatten 
 
 
 Perfect 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 Perfect 
 
 I II 
 
 td^ bin 
 
 
 fei 1 
 
 mxt 
 
 
 ^abc 
 
 
 — 
 
 l^cittc 
 
 bu bift 
 
 r; 
 
 feift 
 
 ^ mxt\t 
 
 £2 
 
 m 
 
 
 ^abeft 
 
 pttcft 
 
 crift 
 
 
 fei 
 
 ^ mxt 
 
 s 
 
 m 
 
 J3 
 
 C 
 
 Iiabe 
 
 1 fliitte 
 
 toir finb 
 tl^r fcib 
 
 1 
 
 feien 
 fciet 
 
 1 h)aren 
 "* mxtt 
 
 1 
 
 l^aben 
 fiabt 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 % ptten 
 ^(ittet 
 
 fie finb 
 
 
 feien 
 
 mxm 
 
 
 l^abcn 
 
 
 — 
 
 ptten 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 
 td^ tear 1 
 
 
 
 
 ^e 1 
 
 
 
 bu iBarft 
 
 fi 
 
 
 
 fiatteft 
 
 
 
 cr toax 
 
 .<^ 
 
 
 
 f)attc 
 
 >o 
 
 
 toir toorcn 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 flatten 
 
 
 
 ii)x toaxt 
 
 <s 
 
 
 
 l^iattet 
 
 
 
 fie toarcn 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 fatten 
 
 
 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 237 
 
 njcrbcn 
 
 Ind. 
 
 
 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 
 Preterit 
 
 
 
 
 
 i(i) n)urbc (iDorb) 
 
 
 
 
 
 bu iDurbcft (marbft) 
 
 
 
 
 
 cr rouxht (marb) 
 
 
 
 
 
 h)ir n)urbcn 
 
 
 
 
 
 if)r tDurbet 
 
 
 
 
 
 fie iDurbcn 
 
 
 
 
 
 Perfect 
 
 I 
 
 
 II 
 
 
 td^ bin 
 
 
 fei 1 
 
 
 toSre 
 
 
 bu bift 
 
 S 
 
 feift 
 
 5 
 
 h)areft 
 
 c 
 
 cr ift 
 
 >-> 
 
 fei 
 
 >-> 
 
 mxt 
 
 ^ 
 
 h)ir finb 
 
 o 
 
 feien 
 
 i 
 
 mxm 
 
 1 
 
 il^r feib 
 
 c» 
 
 feict 
 
 « 
 
 mxtt 
 
 « 
 
 fie finb . 
 
 
 feien 
 
 
 toiiren 
 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 
 
 
 
 id^ h)ar 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bu n)orft 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 er Wax 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 toil iDarcn 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 it)r toavt 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 fie iBaren 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 id^ h)crbe 
 bu tuirft 
 er toirb 
 h)ir toerben 
 il^r mcrbct 
 fie toerben 
 
 Future 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 tocrbcft 
 hjerbc 
 
 
 iottrbe 
 
 toilrbeft 
 
 Mrbe 
 
 h)ilrben 
 
 toilrbct 
 
 tDllrben 
 
 II 
 
238 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 
 
 Ind. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 td^ iDerbc 
 
 _5 
 
 — 
 
 pt 
 
 h)iirbc 
 
 e 
 
 bu h)irft 
 
 
 rterbeft 
 
 .g^ 
 
 n)iirbeft 
 
 
 cr h)irb 
 toir iDcrben 
 tf)r merbet 
 
 ill 
 
 toerbe 
 
 
 h)tirbe 
 
 n)iirben 
 
 h)iirbet 
 
 
 fie tocrben 
 
 ~ 
 
 h)iirben 
 
 § » 
 
 o 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 fetl 
 
 fiabe! 
 
 toerbel 
 
 feibi 
 
 liabt! 
 
 h)erbet! 
 
 feien € 
 
 nc! 
 
 Iiaben eiel 
 
 tocrben ©id 
 
 36. 
 
 The Weak Verb 
 
 iNDICATlViii 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 i(^ lebc 
 
 rcifc 
 
 — — 
 
 Icbtc 
 
 reiftc 
 
 bu Ieb(t 
 
 retf(ef)t 
 
 — — 
 
 lebteft 
 
 reiftcft 
 
 cr Icbt 
 
 reift 
 
 lebc reife 
 
 lebtc 
 
 rcifte 
 
 h)ir Icbcn 
 
 reifen 
 
 — — 
 
 lebten 
 
 reiftcn 
 
 il)r Icbt 
 
 reift 
 
 — ~ 
 
 lebtct 
 
 reiftct 
 
 fie Icben 
 
 reifen 
 
 — — 
 
 lebten 
 
 reiften 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 239 
 
 Past Tenses 
 
 Preterit 
 
 [^ Icbtc 
 
 
 reifte 
 
 bu lebtcft 
 
 reiftcft 
 
 cr lebtc 
 
 reifte 
 
 toil lebtcn 
 
 reiftcn 
 
 i^r Icbtct 
 
 reiftct 
 
 fie lebtcn 
 
 reiftcn 
 
 Perfect 
 
 [^ l^abe 
 
 
 bin 
 
 bu ^aft 
 
 
 bift 
 
 cr ^at 
 
 
 ift 
 
 hjir l^aben 
 
 CO 
 
 finb 
 
 i^r fiabt 
 
 
 feib 
 
 fie l^aben 
 
 
 finb 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 id^ liattc 
 
 
 h)ar 
 
 bu Wt^\t 
 
 
 h)arft 
 
 cr ^otte 
 
 1 
 
 hjar 
 
 toir flatten 
 
 C33 
 
 h)aren 
 
 il^r ^attet 
 
 
 toaxt 
 
 fie fatten 
 
 
 h)aren 
 
 Id^ iBcrbe 
 
 
 bu iDirft 
 
 S 
 
 cr luirb 
 
 . "? 
 
 h)ir njcrben 
 
 g 
 
 i^r iDcrbet 
 
 ;§ 
 
 fie toei 
 
 fben J 
 
 
 — 
 
 fei 1 
 
 
 i^attc 
 
 ^abeft 
 
 feift 
 
 
 f)(itteft 
 
 ^Qbc 
 
 i fei 
 
 
 ^atte 
 
 — 
 
 S) feien 
 
 03 
 
 ^(itten 
 
 — 
 
 feiet 
 
 
 tiattet 
 
 — , 
 
 feien 
 
 
 l^iitten 
 
 Future 
 
 tDcrbeft 
 hjcrbc 
 
 n)arc 
 toareft 
 ^ loare 
 "§5 todrtn 
 toaret 
 toaren 
 
 hJilrbc 
 
 h)ilrbeft 
 
 rtiirbe 
 
 h)llrben 
 
 n)iirbet 
 
 iBiirben 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 i<S) njcrbc 
 
 • 
 
 bu hjirft 
 
 is 
 
 cr toirb 
 
 , ss 
 
 h)ir njcrben 
 
 s 'B 
 
 i^r hjcrbet 
 
 t« 
 
 fie hjcrbcn 
 
 
 n)erbeft 
 tDcrbc 
 
 ;S 2i 
 
 njttrbc 
 
 toUrbeft 
 
 iDUrbe 
 
 totirben 
 
 rottrbet 
 
 toUrben 
 
 ^ tJ 
 
240 
 
 GERMAN 
 
 FOR 
 
 BEGINNERS 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 Icbc! 
 
 
 
 rcifc! 
 
 lebt! 
 
 
 
 rcift! 
 
 Icbcn ®icl 
 
 
 
 reifcn <SteI 
 
 37. Connecting -e- 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Pret. 
 
 Part. 
 
 2d sing. 
 
 3d sing, and 2d plur. 
 
 reifcn: 
 
 reifte 
 
 gereift 
 
 bu reif(c[)t 
 
 er (i^r) reift 
 
 reben: 
 
 rebcte 
 
 gerebct 
 
 bu rebcft 
 
 er (if)r) rebct 
 
 rettcn: 
 
 rettctc gerettct 
 
 bu rettcft 
 
 er (if)r) rettct 
 
 atmcn: 
 
 atmctc geatmct 
 
 bu atmcft 
 
 er (if)r) atmct 
 
 offncn: 
 
 offncte geoffnct 
 
 bu offncft 
 
 er (i^r) offnct 
 
 lernen: 
 
 lemte 
 
 gelenit 
 
 bu lernft 
 
 -elti, -em 
 
 er (i^x) lernt 
 
 38. 
 
 
 j^onbcln: 
 
 
 i($ l^anblc 
 
 bu f)anbelft l^anbelte gefianbelt 
 
 toanbcrn 
 
 
 ic^ iDanbrc 
 
 bu iDonberft manberte getoanbert 
 
 39. 
 
 
 
 Strong Verbs 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 T TT 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 j-j- 
 
 Ic^ bicibc 
 
 
 gebc 
 
 _ _ 
 
 blicbc gobc 
 
 bu blctbft 
 
 
 gibft 
 
 — gcbeft 
 
 bliebeft gabcft 
 
 cr bleibt 
 
 
 gibt 
 
 bleibc gcbe 
 
 bliebe gcibe 
 
 h)ir bleibcn 
 
 geben 
 
 — — 
 
 blicben giiben 
 
 i^r bleibt 
 
 
 gebt 
 
 — — 
 
 bliebct gabet 
 
 fie bleibcn 
 
 
 geben 
 
 — — 
 
 bliebcn gaben 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 241 
 
 Past Tenses 
 
 
 Preterit 
 
 i^ bIteb 
 
 sab 
 
 bu blicbft 
 
 eabft 
 
 er blicb 
 
 ^ah 
 
 toir blicbcn 
 
 gaben 
 
 ibr bliebt 
 
 Qobt 
 
 fie blieben 
 
 Qoben 
 
 Perfect 
 
 t 
 
 i(^ bin 
 
 
 ^bt 
 
 bu bift 
 
 c 
 
 baft 
 
 er ift 
 
 , 1 
 
 bat 
 
 h)ir finb 
 
 ^ 
 
 baben 
 
 ii)X feib 
 
 o 
 
 \)abt 
 
 fie finb 
 
 
 baben 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 id) n)or 
 
 
 bottc 
 
 bu ttiarft 
 
 jr 
 
 battcft 
 
 er mar 
 
 1 
 
 batte 
 
 h)ir maren 
 
 S 
 o 
 
 batten 
 
 tbr mart 
 
 cs 
 
 bottet 
 
 fie maren 
 
 
 batten 
 
 td^ mcrbe 
 
 a 
 
 bu mirft 
 
 ^ 
 
 er rnirb 
 
 <3J 
 
 toir merben 
 
 g 
 
 tbr merbet 
 
 2 
 
 fie toci 
 
 :bcn 
 
 tO 
 
 fei 
 
 feift 
 
 fei 
 
 feien 
 
 feiet 
 
 feien 
 
 
 
 
 
 metre 
 
 c 
 
 ^abeft 
 
 js 
 
 mcireft 
 
 i 
 
 ^abe 
 
 . ^ 
 
 mare 
 
 €39 
 
 
 2^ 
 
 as 
 
 mttren 
 maret 
 
 
 — . 
 
 
 mftren 
 
 Future 
 
 merbeft 
 merbe 
 
 l^attc 
 
 ^ batte 
 I batten 
 ** battet 
 batten 
 
 mUrbe 
 
 murbeft 
 
 mtirbe 
 
 mitrben 
 
 miirbct 
 
 mUrbcn . 
 
 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 td^ mcrbe 
 
 ^ g 
 
 — 
 
 
 bu mirft 
 er mirb 
 
 II 
 
 merbeft 
 merbe 
 
 
 mir merben 
 ibr merbet 
 fie toerben 
 
 it 
 1" 
 
 — 
 
 
 a 
 
 mtirbe 
 mtirbeft 
 
 
 mtirbe 
 
 
 mtirben 
 
 >§ ^ 
 
 mtirbet 
 mtirben 
 
 i- 
 
242 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 blctbe! 
 
 
 
 gibi 
 
 
 
 bicibt! 
 
 
 
 gebtl 
 
 
 
 bleibcn ©iel 
 
 
 gebcn ©iel 
 
 40. 
 
 Vowel Change in the Present 
 
 
 
 Inf. 
 
 
 2d sing. 
 
 3d sing. 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 fc^cn: 
 
 
 bu ftcMt 
 
 cr ftc^t 
 
 
 fie^I 
 
 gcfien: 
 
 
 bu Qibft 
 
 cr Qtbt 
 
 
 gib! 
 
 ^erfcn: 
 
 
 bu m\t 
 
 cr ^tlf t 
 
 
 ^«f! 
 
 nc^mcn 
 
 
 bu nttnmfl 
 
 cr utmmt 
 
 
 ntmm! 
 
 tragcn: 
 
 
 bu tragft 
 
 cr tragi 
 
 
 tragc! 
 
 laufcn: 
 
 
 bu laufft 
 
 er lauft 
 
 
 laufel . 
 
 41. 
 
 Connecting 
 
 -e- 
 
 
 
 
 
 present 
 
 
 preterit 
 
 Inf. 
 
 2d sing. 
 
 3d sing. 
 
 2d plur. 2C 
 
 sing. 
 
 2d plUT. 
 
 tciffcn: 
 
 bu retfft 
 
 er reifet 
 
 it)r reifet bu 
 
 riffcft 
 
 i^r rtfet 
 
 cffcn: 
 
 bum 
 
 crifet 
 
 ii)x cfet bu 
 
 am 
 
 ii)v a^t 
 
 labcn: 
 
 bu labft 
 
 cr im 
 
 if)r labct bu lubcft 
 
 i^r lubct 
 
 tratcn: 
 
 bu ratft 
 
 crrat 
 
 it)r ratct bu rtctcft 
 
 t^r rtetct 
 
 tretcn: bu trittft cr tritt ii)V trctct bu tratcft i^r tratct 
 
 42. The 5t6Iaut-Classes. 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 Pbetekit 
 
 Past 
 Participle 
 
 I. 
 
 Ct 
 
 i(ie) 
 
 i(ie) 
 
 II. 
 
 ic 
 
 
 
 
 
 III. 
 
 (a) i, followed by n4- consonant 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 
 (6) i, " " nn, mm 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 IV. 
 
 e, " " I, Tn,r, d^ 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 t, " " other consonants 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 VI. 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 VII. 
 
 a or other vowels 
 
 te 
 
 a 
 
 or other 
 vowels 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 243 
 
 Irregular Verbs 
 
 43. Irregular Weak Verbs 
 
 brcnncn, hum, branntc, gebrannt tocnhert, turn, h)anbtc (gctoonbt) 
 
 fcnncn, know, ianntt, gefannt (toenbctc) (Qctocnbet) 
 
 ncnncn, call, nanntc, gcnannt bringcn, bring, brad^tc, gcbrad^t 
 
 rcnncn, run, ranntc, Qcrannt bcn!cn, think, bad^tc, gcbad^t 
 
 fcnben, send, fanbtc gcfanbt 
 
 (fcnbcte) (ficfcnbct) 
 
 44. Irregular Strong Verbs 
 
 gc^en, go, gmg, QeQangen 
 ftcften, stand, ftanb, geftanben 
 tun, do, tat, getan. 
 
 45. ^ahtn and fetn in the formation of the compound 
 tenses. 
 
 (©ein is used with intransitive verbs denoting change of 
 place or change of condition; also with the verbs fein, he, 
 bleiben, remain, gelingen, succeed, glildfen, succeed, gefd^efiett, 
 happen, and frequently with Itcgen, lie, filjen, sit, \tt^tn, 
 stand. 
 
 ^abm is used with all other verbs. 
 
 Compound Verbs 
 
 46. The Inseparable Prefixes are: 
 
 be, ent, cr, gc, tier, scr (()inter, mife, tJoDQ* 
 
 Inseparable prefixes are unaccented. 
 The past participle of inseparable verbs is formed with- 
 out the prefix ge-: tjerfte()en, understand — dcrftanben. 
 
244 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 47. Separable Prefixes are separated whenever the 
 verb does not stand at the end of the sentence. They 
 are accented: 
 auffte^en, get up: [<^ ftef)e auf 
 
 ic§ bin aufgcftanben 
 
 i(^ tDiinfd^e (wish) auf5ufte()en 
 
 t(^ tuerbe auffte()eii 
 
 tDtnn i(i) aufftef)e 
 
 tc^ tuerbe aufgcftanben fein. 
 
 48. The Doubtful Prefixes are: 
 
 burrfi, uhtx, unttx, um, tuiebcr. 
 
 They are separable in literal, inseparable in figurative 
 meaning. 
 
 49. Reflexive Verbs 
 
 id^ f c^meic^Ie mtr, / flatter myself 
 
 bu fc^meic^elft bit 
 
 er, fie, e6 f(^meid)elt fic^ 
 
 iDir f($mei(f)eln un^ 
 
 if)r fc^meid)elt cucft 
 
 fie, ©ie fd^meid^eln fic^ 
 
 i^ freue mid^, / am glad 
 
 bu freuft bic^ 
 
 er, fie, eg freut fid) 
 
 n)ir freuen uni^ 
 
 tf)r freut cucft 
 
 fie freuen fic^ 
 
 50. Impersonal Verbs 
 
 Normal Order Inverted Order Dependent Order 
 (a) General conditions: 
 
 QS rcQitet SBoIb rcgnct tS SSenn c^ regnet 
 
 (6) Feeling: (^^ tiungcrt S^id^ I)un0ert('«) 2Benn('«) bhi) 
 
 mi(^ ^ungert 
 
 (c) Impersonal passive: 
 
 Q2 tDtrb mir 9yHr toirb gel^olfcn SBcnn mir 
 
 Qef)oIfen Qef)oIfcn toirb. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 51. The Modal Auxiliaries (and toiffeti) 
 
 Principal Parts: 
 
 biirfen, burfte, geburft, he permitted 
 fonnen, fonnte, gefonnt, be able (can) 
 moQtn, mod^te, gemod^t, like (may) 
 miiffen, mufete, gemufet, be compelled (must) 
 follen, [ollte, gefollt, be obliged, ought to (shall) 
 tDollen, tDoIIte, getDoIlt; want to (will) 
 
 miffen, h)u6te, gelDufet, know. 
 
 245 
 
 
 
 Present Indicative 
 
 
 
 \6) borf 
 
 fonn 
 
 mag 
 
 tnufe 
 
 fott 
 
 h)ia 
 
 h)ct6 
 
 bu barfft 
 
 fannft 
 
 tnagft 
 
 mufet 
 
 fottft 
 
 JDillft 
 
 iDCi&t 
 
 cr barf 
 
 fann 
 
 mag 
 
 mu^ 
 
 foil 
 
 mill 
 
 n)ci& 
 
 h)ir bUrfcn 
 
 fdnncn 
 
 mogcn 
 
 mUffen 
 
 fottcn 
 
 iDoKcn 
 
 toiffcn 
 
 i^r bttrft 
 
 fonnt 
 
 mogt 
 
 mii^ 
 
 font 
 
 h)oat 
 
 iDifet 
 
 fie bilrfcn Jonncn mogen mitffen foUcn iBoEcn toiffcn 
 
 Present Subjunctive I 
 
 \^ bllrfc 
 
 ffiunuc 
 
 moge 
 
 mliffe 
 
 hJoHc 
 
 fottc 
 
 totffe 
 
 bu biirfcft 
 
 fonneft 
 
 mogcft 
 
 miiffcft 
 
 toolleft 
 
 folleft 
 
 toiffeft 
 
 cr bilrfc 
 
 fonne 
 
 moge 
 
 mUffc 
 
 U)oEe 
 
 folte 
 
 toiffc 
 
 
 
 {No plural forms) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present Subjunctive 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 \^ bUrftc 
 
 ffiunte 
 
 mod^te 
 
 miifete 
 
 tootttc 
 
 fotttc 
 
 tott&te 
 
 bu bUrftcft 
 
 !6nntcft 
 
 mmt\t 
 
 milfeteft 
 
 moltteft 
 
 fonteft 
 
 toilfeteft 
 
 cr biirftc 
 
 touute 
 
 mo^it 
 
 miifete 
 
 n)oIItc 
 
 fotttc 
 
 toiifete 
 
 ioir bilrftcn 
 
 fCnnten 
 
 moc^ten 
 
 milfeten 
 
 h)oI(tcn 
 
 foEtcn 
 
 ioii^tcn 
 
 \\)x bilrftct 
 
 fenntct 
 
 mod^tct 
 
 mtifetct 
 
 iootttet 
 
 foKtct 
 
 toii&tet 
 
 fie biirften 
 
 fiinuteu 
 
 mCc^ten 
 
 mltfeten 
 
 tootttcn 
 
 foUten 
 
 toitfeten 
 
246 
 
 GERMAN^ FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Compound Tenses without Dependent Infinitive 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Preterit 
 id^ burftc, bu burftcft, etc. 
 id) tonntt, bu fonntcft, etc. 
 id^ tnod^tc, bu moc^tcft, etc. 
 id^ mufetc, bu mu&tcft, etc. 
 i^ foatc, bu foUtcft, etc. 
 id^ rooUtt, bu h)oIItcft, etc. 
 id^ hjufetc, bu hjufeteft, etc. 
 
 Perfect 
 
 id^ f)aht Qcburft, gefonnt, gcmod^t, 
 fiemufet, gefollt, ^ttooUt, gcmu&t 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 id^ l^attc gcburft, gcfonnt, gemod^t, 
 fletnufet, ficfoUt, QttooUt, gctou^ 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVB 
 
 Past Tenses 
 
 
 I 
 
 II 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 • id^ l^ttttc 
 
 
 bu ^abcft 
 
 geburft, 
 
 bu tiattcft 
 
 geburft, 
 
 cr f)abt 
 
 ficfonut, 
 
 cr l^cittc 
 
 gefonnt, 
 
 — 
 
 gcmoc^t, 
 
 h)tr flatten 
 
 Qcmod^t, 
 
 — 
 
 etc. 
 
 if)r fittttet 
 
 etc. 
 
 — 
 
 
 fie patten 
 
 
 id^ hjerbe 
 bu iBirft 
 er toirb, etc. 
 
 bllrfcn, fdnnen, 
 mogen, etc. 
 
 Future 
 
 bu toerbeft 
 cr tocrbc 
 
 btlrfcn, 
 etc. 
 
 td^ tolirbc 
 bu h)iirbcft 
 cr toiirbc, etc. 
 
 j bttrfen, 
 J etc. 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 id^ tocrbc 
 
 gcburft l^abcn, 
 
 — ] gcburft 
 
 bu hJirft 
 
 gc!onnt l^aben, 
 
 bu tocrbcft boben, 
 
 cr toirb, etc. 
 
 gcmod^t babcn, etc. 
 
 er toctbe i etc. 
 
 id^ tollrbc ] gcburft 
 bu tollrbeft [ bobcn, 
 cr toilrbc, etc. J etc. 
 
 id^ babe 
 id^batte 
 id) totvht 
 id) tocrbc babcn 
 
 Compound Tenses with Dependent Infinitive 
 
 gcbcn bllrfcn (fdnnen, mSgen, tnliffcn, foHcn, toollcn) 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 
 
 247 
 
 Imperative 
 
 tooUtl 
 tooUtl 
 tootten (©id 
 
 toiffcl 
 toiffen ©id 
 
 52. 
 
 Indicative 
 
 id^ h)crbe gcrufcn 
 bu mirft Qcrufcn 
 cr h)irb gcrufen 
 h)ir toerbcn gcrufcn 
 if)r h)crbct gcrufcn 
 fie tocrbcn gcnifcn 
 
 The Passive Voice 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 Present 
 
 toerbcft gcrufcn 
 toerbc Bcrufcn 
 
 II 
 
 njtlrbe Qcrufcn 
 toilrbcft Qcrufcn 
 iDiirbc Qenifen 
 Mrbcn flerufen 
 hjilrbet Qcntfcn 
 toiirbcn Qcrufcn 
 
 Past Tenses 
 
 Preterit 
 
 i^ h)urbc flcrufcn 
 bu iBurbcft gerufcn 
 cr h)urbc gerufcn 
 loir tourben gcrufcn 
 if)r tourbct gcrufen 
 fie tourbcn gcrufcn 
 
 Perfect 
 
 id^ bin gcrufcn toorbcn 
 bu bift Bcrufcn h)orbcn, 
 etc. 
 Pluperfect 
 
 td^ tear gcrufcn Ujorben 
 
 bu h)orft gerufen toorben, 
 
 etc. 
 
 id^ h)crbc gcrufcn tocrbcn 
 
 bu toirft gcrufcn tocrbcn 
 
 cr h)irb gcrufcn tocrbcn, 
 
 etc. 
 
 i(i) fci gcrufcn toorbcn 
 
 bu feift gcrufcn toorben, 
 
 etc. 
 
 tottrc gcrufcn toorbcn 
 toiircft gcrufcn njorben, 
 etc. 
 
 Future 
 
 tocrbcft gcrufcn totxbtn 
 tDcrbc gcrufcn toerben 
 
 tolirbc gcrufcn toerbcn 
 
 totlrbcft gcrufcn totxhm 
 
 h)lirbc gcrufcn tocrben, 
 
 etc. 
 
248 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 Future Perfect 
 
 id) tocrbc gcrufcn toorbcn 
 
 fcin 
 bu tt)irft ficrufcn toorbcn 
 
 fcin 
 cr h)irb gcrufcn tooxbtn 
 
 fein, etc. 
 
 — toilrbc Qcrufcn n)orben 
 
 fcin 
 tocrbcft Qcrufen toorbcn Mrbcft gcrufen toorben 
 
 fcin fcin 
 
 totxbt Qcrufcn toorbcn toiirbc gcrufcn toorbcn 
 fcin fcin, etc. 
 
 Imperative 
 
 h)crbc gerufcn! 
 toexbtt ficrufcn! 
 tocrbcn ®ic gcrufcnl 
 
 Prepositions 
 53. Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative. 
 
 an, auf, in, bor, l^tnter, iiber, unter, neben, jlDifc^en govern the 
 dative when the place is denoted in which something is 
 (or takes place or moves); the accusative when direction 
 towards a place is expressed. The accusative answers the 
 German question n)o()in, to which place?; the dative the 
 question IDO, in which place? 
 
 an denotes close proximity or contact: at, near to: 
 
 3(^ fiijc om i^cnftcr, / am sitting by the window. ^6) Qcl^c an8 %tn\tttf 
 I am going to the window. 
 
 It indicates definite time: 
 
 Sim Slbcnb, in the evening; am 18. ^anuar, the eighteenth of January. 
 
 auf denotes location on the upper surface: on, upon: 
 
 ^^ fii^c auf bcm ©tul^Ic, I am sitting on the chair. ^6) ftcigc auf 
 eincn 33crQ, / climb a mountain. 
 
 It is also used in connection with certain buildings of a public 
 character, or in high situations: auf bcr Unidcrfitftt, at the University 
 (also used of studying in the University). Sluf bcm 9?otl^au^, in the 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 249 
 
 city hall. 2luf bent ©d^Ioffc, in the castle. Also auf bcm Wlaxttt, on 
 the market-place, auf bcr <Btta^t, in the street, but 3d^ tool^nc tn bcr 
 gricbriclftrafec, / am living on Fredrick Street. 
 
 Maimer of doing something : 
 
 ©ttQcn @ic e« auf ^Dcutfd^, Say it in German. 
 
 Future time : 
 
 Sd) iria bir ba« 35ucl^ auf brei ZaQt Icil^cn, / wiZZ lend you the book for 
 three days. 
 
 in, English in (into), used of time and place: 
 
 S(i) bin im ^aufc, / am in the house. 3<^ 9cf>c in ba^ ^au^, I go irUo 
 the house, ^m ^ai^rc 1700, in the year 1700. 
 
 itber, over, across: 
 
 aWan ficfit eincn Bttvn Itbcr bcm SBcrge, A stor is seen above the moun- 
 tain. S)er 33oQcI ftog ilbcr bag ^au8, TAe bird ^t^ ewer the house. 
 
 In regard to, concerning, about: 
 
 2Ba8 I)at er ilbcr mic^ gcfagt? What did he say about met 
 
 untcr, under, among: 
 
 !Dcr ^unb ift unter bent 3:tfd^c (lief unter ben 2:ifd^), The dog is (ran) 
 under the table. 
 
 dintt unter euc^ mirb mic^ derraten, One among you will betray me. 
 (Sr ift unter bie ^aufleute Qcgangen, He went among the business men. 
 
 \)0t, before, referring to time and to place : 
 
 dv ftanb fyov bent ^au«, He was standing before (in front of) the house. 
 ^r lief Dor ta^ ^au8, He ran to the front of the house. 
 Note bor brei 2:a0en, three days ago. 
 
 Winter, behind: 
 
 5)ie WW)lt t)inter bent 53er0e, the mill behind the mountain. 
 &ti) t)inter ben Xi\<^, Go behind the table. 
 
 mhcn, next to, adjoining: 
 
 (Sr ging neben tnir, He walked at my side, ©telle bid^ ncben niid^, Stand 
 beside me. 
 
250 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Often it denotes comparison {aside from) : 
 
 SIcbcn 9?ofcn ftnb jtulpen mcinc liebftcn ^lumcn, Aside from rosesy 
 tvlips are my favorite flowers. 
 
 SitJtfc^cn, between: 
 
 S^i\<^tn i^ronfrcid^ unb bent 336i)mcrlt)alb, Between France and the 
 Bohemian Forest. ®er 2;ob trat jloifd^cn tnid^ unb if)n, Death stepped 
 between me and him. 
 
 54. Prepositions with the Dative. 
 
 aug, auger, hd, binnen, Qemag, entgegen, gegenilber, mit, nad^, 
 n&d)\t, nebft, famt, feit, t)on, p, sufolge, gutniber. 
 
 The most important ones of these are : 
 
 au§, out of, from. It denotes origin, material, or motive: 
 
 @r JOQ auS bent ?anbc, He went out of the country. 
 
 (Sin ©d^mcrt au3 (t)on) Qutcnt <S>ta\)l, a sword of good steel. 
 
 Slug ^rgcr, from annoyance; au8 grcubc, from joy, etc. 
 
 auftcr, outside of or except: 
 
 (gr tear brci ^a^xt aufecr bent Sanbe, He was out of the country for 
 three years, ^(i) \)aht feincn grcunb aufeer bir, / have no friend except 
 you. 
 
 Bet, next to, at, near to: 
 
 bic ©d^Iad^t bet ^eipjig, the battle at Leipzig. 
 
 Distinguish bei from ntit; the former denotes attachment to, or 
 connection with, some different object or person, the second, com- 
 panionship or cooperation: S<^ tool^ne bei ^erm 5D?iifier means / am 
 living in Mr. Mailer's house. ^^ iDol^ne ntit it)nt (jufantnten), / am 
 living in the same hou^e or room with him. ^^ "max geftem bei ifint, 
 / was at his hov^e yesterday, but ^^ ging ntit il^nt, / went with him. 
 
 tnit, with, denotes companionship (see above), or in- 
 strument: 
 
 (gr traf il^n ntit etnent ©tein, He hit him with a stone. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 251 
 
 nad^, after J to, towards: 
 nod^ brci 2:agcTi, after three days. 
 
 In the meaning to it is used with geographical expressions, and 
 more or less with the names of large, important places and build- 
 ings. In the latter meaning it is not always possible to draw a 
 sharp line between the use of nad^ and ju (sometimes also in with 
 the accusative); on the whole, the usage is in Northern Germany- 
 more in favor of nac^ than in Southern Germany: @r reift nac^ ®cutfd^= 
 lanb, nac^ 33erlin, nad^ bcr (jur) (Stabt, He travels to Germany, to Berlin, 
 to the city, '^a^) bcr ^irc^e, ©c^ulc, or jur ^ird^c, <Sc^uIc, in bic ^irc^c, 
 (©d^ule, to church, school. 3n points a Uttle more definitely to the 
 arrival at a place. With smaller objects and persons, nac^ often 
 means towards, without reference to the arrival at the place or 
 person (often connected with ju): %CLifXi immer nac^ iencnt 53aum (ju). 
 Always drive in the direction of that tree. (Sr l^at nad^ ntir gefd^Iagcn, 
 He tried to hit me, has struck at me. 
 
 fcit, since: 
 
 ^6) ^abc ba6 ^fcrb fcit brct ^al^ren, / have had the horse for three 
 years. 
 
 tjotl, of, from. It is important to distinguish the use of 
 the genitive case from the use of the preposition Don* 
 5Son is used : 
 
 (a) to denote material or origin, Hke ou8: ©ctn iBart ift nid^t Don 
 glad^fc, His heard is not of flax. (Sin 9JJann don 33Iut unb (Sifen, a man 
 of blood and iron. !Dcr bu Don bcm ^immel bift, Thou who art from 
 heaven. (Titles of nobility: §err don 53iiIom.) 
 
 (6) partitively: !Drei don ung ftnb !Dcutfd()e, oicr finb SImcrifancr 
 (synonym: untcr), Three of u^ are Germans, four are Americans (but 
 h)ir aKe, all of u^). 
 
 (c) to denote the starting-point: don 33crlin nad^ Hamburg, from 
 Berlin to Hamburg. 
 
 (d) with the passive to denote agency: ©tc gronjofcn iDurben 
 don ben 2)cutfd^en beftcgt, The Frenchmen were defeated by the Germans. 
 
 (e) as a substitute for the genitive when the case of the noun is 
 not indicated by an ending or a pronominal or descriptive adjec- 
 tive: Jaten don ^elbcn, deeds of heroes, but bic Jotcn bicfcr ^clbcn. 
 
252 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 grower ^clbcn, etc.; especially with names of cities and countries: bic 
 ^elogerung don ^art«, the siege of Paris. 
 
 5U, to, toward, at: 
 
 ®tf) su il^m, Go to him. !5)cr Sanbmonn rciftc gur ©tabt, The peasant 
 traveled to the city (also nad) bcr <©tabt, in bie ©tabt). 
 
 At with names of cities: 
 
 @octf)e tourbc ju i^ranffurt gcborcn, Goethe was bom at Frankfort. 
 
 With the names of festivals : 
 
 3u SBctl^nad^tcn, Oftcrn, ^fingftcn, at Christmas, Easter, Pentecost. 
 SSq^ h)illft bu jutn ©cburtStag, T7^< do you want for your birthday? 
 
 With infinitives: 
 
 2)u braud^ft ntd^t gu fommcn, Fow Tieed not come. SBaffcr gum Xrin* 
 fen, water for drinking. 
 
 binnen, within (usually of time); Qcmcife, according to; 
 nftd^ft, next to (in place or order) ; nebft, aside from (syno- 
 nym: neben), together with; famt, together with; gufolge, ac- 
 cording to, in consequence of; ptDiber, in contradiction to. 
 
 55. Prepositions with the Accusative. 
 
 burd^, fiir, gegen, of)ne, urn, tDiber. 
 
 butd^, through, denoting transition or means : 
 
 @r fd^mamm burd^ ben i^Iu^, He swam through the river. @r tourbe 
 burc^ ®i[t ermorbet, He was murdered by poison. 
 
 fiir, /or, denotes interest or exchange: 
 
 @r ftarb fiir fctn S3atcrlanb, He died for his country, (gr fauftc ba^ 
 ^ferb fiir fiinfjtg 2:aler, He bought the horse for fifty dollars. 
 
 OCgcn, against: 
 
 (gr fSmpftc Qcgen bie ^etnbe, He fought against the enemies. With ex- 
 pressions of measure it means nearly, approximately: @g ftnb flegcn 
 jef)n ^vXtn, It is something like ten miles. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 253 
 
 ol^ne, without. 
 
 um, around, about: 
 
 Sauf um bag ^auS, Run around the house. 
 
 With expressions of time it denotes approximation: um SBcil^nad^* 
 ten, around Christmas. But in giving the hour of the day it ex- 
 presses definite time: um brci Ut)r, at three o'clock. 
 
 toxhtt, against, rarely used in physical meaning (except 
 in poetry) : 
 
 SScr nic^t fiir mi(^ ift, bcr tft toibtx mid^, Who is not for me, is against 
 me. 
 
 56. Prepositions with the Genitive. 
 
 anftatt, ftatt, au6erf)alb, innerf)alb, ohtx^alh, untcrFialb, bk^^ 
 feitg, ienfeitg, Idng^, unfem, um . , , h)il(en, tt)egen, fialber, in* 
 folge, fraft, laut, Dermoge, bermittelft, mittelft, ungead^tet, troij, 
 n)a()renb. 
 
 Examples : 
 
 cin ^unb ftatt (anftatt) ctncr ^ai^e, a dog instead of a cat. 
 
 oufeer^alb unb inncrfialb ber ©tabt, outside and inside of the city. 
 
 obcr^alb unb unterf)oIb beg SSalbcg, above and below the forest. 
 
 bicSfcitg unb icnfeitg beg S^^ff^^/ on this and that side of the river, 
 
 langg ber 9)?auer, along the wall. 
 
 unfem ber ©tabt, not far from the city. 
 
 um beineg ©liideg iDttlen, /or i/ie sa/:e of your happin£ss. 
 
 beg ^'aifert^roneg megen, on account of the imperial throne. 
 
 fciner SItern fialber, on behalf of (for the sake of) his parents. 
 
 infolge eineg ^riegeg, in consequence of a war. 
 
 fraft beg ©efeijeg, in virtue of the law. 
 
 Dermoge f eineg ?lmteg, by authority of his office. 
 
 dermittelft (mittetft) einer 5ljt, by means of an ax. 
 
 ungeac^tet feiner 53ttten, notwithstanding his entreaties. 
 
 trofe beg 3Serboteg, in spite of the prohibition. 
 
 tottl^renb biefcr 3^it/ during this time. 
 
 Note. Most prepositions that require the genitive are also often 
 found with the dative. 
 
254 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ADVERBS AND PARTICLES 
 
 57. Adverbs are derived: 
 
 1. From adjectives, as a rule without any ending: (Sic 
 ftngt fd^on, She sings beautifully. 
 
 Sometimes case forms of adjectives are used as adverbs: rcd^tS, at 
 the right hand. This is especially the case with superlatives: om 
 bcftcn, auf6 beftc, bcftenS, see § 62. 
 
 2. From nouns, especially from genitive forms: tnor* 
 gen^, in the morning; abenb^, in the evening; nad^t^, at night- 
 time, by analogy with masculines Uke tnorgen^ and abenb^. 
 
 58. Particles are adverbs (usually adverbs of manner) 
 that have become weakened in their meaning, but are im- 
 portant stylistical means of differentiating the meaning 
 or emphasis of a sentence. In most cases they are un- 
 translatable. Their use must be learned from practise. 
 
 Some instances are: 
 
 3)u l^aft lt)of)I f)cutc dtel gearbcitct? You have been working a great deal 
 to-day, it seems. ®o fomm bod^ fd^on cinmal t)cr, Please do come here 
 at last. 3)a8 ift nun bod^ ganj unntfiglid^, Well, that is simply impossible. 
 2)u tocifet ha^ [a bod^ fd^on, You know that anyway. 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS 
 
 59. Coordinating Conjunctions are those that con- 
 nect single words or independent sentences. They are 
 either pure connectives, and in that case have no influ- 
 ence upon the word order, or adverbial conjunctions, re- 
 quiring inverted word order if standing first. 
 
 Some of the most common pure connectives are: 
 unb, and; obcr, or; cnttocbcr . . . obcr, either . . . or; fotoo^I . . . al« 
 aud^, both . . . and; abcr, but (however, if not standing in the beginning 
 of the sentence); allein, but, however; jcbod^, bvi, however; fonbcrn, but 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 255 
 
 (after a negative, contradicting the preceding statement); benn, /or, 
 because. 
 
 Some especially common adverbial conjunctions are: 
 
 UbcrbtcS, besides; [a, even; fogar, even; gtoar, in fact (often in a con- 
 cessive sense, to be translated by although); icebcr . . . nod^, neither . . . 
 nor; tdU , . . tetl«, partly . . . partly; balb . . . balb, now . . . then; 
 bagcQcn, on the other hand; tro^bcm, nevertheless; fonft, otherwise; alfo, 
 consequently (never also); ba^er, bcS^alb, barum, be«tt)e0cn, therefore; 
 folglid^, consequently. 
 
 60. Subordinating Conjunctions are those that intro- 
 duce dependent sentences. 
 
 1. bafe, <^<, is the most general connective for subject, object, and 
 predicate clauses, but also stands consecutively (=fo ha^, so thai) 
 ^ and in clauses of purpose (=auf ha^, hamit, in order that). ^ 
 
 j ^27 Temporal clauses are introduced by alg, n)cnn, loann, whm,; 
 bcDor, cf)C, before; "iid^, when, since; tnbem, while; nac^bcm, after; felt, 
 fcitbem, since; fo oft (alg), as often as; fo lang (aU), as long as; fobalb 
 (ate), as soon as; fon)ic, as soon as; iBfttircnb, lyMie. 
 
 Note. English when is to be rendered by aU when definite past 
 incidents are denoted; by iDcnn (a) when it means whenever (deno- 
 ting repeated or indefinite action), (6) when the verb of the clause 
 stands in the present or future tense; h)ann should be used only for 
 interrogative sentences (direct and indirect), but some authors use 
 it frequently in place of h)cnn. 
 
 3. The general connective for interrogative clauses is oh, whether. 
 Interrogative temporal clauses are introduced by toann, when; fctt 
 toarm, since when; biS tdann, until what time, etc. Interrogative causal 
 clauses are introduced by iDarum, why, ireS^alb, m^rot^tn, on what 
 account; interrogative clauses of place, by h)0, iDol^in, where, iDortn, 
 iDorauf, iDoran, etc. (§ 105); interrogative clauses of manner, by tote, 
 how. 
 
 4. Clauses of place are introduced by too, tool^in, where; h)orin, 
 iooran, toorauf, etc. (§ 102). 
 
 5. Clauses of cause, by \ml, because; ha, since; sometimes tnbcm, 
 nad^bcm, since. 
 
 6. Clauses of purpose, by bo^, bamit, auf ba^, (in order) that. 
 
256 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 7. Clauses of concession, by obh)ot)I, obglcic^, obfc^on, although; troij* 
 bcm (bofe), in spite of the fact that; totnn aud^, tdtnn fd^on, even though; 
 ungcad^tct (bafe), notvnthstanding the fact that; h)af)renb, while. 
 
 Note. Obgleid^ and obfc^on are often separated by one or several 
 words: ob er glctc^ nid^t f)ier iDar, although he was not here. Also between 
 toenn and aud^ or fd^on words can intervene. 
 
 8. Clauses of condition, by ircnn, if; fallg, tm ^aUt bofe, in case that; 
 \o, if; of)nc ba&, without (. . . -ing). 
 
 9. Clauses of comparison, by al8 ob, al3 h)cnn, as 2/. 
 
 ESSENTIALS OF WORD ORDER 
 
 Sentence Diagram 
 
 Subject 
 
 Verb 
 
 Indir. Object 
 
 Dir. Object 
 Adv. of Time 
 
 •• •• Place 
 
 '* " Mann( 
 
 Negative 
 
 Pred. Noun ( 
 Adjective 
 
 Separ. Prefix 
 
 Participle 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 I. Normal Order 
 
 
 
 tm (Garten 
 
 
 !^er ^nabe i)(d 
 
 geftem fletfetg 
 
 gearbeltet. 
 
 "^a^ 9?ec^t totrb 
 
 t)on ber Srbe 
 
 fief(5mun* 
 ben fein. 
 
 ben bittern 
 
 
 3)er ^nabe fonntc 
 
 nic^t 
 
 selgen. 
 
 bag §aug 
 
 
 ®er ©lafer fcfiicn 
 
 ein amter 3J?ann gu fetn. 
 
 bent ^erggeifte 
 
 
 Note 1. The indirect object usually stands before the direct; 
 but if the latter is a personal pronoun, it usually precedes: !Dcr 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 257 
 
 Sifd^of tooUit ben ?cutcn fcin ^rot Qcbcn — but: ^tx 55ifc^of tooUtt c« ben 
 ?eutcn (ifincn) nid^t gebcn. 
 
 Note 2. The usual position of adverbs is: time, place, manner, or 
 time, manner, place. But exceptions are frequent. 
 
 II. Inverted Order 
 
 ©eftcm f:iat ber ^nabe fleifeig im Garten gearbeitet, 
 53on ber (Srbe twirb ba^ dlt^t gefc^tiDunben fein. 
 ^a^ ©aug ftmnte ber ^nabe ben dlittcvn nic^t setgen. 
 
 III. Dependent Order 
 
 ^ieg ift ber f nabe, ber geftem fleifeig im ©artett gearbeitet Iftat 
 SSenn ba^ D^ec^t bott ber (Srbe gefd^hjunben fein totrb, mirb 
 
 bag @nbe ber SBelt fommen, 
 ^a ber ^ifd^of ben !2euten fein ^rot geben tooUtt, brad^en 
 
 fie in eine feiner ©d^eunen. 
 
 RULES 
 
 I. The verb stands second in assertions, last in de- 
 pendent sentences: 
 
 ^r reiftc nad^ einigen ^agen in bie ©tabt. 
 '^aii) einigen 2:agen reifte er in bk <Btabt 
 511^ er in bie @tabt reiftc, fanb er fein ^ferb, 
 
 II. The subject, consequently, stands first or third in 
 assertions. 
 
 III. The indirect object precedes the direct object, un- 
 less the latter is a personal pronoun. 
 
 IV. The usual order of adverbs is: time, place, manner, 
 or time, manner, place. 
 
 V. At the end of the sentence stand: the negative, 
 the predicate noim or adjective, the separable prefix, the 
 
258 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 participle, the infinitive, and, in dependent sentences, the 
 finite verb. They are arranged in the order named. 
 
 VI. A ''double infinitive" always stands last: 
 
 (Sr f)at ben iBrtef ntdfit Icfeti fmiticn, — (Sr ift nic^t gefommen, 
 todl er ben iBrief nic^t ()at (cfcn fonnctt. 
 
 VII. Modifiers of participles or infinitives precede them : 
 S3on feinen 9?ittem htqUitti, txat ber ^aifer t)or ha^ ©c^Iog, 
 
 or: 
 
 3)er bon feinen ^Rittem Beglcitcte ^atfer txat dor bo6 ©d^log. 
 . !5)er iBaumeifter I)offte ben ^om in toemgen Sai)xm p tiotten* 
 ben* 
 
 ' Accent 
 
 61. No hard and fast rules can be laid down for the 
 German accent. The following general principles, how- 
 ever, cover the great majority of German words: 
 
 1. Simple (i.e. not compounded) German words have 
 the accent on the stem syllable, which is usually the first: 
 (Snbe, @nbnng, gecnbet. 
 
 2. Compounds accent, in general, the first component, 
 with a secondary stress on the other component (or com- 
 ponents): ©d^rcibfeber, ruf)mreid§, ftattftnben. The prefixes 
 be, ent, er, ge, ber, ger are always unaccented, the prefixes 
 tntfe, t)oE, burd^, unter, iiber, nm, n)ieber very often. The 
 prefix un usually has the accent: begreifen, entgcf)en, @rfoIg, 
 ©efang, berltcren, serftijrt, 9}Ji6f)anblung, iBoIIaicfiunQ, burd^= 
 ho\)xm, unter{)anbeln, ilberfc^en, Umgcbung, tDieberl^oIen, un- 
 fim(flid&. 
 
 3. Foreign words and foreign suffixes usually retain 
 the foreign accent, which must be learned by practice: 
 Dfftgtcr, ©tubent, 5^atur, n^aieftat, Station, (Sf)arafter, 
 frangijfifd^, ©pielerci, fpaaieren. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 259 
 
 Quantity 
 
 63. The quantity of German syllables cannot be deter- 
 mined by definite rules, but must be learned by practise. 
 The following principles will be found helpful : 
 
 1. Unaccented syllables and words are short: (Bthtt, 
 bcr (as article, but long if it is a demonstrative pronoun 
 and therefore accented). Also a number of short, mono- 
 syllabic particles and prepositions are always short, even 
 if accented: ab, an, mit, in* 
 
 2. Accented syllables are long if the vowel is followed 
 by not more than one consonant. Special signs of length 
 in common spelling are: 
 
 (a) doubling of the vowel: @aal, §eer, 53oot. 
 (6) f) after a vowel: ^af)n, @^re, if)n, Of)r, Uf)r» 
 (c) ie is almost always long. 
 
 3. A vowel followed by two or more consonants is in 
 general short; fd^, d (used instead of ff), ^ (used instead of 
 35) and ^ ( = f^) count as two consonants, and the preced- 
 ing vowel is therefore short: barren, (SKc, nennen; mafd^en, 
 baden, fra^en, §e^e. 
 
 Vowels before d^ and final 6 may be short or long: 
 
 bred^en — brad^, lad^en, fud^en; glug — gug. 
 
 An initial consonant of an ending or of a suffix does not 
 shorten the preceding vowel : 
 
 fagen — fagte — unfagbar 
 
 4. Exceptions are frequent: Xroft, Oftem, *!(3apft, SD^agb, 
 Tlonh, 3Bud^^, etc., have long vowels. Especially frequent 
 are long vowels before rt, rb, e.g. in §erbe, (Srbe, tocrbc, 
 ?5ferb, ©d^mert, gart, Hrt, iSort, etc. — German dialects vary 
 in this respect. 
 
260 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Capitalization 
 
 63. Capitals. All nouns and words used as nouns 
 are capitalized: ber Xifd^, the table, bie ®uten, the good ones, 
 tttoa^ 9^eue^, something new. 
 
 Note. A few nouns are not capitalized if used as other parts 
 of speech : adverbs like morgcn^, in the morning, abenbS, in the evening, 
 id\i, partly; prepositions like trolj, in spite of, froft, hy authority of; 
 the indefinite numeral ein paar, a few; adverbial phrases that ap- 
 proach verbal prefixes in meaning: jugrunbe ^t\)tn, to perish. 
 
 64. The pronouns and possessive adjectives of polite 
 address are capitalized: ©ie, you; 3f)r, your. In letters 
 also the pronouns and possessive adjectives of familiar 
 address: T)Vi, !Dein, etc. But the personal pronoun of the 
 first person, tc^, /, is not capitalized. 
 
 65. Geographical adjectives are, in general, not capital- 
 ized; but they are capitalized if they form a proper name 
 in combination with a following noun: ba^ ^eutfd^e ^t\6), 
 the German Empire; but 'ba^ beutfc^e 53oIf, the German 
 nation. This rule appHes also to generic adjectives: ba^ 
 ©c^marge 3}?ecr, the Black Sea; bie ^Seretnigten ©taaten, the 
 United States. 
 
 Adjectives derived from the names of cities or countries 
 by means of the suffix -er are capitaUzed: bie Berliner 
 3citungen, the Berlin newspapers; ein ©c^tDeiger ^auer, a 
 Swiss peasant. 
 
 66. Adjectives derived from names of persons are capi- 
 talized unless they denote a general type: bie ©rimmf d^en 
 Tliixd)tn, Grimm's Fairy Tales; bie ©d^lKerfd^en ©ebid^te, 
 Schiller's poems; bie ?utl^erif(^n SBerfe, Luther's works, but 
 bie Iut]^erif($e ^tr(5e, the Lutheran church. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 261 
 
 67. Capitals are used at the beginning of sentences just 
 as in English. Verbs, adjectives, etc., occurring in titles 
 are not capitalized; therefore the title of Text XXX, e.g., 
 reads, 2)ie 33erfaffun8 ht^ neucn ^eutfd^en 9^ei(^e«, The Con- 
 stitution of the New German Empire. 
 
 Syllabication 
 
 68. German divides into syllables according to pro- 
 nunciation, not according to word formation. The rules 
 are: 
 
 1. A single consonant between vowels goes with the 
 next syllable: 55a=ter, re=ben, fe-l^en. 
 
 Note. Compounds are divided into their component parts: 
 Slb^art. 
 
 2. Of two or more consonants, only the last one be- 
 longs to the following syllable: (gr=bc, borg^tc, ftatnpsfcn. 
 But 6, fc^, <i), p{), ft are not divided: gil^fee, Iau=f(^en, D^e-fte* 
 Only when the f of ft belongs to the stem, and t to an end- 
 ing, they are divided : rafen, to rave; er raf-tc, he raved. 
 
 The combinations d, i^ are divided into M, t-y. ^0(fc = 
 di'6Me, fra^en = frat^aen. 
 
 Note. In foreign words, combinations of p, b, t, b, f, g with 
 I, r usually go undivided with the following syllable: tI)co*traUfd^, 
 ^ro'blem. 
 
 69. The hjrphen is used only in rather long compounds 
 or when a component belonging to two compounds is 
 expressed only once: <Btaai^'Ohtvg,timna\inm, SD^ittel* unb 
 ^od^fd^ulen, Middle and high schools. But short compounds 
 are written without the hyphen, as one word: ©d^ulsimmer, 
 schoolroom. 
 
262 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Punctuation 
 
 70. Most marks of punctuation are used as in English; 
 the principal differences are found in the use of the comma. 
 The comma is used: 
 
 1. In independent sentences: 
 
 (a) To separate appositions that are not titles or parts 
 of the name: ^i^mard, ber ©riinber bc^ !Deutfc^en 9?etc^eg, 
 Bismarck, the founder of the German Empire; but grtebrtd^ 
 ber ©rofee, Frederick the Great. It also separates adjective 
 modifiers standing after the noun (especially in poetry) : 
 hit i^onifiin, fiife unb Tntlbc, the queen, sweet and mild. 
 
 (b) To separate a noun used in address or an interjec- 
 tion from the rest of the sentence: (Sief)ft, 5Sater, bu ben 
 ©rifonig nid^t? Father, do you not see the king of the elves? 
 3ci, ba§ ift tr)ai)x, Yes, that is trv^. 
 
 (c) Between coordinate parts of a sentence not con- 
 nected by unb, ober, al6 aud^: 3(^ fam, faf) unb ftegte, I came, 
 saw, and conquered. 
 
 2. In compound sentences the component parts are sep- 
 arated by conmaas: ^ie gdifi ber Tl'du\c mcid^ft, unb fie folgen 
 tl^m iiberaH, The number of mice grows, and they follow him 
 everywhere. 
 
 Note especially that before unb, and, obcr, or, a comma 
 stands only if they connect complete sentences; compare 
 (1, c). 
 
 3. In complex sentences the comma separates under 
 all circumstances the dependent clause from the principal 
 clause: 5Da« ift ba« bcfte, toa^ bu tun fannft, That is the best 
 you can do. 
 
 4. Infinitive phrases and participial phrases are usually 
 set off by conomas if they are modified: 3^ fagtc ha^ nur. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF GRAMMAR 263 
 
 um btc5 3U crf$recfcn, I said that only in order to frighten 
 you. 
 
 5. Adverbial phrases that begin a sentence are not set 
 off by commas: 5lnt 25. ^egember 800 tDurbe ^axl ber ©rofee 
 aunt 9?bmifd^en ^aifer gefront, On December 25, 800, Charle- 
 magne was crowned Roman Emperor, 
 
264 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF STRONG VERBS 
 
 pBxs.Im). Pret.Ind. 
 
 Past Part. 
 
 3 SlNQ. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 SUBJ. II 
 
 Meaning 
 
 hadtn 
 
 but 
 
 gebaden 
 
 bSdt 
 
 badf(c) 
 
 blife 
 
 bake 
 
 ■bcfe^Icn 
 
 befafil 
 
 befol^Ien 
 
 beftet)It 
 
 befief)! 
 
 befdl)le 
 (befatile) 
 
 com m and 
 
 (cgintien 
 
 begann 
 
 bcgonnen 
 
 beginnt 
 
 beginn(e) begdnne 
 
 begin 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (begannc) 
 
 
 Bctfecn 
 
 m 
 
 gebtffcn 
 
 betfet 
 
 bei6(e) 
 
 Mffe 
 
 bite 
 
 Bergen 
 
 barg 
 
 geborgen 
 
 birgt 
 
 birg 
 
 bllrgc 
 (barge) 
 
 conceal 
 
 Berften 
 
 borft 
 
 geborften 
 
 birft 
 
 birft 
 
 barfte 
 
 burst 
 
 iciDCQcn 
 
 ben)og 
 
 belDogen 
 
 beluegt 
 
 ben)eg(e) 
 
 bert)dge 
 
 induce 
 
 Biegen 
 
 bog 
 
 gebogcn 
 
 bicgt 
 
 bieg(e) 
 
 bdge 
 
 bend 
 
 liieten 
 
 bot 
 
 geboten 
 
 bietet 
 
 biet(e) 
 
 bote 
 
 offer 
 
 binben 
 
 banb 
 
 gebunben 
 
 binbet 
 
 binb(e) 
 
 banbe 
 
 bind 
 
 iitten 
 
 bat 
 
 gebeten 
 
 bittet 
 
 bitt(e) 
 
 bate 
 
 ask 
 
 Jblafen 
 
 blieS 
 
 geblafen 
 
 blaft 
 
 blafe 
 (blag) 
 
 bliefe 
 
 blow 
 
 Bleiben 
 
 blteb 
 
 gebliebcn 
 
 bleibt 
 
 bleib(e) 
 
 bliebe 
 
 remain 
 
 I)ratcn 
 
 briet 
 
 gebraten 
 
 brat 
 
 brat(e) 
 
 briete 
 
 roast 
 
 iredjcn 
 
 brad^ 
 
 gcbroc^en 
 
 brid^t 
 
 bric^ 
 
 briid^e 
 
 break 
 
 bringcn 
 
 brattg 
 
 gebrungen bringt 
 
 bring (c) 
 
 brange 
 
 press 
 
 €mpfcf)Ien 
 
 empfaf)! 
 
 eTnpfoI)Ien 
 
 empfiet)Ii 
 
 t empfie^I 
 
 empfot)te 
 
 recom- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (empfaf)le) mend 
 
 erfd^rcden 
 
 crfc^raf 
 
 crfd^roden crfd^ridt 
 
 crfd;ridf 
 
 erfc^rafe 
 
 frighten 
 
 effen 
 
 a& 
 
 gegcffen 
 
 ifet 
 
 IB 
 
 afee 
 
 eat 
 
 faFiren 
 
 mr 
 
 gefa^ren 
 
 fat)rt 
 
 faf)r(e) 
 
 fuf)re 
 
 lead 
 
 foHen 
 
 fid 
 
 gefallen 
 
 faiit 
 
 faa(c) 
 
 fiele 
 
 fall 
 
 fangcn 
 
 ftng 
 
 gefangen 
 
 fctngt 
 
 fang(e) 
 
 fingc 
 
 catch 
 
 fc(|ten 
 
 fod^t 
 
 gefod^ten 
 
 fic^t 
 
 fid^t 
 
 fd(^te 
 
 fence 
 
 finben 
 
 fanb 
 
 gefunben 
 
 finbet 
 
 finb(e) 
 
 fanbe 
 
 find 
 
 fliegen 
 
 ftog 
 
 geflogcn 
 
 fliegt 
 
 flieg(e) 
 
 ftdge 
 
 fly 
 
 flie^en 
 
 flo^ 
 
 geflo^en 
 
 flie^t 
 
 fIteKe) 
 
 flotie 
 
 flee 
 
 fre[fen 
 
 frafe 
 
 gefreffcn 
 
 mt 
 
 m 
 
 frafee 
 
 eat 
 
 fricrcn 
 
 fror 
 
 gefroreti 
 
 friert 
 
 frier(e) 
 
 frdrc 
 
 freeze 
 
 flebttren 
 
 gebar 
 
 geboren 
 
 gebiert 
 (gebart) 
 
 gebier 
 
 gebiirc 
 
 bear 
 (children) 
 
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF STRONG VERBS 265 
 
 Pbks.Ind. 
 
 Pbet.Ine 
 
 1. Past Pabt. 
 
 3 Sma. 
 
 Impeb. 
 
 SlTBJ.II 
 
 Mkakimq 
 
 gebcn 
 
 sab 
 
 Scgeben 
 
 Sibt 
 
 gib 
 
 gabc 
 
 give 
 
 gebei^en 
 
 Qcbiel^ 
 
 sebiefien 
 
 Sebci^t 
 
 gebieKc) 
 
 Scbic^c 
 
 thrive 
 
 fic^cn 
 
 fiinfi 
 
 Segansen 
 
 ge^t 
 
 geKe) 
 
 singe 
 
 go 
 
 flelingen 
 
 fielang 
 
 selunsen 
 
 Selinst 
 
 gcling(c) 
 
 gelangc 
 
 succeed 
 
 fielten 
 
 salt 
 
 Segoltcn 
 
 silt 
 
 gilt 
 
 golte 
 (gcilte) 
 
 be worth 
 
 ficnefen 
 
 Senag 
 
 Scncfen 
 
 geneft 
 
 gencfc 
 (genes) 
 
 gcnSfc 
 
 recover 
 
 genic&en 
 
 Senofe 
 
 Senoffcn 
 
 Senie^t 
 
 gcnie6(e) 
 
 genfiffc 
 
 enjoy 
 
 ficf(^ef)cn 
 
 Sefd^af) 
 
 6cf(^ef)en 
 
 Qt\^W 
 
 gefd^iel^) 
 
 gefci^a^c 
 
 happen 
 
 fietoinnen 
 
 seioann 
 
 Seioonnen 
 
 Setoinnt 
 
 gch)inn(e) gemonnc 
 
 win 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (geiDSnne 
 
 ) 
 
 fite&en 
 
 fiofe 
 
 Segoffen 
 
 Ste&t 
 
 gie&(e) 
 
 goffe 
 
 pour 
 
 fileic^cn 
 
 6li(^ 
 
 Seglid^en 
 
 Sleid^t 
 
 gleid^(e) 
 
 glic^e 
 
 be like 
 
 filcitcn 
 
 filitt 
 
 Seglittcn 
 
 Sleitct 
 
 glett(e) 
 
 glitte 
 
 glide 
 
 firobcn 
 
 srub 
 
 Scsrabcn 
 
 grabt 
 
 grob(e) 
 
 grttbc 
 
 dig 
 
 fireifen 
 
 ertff 
 
 Segriffen 
 
 grcift 
 
 greif(e) 
 
 griffe 
 
 grasp 
 
 Iialten 
 
 ^ielt 
 
 Sef)oItcn 
 
 mt 
 
 ^alt(e) 
 
 flieltc 
 
 hold 
 
 j^ongcn 
 
 l)in8 
 
 Sefiangen 
 
 flSngt 
 
 f)ang(e) 
 
 l^inge 
 
 hang 
 
 Iiauen 
 
 flieb 
 
 getiauen 
 
 ^aut 
 
 f)au(e) 
 
 l^liebc 
 
 hew 
 
 l^cbcn 
 
 ]^ob 
 
 gel^oben 
 
 ^ebt 
 
 ^eb(e) 
 
 l^obe 
 
 hft 
 
 i^ctfecn 
 
 W^ 
 
 ge^eifeen 
 
 Iiei&t 
 
 ^ei6(e) 
 
 f)ie&c 
 
 call 
 
 ^elfen 
 
 I)alf 
 
 gcf)oIfen 
 
 mt 
 
 t)ilf 
 
 ^ttlfe 
 (^cllfe) 
 
 help 
 
 flimmcn 
 
 flomm 
 
 gcflommen 
 
 flintmt 
 
 flimm(e) 
 
 flomme 
 
 cUmb 
 
 nitiQcn 
 
 flans 
 
 geflungen 
 
 flingt 
 
 fling (c) 
 
 flange 
 
 sound 
 
 fomtncn 
 
 lam 
 
 gcfommcn 
 
 fommt 
 
 fontm(e) 
 
 fame 
 
 come 
 
 tde^m 
 
 tV06) 
 
 gcfrod^en 
 
 fried^t 
 
 frted^(e) 
 
 frod^c 
 
 creep 
 
 filren 
 
 !or 
 (fttrte) 
 
 geforen 
 (gefttrt) 
 
 fttrt 
 
 fttr(e) 
 
 ffirc 
 (fttrte) 
 
 elect 
 
 laben 
 
 lub 
 
 gelaben 
 
 labt 
 
 lab(c) 
 
 Ittbe 
 
 load, in- 
 vite 
 let 
 
 laffen 
 
 Iic6 
 
 gclaffen 
 
 mt 
 
 laffe 
 
 lie^e 
 
 
 
 
 
 m) 
 
 
 
 laufeti 
 
 Itef 
 
 gclaufen 
 
 lauft 
 
 lauf(e) 
 
 Kefe 
 
 run 
 
 leibcn 
 
 litt 
 
 gelittcn 
 
 leibct 
 
 leib(e) 
 
 litte 
 
 suffer 
 
 lei^en 
 
 lie^ 
 
 geltefien 
 
 Ici^t 
 
 letKe) 
 
 lic^e 
 
 lend 
 
 lefen 
 
 lad 
 
 gclefcn 
 
 licft 
 
 lies 
 
 lafe 
 
 read 
 
 Kegen 
 
 las 
 
 gclcsen 
 
 liegt 
 
 lieg(e) 
 
 lage 
 
 he 
 
266 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Pres.Ind. Prst.Ind 
 
 . PastPabx. 
 
 3 Smo. 
 
 Impeb. 
 
 SUBJ. II 
 
 Meanikq 
 
 Kigcn 
 
 log 
 
 fielogen 
 
 mgt 
 
 Ittg(e) 
 
 logc 
 
 He (= teU 
 aUe) 
 
 mctbcn 
 
 mteb 
 
 gcmicbcn 
 
 mcibct 
 
 ntcib(c) 
 
 Ttticbc 
 
 avoid 
 
 tncffcn 
 
 mofe 
 
 gcmeffen 
 
 mifet 
 
 miS 
 
 mft^c 
 
 measure 
 
 ncJ^mcn 
 
 nal^m 
 
 gcitoTninctt 
 
 ntTnmt 
 
 nitnin 
 
 na{)mc 
 
 take 
 
 pfcifcn 
 
 Pfiff 
 
 gcpfiffcn 
 
 pfeift 
 
 mm 
 
 Pfiffe 
 
 whistle 
 
 pftcflcn 
 
 Pftog 
 
 gcpflogcn 
 
 pflcgt 
 
 pflcg(c) 
 
 Pftfigc 
 
 be accus- 
 tomed 
 
 prctfcn 
 
 pries 
 
 gcpriefcn 
 
 prcift 
 
 prcifc 
 (prci«) 
 
 priefc 
 
 praise 
 
 rotcn 
 
 net 
 
 ficratcn 
 
 rat 
 
 rat(c) 
 
 rtctc 
 
 advise 
 
 retben 
 
 rteb 
 
 geriebcn 
 
 rcibt 
 
 rcib(e) 
 
 ricbc 
 
 rub 
 
 rci^cn 
 
 m 
 
 geriffen 
 
 reifet 
 
 xdm 
 
 riffc 
 
 tear 
 
 reitcn 
 
 rttt 
 
 gerittcn 
 
 rcitct 
 
 rctt(c) 
 
 rittc 
 
 ride 
 
 ricc^en 
 
 rted^ 
 
 gcrod^en 
 
 rted^t 
 
 rtcd^(c) 
 
 rod^c 
 
 smell 
 
 ringcn 
 
 rang 
 
 gerungcn 
 
 rtngt 
 
 rtng(c) 
 
 range 
 
 wrestle 
 
 rtnnen 
 
 rann 
 
 gcronncn 
 
 rinnt 
 
 rinn(c) 
 
 ronne 
 (ranne) 
 
 run 
 
 rufen 
 
 rtcf 
 
 gerufcn 
 
 ruft 
 
 ruf(c) 
 
 rtcfe 
 
 call 
 
 faufen 
 
 foff 
 
 gefoffen 
 
 fauft 
 
 fauf(c) 
 
 foffe 
 
 drink 
 
 fc^affeti 
 
 f« 
 
 gefc^affcn 
 
 fc^afft 
 
 fd^off(c) 
 
 fWc 
 
 create 
 
 fd^ctbcn 
 
 fd^icb 
 
 gcfd^ieben 
 
 fdfieibet 
 
 fd^eibCc) 
 
 fd^iebe 
 
 part 
 
 fd^cinen 
 
 fd^icn 
 
 gefd^icnen 
 
 fd^cint 
 
 fd^etn(c) 
 
 fd^iene 
 
 seem 
 
 fd^cltcn 
 
 fd^olt 
 
 gcfd^olten 
 
 fc^ilt 
 
 mit 
 
 fd^olte 
 (fc^alte) 
 
 scold 
 
 fd^crcn 
 
 fd^or 
 
 gefd^orcn 
 
 fd^ert 
 
 fd^er(c) 
 
 fc^orc 
 
 shear 
 
 fd^icbcn 
 
 fd^ob 
 
 gefd^obcn 
 
 fd^tebt 
 
 fd^icb(c) 
 
 fd^obe 
 
 push 
 
 fd^tc^en 
 
 f(^o& 
 
 gcfd^offcn 
 
 fc^icfet 
 
 m^m 
 
 mwt 
 
 shoot 
 
 fd^Iafen 
 
 fc^Iief 
 
 gefd^Iafcn 
 
 mm 
 
 mm) 
 
 fd^Iiefe 
 
 sleep 
 
 fd^Iogcn 
 
 Wn 
 
 gefd^Iagen 
 
 fc^iagt 
 
 mam 
 
 fdflliigc 
 
 strike 
 
 fd^Ietd^cn 
 
 \m^ 
 
 gefd^Iid^cn 
 
 fd^Ieic^t 
 
 m^mt) 
 
 f(^Ii(^C 
 
 sneak 
 
 fc^Ieifen 
 
 fc^Iiff 
 
 gefd^Iiffcn 
 
 fc^Icift 
 
 fd^Ieif(e) 
 
 fc^affe 
 
 grind 
 
 fd^Iicfecn 
 
 fc^Io^ 
 
 gefd^Ioffcn 
 
 mm 
 
 mim) 
 
 fc^Ioffe 
 
 shut 
 
 fd^Iingcn 
 
 fd^Iang 
 
 gefd^Iungcn 
 
 fd^Iingt 
 
 fd^Img(e) 
 
 fd^iangc 
 
 sUng 
 
 fd^mcljcn 
 
 fd^molj 
 
 gcfd^moljen 
 
 fd^mtlgt 
 
 fc^milg 
 
 fc^maisc 
 
 melt 
 
 fd^neibcn 
 
 fd^nitt 
 
 gcfd^nittcn 
 
 fd^ncibet 
 
 fd^nctb(c) fd^nittc 
 
 cut 
 
 fd^rcibcti 
 
 fd^ricb 
 
 gcfd^ricbcn 
 
 fd^rctbt 
 
 f(^retb(e) 
 
 fd^riebe 
 
 write 
 
 fd^rcicn 
 
 fd^rtc 
 
 gcfd^riecn 
 
 fd^reit 
 
 fc^rct(c) 
 
 fc^riec 
 
 cry 
 
 fd^rciten 
 
 fd^ritt 
 
 gcfd^rtttcn 
 
 fd^rcttct 
 
 fd^rcit(c) 
 
 fd^rttte 
 
 stride 
 
 fc^iDctgcit 
 
 fd^njicg 
 
 gcfd^tDicgcn 
 
 fd^h)cigt 
 
 fd^h)cig(c) fd^toicgc 
 
 be silent 
 
 \^totUm 
 
 \^)a)oU 
 
 gcfd^tooHcn 
 
 f(^tt)tat 
 
 ii^toiU 
 
 fc^todtte 
 
 sweU 
 
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF STRONG VERBS 267 
 
 Pbes.Ind. 
 
 , Pkkt.Ind 
 
 >. PastPabt. 
 
 3 Sing. 
 
 Impbr. 
 
 SUBJ.II 
 
 MsiANIMfl 
 
 fd^hjim* 
 
 fd^toantw 
 
 I gef(^h)om* 
 
 fd^toimtnt fd^tt)imm(e) fd^tofimme 
 
 : swim 
 
 men 
 
 
 mtn 
 
 
 
 (fd^toitrnmc) 
 
 fd^toinbcn fd^manb 
 
 gefc^tDunben fd^totnbet fd^n)inb(e) 
 
 fd^toftnbc 
 
 vaniflh 
 
 fd^tDingcii 
 
 t f(^toang 
 
 gcfd^toungen fd^toingt 
 
 fd^n)tng(e) 
 
 fc^hJttngc 
 
 swing 
 
 fd^JDoren 
 
 fd^toor 
 (fd^tour) 
 
 gcfd^tooren 
 
 f(^h)8rt 
 
 fd^h)er(e) 
 
 fd^tollrc 
 
 swear 
 
 fc^en 
 
 m 
 
 gefel^en 
 
 \m 
 
 fieKe) 
 
 ftt^c 
 
 see 
 
 ftHQcn 
 
 fang 
 
 gcfungen 
 
 ftngt 
 
 ftng(e) 
 
 fange 
 
 sing 
 
 finfcn 
 
 fanf 
 
 gefunfen 
 
 finft 
 
 finr(c) 
 
 fttnfc 
 
 sink 
 
 finncn 
 
 fttun 
 
 gefonncn 
 
 ftnnt 
 
 finn(e) 
 
 ffinne 
 (fttnne) 
 
 think 
 
 ft^en 
 
 H 
 
 gefeffen 
 
 m 
 
 fi^(e) 
 
 \m 
 
 sit 
 
 fptnncn 
 
 fpann 
 
 gefponnen 
 
 fpinnt 
 
 fpinn(c) 
 
 fpenne 
 (fpanne) 
 
 spin 
 
 fprcd^cn 
 
 \m^ 
 
 gefprod^en 
 
 fprid^t 
 
 fprtd^ 
 
 fprctd^e 
 
 speak 
 
 fprie&cn 
 
 fpro^ 
 
 gefproffen 
 
 fprie^t 
 
 fpricfeCe) 
 
 fproffc 
 
 sprout 
 
 fpringcn 
 
 fprang 
 
 gefpningen 
 
 fpringt 
 
 fpring(e) 
 
 fprftnge 
 
 spring 
 
 Men 
 
 W 
 
 geftod^en 
 
 \tm 
 
 m 
 
 ftiid^e 
 
 prick 
 
 mm 
 
 ftanb 
 
 geftanben 
 
 \m 
 
 M(e) 
 
 fttinbe 
 (ftanbe) 
 
 stand 
 
 flcl^Ien 
 
 \taU 
 
 gcfto^tcn 
 
 ftteP 
 
 ftie^I 
 
 ft6{)Ie 
 (fttt^Ie) 
 
 steal 
 
 fteigen 
 
 ftieg 
 
 geftiegen 
 
 fteigt 
 
 ftelg(e) 
 
 fttcge 
 
 climb 
 
 fterben 
 
 ftarb 
 
 geftorben 
 
 ftirbt 
 
 fttrb 
 
 ftllrbc 
 
 die 
 
 ftofeen 
 
 m 
 
 geftofeen 
 
 ftofet 
 
 fto6(e) 
 
 ftiefee 
 
 push 
 
 ftreid^en 
 
 ftric^ 
 
 geftrtd^en 
 
 ftrcid^t 
 
 ftreid^(e) 
 
 ftrtd^e 
 
 stroke 
 
 ftreitcn 
 
 ftritt 
 
 geftrittcn 
 
 ftrettet 
 
 ftrett(e) 
 
 ftrittc 
 
 contend 
 
 tragen 
 
 tmg 
 
 gctragen 
 
 trttgt 
 
 trag(e) 
 
 triigc 
 
 carry- 
 
 trcffen 
 
 traf 
 
 getroffen 
 
 trifft 
 
 triff 
 
 trafc 
 
 hit 
 
 trciben 
 
 tricb 
 
 getrieben 
 
 trcibt 
 
 treib(e) 
 
 trtcbc 
 
 drive 
 
 treten 
 
 trat 
 
 getreten 
 
 tritt 
 
 tritt 
 
 trate 
 
 step 
 
 trtnfen 
 
 tranf 
 
 getrunfcn 
 
 trtnft 
 
 trtnf(e) 
 
 trttnfc 
 
 drink 
 
 triigen 
 
 trog 
 
 gctrogen 
 
 triigt 
 
 trlig(e) 
 
 trfige 
 
 deceive 
 
 tun 
 
 tat 
 
 getan 
 
 tut 
 
 tu(e) 
 
 tate 
 
 do 
 
 toerberben berbarb 
 
 berborben 
 
 berbirbt 
 
 berbirb 
 
 berbUrbc 
 
 spoil 
 
 Dergeffen 
 
 berga§ 
 
 bcrgeffen 
 
 tjergife 
 
 bergife 
 
 bergafee 
 
 forget 
 
 Dcrlieren 
 
 berlor 
 
 berloren 
 
 bcrliert 
 
 Perlier(e) 
 
 berlore 
 
 lose 
 
 bKtd^feit 
 
 teud^« 
 
 geluad^fen 
 
 md)\t 
 
 tbad^fc 
 (»ad^8) 
 
 toltd^fe 
 
 grow 
 
268 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Pres.Ind. 
 
 Pbbt.Ind. 
 
 Past Past. 
 
 3 SlNQ. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 SUBJ. II 
 
 Meaning 
 
 tDftgcn 
 
 toog 
 
 gclDOQcn 
 
 ft)agt 
 
 n)ag(c) 
 
 n)6gc 
 
 weigh 
 
 toafc^cn 
 
 iDUfd^ 
 
 gch3af(^en 
 
 h)(if(^t 
 
 m\6)(c) 
 
 njufc^c 
 
 wash 
 
 tothtn 
 
 tDOb 
 
 gclBoben 
 
 toebt 
 
 n)eb(c) 
 
 tooht 
 
 weave 
 
 hjcid^en 
 
 h>ic^ 
 
 geh)i(f)cn 
 
 tocic^t 
 
 h)eirf)(c) 
 
 iDtC^C 
 
 yield 
 
 tocifen 
 
 h)ie« 
 
 gcrtiefen 
 
 iBcift 
 
 toeifc 
 (h)ctg) 
 
 h)tefc 
 
 show 
 
 totxhm 
 
 toarb 
 
 getDorben 
 
 iBirbt 
 
 h)irb 
 
 totirbe 
 
 woo 
 
 iDcrfen 
 
 toarf 
 
 getDorfcn 
 
 totrft 
 
 h)irf 
 
 tDiirfc 
 
 throw 
 
 JrteQcn 
 
 h}og 
 
 gclDogen 
 
 toiegt 
 
 n)tcg(c) 
 
 h)6gc 
 
 weigh 
 
 trtnben 
 
 h)anb 
 
 gelDunbcn 
 
 tcinbct 
 
 h)mb(e) 
 
 manbc 
 
 wind 
 
 aeif)en 
 
 Sief) 
 
 gejtef)cn 
 
 3tcf)t 
 
 idW) 
 
 3tef)C 
 
 accuse 
 
 aici)en 
 
 308 
 
 gcjogen 
 
 3tef)t 
 
 Sie^(c) 
 
 sogc : 
 
 pull, march 
 
 SiDingcn 
 
 ahjong 
 
 gealrungen 
 
 jiDingt 
 
 SttJingCc) 
 
 3tt)cingc 
 
 force 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 The following lists contain all new words in the texts 
 not marked a or 6 ; new words occurring in the latter — the 
 ''supplementary texts" — will have to be looked up in 
 the general German-English vocabulary. 
 
 ba^ S&Mt, leaf. 
 
 blau, blue. 
 
 bcr Sleiftift pencil. 
 
 hxaun, brown. 
 
 ha^ 33ud^,^ book. 
 
 bog, this, that. 
 
 flelb, yellow. 
 
 Qrau, gray. 
 
 grun, green. 
 
 bic ^reibc, chalk. 
 
 ber ?ef)rer*, teacher. 
 
 bie ?ef)renn, (female) teacher. 
 
 ha^ mt\\tv*, knife. 
 
 rot, red. 
 
 fd^arf, sharp. 
 
 bcr (Sc^ulcr*, pupil. 
 
 bic ©(fiulcrtn, (female) pupil. 
 
 f(^h)arj, black. 
 
 fpttj, pointed, sharp. 
 
 bcr (Stut)I, chair. 
 
 ftumpf, dull. 
 
 bie Xa^d, blackboard. 
 
 bcr Xi\^, table. 
 
 bic SBanb, wall. 
 
 JDag, what. 
 
 h)eife, white. 
 
 totx, who. 
 
 h)ic, how. 
 
 lb 
 
 Some of the puns are untranslatable, e.g. the fourth and the 
 sixth. 
 
 II 
 
 aber, but. 
 au<i), also, too. 
 bie gebcr, pen. 
 
 ha^ i^enfter*, window, 
 grofe, big, large, great 
 bag ^cft, note-book. 
 
 1 Where not indicated by the spelling (as in ©tu^I, bie), long quantity is, in the 
 vocabularies, indicated by "; where the accent is not on the first syllable, the ac- 
 cented vowel is printed in bold type. Nouns marked with * have in the plural the 
 same form as in the singular: bie Sel^rcr, the teachers; bie ©d^&Ict, th* pupih. 
 
 269 
 
270 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 linfS, (on the) left. 
 
 nur, only. 
 
 ba^ ^ult, desk. 
 
 rcd^tS, (on the) right. 
 
 bic Xtnte, ink. 
 
 bic XvLX, pi. Xvivtn, door. 
 
 f)tcr, here. 
 
 Note, nur cine ^lingc, only one blade. 
 
 fcin, no, not any. 
 
 Ilctn, small, Uttle. 
 
 bic ^linge, blade. 
 
 bide, many. 
 
 too, whe«-e. 
 
 bag 3i^^cr*, room. 
 
 Ill 
 
 bctfeen, bite. 
 
 brcnnen, burn. 
 
 ta, there, then. 
 
 ber 5Diener*, servant. 
 
 ha^ i^eucr*, fire. 
 
 gar halh, very soon. 
 
 geben, go. 
 
 glcic^, immediately. 
 
 ber ^afer, oats. 
 
 l)(ingen, hang. 
 
 ber ^enfer*, hangman. 
 
 ber ^err, master, sir, Mr. 
 
 f)inau«, out. 
 
 3odfeI, Jack. 
 
 tommen, come. 
 
 lofc^en, extinguish. 
 
 er ma^t ein (Snb' barauS, he brings 
 
 it to an end. 
 ber Sl^eiftcr*, master. 
 
 Notes. This text is a German nursery rime, 
 cr fc^neibet ni(^t, he does not cut; er beifet nic^t, he does not bite, etc.; 
 u.f.n).=unb fo tt)eiter, and so forth, etc. 
 
 naci) ^oufe, home. 
 
 nic^t, not. 
 
 nun, now, then. 
 
 ber Orfifc (ace. -n), ox. 
 
 bie "iPeitfc^e, whip. 
 
 ber ^ubel*, poodle. 
 
 foufen (er fauft), drink (of animals). 
 
 er fc^idt au^, he sends out. 
 
 fc^Iac^ten, butcher, kill. 
 
 ber ©d^Iad^ter, butcher. 
 
 fd^Iagen (er f(^lagt), beat, strike. 
 
 fc^neiben, cut. 
 
 felbft, himseK. 
 
 foil, shall, is to. 
 
 h)ann, when. 
 
 ba^ SSaffer*, water. 
 
 n)en, whom. 
 
 tDiIl, will, wants to, is willing to. 
 
 IV 
 
 am=on bent, at the. 
 auf, upon. 
 aug, out of. 
 ha€ iBrot; bread. 
 
 bann, then. 
 
 fertig, ready. 
 
 ba^ %ki\(i), meat (flesh). 
 
 bie ®abel, fork. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 271 
 
 ber ®arten, garden. 
 
 er Qibt, he gives. 
 
 ha^ &IM, glass. 
 
 icber, every, each. 
 
 ber ^affcc, coffee. 
 
 bag tinb, pi. .^inber, child. 
 
 liegen, lie. 
 
 ber ?offcI*, spoon. 
 
 bie 3)?ilc^, milk. 
 
 ha^ SD^ittageffcn*, noonday meal, 
 
 dinner, 
 bie Wlutttv, mother, 
 bie ®(f)ule, school, 
 ftljen, sit. 
 
 fpielen, play. 
 
 ftef)en, stand. 
 
 bie 2;affe, cup. 
 
 ber Seller*, plate. 
 
 bag Jifc^tud^, table-cloth. 
 
 trinfen, drink. 
 
 ber S3ater, father. 
 
 bon, from, of. 
 
 t)or, in front of. 
 
 h)ieber, again. 
 
 h)of)in, where. 
 
 3ur=3u ber, to the. 
 
 um jtDolf Ufir, at twelve o'clock. 
 
 1. \i^, for himself. 
 
 JVa 
 
 8. ber, he. 
 
 ber 53riibcr, brother. 
 
 bie Altera, parents. 
 
 ber (Snfel*, grandson. 
 
 bie Snfelin, pi. -innen, grand- 
 daughter. 
 
 bie j^amilie, family. 
 
 bie ®ef(f)h3t[ter, brothers and sis- 
 ters. 
 
 bie ©rofeeltern, grandparents. 
 
 bie ©rofemutter, grandmother. 
 
 ber ®ro Abater, grandfather. 
 
 3f)r (decl. like ein), your. 
 
 tnein (decl. Hke ein), my. 
 
 ber 3^ame, name. 
 
 ber Onfel*, uncle. 
 
 bie ©c^lbefter, sister. 
 
 ber <So^n, son. 
 
 bie STante, aunt. 
 
 bie Xoi^ter, daughter. 
 
 jlDci, two. 
 
 VI 
 
 ber S)e(fel*, cover, 
 bie garbe, color, 
 mit, with, 
 nimmt, takes - 
 off net, opens. 
 ba^ Ropier, paper. 
 
 ber mdm*, back. 
 
 fc^reiben, write. 
 
 fonbem, but {after a negative). 
 
 fpijjen, sharpen. 
 
 bie 2:ofc^e, pocket. 
 
272 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 VII 
 
 aUc, aU. 
 
 hit anber(c)n, the other (s). 
 
 bifttcrcn, dictate. 
 
 faffcn, grasp, take hold. 
 
 bic ^anb, hand. 
 
 f)cbcn, raise. 
 
 bie ^Itnfc, latch. 
 
 Icgcn, lay, put. 
 
 nifcn, call. 
 
 fcnfen, lower, put down. 
 
 <Sic fcl^cn ft(^ nicbcr, you sit down. 
 
 i6) ftcf)e auf, I get up, stand up. 
 
 VIII 
 
 i^ bicibc ftct)cn, / remain standing. 
 bcr ^a[ten*, box, chest, cupboard. 
 
 Villa 
 
 3. fo: do not translate. 
 
 6. @tne§ Xa^t^, Once upon a day. 
 
 IX 
 
 ■^ after a noun indicates that it has umlaut in the plural, e.g. 
 ^rubcr, * = plural is S3ritber. 
 
 The following nouns of the first class have occurred in previous 
 texts: 2c{)rcr, ©collier, i^enftcr, SD^effcr, 3tmmcr, !Dicner, geuer, ^ofer, 
 ^enfcr, md\Ux, SSaffer, iBrubcr, ©ccfel, mdtn, taftcn. 
 
 arbcitcn, work. 
 ba^ ^'Anm6)tn, little tree, 
 ber 33runncn, well, fountain, 
 cinigc, a few. 
 
 ber i5cl^(ctt) (Synopsis of Gram- 
 mar, 14, Note), rock, 
 fur (w. ace), for. 
 ber ©arten, ^, garden. 
 ha^ ©ebitfd^, pi. -t, shrub. 
 baS ©emalbe, painting, picture, 
 ber ©ipfel, summit, top. 
 ber ©raben, ^, ditch. 
 
 ber ^ugel, hill. 
 
 ber ^nabc, pi. -tt, boy. 
 
 mac^cn, make. 
 
 ba« mah^tn, gu-1. 
 
 ober, or. 
 
 pftanjen, plant. 
 
 bcr (5aTne(n) (§ 19), seed. 
 
 ha^ ©(^ulgebaube, school building. 
 
 ber ©effel, chair. 
 
 ftreuen, strew, scatter. 
 
 ber 936gel, -^, bird. 
 
 h)ie Diele, how many. 
 
 Note, icben ZaQ, every day, daily. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 273 
 
 The following nouns of the second class have occurred in former 
 texts: ©tul^I (-), Zx\6), SBIciftift, ^ult, papier, $anb (-), ©cbiifd^, Xag. 
 
 bcr 2lrm, -c, arm. 
 
 bag 33em, -t, leg. 
 
 bcr i^inQcr, finger. 
 
 bog ®Itcb, pi. -cr, limb. 
 
 bcr ^alS, -^c, neck. 
 
 bcr ^anbfc^uf), -c, glove. 
 
 bcr ^ut, -"-c, hat. 
 
 bag ^a^r, -t, year. 
 
 bag ^Icib, pi. -cr, (piece of) cloth- 
 ing. 
 
 bag f Ictbunggfttld, -e, (piece of) 
 clothing. 
 
 bcr ^opf, -^c, head. 
 
 bcr ^ragcn, -, collar. 
 
 ber SD^antel, -«•, cloak. 
 
 bcr Wonat, ~t, month. 
 
 ber 9la0et, ^, nail. 
 
 ber 9iamc (gen. -ng, Syn. of Gr. 
 
 14, Note), name, 
 bcr diod, ^t, coat, 
 ber ©ci^uf), -c, shoe, 
 ber ©trumpf, -"-e, stocking, 
 ber ©tiefel, boot, 
 tragen, carry, wear, bear, 
 bie iJBod^e, pi. -n, week, 
 bic 5cl)c, pi. -n, toe. 
 
 XI 
 
 allcin, alone. 
 
 ftd^ argcm, be vexed, angry, 
 bag 2luQc, pi. -n, eye. 
 hdm\)t, almost, 
 bcttcn, bark, 
 bamit, in order that, 
 bauern, last, take, 
 ctlcn, hasten, 
 bcr %i\d), -t, fish, 
 folgen, follow. 
 
 frafe, pret. of frcffcn, eat (of ani- 
 mals) . 
 ber grii^Iing, (-c), spring, 
 ber f^ud^g, -^e, fox. 
 ber $afe, pi. -n, hare, 
 ^ungern, be hungry, starve, 
 bie ^ctte, pi. -n, chain, 
 ber ^orb, ^c/ basket. 
 
 miteinanber, with each other, to- 
 gether. 
 
 nic^tg, nothing. 
 
 nieber, down. 
 
 nur, just. 
 
 rctfen, travel. 
 
 bcr ®(^ft>anj, ^t, tail. 
 
 ber ®ee, pi. -n, lake. 
 
 febr, very. 
 
 ftctle bic^ tot, act as if you were 
 dead. 
 
 tat, pret, of tun, did. 
 
 botl, full. 
 
 h)arten, wait. 
 
 h)cg, away. 
 
 ber SSinter, -, winter. 
 
 jugcfroren, frozen over. 
 
 V 
 
274 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XIa 
 
 7. fo fd^nell cr fottnte, as fast as he could. 
 10. cS fei bcr ^0^1 fclt)ft, that it was the hedgehog himself. 
 
 XII 
 
 a<^, oh. 
 
 bic Slngft, -^e, anxiety, fear. 
 antiDortcn, answer, 
 bcbcden, cover, 
 blinb, blind. 
 
 ha^, that (conjunction), 
 bedfc auf, (I) uncover, 
 bcnn, for, because, 
 bcr !Dieb, -c, thief, 
 bort, there, 
 crblicfen, notice. 
 falf(^, false, wrong, 
 felt, for sale. 
 'i)okn, fetch, get. 
 faufen, buy. 
 
 ber Sanbmann, pi. Sanblcutc, peas- 
 ants. 
 
 ber 'SRann, ^tv, man. 
 
 ber 9}?arft, -^e, market. 
 
 tnir, (to) me. 
 
 bic '^flad^t, -^e, night. 
 
 ncin, no. 
 
 ba^ "iPfcrb, -e, horse. 
 
 retfen, travel. 
 
 [agcH, say. 
 
 fef)en, see. 
 
 bie ©tabt, -^c, city. 
 
 bcr ®tall, -^c, stable. 
 
 berfaufcn, sell. 
 
 h)cnn, if. 
 
 n)icbcr, again. 
 
 tDirflidi, really. 
 
 iDolItc, wanted to. 
 
 bcr SH^h -/ bridle. 
 
 Notes. 1. 3n eitier 9iad^t, One night. 
 
 ^icbc I)oItcn eincm Sanbmann fciti ^ferb au8 bcm ©tattc: Thieves took 
 a peasant's horse out of his stable. 
 
 7. 3)er 9)Jaiin, ber . . ., TAe man who . . . 
 
 8. 3c^ t)abe e« felt biclctx 3at)ren, / have had it for many years. 
 
 10. SScnn biefe6 "iPfcrb bag SW tft/ fo fasett ©tc mir . . .: fo is often 
 inserted after conditional clauses, but usually not to be translated. 
 
 XIII 
 
 bcmcrfett, notice, 
 bog jDorf, -^cr, village, 
 eilcn, hasten, 
 crfcijen, replace, 
 erftaunt, astonished, 
 bcr Sfcl, -, donkey. 
 
 erjS^Ien, tell, relate, 
 fragen, ask, inquire. 
 fiil)rcn, lead. 
 Qti)OX^m, obey. 
 geijiQ, stingy. 
 ha^ ©lag, -^er, glass. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 275 
 
 ber ©lafcr, - glazier. 
 
 boS ^tu, hay. 
 
 bcr ^aufe(n), -n, heap. 
 
 flagcn, complain. 
 
 laut, aloud. 
 
 bcr aJJuaer, -, miller. 
 
 ncdcn, tease. 
 
 noc^, still, yet. 
 
 purgein, tumble. 
 
 rcitcn, ride. 
 
 roHcn (hjcg), roll (away), 
 bcr <Stcin, -t, stone. 
 ba« <BtM, -t, piece, 
 bcr Xaler, -, dollar, 
 uncl^rlid^, dishonest, 
 fid^ ocrtoanbcln, change, turn (one- 
 self), 
 toanbcm, wander, go. 
 toarum, why. 
 ha^ SBort, -t, word. 
 
 Notes. 9fJii6cjQt)I, beet counter, nickname of a mountain goblin. 
 
 2. 9iiefengcbirQC, Giant Mountains, a mountain range separating 
 Silesia from Bohemia. 
 
 7. aHeS, h)a8 cr t)attc (notice that dependent clauses are always 
 set off by commas in German), all he had. 
 
 11. 3<^ hJiH bit bcin ®la« crfcl^en: (dative of interest), / shall re- 
 place your glass. 
 
 XJV 
 
 fd^neibcn, fc^nitt, gcfd^nittcu, cut. 
 btc ©d^nur, -^e, string. 
 ba^ @eil, -e, rope. 
 
 attcrici, all sorts of. 
 
 bleibcn, ie, te, remain. 
 
 cnt3h)ct, in two. 
 
 I^inuntcr, down. 
 
 ha^ ^unftftild, -c, trick. 
 
 lad^en, w., laugh. 
 
 langc, long. 
 
 liigen, o, o, lie (tell a falsehood). 
 
 man, one (indef.). 
 
 bcr ^ of fen, -, trick, prank. 
 
 pfcifen, pfiff, gcpfiffcn, whistle. 
 
 fd^aucn, w., look. 
 
 \id) fc^Iagcn, u, a, fight. 
 
 felbft, himself. 
 
 fingen, a, u, sing. 
 
 tonjcn, w., dance. 
 
 ftreiten, ftrttt, gcftritten, quarrel. 
 
 ffld^en, w., hunt, look for. 
 
 trcibcn, ic, ic, drive, play (tricks). 
 
 ilberall, everywhere. 
 
 jeigen, w., show. 
 
 sicken, jog, gcjogen, pull, draw; 
 
 put, arrange; stretch (jicl^c 
 
 QU8, take off). 
 
 \6)ld^tn, i, i, creep, steal (away). 
 
 Notes. 13. ^amen gcfprungen, Came running. 
 
 17. 9tcd^t fo! That is right! 
 
 XV 
 qI8, when. 6i3, until, 
 
 bcr Sift, -c, branch. clnmal, once, 
 
 bcr SSaunt, -c, tree. cr^altcn, ie, a, receive, get. 
 
 binbcn, a, u, bind, tie. finbcn, a, u, find. 
 
276 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 fytttgen, t, a, hang (intr.) 
 
 I^orcn, w., hear. 
 
 bic ^ird^c, -n, church. 
 
 bcr ^J'ird^turm, -^c, church tower. 
 
 ha^ ?anb, ^cr, land, country. 
 
 bic ^iftolc, -n, pistol. 
 
 (ha^) dtu^lanb, Russia. 
 
 bie (Badjt, -n, matter, thing. 
 
 fd^aucn (i)inau^-), look (up). 
 
 fd^einen, k, it, shine, seem. 
 
 fd^iefeen, fc^ofe, gefc^offen, shoot. 
 
 fc^iafcn, ie, a, sleep (cin- go to 
 
 sleep) . 
 fd^mcljcn, o, o, melt. 
 
 bcr <Sd^ncc, snow. 
 
 fintcn, a, n, sink. 
 
 bic ©piljc, -n, point, top. 
 
 ftctgcn, ic, ic, mount {ah-, dis* 
 mount). 
 
 ticf, deep(ly). 
 
 bcr[tc{)cn, bcrftanb, bcrftonbcn, un- 
 derstand. 
 
 tDarm, warm. 
 
 bcr SSeg, -c, way. 
 
 njcitcr, farther, on. 
 
 h)crbcn, a (or tDurbc), 6 (§ 146), 
 become, get. 
 
 to\ti)tm, w., neigh. 
 
 Notes, ©nc 9)?ilTi(^f)aufcn=®cf(^id^tc, a Munchhausen story; SBaron 
 ^arl griebri(^ ^icrotUjmug Don 9)?iln(f)^aufcn (1720-1797), a German 
 officer in the Russian army, was famous for his marvelous and in- 
 credible stories. 
 
 14. tiefer unb tiefer (or tmtncr ticfcr), deeper and deeper. 
 
 XVa 
 
 5. ^n glci(^cm ©c^rttt unb 2:rttt, At an even pace. 
 7. ®tlt'3 mtr, obcr gilt c8 bir? WUl it hit me or youf 
 10. 5113 mx'&. As if it were. 
 
 XVb 
 
 2. ^eibcn: Old dative form for ^cibc. 
 
 16. '^=ha^. 
 
 17. SBcf) unb %^, Oh! and ah! 
 19. cbcn: omit in translation. 
 
 XVI 
 
 ha^ 33anb, -^cr, ribbon. 
 
 baucn, w., build. 
 
 ha^ i8ci[picl, -t, example. 
 
 bcffcrc au«, w., (I) repair. 
 
 tDcutfd^Ianb (ba«), Germany. 
 
 bag ©ad^, -^cr, roof. 
 
 burd^ (w. ace), through, by. 
 
 einft, once. 
 
 erftidt, suffocated, choked, 
 fangcn, i, a, catch. 
 ba« 5o&/ -^er, barrel, 
 fcrtig, ready, finished, 
 finftcr, dark, 
 flicgcn, 6, 6, fly. 
 folgcn, w., follow. 
 fi(!^ frcucn, w., be glad. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 277 
 
 fianj, entire(ly). 
 
 bie ©cfd^id^tc, -n, story. 
 
 ba^ ®rag, ^tx, grass. 
 
 \)alttn, it, a, hold. 
 
 ba^ ^aupt, ^tv, head. 
 
 t)cifeen, te, et, call, be called. 
 
 f)clfen, a, o, help. 
 
 I)inauf, up; (-[tcigcn, climb up). 
 
 ba^ ^olj, ^er, wood, lumber, tim- 
 ber. 
 
 ba^ ^inb, -cr, child. 
 
 fonntc, could. 
 
 bie ^uf), ^t, cow. 
 
 bcr ?ange tiac^, lengthwise. 
 
 Iccfcn, w., lick. 
 
 ba^ Sic^t, -er, light. 
 
 bie ^autv, -n, wall; (®tabtmaucr, 
 city wall). 
 
 bog 9^eft, -cr, nest. 
 
 ber Ouerc nad^, crosswise. 
 
 bcr dianb, -^cr, edge. 
 
 bcr 9?at«^crr (gen. -n), -en, coun- 
 cilman. 
 
 ba« 9?ei«, -cr, twig. 
 
 rcifecn, i, i, (ah-, nicbcr-), tear (off, 
 down). 
 
 fd^mal, narrow. 
 
 fd^miicfcn, w., decorate, adorn. 
 
 fd^on, already. 
 
 fc^iitteln, w., shake. 
 
 bie (Strung, -en, meeting. 
 
 bo8 ©onnenlid^t, sunlight. 
 
 ftrccfcn, w., (t)erau«-), stretch 
 (out). 
 
 bcr <Stri(f, -c, rope. 
 
 bcrfuc^cn, w., try. 
 
 h)a(fifcn, u, a, grow. 
 
 ba^ SBcib, -cr, woman. 
 
 Sicf)en, m, QcsoQcn, draw, pull; 
 march, go. 
 
 bie ^ungc, -n, tongue. 
 
 jufamnten, together. 
 
 bag 9^att)aug, -^er, council hall. 
 
 Notes. ©c!^ilba: a (probably) fictitious German city whose citi- 
 zens („bie ©c^ilbbilrQcr") showed a notable lack of common sense. 
 2. tvi&i)lt man: translate by passive: are told. 
 12. n)olItc man, they wanted to. 
 24. eg h)ar nicmanb ba, there was no one. 
 
 bcr 53crQ, -e, mountain, 
 barben, w., have want, starve. 
 gefc^minb, quickly. 
 I)crbrtn0en, bring along. 
 ba^ Wlai)\, -c, meal, 
 ber Ort, -e, place, 
 ber ^ftiis, ^c, plow, 
 ber 9fJiefc, -n, giant. 
 Mc 9Jicfcntoc^tcr, ^, giant's daughter. 
 Note. 1. (SS fling: omit e8 in translation. 
 
 XVII 
 
 fc^affcn, w., work. 
 
 ba^ ©(^lofe, -^cr, castle. 
 
 bie (Sd^itrje, -n, apron. 
 
 bcr ©pafe, ^e, fun. 
 
 ba^ ©pielseus, -e, toy. 
 
 bag Xot, ^er, valley. 
 
 bag 93oIf, ^er, people, nation. 
 
 ber 3^crg, -c, dwarf. 
 
278 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XVIII 
 
 6cfcl^Icn, a, o, command. 
 
 bitten, bat, gcbctcn, ask, beg. 
 
 bic S3Iumc, -n, flower. 
 
 crreid^en, w., reach. 
 
 fof)ren, u, a, ride, drive. 
 
 faft, almost. 
 
 fifd^en, w., fish. 
 
 bcr i^iff^cr, -, fisherman. 
 
 bic 5^0"/ ~^"/ woman, wife. 
 
 filiinsen, w., shine, gUsten. 
 
 ba« ®olb, gold. 
 
 bcr ®raf, -en, count. 
 
 bcr ^immcl, -, heaven, sky. 
 
 bic ^ungfrau, -en, virgin, maiden. 
 
 bcr Stai)n, -^c, boat. 
 
 leben, w., five. 
 
 ha^ Scbcn, -, life. 
 
 ba^ Sicb, -cr, song. 
 
 bic Sode, -n, lock, curl. 
 
 berSD^enfd^, (-«n),-en,man (human 
 
 being), 
 bcr SD^orgen, -, morning, 
 bie 9^if c, -n, nymph. 
 
 bcr ^rinj, -en, prince (son of 
 
 ruler), 
 roufc^en, w., roar. 
 ba^ SJofe, -c, horse, 
 riilircn, w., move, touch, 
 bic ©age, -n, legend, 
 bic <Scitc, -n, side, 
 fingen, a, u, sing, 
 filjcn, fafe, gefcffcn, sit. 
 fonft, otherwise, formerly, 
 fpringen, a, u, spring, jump, 
 bic ©telle, -n, place, 
 bcr ©trom, -^c, river, stream, 
 bic 2;icfc, -n, depth, 
 bag Ufcr, -, shore, 
 bcr S3atcr, ^, father, 
 berfc^minben, a, u, disappear, 
 bie SSetIc, -n, wave, 
 hjcrfen, a, o, throw, 
 bcr SStnb, -, wind, 
 bie SSoge, -n, wave, 
 hjunberbar, wonderful, 
 bie 3«uberin, -innen, witch. 
 
 Notes. 1. 53ingen, ^oblcnj, ^t)cin (Rhine): see map. 
 5. §au8c^en=? Compare 53aum — ^Sumd^en. 
 7. morgeng, in the morning. 
 
 11. fo Diel mie, as much as (but mcbr aU, more than). 
 16. nid^tg aU, nothing hut. 
 
 26. ^a^ hJotlt if)r 9)?enfc^en . . ., What do you mortals want . . . 
 38. !Die SBcIlcn \)atttn it)n and Ufcr getragen. The waves had carried 
 him to the shore. 
 
 XIX 
 
 bcr 33!f(^of, -^c, bishop, 
 bic S3itte, -n, entreaty, 
 bcr S3ranb, ^t, conflagration. 
 in S3ranb ftedfen, set on fire. 
 
 bred^cn, 5, o, [t],^ break, 
 bringen, o, u, rush, 
 cnblid^, at last, 
 crfd^lagen, ii, a, [a], slay, kill. 
 
 1 Vowels in brackets after strong verbs denote the vowels of the 2d and 3d 
 Angular. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 279 
 
 erfc^rcdfen, -fd^raf -\^xodm, [i], be 
 
 frightened, 
 cffen, a^, gcgcffen, [i], eat. 
 bie %lammt, -n, flame, 
 frcffcn, a, t, [i], eat (of animals), 
 
 (auf, up), 
 eeben, a, I, [i], give, 
 gelten, a, o, [i], be worth. 
 ber hunger, hunger, 
 bic 3nfcl, -n, island. 
 ba^ ^om, ^tx, grain, 
 laufcn, ie, au, [&u], run. 
 bic ?eutc, people, 
 bic 9}Jaug, ^t, mouse, 
 pfcifen, pfiff, gcpfiffcn, whistle, 
 
 squeak, 
 bic Static, -n, rat. 
 xdd), rich. 
 
 bic ©d^ar, -en, crowd. 
 fc^eltcn, a, o, [i], scold, 
 bic <©cf)cunc, -n, barn, granary. 
 
 fd^licfecn, fd^lofe, gcfd^Ioffcn, close, 
 lock. 
 
 fd^rcicn, ic, ic, scream, cry. 
 
 fc^lDimmcn, a, o, swim. 
 
 fprcc^cn, a, o, [i], speak. 
 
 ftc^cr, safe. 
 
 bic ©trafc, -n, punishment. 
 
 ftcrbcn, a, o, [i], die. 
 
 bic Xcucrung, -en, famine. 
 
 trcffcn, traf, gctroffcn, [i], hit, 
 meet. 
 
 bcr Jurm, -^c, tower. 
 
 iibcroll^tn, everywhere (=to every 
 place) . 
 
 tlberfaaen, -fid, -fatten, [a], at- 
 tack. 
 
 bcrbcrgcn, a, o, [i], hide, conceal. 
 
 toebcr . . . nod^, neither . . . nor. 
 
 bic So-% -c^/ number. 
 
 bic 3^it, -en, time. 
 
 jornig, angry. 
 
 Notes. SD^ftufeturm ("mouse tower"), originally built for the 
 collection of taxes from ships passing on the Rhine. 
 4. ^ami= Maintz or Mayence: see map. 
 15. lac^cnb, laughing. 
 
 22. J)ort t)alt er fic^ fiir fid^cr. There he considers himself safe. 
 26. immcr grower, greater and greater. 
 
 XX 
 
 ba^ Slugc, (-«), -n, eye. 
 
 bcfreicn, w., deliver. 
 
 btcgmal, this time. 
 
 ba^ (Snbc, (-«), -n, end. 
 
 crtrinfen, a, u, drown (intr.). 
 
 crmac^fen, adult. 
 
 frci, free. 
 
 t)ot)l, hollow. 
 
 t)ungrig, hungry. 
 
 laftig, troublesome. 
 
 ber ?ot)n, ^e, reward, 
 bic ayjaufeplagc, -n, mouse plague, 
 menfc^lid^, human, 
 bic aJiittcmac^t, ^t, midnight, 
 moglid^, possible, 
 mufeten, had to. 
 nSc^ft-, next, nearest. 
 ba^ Ot)r, -«, -en, ear. 
 ba^ "iPfeifd^en, -, little whistle, 
 flute. 
 
280 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 plSgcn, w., plague, trouble. 
 
 bcr afJattcnfctnger, rat catcher. 
 
 bcr ©d^Qttcn, -, shadow. 
 
 bcr ©d^mcrj, (-c«), -en, pain. 
 
 \^xtd\\^, terrible. 
 
 ftlbcm, silver. 
 
 [till, still, quiet. 
 
 bic ©tra^c, -n, street. 
 
 ftumm, dumb, mute. 
 hai ©tubium, {-9>), -ten, study. 
 \i^i %xtx, -t, animal, 
 treulog, faithless, 
 berfpred^cn, a, o, [il, promise, 
 tounbcrlic^, queer, strange. 
 jaf)Il58, countless, 
 juriicf, back. 
 
 Notes, ^amel, SBefer : see map. 
 11. um 9)2ittemac^t, around midnight. 
 14. famen gelaufcn, came running. 
 25. in6 greie, into the open (country). 
 
 XXI 
 
 bie Sld^t, care, attention. 
 
 bet 5lmbofe, -e, anvil. 
 
 begcgnen, w., meet. 
 
 bitter, bitter, hard. 
 
 breit, broad, wide. 
 
 ber !Drad^e, (-n), -n, dragon. 
 
 ha^ (Sifen, -, iron. 
 
 bie (gtfenftange, -n, iron bar. 
 
 crflingen, a, u, resound. 
 
 bag ^clb, -er, field. 
 
 feft, firm, strong. 
 
 ber ^Xdl^, dihgence. 
 
 genug, enough. 
 
 ber ©efellc, (-n), -n, apprentice, 
 
 fellow, 
 ber @runb, ^t, ground, bottom, 
 ber jammer, ^, hammer, 
 bcr ^clb, (-en), -en, hero. 
 I^ierab, down. 
 
 loffen, Itc^, gelaf[en, [d], leave, let. 
 
 Ief)ren, w., teach. 
 
 leib, sad, sorrowful. 
 
 luftig, merry, joyful. 
 
 funnt'=fonnte, could. 
 
 raftcn, w., rest, remain quietly. 
 
 bcr 9ffittcr, - knight. 
 
 ber (©(^ilb, -e, shield. 
 
 bic ®(^miebc, -n, smithy. 
 
 fd^miebcn, w., forge. 
 
 ha% ®c^h)crt, -cr, sword. 
 
 fc^njingen, a, u, wield. 
 
 bcr ©taf)l, -, steel. 
 
 bcr ©tccfen, -, stick. 
 
 bcr SSalb, -^cr, forest. 
 
 n3cit, wide, far. 
 
 bic SSelt, -en, world. 
 
 toert, worthy, valuable. 
 
 XXII 
 
 bcr Sbcnbf onnenfd^cin, evening sun- 
 shine, 
 alt, old. 
 
 bcbcutcn, w., mean, 
 bliijcn, w., lighten, glisten, 
 babci, at the same time. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 281 
 
 bun'cin, w., get dark. 
 
 crgrcifen, iff, iff, seize. 
 
 bag i^elfcnriff, -t, cliff. 
 
 fliefeen, flofe, gcftoffcn, flow. 
 
 funfeln, w., glisten, glimmer. 
 
 ha^ ©cfd^meibc, -, jewelry. 
 
 gemaltig, powerful, mighty. 
 
 glauben, w., believe. 
 
 bic ^o{)e, -n, height. 
 
 ber ^atnnt, -^c, comb. 
 
 fdtnmen, w., comb. 
 
 fut)I, cool. 
 
 bie ?uft, ^t, air. 
 
 ha^ 3Rdvd}tn, - (fairy) tale. 
 
 Notes. 4. 2)a3 !ommt mtr nld^t au« bent ©inn, That will not leave 
 my mind. 
 
 18. ©rgreift e^, The sailor . . . is seized by wild woe. 
 23. \)Q.i , , , 0ctan, has done. 
 
 bic SO^cIobci, -en, melody, 
 oben, above, on top. 
 rufjig, quiet (ly). 
 \iCi^ ©ci^tff, -e, ship, 
 ber <Sc^iffer, -, shipper, sailor, 
 fc^on, beautiful, 
 trourig, sad. 
 
 berfd^Iingen, a, u, swallow, de- 
 vour. 
 ha^ SBef), -eS, woe. 
 toilb, wild. 
 
 n)unberfam, wonderful, 
 bie S^xt, -en, time. 
 
 Sblig, noble. 
 
 betoren, w., bewitch. 
 
 bcjaubern, w., enchant. 
 
 bilUg, fair. 
 
 bletd^, pale. 
 
 blicfen, w., look. 
 
 bliif)en, w., blossom, bloom. 
 
 ber 3!)om, -e, cathedral. 
 
 biinfen, w., seem. 
 
 einge{)en, (gc{)t ein), open up. 
 
 bag (gntgiirfen, -, charm, deUght, 
 
 rapture. 
 elBig, eternal. 
 
 franf, frank, independent. 
 frcubig, joyful. 
 ha^ ©cfc^Icc^t; -er, gender, sex, 
 
 people. 
 
 gliif)enb, glowing, burning, 
 ber ®roug, terror, 
 gru^en, w., greet. 
 ()tnab, down. 
 !ef)ren, w., return, 
 flimmen, str., chmb. 
 ha^ ?ct(i^eln, smile, 
 ber ?aut, -e, sound, 
 liebltc^, lovely, 
 ber 9)?unb, -e, mouth, 
 ber 9}Jut, courage, 
 raten, ie, a, [ii], advise, 
 rec^t, right. 
 
 ber (Sd^ein, -e, appearance. 
 fd^h)inbelnb, dizzy, 
 bie (Seele, -n, soul, 
 taud^en, w., emerge. 
 
 Notes. 6. 2118 iDcir' e3, As if they were . . . 
 
 38. Unb i()a[t bu if)r Sad^eln gefef)n, And when you have seen her smile, 
 
 40. . . . fo ift eg gefc^et)n, . . . then it is done, i.e. then it is too late. 
 
282 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 bcgciftern, w., inspire. 
 
 britt, within. 
 
 ber (Sbelftein, -e, precious stone. 
 
 haQ (SIfenbein, -c, ivory. 
 
 etiQelgletc^, angelic. 
 
 crtieben, o, o, raise. 
 
 ber ^^tir[t, (-en), -en, prince, ruler. 
 
 gejttubert, made by magic. 
 
 ha^ ^erj, (-cn8), -en, heart. 
 
 ber ^rang, -^e, wreath. 
 
 bie ^rone, -n, crown. 
 
 fronen, w., crown. 
 
 bie ?eier, -n, lyre. 
 
 ba^ 9?eblaub, vine leaves, vines. 
 
 ber (Sanger, -, singer. 
 
 fclbig=ber[elbe. 
 
 ftromen, w., flow. 
 
 bie ©tunbe, -n, hour. 
 
 bie Jugenb, -en, virtue. 
 
 umranft, overgrown. 
 
 bie Unftcrblic^feit, immortality. 
 
 iDQlten, w., work, live. 
 
 h)arten, w., wait. 
 
 bie 3iifunft, future, futurity. 
 
 Notes. 48. Slad^en, city in western Germany. 
 
 49. ^elt, between Germany and Scandinavia, ©onau, Danube. 
 8onbe, poetic plural for ?anber. 
 
 55. n)artct fein: iDorten requires in prose auf w. ace. (id^ n)arte auf 
 if)n), but in poetry is frequently found with the genitive; fein is an 
 old genitive form for feiner. 
 
 61. ©el^firte . . . giibc, // . . . belonged . . ., I should give. 
 
 331auauglein, -, dear blue eyes. 
 
 bie 53Iiite, -n, blossom. 
 
 bie ^raut, -^e, bride. 
 
 ba« 53rautgert)onb, --^er, bridal 
 
 gown, 
 ber !Dom, (-«), -en, thorn, 
 braug, outside, 
 brein, into it. 
 
 bie (i^xt, -n, honor, glory, 
 fein, fine, fair. 
 frdt)Iid^, merry, 
 ber griifiUng, (-«), -e, spring, 
 gleid^fommen, equal. 
 
 fal^I, bare, desolate. 
 
 flor, clear. 
 
 ta^ ?ieben=bie Siebe, love. 
 
 linb, soft, mellow, warm. 
 
 bog S^edartal, Neckar valley. 
 
 fd^tmmemb, glistening. 
 
 ber ©pom, -e (or -en), spur. 
 
 fted^en, a, o, [i], prick. 
 
 ber ©uben, south. 
 
 traut, dear. 
 
 hjeben, o, 6, iDeave. 
 
 ber SBein, -e, wine. 
 
 bie SSei^beit, -en, wisdom. 
 
 Notes. 65. ^^iecfar: a tributary of the Rhine. 
 71. Unb fommt, When . . . comes. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 283 
 
 xxin 
 
 ttuSfd^iittcn, w., pour out. bcr Golfer, -, emperor, 
 
 ber 33art, ^c, beard. ber ^rcuj^ug, ^t, crusade, 
 
 bctcn, w., pray. lauter, nothing but; pure, 
 
 cinigcn, w., unite. bag SO?eer, -c, sea. 
 
 blc (Sinigung, union, becoming bcr dlaht, (-n), -n, raven. 
 
 united. ha^ didd), -t, empire, 
 
 fiitlen, w., fill. bcr ©adf, ^t, sack, 
 
 bcr ®Iaube(n), belief. fcufjcn, w., sigh. 
 
 I)inabftctgen, it, \t, descend. ftampfcn, w., stamp. 
 
 {)inburc^n)acl^fcn, u, a, [a], grow unterirbifc^, subterranean. 
 
 through. tDcntgc, few. 
 
 bag 3o^rI)unbcrt, -t, century. juriicffefircn, w., return. 
 
 Stnmcrfungcn 
 
 f^rtcbric^ SSarboroffo, cin bcutfd^cr ^aifcr au« bcm ^aufc bcr ^ol^en* 
 ftaufen, regicrtc {ruled) don clft)unbcrt grtciunbfUnfjig bi« clfi)unbert ncun=» 
 Sig (1152-1190). 
 
 1. noc^ ber ®cf(^ic^tc, according to history. 
 
 5. ^t)fff)aufer; cin 53crg im mittlercn !5)cutf(^tanb {central Germany). 
 8. [tub i^m gefolgt: bei folgcn ftcf)t ber ®atio; folgcn l)djit follow obcr 
 obey; id) \)aht gefolgt, / have obeyed; id) bin gefolgt, / have followed; 
 toarum? 
 19. ^f^orbfiaufcn: cine ©tabt nid^t h)cit bom ^ijffbaufcr. 
 22. bafur, instead. 
 26, 28. nod^, nod^ tntmcr, still, yet; 30. nod^ nid^t, not yet. 
 
 30. batten ju bebeuten, signified. 
 
 31. big ju fciner (Sinigung, until it should be united; German verbal 
 nouns (= nouns derived from verbs) must often be translated by 
 verb constructions. 
 
 XXIII a 
 
 2. f^rtcberid^, instead of gn^brid^, for the sake of meter. 
 14. barouf: popular and poetic for toorauf. 
 
 21. alg rt)ie, as if. 
 
 22. ©cin 5lug' \)a\b off en jtuinft {His eye, half open, is twinkling), 
 His eyelids quiver. 
 
 23. ie nad^ langcm 9?aumc, ever after a long interval. 
 
284 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 26. ®ct| l^in, Go aid; \)tx and {)in mean here, there; l^cr denotes di- 
 rection to the speaker, l^in from the speaker: fomm t)cr, f)crcin, I)crauf, 
 l^cruntcr, come here, in, up, down, get) I)in, l^incin, t)inauf, I)inuntcr, go 
 there, in, up, down; l^in unb ))tx, to and fro. 
 
 XXIV 
 
 ttufgcl^cn, ging ouf, oufgegangcn, gclBaltig, awful, terrible. 
 
 rise; in glamtnen — , be con- gliidUd^, happy. 
 
 sumed by flames. ®ott, -^er, God. 
 
 t)c!)crrf(^cn, w., rule. griinen, w., be green, 
 
 bcrcitcn, w., prepare. Iicrbctcilcn, w., hasten there. 
 
 ha^ S3lut, blood. bcr ^ampf, -c, fight, 
 
 bofe, bad, evil. tnorben, w., murder, slaughter, 
 
 bllrr, dry. tial^, near. 
 cntftct)cn, -[tanb, -ftanbcn, origi- itcu, new. 
 
 nate, come from. bag 9?C(^t, -c, right, 
 
 btc Srbe, earth. bte ©c^lac^t, -en, battle, fight. 
 
 ertt)a(^en, w., wake up. fc^hjinbcn, a, u, disappear, vanish, 
 
 fatten, fiel, gefattcn, [ft], fall. iiberh)tnbcn, a, u, conquer, 
 
 bie ^^rud^t, -^e, fruit. Xoaitn, w., wade, 
 
 bag ®t\t%, -t, law. "ta^ B^pter, -, scepter. 
 
 Slnmcrfungen 
 
 ^arl bcr ©rofee {Charlemagne), 768-814. 
 UnterSberg: ein 33crg in "btx 9l(il^e {neighborhood) don ©aljburg. 
 4. iESalferfelb: eine ©bene {plain) bei ©aljburg. 
 13. SBettbranb, conflagration of the world; according to old Ger- 
 manic myths the world will once be destroyed by fire. 
 
 XXIV a 
 
 7. I)ie 90^ibgarbf(^tange: in Teutonic mythology, an immense 
 snake encircling the earth. 
 
 8. 5^^i^^« ^ woK-like monster, son of Loki. 
 
 9. Soft: the wicked god of fire. 
 
 13. 5lttoatcr SBotan: SSotan (in Norse, Odhin) is the highest of the 
 gods, the father of the Universe. 
 
 14. ^cimbat: the guardian of Walhalla, the castle of the gods. 
 2)onar (Norse, Thor) : the god of thunder and Hghtning. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 285 
 
 XXV 
 
 BcQCl^rcn, w., demand, ask. 
 
 lo^m, lame. 
 
 
 bcglttncn, a, o, begin. 
 
 lauten, w., ring 
 
 
 bcQleitcn, w., accompany. 
 
 mager, lean, thin. 
 
 
 bet)altcn, ic, a, [&], keep. 
 
 ni(^t mebr, no longer 
 
 . 
 
 bcnagcn, w., gnaw at. 
 
 retten, w., save. 
 
 
 eriaubcn, w., permit. 
 
 fd^ncU, quick. 
 
 
 ber %dnh, -t, enemy. 
 
 ber ©trong, *c, rope. 
 
 
 0cf)ijrcn; w., belong. 
 
 umfonft, in vain. 
 
 
 bic ©lode, -n, beU. 
 
 ba^ Unrcc^t, wrong. 
 
 
 btc §ilfe, help. 
 
 bernef)men, a, omm, 
 
 [intm], per- 
 
 iagcn, w., chase. 
 
 ceive, hear. 
 
 
 \t^t, now. 
 
 berpflcgcn, w., take care of. 
 
 bie ^lagc, -n, complaint. 
 
 ber ^a^n, ^e, tooth. 
 
 
 bcr ^ lager, -, plaintiff. 
 
 
 
 The following inseparable verbs have occurred before 
 
 
 be cnt 
 
 er gc 
 
 t»cr 
 
 bebecfen entftcl^en 
 
 erblicfen gef(^e{)en 
 
 berfaufen 
 
 bemcrfcn 
 
 erftounen gel^or(^cn 
 
 dcrmanbeln 
 
 befefilen 
 
 erfe^en 
 
 toerfteben 
 
 befreien 
 
 crjablen 
 
 berfuc^en 
 
 bebeutcn 
 
 erbatten 
 
 berfcbminben 
 
 beberrf(^cn 
 
 crftiden 
 
 berbergen 
 
 bereiten 
 
 eri'cbiagen 
 ertrinfen 
 (ermad^fen) 
 ergrcifen 
 
 berfc^Ungen 
 
 2(nmerfungen 
 
 1. Slad^en: etne ©tobt in ber 5^(ibe be« 9?()ein8. 
 
 3. SBeitn jemanbem etn Unred^t gefd^ef)en iDar, When some one had 
 been wronged; English «;/ien=(l) al3, for definite past incidents: 5ll8 
 baS ^ferb ben ©trang benagtc, Iclutete bic ©lode. (2) rtenn, for repeated 
 or future incidents: SBenn iemanb bie ©locfc liiutcte, fanb er fein 9Je<^t. 
 — ^u n)irft babon bbren, hjenn bu nad^ ^aufc fontm[t. (3) toann, for 
 questions: SBann fommft bu? 
 
 5. ^attc fein 9Jed^t gefunben, Had found justice. 
 11. eriaubt. 12. (guer. 19. ^^x: in older language, the 2d pi. 
 instead of the 3d pi. is used for polite address. 
 
286 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XXVI 
 
 abtaufen, ic, an, [ftu], run down, 
 anfangcn, t, a, [ii], begin, 
 bcr Slpoftel, -, apostle. 
 Qitjcigen, w., indicate, announce. 
 auft)6ren, w., cease, stop, 
 au^blciben, ic, ic, stay away. 
 Qugfiitiren, w., execute, finish. 
 augftc(^cn, a, o, [i], prick out, put 
 
 out. 
 briillcn, w., roar, 
 babcr, therefore, 
 bcr glilQcI, -, wing, 
 fiird^tcn, w., fear. 
 QcIinQcn, a, u, succeed (see note to 
 
 line 6). 
 bcr ^a^n, -^c, rooster, cock, 
 bcr ^cilanb, Saviour. 
 I^crtoortretcn, a, I, [i], step forth. 
 
 flir immcr, forever. 
 
 fra!)cn, w., crow. 
 
 bcr ^ttnfttcr, - artist. 
 
 bcr ?oh)c, (-n), -n, lion. 
 
 bcr 9)2onb, -t, moon. 
 
 bog '3iab, -^er, wheel. 
 
 bic ©onnc, -n, sun. 
 
 ha^ ©tabtmoppcn, -, city coat of 
 arms. 
 
 bcr ©tern, -c, star. 
 
 bcr Xob, death. 
 
 bic U{)r, -en, clock. 
 
 bic Untat, -en, outrage. 
 
 untcmc{)tncn, o, omm, [imm], un- 
 dertake. 
 
 \i6) ftcritcifien, w., bow. 
 
 bollcnben, w., finish. 
 
 t)orbctjicf)cn, 369, gejogcn, pass by. 
 
 The following separable verbs have occurred before: abrcifecn, ah= 
 ftctgcn; aufbedcn, aufgeficn; augbcffcrn, au^fc^idfcn; einfc^Iafen; ^erbeieilcn; 
 I)tnabfteigen; I)inauffc^aucn, {)inaufftei9en; f)eraugftrcden; ^tnburd^mad^fcn; 
 niebcrrcifecn, nicbcrfc^cn; iBcgrutfc^cn; 3uriicffct)rcn, juriicffommen. 
 
 5rnmcr!ungcn 
 
 1. bic <Stabt ©trafeburg (bic ©tabt ^amcln, bic <Stabt <Sd^tlba, u.f.tt).), 
 the city of Strasshurg. 
 
 bag SD^iinftcr: (South German) synonym of bcr !Dom, cathedral. 
 
 2. fcit langcn 3'a^t:cn=fcit diclcn 3a^t:en. 
 
 6. cS Qclang tf)m, he succeeded; Qclingcn is impersonal (or the sub- 
 ject is the thing which is done) and requires the dative: c8 (ba6 
 SBcrf) gcUngt mir, / sticceed; eg i[t mir Qclungcn, / have succeeded. 
 
 7. ©anj ©trafeburg, All the people of Strasshurg. 
 14. fonnte, might. 
 
 24. (Srft t)or furjcr 3«^it, Only a short time ago. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 287 
 
 XXVI a 
 
 2. 3lirtd^ ItcQt in bcr <^^todi, ©trafeburg itn ©tlbtocftcn Don S)cutfd^* 
 lanh, naf)c am 9?t)cin. 
 
 15. !Dtc Slar ift cin 5^cbcnf(ufe bc« 9?^cin«, bie Simmat (bic burd^ Si^^^ 
 flicfet) cin SfJebcnflufe ber 2lar. 
 
 XXVII 
 
 bcftcf)en, -ftanb, -ftanbcn, consist. 6[tli(^, eastern. 
 
 betragen, u, a, [a], amount to, bcr ^unft, -t, point. 
 
 bic S3et)BIfcrung, population. ha^ 9?eid^«Ianb, Imperial Terri- 
 
 bcr @tntt)oI)ncr, -, inhabitant. tory. 
 
 bic (Sntfcmung, -en, distance. bic dltpuhlit, -en, republic. 
 
 etma, about. bcr ©taat, (-c8), -en, state. 
 
 bic %lili<i)t, -n, surface. fteigcn, ic, ic, rise, increase. 
 
 bcr %lu^, -^c, river. filblid^, southern. 
 
 bag i^Urftcntum, ^cr, principaUty. ba8 JcrritJrium, -icn, territory. 
 
 bic ©rofee, -n, size. iibrig, left, other. 
 
 ha^ ©ro^j^crjogtum, -^cr, grand ungcfat)r, about. 
 
 duchy. bcr Untcrfc^icb, -c, difference, 
 
 bic ©riinbung, -en, foundation. bercinigcn, unite. 
 
 'i)alb, half. tocnig, little. 
 
 ba^ ^crjogtum, -^cr, dukedom. h)at)rcnb, while, 
 
 ic, each. n)c[tlid^, western. 
 
 ha^ ^onigrcid^, -c, kingdom. h)i(^tig, important, 
 norblid^, northern. 
 
 Stnmcrfungcn 
 
 ^rcufecn, S3at)cm, u.f.h).: fief) ^arte (map). 
 
 km=(bcr) kilometer, qkm=(bcr) Ouabratfilomctcr. 
 
 1 cnglifc^c 9D?ciIc=1.6 km (3 9y?eilcn=cttt)a 5 km); 1 Quabratmctle 
 {square mile)=tiXQ(ji 23^ Ouabratfilomctcr. 
 
 14. grower al8, greater than, but fo gro^ toxt, as great as. 
 
 22. 1871: man fann fagen: „im ^a^xt 1871," ober nur „1871," abcr 
 nici^t „in 1871." 
 
 33. bicrtf)alb=brei unb cine l^albe (33^); 13^=cin unb cin l^alb ober an* 
 bcrtt)alb. 
 
 XXVII a 
 
 5, 6. ;Die Waa^ ift im SBcftcn, bic SOf^cmcI im 9^orboftcn, bie (Stfd^ tm 
 ©llben, bcr SBcIt (cin 9)?ccrc8arm) im S^orben !Deutf(!^lanb«. 
 14. Unfer ganjeg 8eben lang. Through our whole life. 
 
288 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XXVIII 
 
 ancrfcnncn, -fonntc, -fannt, ac- mittclbeutfd^, middle German. 
 
 knowledge. (baS) 9^capcl, Naples. 
 
 ouSbrcd^cn, a, o, [i], break out. niebcrlcgcn, w., lay down, resign. 
 
 auSftcrbcn, a, o, [i], die out. bte Oftern, Easter, 
 
 bcr S3c9inn, beginning. ber "iPapft, ^e, pope, 
 
 bcr S3cfi<5, possession. regicrcn, w., rule, reign, 
 
 eigen, own. baS ©c^afott, -e, scaffold, 
 
 bag ©cfSngmg, -niffc, prison. ©(^iDeijcr, Swiss, 
 
 glonacnb, brilliant. btc ©orgc, -n, care, 
 
 ^cfttg, violent, vehement, bitter. bcr 2:eil, -t, part, 
 
 bcr |)errfd^cr, - ruler. utiglucfUc^, unhappy. 
 
 (bo«) ^tfilicn, Italy. untcrltcgen, a, e, succumb, 
 
 bcr ^onig, -c, king. tientici^ten, w., annihilate. 
 
 ba^ ^omsgt)au8, ^cr, royal house. Dermcnbcn, irr. w., use, bestow. 
 
 fraftDoU, powerful, energetic. bag 35icrtcl, - quarter, 
 
 ber ^flrfiirft, elector. h}a{)Ien, w., elect, 
 
 bie Tlai^t, -c, power. serfatlen, -fid, -fallen, [ix], fall to 
 meift, mostly. pieces, dismtegrate. 
 
 bic SD^itte, middle. 
 
 Stnmerfungcn 
 
 1. !t)a8 crftc ^Dcutfd^c dldd) t)iefe „ba8 ^etliQc ^Jfimifd^c ^d(S) !Deutf(i^er 
 5^ation"; c8 toax tf)eoretif(^ eine gortfe^ung (continiuition) beg alten 8?o= 
 mifd^en 9fJei(^e8. !Die ^errfrfier !3)cutfc^lonb« toarcti bcutfc^e ^onige unb 
 romifd^e Golfer. 
 
 2. i^ranfen: ein mittelbeutfcfieg 33oIf, h3eld)eg bic romifd^e ^robinj ®aU 
 lien croberte; bag altc ©allien f)ei&t ba^cr ieljt „%vantxtW, b. ^. (=bag 
 Iicifet) 9?cic^ bcr i^ranfcn. ^eutc (to-day) gibt eg nod^ „i5ranfen" in fURiU 
 tclbcutfcfilanb, ju beiben ©citen beg ^luffeg SO^ain. 
 
 3. bcr 25. !Descmbcr ift ber SEBeit)nac^tgtag ober Sl^rifttag. 
 
 9. Ottonen, b. I), ^iad^fomntcn Ottog beg ©rofeen (936-973). 
 17. bic $o!)cnftaufcn, genannt noc^ bcr S3urg ^ol()cnftaufcn in ©d^toaben 
 (bent fiiblt(^cn 3)cutfd^Ianb). 
 26. 20 ^a\)Xt lang, for twenty years. 
 32. immcr mci)r, more and more. 
 
 XXVIII a 
 
 9, 12, 3d column: I)cbc, ftnbc are subjunctives of wish: may risBf 
 may find. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 289i 
 
 XXIX 
 
 onncl^tncn, a, o, [i], accept, 
 bic Hrmcc, -n, army, 
 bic S3attcrtc, -n, battery, 
 bcr SBa^cr, -n, Bavarian, 
 bebaucrn, w., regret, 
 bcr iBefcl^I, -c, command, 
 belgifd^, Belgian, 
 bcficgen, w., defeat, 
 beftimmen, w., decide. 
 bcDonmcic^tigett, w., authorize, 
 bie 33erac9ung, -en, movement, 
 
 motion, 
 ber 536Qcn, -, bow, arc. 
 ber 53ricf, -e, letter. 
 ha, since. 
 
 bcr 2)e0cn, -, sword. 
 brangen, crowd. [through, 
 
 burd^brcrficn, a, o, [i], break 
 cintretcn, a, I, [i], enter, 
 cng, narrow, close. 
 entf(^cibcn, ie, ie, decide, 
 erflarcn, w., declare, 
 crobcrn, w., conquer, 
 errtngen, a, u, gain, 
 crfc^einen, ie, ie, appear, 
 bic r5al)ne, -n, flag, 
 feinblic^, hostile, 
 bic i^eftung, -en, fortress, 
 bic glagge, -n, flag. 
 flict)cn, 0, 0, flee, 
 bic ®arbc, -n, guard, 
 bic ©cfangcnfc^aft, imprisonment, 
 bic ®egenb, -en, vicinity, 
 bie ©ranate, -n, garnet, bomb, 
 bic ©renje, -n, boundary. 
 ba6 ^aupti)eer, -e, main army. 
 ba3 ^cer, -c, army, 
 bclbcnmiitig, heroical(ly). 
 I^cranfommen, a, o, approach. 
 
 {)cranrii(fen, w., march up. 
 
 f)icrauf, thereupon. 
 
 l^offnung8lo«, hopeless. 
 
 inbcnt, while. 
 
 bic Capitulation, -en, capitulation^ 
 
 surrender, 
 bcr Cricg, -c, war. 
 bcr Cricger, -, warrior. 
 bcr Cronprinj, (-en), -en, crowik 
 
 prince, 
 bic ?agc, -n, situation, 
 bag ?agcr, -, camp, 
 legem, w., camp, 
 bie 9}?aie[tot, -en, majesty, 
 mefircrc, several, 
 mcincrfcitg, on my part, 
 bic SO'Jittaggmfic, -n, noon rest. 
 nad^mittagg, in the afternoon. 
 nat)cn, w., approach. 
 \ia9, 9icij, -e, net. 
 
 bcr Offijicr, -c, officer. [plan)., 
 ber ^lan, -^e, plan (faffen, make a. 
 pliitjlic^, suddenly, 
 ber "ipreufec, (-n), -n, Prussian. 
 preufeifd^, Prussian, 
 bic $Rcif)c, -n, row. 
 bie ^Keitcrci, -en, cavalry. 
 ringSum, around. 
 rtlcfn)ftrt6, backward, 
 ber @a(^[e, (-n), -n, Saxon. 
 fc^Icubern, w., hurl, 
 bcr @ieg, -e, victory, 
 fofort, immediately, 
 ftarf, strong, 
 tapfer, brave, 
 bic 2:apfcrfcit, bravery. 
 tcilS, partly, 
 tretcn, a, c, [i], step, 
 iibcrlcgcn, superior. 
 
290 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 libcrrcid^cn, w., deliver, 
 tlbrigblciben, ic, it, remain, 
 umgcben, a, I, surround, 
 bcr Umftanb, -^c, circumstance, 
 um^ingeln, w., surroimd. 
 unbcmcrft, unnoticed, 
 untcr^anbcln, w., negotiate. 
 
 borlefcn, a, I, [Ic], read (to some 
 
 one), 
 toorubermarfc^icren, w., march by. 
 borlDiirtS, forwards, 
 tocnben (ftd^), irr. w., turn, 
 juriicfsiebcn, (ftd^) oq, og, retreat, 
 guftanbe fontmcn, a, o, be brought 
 
 about, be accomplished. 
 
 Note. 73. fo gut Xoxt cntfd^iebcn, practically decided. 
 
 XXIX a 
 
 9. toarb gefd^lagcn, was fought. 
 
 14. britten S^apolcon: 9^apoIcon III., bcr 9'lcffc SfJapoIcon* I., rcgterte 
 toon 1852-1871. 
 
 21. iubcltontg, exultantly. 
 
 23. ^clbcnfoniQ, heroic king; ^clbcnf)ccr, heroic army. 
 
 XXIX & 
 
 2. toarcn Qcfangen, had been imprisoned. 
 6. toerloren Qcgangen, had perished. 
 11. h)ic imti) ft)irb mir, what pains I am feeling. 
 
 13. ba^ ?icb i[t au6, everything is lost. 
 
 14. and) i6) m'6(^V mit bit fterbcn, /, too, should like to die with you. 
 17. SBa8 fd^crt mid^ . . ., What do I care for . . . 
 
 XXX 
 
 <flIl0CTnctn, general. 
 
 bic 5lnorbnuTig, -en, order. 
 
 auflofen, w., dissolve. 
 
 bic 2Iu8naf)mc, -n, exception. 
 
 bcfannt geben, a, c, [i], announce. 
 
 befc^Uc^cn, o, o, decide, resolve. 
 
 bilbcn, w., form, close. 
 
 bcr S3unb, ^t, alliance, league. 
 
 Mreft, direct. 
 
 ^injctn, single, individual. 
 
 cmcnnen, irr. w., appoint. 
 
 bcr gricbc, (-n8), -n, peace. 
 
 •jgcl^elni, secret. 
 
 {)euttQ, of to-day, present. 
 
 ba^ 'jfflitQiitb, -cr, member. 
 
 ber SWonard^, (-en), -en, monarch. 
 
 bcr Oberbefef)!, supreme command. 
 
 ber ^raftbcnt, -(en), -en, president. 
 
 proflamtcren, w., proclaim. 
 
 ber ©enat, - senate. 
 
 bic (Stintme, -n, voice, vote. 
 
 untcrfc^rciben, te, ie, sign. 
 
 bic ^Scrfoffung, -en, constitution. 
 
 ber 33ertrcter, -, representative. 
 
 toeticren, w., veto. 
 
 bic SSa^I, -en, election. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 291 
 
 9(nmerfungen 
 
 2. (©taatcnbunb, league, alliance, confederation; denotes a looser 
 connection (with more independence of the individual states) than 
 JBunbeSftaat, confederation, union. 
 
 14. 33erfaitlc«: ein ©cfilofe in bcr 5^a^e don ^art«. 
 
 18. bic tnciftcn beutfc^en <Btaatm, most of the German states. 
 
 20. ber ^aifer aber: abcr standing in the second or third place of 
 the sentence has a weaker meaning than when it stands first; often 
 it can be translated by however. 
 
 24. 9?eic^gfan3ler, Imperial Chancellor. 
 
 25. S3unbc8rat, Federal Council; ^Rcic^^tag, Diet or Parliament. 
 
 29. tft iu bcrQlci(^cn=ISBt fic^ dergleic^en, fann Derglic^cn mvhtn, ift bcr* 
 fileic^bar, man fann ben 33 . . . dcrgleid^en. 
 
 XXX a 
 
 5. Qcgen taufcnb 9Worf, as mu^h as one thousand marks. 
 
 6. 2«it bcr 3cit, Gradually. 
 
 32. ©ulbcn, a former German coin, worth about two marks. 
 
 XXXI 
 
 angrctfcn, sriff - -Qcgriffcn, at- fiimpfen, w., fight. 
 
 tack. preifen, ie, ie, praise, 
 
 arm, poor. rcgnen, w., rain, 
 
 bcbriiden, w., oppress. ber dlomtr, -, Roman, 
 
 bcr 33cfreicr, -, liberator. fci^mcici^eln, w., flatter. 
 
 ha^ 3)enfmal, -^er or -t, monu- fenben, irr. w., send. 
 
 ment. fogar, even, 
 
 bienen, w., serve. ber ®tamm, -^c, stem, tribe, 
 
 bonnern, w., thunder. bcr (Sturm, -^e, storm, 
 
 einig, united. untertt)crfen, a, o, [i], subject, con- 
 ba^ (Slemcnt, -c, element. quer. 
 
 ermorbcn, w., murder. berrStcn, ie, a, [a], betray, 
 
 errtcdten, w., erect. bcrft)altcn, w., govern, 
 
 ber t5elbf)err, (-n), -en, general. toiiten, w., rage. 
 iung, young. 
 
292 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 Stnmcrfungcn 
 
 T)\t ^txmann^\6)la^t n)irb au^ bic <B<^la<^t int ^^cutoburgcr SBalbc 
 Qcnannt. 
 
 1. (Sf)rifti ©eburt, 6tr</i 0/ Chnst. 
 
 n. e^., n. (S^. ®.=nac^ (Stirifto, nac^ (St)ri[ti ©cburt; b. S^., to. (Sf). ®.= 
 tor (Sf)ri[to, bor (Sf)rifti ©cburt. 
 
 2. bag S!}?ittclmccr, i/ie Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 8. ©t^ricit (Syria): cine romifc^c ^rot)m3 im hjcftlic^cn 5lftcn (Asia). 
 13. (St)erugfcr: ein ©tamrn im tocftlic^cn !Deutfc^tanb. 
 
 17. bic emg: ficfic ^artc. 
 
 18. 20,000 SD?ann: SD'Jann meaning soldiers is treated like nouns of 
 measure or weight; also other nouns that are used in counting show 
 the same construction: 20 ©tiicf, 20 pieces; 12 ^^uljcnb, 12 dozen; 
 fiinf ^aar, five pairs. 
 
 19. Jcutoburgcr SBalb: [ict)c ^artc. 
 
 22. c8 rcgnetc in ©tromcn, the rain poured down in torrents. 
 
 XXXI a 
 
 9. ^uftintan njar 527-565 taifcr bc« oftromtfc^cn $Rcid^e8. 
 
 11. 9^ur cine 53ittc: spaced type in German denotes emphasis: 
 only one. 
 
 27. fcrtig [ein Yoiixbt, would be done. 
 
 XXXII 
 
 abbicQcn, 0, 0, bend, turn off. t)tnbcm, w., hinder, 
 
 abfd^lagcn, u, a, [a], refuse. I)6(^, high, imposing, 
 
 alfo, therefore, consequently. I)uten, w., watch, tend, 
 
 anfialten, ie, a, [&], stop. bcr 9^a(^fommc, (-n), -n, descend- 
 boruberrciten, ritt, gcritten, ride ant. 
 
 across. f(3^ti^cn, w., protect, 
 
 entgegcn, meet. fprcngcn, w., gallop, 
 
 bcr grcunb, -t, friend. treu, faithful, 
 
 bic ^txht, -n, herd. umtiijxm, w., turn around, 
 bcr ^tXiOQ, -c, duke. 
 
 5(nmerfungcn 
 
 !Dic ?iincburgcr ^cibc, cine ©bene in S^orbbcutfd^Ianb, bei bcr <^taht 
 ?Uncburg. 
 
 18. bcr SBiHing: the article impUes that Billing is a well-known 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 293 
 
 23. 3F)r loont Otto fcin, You claim to be Otto. 
 
 43. ^crgOQtutn ©ad^fcn: the present kingdom of Saxony is in cen- 
 tral Germany, but the old dukedom of the same name occupied the 
 northwestern part of the country. 
 
 XXXII a 
 
 4. ba^ Ue& il^r fiilbfd^, was becoming. 
 11. famen ju ftattcn, cam^ opportunely, cam^ in fine. 
 
 15. SSafirenb beffen, In the meantime. 
 19. fnimm QcfrfilaQcn, bent. 
 
 30. (S8 h)aren cinmal, Once upon a tim^ there were. 
 
 34. ftedfen laffcn, interrupt. 
 
 39. fomme (subj. of indirect discourse), was coming. 
 
 40. c^, impersonal, a bright light appeared around him. 
 45. nur fo cine, only a kind of. 
 
 68. gerabc f)eraug, straight out, frankly. 
 70. !I)er ^leinen . . ., The little girl almost cried. 
 76. (£« h)irb bod^ nic^tg baroug iBcrbcn, Nothing wiXL come of it after 
 aU. 
 78. c8, somebody. 
 
 XXXIII 
 
 abfd^Iiefeen, o, o, close, agree upon. bic ^cttc, -n, chain. 
 
 hai S3&d^Ictn, -, brook. bag ?uftIo(|, -^er, air-hole. 
 
 ber Saumciftcr, - architect. fd^abc, (it is) a pity. 
 
 bcr 33U15, -t, hghtning. feitbcm, since then. 
 
 bic (Sntc, -n, duck. bcrbrenncn, irr. w., burn up. 
 
 crft, first. bergcl^cn, -ging, -gangcn, pass. 
 
 bic ^ebcr, plume, feather. bag SBerf, -c, work. 
 
 frcmb, strange (stranger). bic SBcttc, -n, bet. 
 
 ba^ ®ef)cimm«, -nif[c, secret. tottttn, w., bet. 
 
 gcn)inncn, a, o, win. h)o{)I, indeed, surely. 
 
 5lttmcrfungcn 
 
 ^'6ln, Cologne; joiner, adjective. 
 
 16. Jrier ift ungcfa{)r 140 km (ctma 90 HKcilcn) filbltd^ toon ^oln. 
 18. gctDinnc t(^=h)cnn id) gcminnc. 
 
 28. o^nc baji bicfcr eg tou^tt, without the latter's knowing it. 
 32. bic foUtc fie . . .: use relative clause, which she should . . . 
 
294 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 36. fragtc hjcttcr, kept on asking. 
 
 37. bcr S36fe, the Evil One. 
 46. batnit=»init bicfcn SBorten. 
 
 XXXIII a 
 
 9. t)on il^rcm S3ette au«, from her bed. 
 28. qH it)r ^ah unb ®ut, all her helon^ngs. 
 35. SSiircn ...,//... /iod remained . . . 
 
 XXXIV 
 
 bo(^, but, however. 
 
 btc Sf)e, -n, marriage. 
 
 cinfe^cn, w., appoint. 
 
 cinjig, sole, only. 
 
 bcr ©ngel, -, angel. 
 
 ber Srbc, (-n), -n, heir. 
 
 crfal^ren, u, a, [&], find out, learn. 
 
 ertrttnfcn, w., drown. 
 
 bcr ®Qtte, -n, -n, husband. 
 
 bic ©attin, -innen, wife. 
 
 gcfangen net)men, a, omm, [imm], 
 take prisoner. 
 
 bic ®ruft, ^t, tomb. 
 
 bcr ®runb, -^c, ground, reason. 
 
 j^cimlid^, secretly. 
 
 fcnncn (irr. w.) Icrncn, become ac- 
 quainted. 
 
 ha^ ^lofter, ^, convent. 
 
 bcr ^orper, -, body. 
 
 labcn, u, a, [a], summon. 
 
 licbcn, w., love. 
 
 bcr 9lcffc, (-n), -n, nephew. 
 bic 9?a(^c, revenge, 
 rcbcn, w,, talk, speak. 
 fd^Iic^t, simple, 
 bic <B<^bn'i)dt, -m, beauty. 
 foQlcid^, immediately, 
 traucn, w., marry. 
 ha^ Xumlet, -t, tournament, 
 libcrrcbcn, w., persuade, 
 unmoglici^, impossible. 
 ha9> Urtcil, -c, sentence, 
 bcrbtnbcn, a, u, ally, 
 bcrfiinbcn, w., announce, 
 bcrlaffcn, ic, a, [ci], leave, 
 bic S^crlobung, engagement, 
 bcrftofecn, ic, o, [o], disown, 
 bcrurtcilcn, w., condemn. 
 t)cr3Ctf)cn, ic, ic, forgive. 
 boKftrcdfcn, w., carry out. 
 fid^ h)ci0cm, w., refuse, 
 bcr SBunfd^, -^c, wish. 
 
 bic ^uftitntnung, consent. 
 SCnmcrfungen 
 This text is based on Friedrich Hebbel's drama "Agnes Bemauer." 
 5lug«bur0, ©traubing, ^ngolftabt: (Stiibtc in S3aijcm. 
 7. h)ctt unb brcit, far and wide. 
 14. hxai^it (bringcn, brad^tc, gcbrad^t), took. 
 25. brittl)alb, anbcrtl)alb=3h)ci unb ctn \0i, etn unb etn l^tt. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 
 
 295 
 
 XXXV 
 
 ttj^nlid^, similar. 
 
 ber 5lnQcIfad^fe, (-n), -n, Anglo- 
 Saxon. 
 
 auStoanbcrn, w., emigrate. 
 
 bic 93cbcutun0; -en, meaning. 
 
 bcr !DtaIcft, -c, dialect. 
 
 bcr ©nglanber, -, Englishman. 
 
 frti{)cr, former. 
 
 ecmcinfam, common. 
 
 flcnau, exact. 
 
 I)(iufig, frequent (ly). 
 
 I^euttg, to-day's, present. 
 
 bcr ?auf, ^t, com-se. 
 
 bic ?Qutt)crfd^icbung, -en, sound 
 shifting. 
 
 bcr SilcL^hox, -n, neighbor. 
 
 ncnnen, irr. w., call. 
 
 norbn)cftIt(|, northwestern. 
 
 bie ©(^riftfprad^c, -n, written lan- 
 guage. 
 
 bic <Sprac^c, -n, language. 
 
 bcrfinbcm (ftd^), w., change. 
 
 bergleid^cn, w., compare. 
 
 bcrnjanbt, related, cognate. 
 
 ber 33orfaf)r, -en, ancestor. 
 
 bic SScifc, -n, way. 
 
 iXoox, indeed (unb grtar is often 
 omitted in translation). 
 
 XXXVI 
 
 bcaal^Icn, w., pay. 
 bicten, 5, o, offer, 
 bcr Srnft, earnest. 
 \ia^ ©cflapper, rattling. 
 \i(i% ®elb, -cr, money, 
 ficnug, enough, 
 ie, ever. 
 
 ba« ^ommcrgcrtd^t, court of ap- 
 peals. 
 iSci^cIn, w., smile, 
 bic SD^ii^Ie, -n, mill, 
 bcr '^axt, -e, park, 
 ftorcn, w., disturb, 
 bic ©umme, -n, sum. 
 bcrlangcn, w., ask, charge. 
 
 ^nmetfungen 
 
 3. ©angfouct, without care. 
 8. unb boc^, nevertheless. 
 
 13. h)O^I, about how much would you like to give for it ? 
 iWoicftat, your majesty, is the customary address to kings and em- 
 perors. Notice that the older, more familiar „3t)r" is used by the 
 King, the newer, more polite „<Sic" by the miller. 
 
 27. ^6) laffc . . . nicbcrrei&en unb bcjalile . . .: ^riifenS ftatt be3 t^utu* 
 runtS. 
 
 32. gab bic ^anb, shook hands. 
 
 33. (S8 bilrftc ttjol^l am beften fein, It might probably be best. 
 
:296 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 XXXVII 
 
 ftd^ bcbicnen, w., make use. 
 bcfonbcr(3), special (ly). 
 T»ch)unbcrn, w., admire, 
 bcr !5)i(^tcr, -, poet. 
 thtn, just. 
 
 cinrtd^tcn, w., furnish, 
 bic (Sitelfeit, vanity, 
 ber ge^Icr, -, fault, 
 'frongofifd^, French, 
 bag ©ebdc^tni^, memory, 
 bad ®ebi(^t, -e, poem, 
 -flcftem, yesterday, 
 l^eilcn, w., cure. 
 i)cutc, to-day. 
 
 ber ^of, -^c, court. 
 
 fid^ irrcn, w., be mistaken. 
 
 bic ^uitft, -^e, art. 
 
 bag S^ebcnjimmer, -, adjoining 
 room. 
 
 fid^ rii^mcn, w., boast. 
 
 unangenel^m, unpleasant. 
 
 unterbrcc^en, o, o, [i], interrupt. 
 
 ber 33ortrag, ^t, lecture, recita- 
 tion. 
 
 bortragen, u, a, [ii], declaim, recite. 
 
 borttierfen, a, o, [i], rebuke, accuse. 
 
 toleberl^olen, w., repeat. 
 
 gU0ef)en, ging, gegangen, happen. 
 
 Stnmcrfungcn 
 
 6. fo fct)r au^, however greatly. 
 10. Iic& fi(^ fet)cn, appeared. 
 22. ju (Snbe, lyas through, had finished. 
 
 XXXVII a 
 
 9. auf fet)r fc^Ied^tem ^^u^e, on very had terms. 
 11. {)abe gefc^rtebcn: the following sentences (except line 13) are u. 
 the indirect discourse. 
 
 XXXVIII 
 
 antlagen, w., accuse. 
 
 anfet)eti, a, t, [i], look at. 
 
 beft^en, -fafe, -feffen, possess. 
 
 bettcin, w., beg. 
 
 blau, blue. • 
 
 blutig, bloody. 
 
 bunfcl, dark. 
 
 cntstDCtfprtttgen, -, u, break in two. 
 
 ber galfe, (-n), -n, falcon. 
 
 bie i^reube, -n, joy. 
 
 'ba^ ®rab, -^er, grave. 
 
 ber ®runb, ^t, ground, valley. 
 
 bcr ^abic^t, -t, hawk. 
 
 fid^ f)armcTi, w., pine. 
 
 bie ^dht, -n, heath. 
 
 bie ^offnung, -en, hope. 
 
 ftd^ franfen, w., grieve. 
 
 \iCi^ ?eib, -en, harm, pain, sorrow. 
 
 bie Stebe, love. 
 
 \>a^ gyjiiilrab, mill-wheel. 
 
 nie, never. 
 
 ber 9ffeitcr, -, rider. 
 
 ber 9iing, -c, ring. 
 
 f(^euen, w., be afraid. 
 
 ber ^6)0% lap. 
 
 ber ©pielmann, -Icute, minstrel. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES AND NOTES 297 
 
 bcr ©tolj, pride. bcrgcffen, a, t, [i], forget. 
 
 bic ©iinbc, -n, sin. bie SSeife, -n, song, 
 
 totfc^te^cn, 0, o, shoot (to death). n)oI)ncn, w., Uve (=reside). 
 
 bie 2:reue, faith. gubor, before. 
 
 3(nmcrfungcn 
 
 German popular poetry (baS bcutfc^e 53oIfgUeb) has several peculi- 
 arities of style. Some of the more important are: tun and tootten 
 often are used as auxiliaries: bic tcit [ic^ frSnfen, she would he grieved; 
 h)oItt' id) bei bir fcin, / should he with you. — The word order shows 
 some irregularities, e.g. cr tat' fid^ frdnfen instead of tiit' cr [id^ fr(in=» 
 fen; genomnten ein instead of eingenommen {taken in, i.e. occupied, 
 taken in possession); unaccented e is very often elided (t'aV, etc.) 
 but sometimes added for the sake of the meter: Qen)of)net). — The 
 ending of the possessive adjectives (and sometimes descriptive ad- 
 jectives) is often omitted: att mein ©tolj unb ^i^^ub' (accusative). — 
 Particles are used still more freely than in prose, often merely for 
 meter's sake (SBo^I in bie blut'ge (©(^lac^t). 
 9. Supply [te. 
 
 11. mahtUmdhdim, 
 
 16. Ia[fen=berlaf[en. 
 
 17. lieb {)aben=Ueben. 
 
 19. bie ©eele mein=nteine ®eele. 
 
 22. «lumelein=331iimlein, SSIiimc^en; 5S8geIein=536gIetn. 
 
 23. 33ergtfemeinnic^t is the prose name for „33ergifem(^tntein." 
 
 26. 2)enfe mein=!Denf an mic^. 
 
 27. ©tirbt . . . glei(^=ObgIeic^ . . . ftirbt, Even though . . . die. 
 68. SSoS fang' tc^ an, What shall I hegin, do. 
 
 XXXVIII a 
 
 4. alien (Snben: all ends, all sides, i.e. everywhere in the world. 
 
 ad^tcn, w., respect, value. beftrafen, w., punish. 
 
 ber 5Ip[eI, ■^, apple. ber S3ogen, bow. 
 
 auff)angen, w., suspend. bie 33ogcnfef)nc, -n, bowstring. 
 
 begef)en, -ging, -gangen, commit. ber S3otc, (-n), -n, messenger. 
 
 bebanbein, w., treat. bauern, w., last. 
 
 befc^h)3ren, o (or u), o, swear to. bie !Demut, humility. 
 
298 
 
 GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 bulbcn, w., suffer. 
 boS (StQcntum, property. 
 cmnc{)mcn, Q^otnm, [tmm], occupy. 
 cnt0cf)en, -ging, -gangen, escape, 
 cntrinnen, a, o, evade. 
 tx\)d\)m, w., increase, 
 crncucnx, w., renew. 
 fel)lcn, w., miss, 
 
 bie i5rei{)cit, -en, freedom, privi- 
 lege. 
 ha^ i^reubenfeucr, -, bonfire. 
 freunblid^, kindly, 
 bie ®efa{)r, danger. 
 ha^ ©efc^cnf, -c, present, 
 gleid^, equal. 
 I)art, hard, cruel. 
 Iierabfc^tcfeen, o, o, shoot down, 
 bie ^errfc^aft, -en, rule, 
 ber $erjoggt)ut, ducal coronet. 
 I)inaufflettern, w., climb up. 
 ber ^oc^mut, haughtiness, 
 bie ^utte, -n, hut. 
 iauc^jen, w., be jubilant, 
 foniglic^, royal, 
 bie ^unbe, -n, news. 
 Iei(f)t, hght. 
 lobertt, w., burn. 
 
 tnutig, courageous. 
 
 bie 9^euia{)rSna(!^t, New Year's 
 
 night. 
 ba^ ^fanb, -^er, pledge, 
 ber "iPfeil, -t, arrow, 
 fd^arf, sharp, 
 bie ©d^mad^, disgrace, 
 ber ©d^U^e, (-n), -n, marksman. 
 fd^tDetgen, ie, ic, be silent. 
 fd^iDer, heavy, hard, 
 fd^rtirren, buzz, 
 fd^hjoren, 5 (or u), o, swear, 
 ber ©tab, ^t, staff. 
 bie ©tange, -n, pole, 
 ftedfen, w., fasten, 
 fteil, steep, 
 ftofeen, ie, o, push, 
 ftrofen, w., punish. 
 fud)en, w., look for, try. 
 bie Xat, -en, deed, 
 unfc^ulbig, innocent. 
 ba^ SSaterlanb, ^er, fatherland. 
 h)egnet)men, a, omm, [imm], take 
 
 away, 
 toeinen, w., weep, 
 gielen, w., take aim. 
 ber 3ott, -^e, tax. 
 
 ber Tlann, ^tx, man, husband. 
 
 Slnmcrfungcn 
 This text is based upon the account of a Swiss historian, the chief 
 source of Schiller's drama "Wilhelm Tell." 
 1. 2:0b 9?uboIfg t)on ^ab«burg: 1291. 
 
 7. ber Canton: name of the districts or provinces of Switzerland, 
 corresponding to our states. 
 
 9. (Sibgenof[c, sworn confederate. 
 93. bie 3J2einigcn, my family. 
 98. n)ir betbe, the two of us. 
 102. t)o!)Ie ®af[e, hollow road, i.e. narrow pass. 
 106. liefeen il)n fd^h)6ren — liefeen il)n nad^ Sujem jie^en: made . . ., let 
 {allowed to). 
 
VOCABULARIES 
 
REMARKS 
 
 1. In the German-English vocabularies, the words below the line 
 are those occurring only in the "supplementary texts" (la, II a, 
 III a, etc.) ; see Preface. 
 
 2. The characteristic forms of nouns and verbs are indicated as 
 follows: 
 
 Icficn, w.=\t\itn, weak (Icbtc, gclcbt). 
 
 gcbctt, a, c, [i]=geben, gob, Qcgcben (gibt). 
 
 ber aWann, ^er=ber Maxm, bc8 9Wanne«, bic 9D^(inncr, 
 
 ber @raf, [-en], -en = ber ®raf, beg ©rafen, bic ®rafen. 
 
 Separable verbs are indicated as such by hyphen (=) between the 
 prefix and the stem: auf^geben; the student, however, should remem- 
 ber that this is done only in vocabularies; the correct spelling is: 
 aufgeben. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 nh'hkQen, o, o, turn. 
 
 ab4aufcn, ie, au, [ixu], run down. 
 
 ab=fd|Iagcn, u, a, [a], deny. 
 
 ab=fd|ttc^cn, 0, 0, close, make. 
 
 a6=ftcigcn, ic, ie, dismount. 
 
 ber §bcnbfonncnf(i^ctn, evening 
 
 sunshine. 
 fiber, but. 
 ac^, oh. 
 
 a<i}Un, w., respect. 
 fibUg, noble, 
 tt^nlic^, similar. 
 atte, all. 
 attcin', alone. 
 attgemein, general. 
 ai^, than; when, 
 alfo, so, therefore. 
 alt, old. 
 
 ber 9tmbo^, -c, anvil. 
 on, w. dat. or ace, at, on, near, 
 
 by. 
 anbcr-, other. 
 on=crfcnncn, irr. w., acknowledge. 
 
 an-fangen, t, o, [6.], commence. 
 
 an=grcifcn, griff, -gcgriffen, assail. 
 
 an^^atten, ie, a, [a], stop. 
 
 on=ftagcn, w., accuse. 
 
 on^nc^mcn, a, omm, [imm], accept, 
 
 on^fc^cn, a, e, [ie], look at. 
 
 anjeigen, w., indicate, announce. 
 
 bie Slngft, ^t, fear, anxiety. 
 
 bie 3tnorbnung, -en, order, ordi- 
 nance. 
 
 anttoortctt, w., answer. 
 
 ber S(t)fcl, ^, apple. 
 
 ber SIpoftcI, -, apostle. 
 
 orbcitcn, w., work. 
 
 argcrn, w., make angry; \\^, be 
 angry. 
 
 ber 2(rm, -e, arm. 
 
 arm, poor. 
 
 bie 5(rmcc, -n, army. 
 
 ber 5tft, -^e, branch. 
 
 ouc^, also. 
 
 auf, ly. ciaL or ace, on (top of), 
 upon. 
 
 auf=bcdcn, w., uncover. 
 
 auf=frcffcn, a, e, [i], eat up. 
 
 ab'tietimen, a, omm, [imm], take onmutig, lovely, handsome. 
 
 off; decrease, 
 attejett, always. 
 Qt(f)ier', here, 
 an^blidfen, w., look at, 
 ber Slnfanggbud^ftabe, -n, initial, 
 an^gretfen, griff, gegrtffen, attack. 
 
 an=jtlnben, w., kindle, set on fire, 
 bie Slpotbe'fe, -n, drug-store, 
 bie Hrbeit, -en, work, 
 ber 2(rm, -e, arm; branch, 
 bie 2If(^e, -n, ashes. 
 auf=fUbren, w., build. 
 
 301 
 
302 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 auf^gel^en, i, a, rise. 
 
 ouf=^angcn, w., hang up. 
 
 auf^orcn, w., cease. 
 
 auf*li)fcn, w., dissolve. 
 
 auf^tc^cn, ftanb, -geftanbcn, rise, 
 get up. 
 
 ha^ Slugc, [-«], -n, eye. 
 
 ou^, w. dat., out of. 
 
 au^'bcffcrn, w., mend, repair. 
 
 aui^'bleiben, ie, ic, remain away, 
 be absent. 
 
 au^'htetticn, a, o, [i], break out. 
 
 au^^fii^rcn, w., carry out. 
 
 aui^'fd^trfcn, w., send out. 
 
 au^'i^nttcn, w., pour out. 
 
 au^'^ttdien, a, o, [i], put out. 
 
 au^=ftcr6cn, a, o, [i], die out. 
 
 ttu^=ftrcdcn, w., stretch out, ex- 
 tend. 
 
 bit 2tU)§no^mc, -n, exception. 
 
 ha^ fSddiUin, -, rivulet, brook. 
 
 Iiatb, soon. 
 
 bag Sanb, -^er, ribbon. 
 
 bcr ©art, -, ^c, beard, 
 baucn, w., build, 
 ber 93aum, -^e, tree. 
 ha^ S3aumd^cn, -, little tree, 
 ber a3oumciftcr, -, architect. 
 iiebou'crn, w., regret. 
 ficbc'cfcn, w., cover. 
 bcbcu'tcn, w., mean, 
 bie 93cbcu'tung, -en, meaning. 
 bcbic'ncn, w., serve on. 
 bcbrii'rfcn, w., oppress. 
 bcfcVIcn^ Q/ 0, [ie], command, 
 
 order. 
 bcfrci'cn, w., free, deliver, 
 ber a3cfrct'cr, -, liberator. 
 ftcgcg'ncn, w., meet. 
 ticgc'^cn, i, a, commit. 
 IbcgcVrcn, w., long for, demand, 
 bcgei'ftcrn, w., inspire, 
 ber Scginn', beginning. 
 bcgtn'nen, a, o, begin. 
 ficglci'tcn, w., accompany. 
 bcl^at'tcn, ie, a, [a], keep. 
 bc^an'bcln, w., treat. 
 bd^crr'fd^cn, ly., rule. 
 hcL^ HBctn, -e, leg. 
 
 auf*f)cben, o, 6, lift; guard. 
 auf=flaren, w., explain, 
 aufmerffam, attentive. 
 Quf=fei)en, a, t, [ie], look up. 
 aufftelten, w., establish; raise, 
 auggelaffen, exultant. 
 aug't)ttuen, t)ieb, au, carve. 
 au8»Iegen, wj., lay out, cover. 
 auS'f^Itc&cn^ 0, 0, exclude. 
 auShJcnbig, by heart. 
 QUgjeid^ncn, w., distinguish. 
 
 baden, buf, a, [a], bake. 
 
 bcr ^Mtx, -, baker, 
 ber 33anb, -^e, volume, 
 bie 33anf, -^e, bench, 
 ber ^arbier', -e, barber, 
 ber S3au, pZ. 33auten, building, 
 bcr 33auer, -n, peasants, 
 bcbarf, need. 
 
 bie 59ebin'9un0, -en, condition, 
 beftn'ben (fic^), a, u, be found, be. 
 befor'bern, w., advance, move, 
 begra'ben, ii, a, [a], bury, 
 bcgrci'fen, -griff, -griff en, grasp, 
 understand. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 303 
 
 h^na'tjt, almost. 
 
 bag SBctf^JtcI, -t, example. 
 
 bci^cn, i, i, bite. 
 
 hetannt', known, well known, 
 
 acquainted. 
 Bcmcr'fcn, w., notice. 
 bcna'gcn, w., gnaw. 
 bcrci'tcn, w., prepare, 
 bet S3crg, -e, mountain. 
 bcfc^tic'^cn, o, o, decide, 
 befrfinjo'rcn, w., swear to. 
 bcfic'gcn, w., conquer, 
 bcr S3cft^', property, possession, 
 bcft'^cn, -\a^, -feffen, own. 
 befon'bcr^, especially. 
 ftcftc'^cn, -anb, -anbcn, exist, 
 bcftim'mcn, w., decide, 
 bcftra'fcn, w., punish. 
 betett; w., pray. 
 httteln, w., beg. 
 bctra'gcn (ftc^), behave, 
 bie f8t\)oVhtunq,-tn, inhabitants, 
 
 population. 
 bchjun'bcrn, w., admire. 
 
 beja^ 'ten, w., pay. 
 
 hietttt, 0, 0, ofifer. 
 
 bag f8iih, -tx, picture. 
 
 bilbcn, w., form. 
 
 btttig, cheap. 
 
 binbcti, a, u, tie, bind. 
 
 biig, until, to. 
 
 ber 93if(^of, ^c, bishop. 
 
 bie SBittc, -n, entreaty. 
 
 bitten, a, I, beg, ask for. 
 
 \>a^ matt, -cr, leaf. 
 
 blau, blue. 
 
 bktben, ic, ie, remain. 
 
 \sU\6), pale. 
 
 ber Stciftift, -c, pencil. 
 
 blinb, blind. 
 
 bcr 23 U^, -c, lightning. 
 
 btt^en, ly., be lightning, glistc 
 
 ing. 
 blu^cn, w., bloom, 
 bie Slumc, -n, flower, 
 bie Slittc, -n, blossom. 
 ha% 93mt, blood, 
 bliitig, bloody. 
 
 bie 53cfannt'Tnad^ung, -en, an- 
 nouncement. 
 
 befen'nen, -fannte, -fannt, confess. 
 
 bema'Ien, w., paint. 
 
 bepflanjt', planted. 
 
 bereit', at hand. • 
 
 ber SBerggeift, -er, mountain goblin. 
 
 bcrid^'tcn, w., announce, inform, 
 report. 
 
 berlif)mt', famous. 
 
 bertl^'retX; w., touch. 
 
 befd^Ia'Qen, u, a, [5], (ein ^ferb), 
 shoe. 
 
 befin'gen, o, u, sing, praise in song. 
 
 beffcr, better. 
 
 beftrei'c^en, i, t, cover, paint. 
 
 befu'c^en, w., visit. 
 
 betre'ten, a, I, [-tritt], step upon, 
 
 enter. 
 bc3ic'f)en, -369, -aogen, refer, 
 bie S3ibel, -n, Bible, 
 biegen (fi(^), 0, 0, bend, 
 binbc an, a, u, tie. 
 ber S3inbfoben, -, string, 
 blafeti, ie, a, [5], blow, 
 bag 33 let, lead. 
 
 ^a^ 331umlein, -, Uttle flower, 
 bluten, w., bleed, 
 ber S3oben, ^, bottom, ground, 
 
 floor. 
 
304 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 bcr f&BQtn, -, bow. 
 
 bic S3dgenfe^ne, -n, bow string. 
 
 b3fc, bad. 
 
 bcr fSo'it, [-n], -n, messenger. 
 
 bcr aSranb, -^c, conflagration. 
 
 braun, brown. 
 
 bic fStaut, ^t, bride. 
 
 bred^en, a, o, [i], break. 
 
 brctt, broad. 
 
 brcnncn, branntc, gcbrannt, burn. 
 
 ba^ fStttt, -cr, board. 
 
 bcr Srtcf, -c, letter. 
 
 btingen, brad^tc, gcbrad^t, bring. 
 
 ha^ fdvot, -t, bread. 
 
 bcr S3riibcr, -^^ brother. 
 
 briittcn, w., roar. 
 
 bcr JBrunncn, -, well, fountain. 
 
 ha^ 93ii(^, -^cr, book. 
 
 bcr 93unb, -^c, league. 
 
 3) 
 
 bo, there, then. 
 ha^ ^ttrfi, -^er, roof. 
 
 \>a\!itt'f therefore, 
 bomtt', in order that, 
 bann, then. 
 barben, w., suffer. 
 baft, that. 
 baucrn, w., last, 
 bcr ^cdcl, -, cover, 
 bic ^cmitt, humihty. 
 bcn!cn, bac^te, gebac^t, think. 
 ba^ ^cnfmal, -c or ^tv, monu- 
 ment. 
 bcnn, for, because. 
 (ba^) ^cutfc^lanb, Germany, 
 bcr ^td^tcr, -, poet, 
 bcr ^icb, -t, thief. 
 bienen, w., serve, 
 bcr Wiener, -, servant, 
 btc^mftt, this time. 
 btftic'rctt, w., dictate. 
 bircft', direct. 
 hodi, but, nevertheless, 
 bcr ^om, -t, cathedral. 
 bonncrn, w., thunder. 
 ba^ ^orf, -^cr, village. 
 
 bcr SBobcnfcc, -, Lake Constance. 
 
 bog, bent. 
 
 bot an, offered. 
 
 brad^tc mit, brought along. 
 
 brad^tcn i^rc ^logc dor, stated their 
 complaint. 
 
 braud^cn, w., use. 
 
 braufcn, w., roar. 
 
 bcr S3rci, porridge. 
 
 bic SBflc^brucfcrhinft, art of print- 
 ing. 
 
 bcr SBud^ftabc, -n, letter. 
 
 ba« S3ilnbni8, -niffc, treaty, coaH- 
 tion. 
 
 bunt, gaily colored. 
 
 bic S3urg, -en, castle. 
 
 bic 33ur0minc, -n, castle ruin. 
 
 bcr (Slirift, [-en], -en. Christian, 
 bic (Soura'gc {jyronounce: kiu-ah- 
 zhe) courage. 
 
 bamalg, then, 
 banfen, w., thank.' 
 barf, may. 
 barunt', therefore, 
 bcrhjcir, meanwhile, 
 bid^, you (ace). 
 ba^ ®ing, -c, thing, 
 boppelt, double. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 305 
 
 bort, there, 
 bringen, a, u, rush, 
 bulbcn, w., suffer, 
 bunfcl, dark, 
 bunfcln, w., grow dark, 
 burci^, w. ace., through, 
 biirr, dry. 
 
 @ 
 
 cbcn, just. 
 
 bic (Siiie, -n, marriage. 
 
 bie Q;fiu, -n, honor. 
 
 ctgcn, own. 
 
 ha^ QiQcnium, ^tv, property, 
 
 ctlcn, w., hurry, 
 cintg, united. 
 etnige, a few. 
 cintgcn, w., unite, 
 bie @tntgung, un'on. 
 tinmai, once. 
 
 citt'tid^mcn, a, omm, [imm], 
 occupy. 
 
 ctn=rt(^tcn, w., furnish. 
 
 ctn^c^Iafcn, k, a, [5], fall asleep, 
 go to sleep. 
 
 ctn=fc^cn, w., install, make. 
 
 ctn*tretcn, a, I, [itt], enter. 
 
 einft, once. 
 
 bcr ©tntool^ncr, -, inhabitant. 
 
 cittscin, one by one, single (sin- 
 gly). 
 
 hai ©tfctt, -, iron. 
 
 bie ©ttcHcit, vanity. 
 
 \ia^ Element', -t, element. 
 
 clfcnbctncrn, of ivory. 
 
 bte (Jltcrn, parents. 
 
 ^a^ @nbc, H], -n, end. 
 
 cnblic^, finally. 
 
 cng, narrow. 
 
 bcr @ngc(, -, angel. 
 
 bcr ©nglanbcr, -, Englishman. 
 
 bortf)in', thither, there, 
 bcr ©otter, -, yolk, 
 ber 3)rat)t, -^e, wire, 
 brau^en, outside, 
 brct, three, 
 bruden, w., print, 
 btc ©rudEerpreffc, -n, printing- 
 press, 
 bcr !Du!a'tc, -n, ducat, 
 ber ©ummfopf, ^t, blockhead, 
 burd^bofj'rcn, w., pierce, 
 bag ©uljcnb, -t, dozen. 
 
 eben, just. 
 
 btc @bcnc, -n, plain. 
 
 bag (Scf, -en, corner, angle. 
 
 btc @cfe, -n, corner. 
 
 ebcl, noble. 
 
 bcr ©bclmann, -leutc, noble- 
 man, 
 cl^c, before. 
 
 \ia^ (S{)rcnfreuj, -c, cross of honor, 
 ctirtoiirbig, venerable. 
 hai (Si, -cr, egg. 
 einf ad^, simple, 
 bic (Sinfolt, simplicity, 
 ber (Singang, ^c, entrance. 
 cint)oIen, w., overtake, 
 bic ^intgfeit, unity, harmony, 
 cing, one. 
 einfam, lonely. 
 \i(!i^ (Si«, ice. 
 
 bic (Sifenftange, -n, iron bar. 
 citel, vain. 
 
 cmpfan'gcn, t, a, [S], receive, 
 cmpor', upwards, up. 
 
306 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 bcr @n!ct, -, grandson (-child). 
 
 bic ©nfelin, -innen, granddaugh- 
 ter. 
 
 bic ^nte, -n, duck. 
 
 bic ©ntfct'nung, -en, distance. 
 
 enigeg'nen, w., respond, answer. 
 
 cntgc'l^cn, i, a, escape. 
 
 cntrin'ncn, a, o, escape. 
 
 cntftc'^cn, -anh, -anbcn, originate. 
 
 cntsttjci', in two. 
 
 cxhWdcn, w., notice. 
 
 bie @rbc, -n, earth. 
 
 crfal^'rcn, u, a, [&], learn, be in- 
 formed. 
 
 crgrci'fcn, -griff, -griff en, seize. 
 
 ctfjfaVUn, ie, a, [a], receive, get. 
 
 cr^c'bcn, o, o, raise. 
 
 er^b'^en, w., raise. 
 
 erf la 'r en, w., explain. 
 
 erf (in 'gen, o, u, sound. 
 
 erku'ben, w., permit. 
 
 crmor'ben, w., murder. 
 
 ernen'nen, -nonnte, -nannt, ap- 
 point. 
 
 emeu 'em, w., renew. 
 
 ber ^nft, seriousness. 
 ero'bem, w., conquer, 
 errei'cfien, w., reach. 
 erric^'ten, w., establish. 
 erff^ra'gen, u, 5, [5], slay, 
 crfc^re'rfcn, a, o, [i], frighten. 
 erfe'^ctt, w., replace. 
 crft, first. 
 
 erftaunt', astonished. 
 crftirft', suffocated. 
 ertran'fen, w., drown (tr.). 
 crtrin'fen, a, u, drown (intr.). 
 crnjttrfi'fen, adult. 
 €t^at)'ltn, w., tell, relate, 
 ber @fe(, -, donkey. 
 effen, ofe, gegeffen, eat. 
 tttt)a, about. 
 ctotg, eternal. 
 
 fa^ren, u, a, [tt], ride, drive, 
 ber fjttlfe, [-n], -n, falcon, 
 fatten, ie, a, [a], fall. 
 falfd^, false, wrong, 
 bie ^ami'lie, -n, family. 
 
 cntlang', along, 
 cntlaf'ien, ie, a, [ft], discharge, 
 entrei'feen, i, i, tear away, rob. 
 cntfprin'gcn, a, u, rise, have its 
 
 source, 
 cntfte'l^en, -onb, -anben, originate, 
 
 arise, 
 crben, w., inherit, 
 erbot' fid^, offered, 
 crfin'bcn, a, u, invent, 
 bie (Srfin'bung, -en, invention, 
 erf til 'ten, w., fulfill, grant, 
 crge'ben did)), a, e, [i], surrender, 
 ergrei'fen, -griff, -griff en, move. 
 
 erf)ielt', received, 
 ber (Srfer,-, bay window, balcony. 
 crlo'fd^cn, w., extinguish, 
 crio'fen, w., save, 
 crnft, serious. 
 
 ertra'gen, u, a, [5], bear, suffer, 
 ber (Srjenget, archangel, 
 bic (Sffc, -n, chimney, smoke- 
 stack. 
 
 fa{)ig, able, capable, 
 fatten ah, slope, slant, 
 fangt an, begins. 
 falf(^fd^reibcn, ie, ie, misspell. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 307 
 
 fangcn, i, a, [a], catch. 
 
 bie i^atht, -n, color. 
 
 bag ^a^, -^cr, barrel. 
 
 faffcn, w., grasp. 
 
 faft, almost. 
 
 bie fjcbcr, -n, pen, feather. 
 
 fc^Icn, w., miss, be away; make 
 
 a mistake, 
 ber f^c^Icr, -, mistake. 
 fcil, for sale. 
 fctn, fine. 
 
 ber ^ctnb, -e, enemy. 
 ha^ fjclb, -er, field, 
 ber ^ctb^crr, [-n], -en, general. 
 ber f^clfcn, - rock. 
 ha^ S^ctfcnriff, -e, cliff. 
 ha^ S^enftcr, - window. 
 fcrtig, ready, finished, 
 fcft, firm. 
 
 ha^ t^t^t, -e, celebration, festival. 
 bie (5^cftung, -en, fortress, 
 bie ^cucr^glfit, -en, (glow of) fire, 
 finbcn, a, u, find, 
 ber (finger, -, finger, 
 finftcr, dark, 
 ber g-ifc^, -e, fish, 
 fifteen, w., fish, 
 ber f^ift^cr, -, fisherman, 
 bie i^Vddit, -n, surface. 
 
 ber t^lati^^, flax. 
 
 bie ^lammt, -n, flame. 
 
 bag ^iti^til, meat, flesh. 
 
 ber S^Icl^, diligence. 
 
 flic^cn, 0, 0, flee, 
 
 flicgcn, 6, 6, fly. 
 
 fitcftcn, 0, 0, flow. 
 
 ber i^luQtl, - wing. 
 
 ber fj(u^, ^e, river. 
 
 folgcn, w., follow. 
 
 fragcn, w., ask. 
 
 franso'fifrfl, French. 
 
 bie S^rau, -en, woman. 
 
 fret, free. 
 
 bie S^rcil^cit, -en, hberty. 
 
 frcmb, strange. 
 
 frcffcn, a, e, [i], eat (of animals). 
 
 bie f^rcubc, -n, joy. 
 
 ba^ i^rcubcnfcucr, - bonfire. 
 
 frcubtg, joyful. 
 
 frcucn (fic^), w., be glad, rejoice. 
 
 ber S^rcunb, -e, friend. 
 
 frcunblit^, friendly. 
 
 ber l^ricbc, [-n«], -n, peace. 
 
 bie fjruc^t, -^e, fruit. 
 
 fru^cr, formerly. 
 
 ber fjrul^ling, -e, spring. 
 
 ber i^ntti^, ^e, fox. 
 
 fii^rcn, w., lead. 
 
 faul, lazy; foul, decayed. 
 feiQ, cowardly, 
 feiem, w., celebrate, 
 ber i^elbmarfc^alt, -^e, field-mar- 
 • shall. 
 
 bie gen[terf(^eibe, -n, window- 
 pane, 
 btc i^crien, vacation, 
 bie i^effel, -n, fetter. 
 ta^ geft, -e, feast, festival. 
 
 fing, caught. 
 
 flinf, quick. 
 
 bie f^linte, -n, gun. 
 
 bie i^Iut, -en, flood. 
 
 fort, away; fort unb fort, always, 
 
 forever. 
 fort4aufen, ie, au, [ciu], run away, 
 bie greunbfc^aft, -en, friendship, 
 frifd^, fresh. 
 ftt{)Ien, w., feel. 
 
308 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 fullcn, w., fill. 
 
 funfcin, w., glisten. 
 
 fur, w. ace, for. 
 
 fiirc^tcn, w., fear; [id^, be afraid. 
 
 ber ^urft, [-en], -en, prince. 
 
 ber fju^, -^c, foot. 
 
 bic ®abcl, -n, fork, 
 gans, entirely. 
 gar, very. 
 
 ber ©artcn, ■^, garden, 
 ber ©ttttc, [-n], -n, husband, 
 bic ©attin, -tnnen, wife. 
 gcbcn, a, e, [i], give, 
 bag @c6uf(f)', -e, shrubbery, 
 bag ©cbat^t'niig, -ntffe, memory, 
 bag ©ebic^t', -e, poem, 
 bte ©cfa^r', -en, danger, 
 gcfan'gcn, caught, 
 bag ©effing 'nt^, -niffe, prison. 
 hit ©cgcnb, -en, vicinity, loca- 
 tion, country. 
 
 gc^en, t, a, go. 
 
 bag ©c^cim'niiS, -niffc, secret. 
 
 ge^or'cfien, w., obey. 
 
 gc^o'ren, w., belong. 
 
 geijig, stingy. 
 
 bag Q^eUappct, rattling. 
 
 gclb, yellow. 
 
 hai @elb, -er, money. 
 
 gclin'gcn, a, u, succeed. 
 
 gclten, a, o, [i], be worth, avail. 
 
 bag ©cmfirbe, -, painting. 
 
 gcmein'ffim, common. 
 
 gcnug', enough. 
 
 gcfc^c'^cn, a, e, [ie], happen. 
 
 bag ©eft^cnf, -e, present. 
 
 bie @ef(^t(^'te, -n, story. 
 
 bag @efd|le(^t', -er, family, dy- 
 nasty. 
 
 bag ©cfd^mct'be, -, jewelry. 
 
 gcfc^njtnb', fast. 
 
 bic ©cfc^hjt'fter, brother(s) and 
 sister (s). 
 
 bag @cfc^', -e, law. 
 
 gcftern, yesterday. 
 
 bag i^unbament', -c, foundation, 
 ber gilrft, [-en], -en, prince, 
 bie gtifee, feet, 
 bag (gutter, -, food, 
 fttttem, w., feed. 
 
 gai^ncn, w., yawn, 
 ber ©(tnfeiunQC, [-n], -n, goose- 
 boy, 
 bic ©artenpforte, -n, garden gate, 
 ber ®aul, [-eg], -^c, horse, 
 bag ® ebon 'be, -c, building, 
 gebcn (bie ^anb), shake hands, 
 gebrau'd^en, w., use. 
 ber ©ebanfc, -n, thought. 
 
 QcfIo'f)en (tt)ar), fled. 
 
 gegenii'ber, opposite. 
 
 bie @ema{)'Iin, -innen, wife. 
 
 Qcnau', exact. 
 
 genannt', called. 
 
 ber ©cnof'fe, [-n], -n, fellow. 
 
 gcra'be, straight, just. 
 
 gcra'ten (tng Ungliicf), ie, a, [5], 
 
 get, fall, 
 bag @eric^t', -c, court, 
 gcrmantfc!^, Teutonic, 
 gem, gladly. 
 
 bte ©efeirfd^aft, -en, company, 
 bag ©efid^t, -er, face, 
 bie ©eftalt', -en, shape, form. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 309 
 
 qmaVtiQ, mighty, powerful, ter- 
 rible. 
 gcnjin'ncn, a, o, gain, 
 ber eJi^jfcl, - top. 
 glanjcn, w., shine. 
 ha^ &iM, ^tXf glass, 
 ber ©lafcr, -, glazier, 
 ber ©laubc, [-n^], -n, belief. 
 Qlanhcn, w., believe, 
 glcicl^, alike. 
 ha^ @Ucb, -er, limb, 
 bie ®torfc, -n, bell. 
 gtiirfUc^, happy. 
 ha^ (SJoIb, gold. 
 gotben, golden. . 
 ba6 ©otbftitrf, -t, gold piece. 
 ber @ott, -^er, god. 
 ha^ &tah, -^er, grave, 
 ber ©rfibcn, ^, ditch, 
 ber @raf, [-en], -en, count. 
 bag @ra^, ^er, grass. 
 gro^, large. 
 grau, gray. 
 
 bie ©rcnjc, -n, boundary. 
 
 bie &Tofic, -n, size. 
 
 bie ®r0ftc(tcrn, grandparents. 
 
 bie ©ro^muttcr, grandmother. 
 
 ber ©ro^tJtttcr, -^^ grandfather. 
 
 bie @ruft, ^t, tomb. 
 
 ber @runb, -^e, reason, cause. 
 
 bie ©riinbung, -en, foundation. 
 
 griin, green. 
 
 gritnen, be green. 
 
 griiffcn, w., greet. 
 
 gut, good. 
 
 baS ^aar, -c, hair. 
 
 ber ^Sbid^t, -e, hawk. 
 
 ber ^fifcr, oats. 
 
 ber ^a^n, -^e, rooster. 
 
 f)alh, half. 
 
 ber ^a(^, -^c, neck. 
 
 f)aUcn, te, a, [a], hold. 
 
 bie ^onb, -^e, hand. 
 
 ber ^anbf(^u^, -e, glove. 
 
 bag ©etrabe, trot. 
 geh)aff'net, armed. 
 gen)af)ren (eine 53itte), w., grant (a 
 
 request) . 
 ber ©iebel, -, gable, 
 gie&en, o, o, pour, mold, cast. 
 ha^ ®ift, -e, poison, 
 gilt, is worth, means, is meant for. 
 ging, went, 
 ber ©lanj, splendor. 
 gleid^fallg, also. 
 
 ha^ ©todenmetatt, -c, bell-metal. 
 ha^ ®Iii(f, happiness, 
 gliidfltd^, happy, 
 gliifien, w., glow, 
 bie ®nabe, -n, grace, pardon. 
 
 gotifd^, Gothic. 
 
 bie ©otterbSmmerung, twiUght of 
 
 the gods, 
 ber ©eije, [-n], -n, idol, 
 ber ® oljenprtefter, -, heathen priest, 
 ber ©renabier', -c, grenadier, 
 ber ®rie(^e, [-n], -n, Greek. 
 grilnben, w., found, 
 gilrte urn, w., gird. 
 
 I^abc gem, like, love. 
 
 ha^ ^algbanb, -^er, necklace. 
 
 ber jammer, ^, hanmier. 
 
 bie ^(inbe, hands. 
 
 ^anbel treiben, carry on trade. 
 
 bie ^anblung, -en, commerce. 
 
310 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 ^angcn, i, a, [ft], hang. 
 
 ^angcn, w., hang. 
 
 l^ftrmen, w., grieve. 
 
 iiatt, hard. 
 
 ber ^afc, [-en], -en, hare. 
 
 ber ^aufc, [-ng], -n, heap, pile, 
 
 mass. 
 ^aufig, frequently, 
 bag ^ttu^t, ^er, head, 
 bag ^au^, ^er, house. 
 ^cben, 0, o, lift. 
 ha€ Jpeer, -e, army, 
 bag ^cft, -e, note-book, 
 l^cftig, intense, bitter, 
 bie ^eibc, -n, heath, 
 ber ^eilanb, Saviour. 
 j^eimlit^, secretly. 
 l^ci^cn, te, ei, call, be called, mean, 
 
 command, 
 ber ^clb, [-en], -en, hero, 
 l^clfcn, a, 0, [i], help, 
 ber Jpcnfer, -, hangman. 
 tlttah', down. 
 ^crbei'eilcn, w., hasten, 
 bie ^erbc, -n, herd. 
 l^cr^fliegen, o, 5, fly about, 
 ber ^crr, [-n], -en, master, lord. 
 
 Sir. 
 
 bie J^crrlt^feit, -en, splendor. 
 
 bie ^crrfc^aft, -en, rule, reign. 
 
 ber ^crrfd^er, -, ruler. 
 
 ]^crt)or=tretcn, a, e, [itt], step for- 
 ward. 
 
 ha^ ^crs, [-eng], -en, heart. 
 
 ber ^crjog, -e, duke. 
 
 ber ^ct^oQ^nt, -^e, ducal hat. 
 
 bag ^cu, hay. 
 
 I^cutc, to-day. 
 
 l^eutig, of to-day, present. 
 
 l^ier, here, 
 
 bie ^itfe, help. 
 
 ber ^immel, -, heaven, sky. 
 
 l^inab'^nc^mcn, o, o, [imm], take 
 down. 
 
 I|inat»'4tetgett, ic, ie, cUmb down. 
 
 ^tnauf, up. 
 
 I|tnauf'=nettern, w., climb up. 
 
 ^inttuf'4tctgcn, ie, ie, climb up. 
 
 ^inau^', out. 
 
 I^inbern, hinder. 
 
 j^inburc^'^rtjat^fcn, u, a, [it], grow 
 through. 
 
 I^in^fc^cn, w., sit down. 
 
 l^tnun'tcr, down. 
 
 ^0c^, high. 
 
 ber ^orfftniit, haughtiness. 
 
 l)anQen, t, a, [a]; fie liefeen bie ^opfe 
 l)angen, they hung their heads. 
 f)anQt, hangs. 
 
 bag ^afenfell, -e, hare's skin, 
 bag ^eibenroglein, -, wild rose, 
 ^eil, hail. 
 I^eitig, holy. 
 I)ei&, hot, warm. 
 ^elt, light. 
 
 ber ^elm, -c, helmet, 
 ber ^erb[t, -t, autumn. 
 
 bie ^erfunft, origin. 
 
 I^errlic^, magnificent. 
 
 f)er=[telten, w., make. 
 
 l^ert)or', forth. 
 
 I)ert)6r'=ragen, w., project, rise 
 
 up. 
 I)ert)or'=fe{)en, a, e, [ie], project, 
 bie ^erjogin, -innen, duchess. 
 I)inein', in, inside. 
 I)in*fefeen (fid^), w., sit down, 
 ber ^irfebret, millet porridge. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 311 
 
 bcr J^of, -^c, court. 
 
 btc J^offnung, -en, hope. 
 
 bie ^o^c, -n, height. 
 
 t)oi)i, hollow. 
 
 iloUn, w., get. 
 
 ha^ ^ois, ^cr, wood. 
 
 ^orcn, w., hear. 
 
 bcr ^ugcl, -, hill. 
 
 bcr hunger, -, hunger. 
 
 ^ungern, w., hunger. 
 
 ^ungrig, hungry. 
 
 ber ^ntf ^t, hat. 
 
 l^utett; w., take care of, tend. 
 
 bic ^nttt, -n, hut. 
 
 immcr, always, ever. 
 tmmcrbar=iTnmcr. 
 bic ^nfcl, -n, island, 
 irrcn, w., err. 
 (ha^) Staltcn, Italy. 
 
 iagen, w., chase. 
 
 ha^ ^ai)t, -t, year. 
 
 ha^ Sa^rt)un'bcrt, -t, century. 
 
 jauc^jcn, w., exult, rejoice. 
 
 jc, the. 
 
 jcbcr, every, each. 
 
 iti^t, now. 
 
 jung, young. 
 
 bic S««9frtt«/ -c^r virgin. 
 
 bcr ^affcc', -, coffee. 
 
 bcr ^af)n, ^t, boat. 
 
 bcr ^atfcr, -, emperor. 
 
 bcr ^amm, ^c, comb. 
 
 t'dmmen, w., comb. 
 
 ha^ 5lanttncrgcric^t, -t, court of 
 
 appeals, 
 bcr ^ampl ^t, battle. 
 tampU^, w., fight, 
 bcr ^aftcn, -, box, chest. 
 faufcn, w., buy. 
 fenncn, fanntc, gcfannt, know, 
 bie ^cttc, -n, chain. 
 ha^ ^inb, -er, child, 
 bie ^ird^c, -n, church, 
 bcr ^ird^turm, -^c, church tower, 
 btc ^lage, -n, complaint. 
 ftagen, w., complain, 
 bcr ^lagcr, - plaintiff. 
 
 f)6ljcrn, wooden. 
 {)or(f)en, w., listen. 
 f)unbert, a hundred. 
 
 bcr ^Qtl, hedgehog. 
 
 bcr ^i^i^tum, -^cr, error, mistake. 
 
 [a, even. 
 
 bcr ^aqtv, -, hunter. 
 
 bag ^dferlicb, -cr, hymn for the 
 
 emperor, 
 fait, cold. 
 
 bic taltc, cold. 
 
 bcr ^amerab', [-en], -en, comrade. 
 ha^ ^ano'tiengcbriitt, roar of can- 
 non, 
 bcr ^artcnfomg, -t, king of cards, 
 btc ^a1^t, -n, cat. 
 faum, hardly. 
 
 bcr ^itiberDerg, -e, nursery rime, 
 bic ^inbf)cit, childhood. 
 ha^ ^ird^enlieb, -er, church hymn. 
 ha^ ^iffen, -, pillow, cushion, 
 flaglid^, complainingly, piteously. 
 
312 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 ba9 ^Ictb, -cr, dress. 
 
 bag ^Icibung^ftiid, -t, piece of 
 
 clothing. 
 tUm, small, 
 bic ^iinqt, -n, blade, 
 bie ^ttnfc, -n, latch, 
 bog ^loftcr, -, monastery, 
 ber ^nabc, [-n], -n, boy. 
 fommcn, a, o, come, 
 ber ^ontg, -e, king. 
 fBniglid), kingly. 
 ha^ ^onigrcid^, -e, kingdom. 
 ha^ ^on\Q^i)an§, -^er, royal house, 
 
 dynasty, 
 ber ^o^jf, ^c, head, 
 ber ^orb, *e, basket, 
 ber ^Brpcr, -, body. 
 frafttjott, powerful, 
 ber ^rfigen, -, collar, 
 fra^en, w., crow. 
 ttanten (fid^), w., grieve, 
 ber Gratis, -^e, wreath, 
 bte ^rcibc, -n, chalk, 
 ber ^reu55ug, ^e, crusade, 
 ber ^ricg, -e, war. 
 bie ^rone, -n, crown. 
 
 !tonen, w., crown. 
 
 bie ^ul^, ^t, cow. 
 
 tuifl, cool. 
 
 bie ^unbc, -n, news. 
 
 bie 5lunft, ^e, art. 
 
 ba^ 5lunftftiirf, -e, trick. 
 
 ber ^unftlcr, -, artist. 
 
 ber ^iirfiirft, [-en], -en, elector. 
 
 I'dti^tin, w., smile. 
 
 lat^cn, w., laugh. 
 
 laben, u, a, [5], invite, summon. 
 
 bie Sage, -n, position. 
 
 boS Sagcr, -, camp. 
 
 laf)m, lame. 
 
 bag Sttnb, -^er, land, country. 
 
 ber Sanbmann, pi. -leute, farmer. 
 
 tang, long. 
 
 bie Sange, length. 
 
 laffen, ie, a, [a], let. 
 
 laftig, annoying, troublesome. 
 
 laufcn, ie, an, [au], run. 
 
 ber 2aut, -e, sound. 
 
 taut, loud. 
 
 ber ^lang, ^e, sound; repute, 
 
 fame, 
 fleben, w., paste, 
 (bag) ^leinafien, Asia Minor, 
 flirren, w., clank, sound, 
 ber ^ned^t, -e, servant, hired man. 
 fo(^en, ^l;., cook, boil. 
 ba^ ^raut, *er, herb, 
 foften, w., cost. 
 
 bie ^raft, -^e, strength, power. 
 franf, sick, 
 ber ^reig, -c, circle, 
 fried^en, o, o, creep. 
 
 ber ^rieger, -, warrior, 
 friftatl^elt, clear as crystal, 
 ber ^iic^en, -, cake, 
 bie tugel, -n, bullet, 
 funb, known. 
 
 laben, w., load. 
 
 lag, lay. 
 
 bie Sagerluac^e, -n, camp sentinel. 
 
 lanben, w., land. 
 
 bag Safter, -, vice. 
 
 latei'nifd^, Latin. 
 
 bag ?aub, foliage. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 313 
 
 I&utcn, w., ring. 
 
 tauttt, pure; nothing but. 
 
 tthtn, w., live. 
 
 hai 2c6cn, life. 
 
 Icrfcn, w., lick. 
 
 Icgcn, w., lay, put. 
 
 bcr 2ct|rcr, (male) teacher. 
 
 hit Scl^rcrin, -inncn, (female) 
 
 teacher. 
 Uxiiit, light, easy. 
 ba^ 2cib, -en, sorrow. 
 Icnfcn^ w., guide, 
 bic 2cutc, people. 
 ha^ Si(^t, -cr, hght. 
 bic Sicbc, love. 
 Itcbcn, w., love. 
 ha^ 2icb, -er, song. 
 Itcblic^, lovely. 
 licgcn, a, e, he. 
 Itnf^, (at the) left, 
 bie 2odc, -n, curl, lock. 
 Kbcrn, w., burn, 
 bcr 2bffcl, -, spoon. 
 
 bcr 2ol^n, ^t, wage(s). 
 
 lofd^en, w., extinguish. 
 
 bcr 23h)C, [-n], -n, lion. 
 
 bic 2uft, -^c, air. 
 
 bo« 2uft(o(^, -^cr, air-hole. 
 
 lugcn, 5, 5, lie; tell a falsehood. 
 
 luftig, merry. 
 
 m 
 
 tnad)en, w., make. 
 
 bie Wlati)t, *c, power. 
 
 ha^ Wlahijttt, -, girl. 
 
 tnager, lean. 
 
 bcr 2Kann, ^cr, man. 
 
 bcr Mantel, *, cloak. 
 
 ba^ aWart^cn, -, fairy tale. 
 
 bcr HWarft, -^c, market. 
 
 bic Wlauet, -n, wall. 
 
 bic Mau^, ^e, mouse. 
 
 bic SKaufcplagc, -n, mice plague. 
 
 bag ajiccr, -e, ocean. 
 
 tnc^r, more. 
 
 tnc^rcrc, several. 
 
 Icben'big, alive, 
 bic Seid^c, -n, corpse, 
 leibcn, litt, gelittcn, bear, suffer, 
 leibcr, unfortunately. 
 Icif)cn, ic, tc, lend, 
 bie Setter, -n, type, 
 le^terc, latter, 
 licb, dear, 
 licb f)abcn, love. 
 
 bcr Siebling, -e, darling, most be- 
 loved, 
 (am) licbftcn t)abcn, love best, 
 licf, ran. 
 
 lic^ 158, let loose, 
 btc Sinbc, -n, linden tree. 
 ha9 2orbccrbtatt, -^cr, laurel leaf. 
 
 ba^ ?6«, -c, lot, fate. 
 Iog*brc(^en, a, o, [i], break loose, 
 log^rcifecn (fi(^), i, t, tear away, 
 
 break away, 
 bic Sotoengriibc, -n, hon's den. 
 
 mftc^ttg, mighty, powerful. 
 
 bag Tlal, -e, time. 
 
 bie Wal\3t, -n, hollyhock. 
 
 bcr SD^ann, -^er, husband. 
 
 bic 9JZore, -n, tale. 
 
 bcr Maxttpiaii, -^c, market square. 
 
 marmclftcincm, of marble. 
 
 bcr WlaxmoT, marble. 
 
 bcr Manxt, [-n], -n, moor. 
 
 maurifd^, Moorish. 
 
314 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 tnctft-, most. 
 
 ber aWciftcr, -, master. 
 
 bic aWctobci', -en, melody. 
 
 ber 2Rcnfrf), [-en], -en, man. 
 
 tncnf^Itd^, human. 
 
 bag 9)icffcr, - knife. 
 
 bie mm, milk. 
 
 tnit, w. dat., with. 
 
 baS SKitglicb, -er, member. 
 
 ba^ aJiittagcffcn, -, noon-day 
 meal, dinner. 
 
 bie mitit, middle. 
 
 mittclbcutfc!^, Middle-German. 
 
 bic miitctna^t, *e, midnight. 
 
 tnbglid), possible. 
 
 ber aWonart^', [-en], -en, mon- 
 arch. 
 
 ber 9W3nat, -c, month. 
 
 ber Wlonb, -e, moon. 
 
 tnorbcn, w., murder. 
 
 ber aWorgctt, -, morning. 
 
 bie aWii^lc, -n, mill. 
 
 ba^ aWii^((cn)rob, ^er, mill-wheel. 
 
 ber SWiittcr, -, miller. 
 
 ber aWunb, -e, mouth. 
 
 ber Wltti, valor, courage. 
 
 mutig, brave. 
 
 bie abutter, ^, mother. 
 
 naci^, w. dat., after, to. 
 
 nadfi ^aufc, (towards) home. 
 
 ber 5Ra(^bar, -n, neighbor. 
 
 ber ^a^tommt, [-n], -n, succes- 
 sor. 
 
 narfift-, next. 
 
 bie ^ad)t, ^t, night. 
 
 ber SfJagct, ^, nail. 
 
 tia^, near. 
 
 ber SflSmc, [-nS], -n, name. 
 
 ba^ S^cDengimmcr, -, adjoining 
 room. 
 
 ttcrfcn, w., tease. 
 
 ber SRcffc, [-n], -n, nephew. 
 
 nc^men, a, omm, [imm], take. 
 
 nctn, no. 
 
 ha^ SfJcft, -er, nest. 
 
 ha^ 5Rc^, -e, net. 
 
 ncu, new. 
 
 bie S^cuja^r^'nat^t, -c. New Year's 
 night. 
 
 nic^t, not. 
 
 nid^t^, nothing. 
 
 ntrfcn, w., nod. 
 
 nie, never. 
 
 nicbcr, down. 
 
 meinen, w. mean, think; =fQQen. 
 bie SD^ienfc^iieit, human kind. 
 metal'Ien, of metal, 
 bie 9)^it(^ftra&e, milky way. 
 mid^, me. 
 
 mitten, in the midst, 
 mittlere, middle, 
 ntitun'ter, sometimes, 
 morgen, to-morrow, 
 morgenfc^on, as beautiful as the 
 morning. 
 
 milnben, w., empty. 
 
 bie SD^ilnbung, -en, mouth of a 
 
 river, 
 bag 9Jiiitter(^en, -, dear mother; 
 
 old woman. 
 
 bie ^lad^rici^t, -en, news, 
 ncilier, nearer, 
 nantlic^, namely, 
 bie 5^afe, -n, nose, 
 nebenan', next door. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 315 
 
 nicbcr=Icgcn, w., lay down. 
 
 nicbcr^rci^cn, t, i, tear down. 
 
 mcbcr=fc^cn, w., set down. 
 
 mtmal^, never. 
 
 bie Slijc, -n, nymph. 
 
 notti, yet, still. 
 
 niirbU^, northern. 
 
 nun, now. 
 
 nur, only. 
 
 O 
 oh, if. 
 
 obcn, above. 
 
 ber Obcrbcfc^t, -e, supreme com- 
 mand, 
 ber Od^fc, [-n], -n, ox. 
 0bcr, or. 
 
 ber Onfcl, -, imcle. 
 ber Ort, -t, place. 
 BftU(^, eastern. 
 
 bag ^apm% -t, paper. 
 ber ^a^ft, ^e, pope. 
 
 ber ^orf, -e, park, 
 bie %t\i\6)t, -n, whip. 
 \>Ci9> ^Sfanb, ^er, pawn, pledge. 
 ha^ ^ISfcifd^cn, -, little pipe, 
 ^jfcifcn, pfiff, gepfiffen, whistle, 
 ber ^fcit, -e, arrow. 
 ^(x^ ^fcrb, -t, horse. 
 pflanjcn, w., plant, 
 ber ^flug, -^e, plow, 
 bie ^ifto'tc, -n, pistol. 
 pia^tJX, w., torment, trouble, 
 ber ^tan, ^e, plan. 
 )iIo^U(^, suddenly, 
 ber ^ off en, -, trick, 
 ber ^rafibcnt', [-en], -en, presi- 
 dent. 
 Ijrcifcn, ie, ie, praise, 
 ber ^rinj, [-en], -en, prince. 
 ptotlamit'tcn, w., proclaim, 
 ber ^ubcl, -, poodle. 
 bo« ^ult, -e, desk, 
 ber ^unft, -e, point. 
 purjeln, w., tumble. 
 
 mmmer=me, never. 
 
 ntmmt auf, takes up, receives. 
 
 ntmmt ein, occupies. 
 
 nit=m(f)t. 
 
 nod^, nor. 
 
 no(^ einmal, once more. 
 
 norboftli^, northeastern. 
 
 bie 3^orbfee, North Sea. 
 
 notifl, necessary. 
 
 ob=rt)egen. 
 
 obrigfeitIi(^, governmental, mag- 
 isterial, 
 ber Of filter', -e, ofl&cer. 
 
 ol^ne, without, 
 ber Often, east. 
 
 paax (ein poar), a few. 
 ha^ ^ergament, -e, parchment, 
 bie "iPferfe, -n, pipe, 
 ber ^ferbef)anbler, -, horse-dealer, 
 bie ^eft, plague. 
 
 ber *iPfarrer, -, parson, minister, 
 pfui, fie. 
 
 ber ^ often, -, post, watch, senti- 
 nel, 
 prangen, w., be resplendent, 
 ber ^reig, -e, price, 
 bie ^rol)inj', -en, province. 
 
316 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 hit Clucrc; bcr Oucrc na(S), cross- 
 wise. 
 
 bcr dtahe, [-n], -n, raven. 
 J)ie fliad)c, -, revenge. 
 1)06 91 fib, ^er, wheel, 
 ber Slanb, ^er, edge. 
 Tttftcn, w., rest. 
 tfitcn, ie, Q; [5], advise. 
 ha^ 9f?at^au^, ^er, city hall, 
 ber 9fifit^^crr, [-n], -en, council- 
 man, 
 bie ^aitc, -n, rat. 
 ber Dfiattcnf anger, -, rat catcher, 
 ber 9f{aum, -^e, room, place, 
 tauft^cn, w., rustle. 
 ha^ 9ic^t, -e, right, law. 
 tec^t^, (to the) right. 
 tcben, w., speak. 
 Tcgic'rcn, w., rule. 
 
 rcgncn, w., ram. 
 
 haQ dtcidi, -e, empire. 
 
 rci(^, rich. 
 
 haQ 9{cic^jgknb, -^er, Imperial Ter- 
 ritory. 
 
 bie 9f{ci^c, -n, row. 
 
 ha^ dici^, -er, twig. 
 
 reifcn, w., travel. 
 
 reiften, i, i, tear. 
 
 rciten, ritt, geritten, ride (on horse- 
 back). 
 
 ber 9fietter, -, rider. 
 
 bie dttpuhiit', -en, repubUc. 
 
 rettcn, w., save. 
 
 ber 9(itefe, [-n], -n, giant. 
 
 ber 9itng, -e, ring. 
 
 ber dliitix, -, knight. 
 
 ber JRorf, -^e, coat. 
 
 rotten, w., roll. 
 
 ber 9?5mcr, -, Roman. 
 
 ha^ 9IJo^, -e, horse. 
 
 rot, red. 
 
 <IU(iIen, w., torture, worry. 
 ha^ Ouartier, -e, quarters, lodg- 
 ing, 
 bie OucHc, -n, spring. 
 
 xa\(i), quick. 
 
 t>a^ dla\m\tM, -c, piece of sod. 
 
 ber 9?Qt, -^e, advice. 
 
 ber dtat^tdUv, -, (cellar of the 
 city hall), municipal restau- 
 rant. 
 
 rauben, w., rob. 
 
 bie 9?e(^entafel, -n, slate. 
 
 red^t i^aben, be right. 
 
 bie 9?ecf)tf(f)reibun8, orthography. 
 
 recfen (aug), stretch, ext-J-J. 
 
 reic^en (bie ^anb), extend; shake 
 
 hands. 
 reic^Iici^, abundant, 
 ber 9?et(^tum, ^er, wealth, 
 ber 9?eifiQe, [-n], -n, warrior, 
 bie ^feltgton', -en, religion, 
 ber 9^f)einQau, Rhenish district, 
 bag 9?f)etntal, Rhine valley, 
 rief, called. 
 \:>a^ 9?ingel(i^cn, -, diminutive of 
 
 ber 9?ing, ring, 
 ringen, a, u, wrestle, contend, 
 ringformig, ring-shaped, 
 bie 9?dbre, -n, tube, pipe. 
 ha^ 9?6glein, diminutive of bie 3?ofe. 
 
 rose, 
 rotfeiben, of red silk. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 317 
 
 bcr fdMtn, -, back, 
 rfifcn, it, n, call, 
 rit^tg, quiet, 
 rii^mcn, w., praise. 
 ru^rcn, w., touch, move. 
 (ba^y dtufiianh, Russia. 
 
 bic Ba^t, -n, thing, matter, 
 bcr (Bad, -^c, sack, 
 bic ®agc, -n, legend. 
 fagcn, w., say. 
 bcr Same, [-n6], -n, seed, 
 bcr ©finger, -, singer. 
 faufcn, off, off, [ttu], drink {of ani- 
 mals). 
 fc^abc, pity! 
 
 fc^affcn, uf, aff, make, create. 
 bag ©(^afotf, -e, scafiFold. 
 bic <Bd)at, -en, flock, crowd, 
 fc^arf, sharp, 
 bcr ©(fatten, -, shadow, 
 fc^aucn, w., look. 
 
 fd^einen, ic, tc, shine, seem. 
 
 ft^cltcn, a, 0, [i], scold. 
 
 fc^euen, w., be afraid. 
 
 bic ©c^cunc, -n, barn. 
 
 f(^icfen, w., send. 
 
 fd^icftcn, 0, 0, shoot. 
 
 bog ©(^iff, -c, ship. 
 
 bcr ©t^iffcr, -, shipper, sailor. 
 
 bcr ©dfilb, -c, shield. 
 
 bic ©rfjloc^t, -en, battle. 
 
 fd^Iac^tcn, w;., butcher. 
 
 bcr ©(^Ittc^ter, -, butcher. 
 
 bcr ©c^ISf, sleep. 
 
 ft^Iafcn, ic, a, [5], sleep. 
 
 fc^ISgcn, u, a, [a], beat. 
 
 fc^lcic^cn, i, i, sneak. 
 
 fc^Iicftcn, 0, 0, close. 
 
 Wxttii, plain, simple. 
 
 bag ©c^Io^, -^cr, castle. 
 
 bic ©c^mad^, disgrace. 
 
 fd^mat, narrow. 
 
 ((^mcic^cln, wj., flatter. 
 
 ((ftmcljen, o, o, melt. 
 
 bcr ©timers, [-eg], -en, pain. 
 
 bic ©c^miebc, -n, smithy. 
 
 bic mht, -n, beet, 
 rubcm, w., row. 
 bic 9Jul^'=9?ut)e, rest, peace, 
 bie diul'nt, -n, ruin. 
 
 bcr <SabcI, -, sword, (flll^ren, 
 
 wield), 
 bcr (Sac^fe, [-n], -n, Saxon, 
 faen, w., sow. 
 fat)cn cin, understood, 
 fantmcin (ft(^), ly., gather, 
 
 ble. 
 bcr <BanQ, ■»€, song, 
 fafe sat. 
 
 bcr ®al5, -^c, sentence; leap. 
 
 fauber, clean. 
 
 fauer, sour. 
 
 bie ©(iule, -n, column. 
 
 fd^abcn, w., harm. 
 
 fc^aubern, w., shudder. 
 
 fd^ciben, w., part. 
 
 bcr ©(^ctn, -e, appearance; light. 
 
 fd^cnfcn, w., present, give. 
 
 bic ©c^idffalgftunbc, -n, hour of 
 
 fate, 
 bie <Sd^iIbn)a(^c, -n, sentinel. 
 <©c^Iittf(^uf) laufen, skate. 
 bcr ©d^Iittcn, -, sled, sleigh. 
 
318 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 fc^mtcbcn, w., forge. 
 
 fc^mikfcn, w., adorn. 
 
 ber ®^ncc, -, snow. 
 
 fcfincibcn, fc^nitt, Qcfd^nittcn, cut. 
 
 ft^nctt, quick. 
 
 bic (Sc^nur, *c, string. 
 
 fc^on, already. 
 
 f(^5n^ beautiful. 
 
 bic ®(^3n^ctt, -en, beauty. 
 
 bcr ©c^oft, lap. 
 
 f(^rcrfli(^, terrible. 
 
 ft^rabcn, ic, ic, write. 
 
 fd^rctcn, ic, ie, shout. 
 
 bcr S^u^, -t, shoe. 
 
 bic ©(i^iilc, -n, school. 
 
 bcr ©c^iilcr, -, (male) pupil. 
 
 bic ©d^iilcrin, -inncn, (female) 
 pupil. 
 
 bag ©c^iilgcliaube, -, school build- 
 ing. 
 
 bic ©c^iirjc, -n, apron. 
 
 fc^iittctn, w., shake. 
 
 bcr ®(^u^(c), [-en], -en, marks- 
 man. 
 
 fci^u^cn, w., protect. 
 
 fc^toars, black. 
 
 f(i^toctgcn, ic, tc, keep quiet, be 
 
 silent, 
 ber ©d^njeijcr, -, Swiss. 
 f^hjer, heavy. 
 ha% ®d^rt)crt, -cr, sword, 
 bic ©(^toefter, -n, sister. 
 f(^njimmcn, a, o, swim. 
 f(!^h)tnbcn, a, u, disappear. 
 fc^hJtngcn, a, u, swing, 
 f^hjirrcn, w., buzz, 
 fc^moren, w., swear, 
 bcr ©ce, -n, lake, 
 bic ©cele, -n, soul, 
 fel^en, o, c, [ic], see. 
 fc^r, very. 
 ^ai ©eit, -e, rope, 
 fcitbem, since (then), 
 bic ©cite, -n, side, 
 fcrbft, self. 
 
 bcr ©cnat', -c, senate. 
 fcnben, fanbtc, gcfanbt, send, 
 fenfen, w., sink, 
 bcr ©cffcl, -, chair. 
 fc^cn, w., set, seat; fid^, sit down, 
 fcufjcn, w., sigh. 
 ftd^cr, secure, safe. 
 
 \iai ®(i^ncc!cnt)au8, -^er, snail's 
 
 house, 
 bcr ©(^ulj, protection, 
 bic ©c^ulbilbung, school education, 
 fc^ulbig bicibcn, ic, ic, owe. 
 bic ©d^ultcr, -n, shoulder, 
 fc^urcn, w., kindle, feed (a fire). 
 fd)tt)a(^, weak, 
 bcr ©c^mamm, -^c, sponge, 
 bcr ®(^ft)an, -"-c, swan, 
 bcr ©c^tuancnrittcr, -, knight with 
 
 the swan, 
 bcr "©(^iDarjfiinftlcr, -, magician. 
 
 bcr (Sc^tDor^malb, Black Forest. 
 (bcr) ©(^tocbc, -tt, Swede, 
 bic ©(^iDcij, Switzerland, 
 fc^rticnfcn (fic^), w., wheel about, 
 
 dance. 
 f(^h)er, hard, 
 bic ©ec, sea. 
 bcr ©cflcn, blQ§sing. 
 fegncn, w., bless, 
 fctincn, w., long for. 
 bic ©cite, -n, side, page. 
 fclber, [clbft. 
 fid^ern, w., make safe, secure. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 319 
 
 bcr (StCfl, -t, victory. 
 
 filbcrn, (of) silver. 
 
 fingcn, a, u, sing. 
 
 finfcn, a, u, sink. 
 
 ber Sinn, -t, sense, mind. 
 
 ft^cn, fofe, Qefeffen, sit. 
 
 bie Strung, -en, session, meeting. 
 
 fogar', even. 
 
 fofort', at once. 
 
 bcr ®o^n, -^c, son. 
 
 fonbcrn, but. 
 
 bie Sonne, -n, sun. 
 
 ba^ ®onncn(t(^t, sunlight. 
 
 fonft, otherwise. 
 
 bie Sorgc, -n, sorrow. 
 
 ber Spaft, -^e, fim. 
 
 fpielen, w., play. 
 
 ber Spielmann, -Icutc, minstrel. 
 
 ha^ ©tJteljeug, -e, toy. 
 
 f^ife, pointed. 
 
 bie Spifec, -n, point. 
 
 bie Bpxad)c, -n, language. 
 
 fprct^en, a, o, [i], speak. 
 
 fprcngcn, w., gallop. 
 
 fl^ringcn, a, u, spring, jump. 
 
 ber Staat, -en, state. 
 
 ber ®ta6, ^e, stick. 
 
 bie ©tabt, ^e, city. 
 
 bie Stttbtmauer, -n, city wall. 
 
 ba^ StabthJappen, -, city coat-of- 
 
 arms. 
 ber Biaiji, ^t, steel, 
 ber Statt, ^t, stable, 
 ber Stamm, ^t, tribe, 
 ftam^fen, w., stamp, 
 bie ©tangc, -n, pole. 
 ftarf, strong. 
 ftcc^cn, a, 0, [t], stab, 
 ber Steden, -, stick. 
 ftcdcn, w., stick. 
 fteigen, ie, ie, climb, 
 ftcil, steep, 
 ber Stein, -e, stone, 
 bie StcKe, -n, place. 
 ftcrbcn, a, o, [i], die. 
 ber Stern, -e, star, 
 ber Stiefcl, -, boot. 
 fttff, quiet. 
 
 bie Sttmmc, -n, voice, 
 ber Stolj, pride. 
 
 ber ®iegertranj=ber ^ranj be« Sie=» 
 
 gerg. 
 fiet)t aug, looks, 
 folang', as long as. 
 ber ©olbat', [-en], -en, soldier. 
 (ba^) ©panien, Spain, 
 fpannen (dor ben SSagen), hitch. 
 fpat, late, 
 fpenben, w., spend. 
 ba^ ®piel, -e, play, 
 bie ©pinnfrau, -en, spinning woman, 
 ber ©pil^bogen, -, pointed arch, 
 fprengen, w., break, 
 fpriibcin, w., bubble, gush. 
 
 ba« (gtabttor, -e, city gate. 
 
 gu (Stanbe bringen, accomplish. 
 
 ber ©tar, -e, starhng. 
 
 ba^ ©tarlein, diminutive of ©tar. 
 
 ftarr, rigid, firm. 
 
 ftatt, instead. 
 
 ftatt=[inben, a, u, take place. 
 
 ber (Staub, dust. 
 
 ftetten, put; eine 53ebingung, make a 
 condition; eine ^rage, ask a ques- 
 tion. 
 
 ftet6, always. 
 
 ber ©tiefelfnec^t, -c, bootjack. 
 
 ftieg ein, entered, went on board. 
 
320 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 ftorcn, w., disturb. 
 
 ftoftcn, tc, 6, [5], push. 
 
 bie ©trfifc, -n, punishment. 
 
 ftrafcn, w., punish. 
 
 ber Strang, -^e, rope. 
 
 bie ©trafec, -n, street. 
 
 ftrcrfcn, w., stretch. 
 
 ftrcttcn, ftritt, geftrittcn, quarrel, 
 
 fight. 
 ftrcucn, w., strew, 
 ber Strid, -e, rope, string, 
 ber Strom, *e, river, 
 ber Strumpf, ^e, stocking, 
 bag Stiirf, -e, piece, 
 ber Stul^l, *e, chair, 
 ftumm, mute, 
 ftumpf, dull, 
 bie Stunbc, -tt, hour, 
 ber Sturm, -^e, storm, 
 fud^en, w., seek, 
 ber Siibcn, south. 
 fublt(i^, southern, 
 bie Summc, -n, sum. 
 bie Siinbc, -n, sin. 
 
 bie Jtafcl, -n, blackboard, 
 ber ^og, -e, day. 
 
 bQ6 ^al, -^cr, valley. 
 
 ber ^alcr, -, dollar. 
 
 bie Xante, -n, aunt. 
 
 ttttijcn, w., dance. 
 
 tapfcr, brave. 
 
 bie SCttft^c, -n, pocket. 
 
 bie Xa^e, -n, cup. 
 
 bie Xat, -en, deed. 
 
 ber S;ett, -e, part. 
 
 ber XcUtt, -, plate. 
 
 bie 2;cucrung, famine. 
 
 ticf, deep. 
 
 bie ^icfc, -n, depth. 
 
 ha^ Xxtx, -e, animal. 
 
 bie X'mtt, -n, ink. 
 
 ber X\\^, -e, table. 
 
 bag 2;ifct)tu(^, *er, table-cloth. 
 
 bie Xo^ttx, ■^, daughter. 
 
 ber 2^5b, death. 
 
 tot, dead. 
 
 tragcn, Q, a, [a], carry. 
 
 traucn, w., trust. 
 
 traurig, sad. 
 
 trcffcn, a, o, [i], meet, come upon, 
 
 trctbcn, ie, ie, drive. 
 
 trctcn, a, e, [itt], step. 
 
 trcu, loyal. 
 
 bie XttVLt, loyalty, faith. 
 
 trcutOiS, faithless. 
 
 ber ©tolj, pride. 
 
 [tola, proud. 
 
 ber (Strau^, ^e, bouquet; ostrich 
 
 (pZ. -en), 
 ftreben, w., strive, 
 bie <©tre(fe, -n, distance, 
 einen ^txt\6) fpielen, play a trick. 
 ber ©treit, -c, quarrel, 
 bag ®tro!), straw, 
 ftnnbenlang, for hours. 
 
 ftUrjen, w., fall, rush, 
 fiife, sweet. 
 
 bie 2;abafg'pfeife, -n, tobacco-pipe. 
 
 ^(k^ Jafelc^en, -, tablet. 
 
 ber jtannenbaum, -^e, pine-tree. 
 
 teilcn, w., divide. 
 
 teuer, dear. 
 
 ber J{)ron, -e, throne. 
 
 ber Xopf, ^e, pot. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 321 
 
 trtnfcn, a, u, drink, 
 bic ^ugenb^ -en, virtue, 
 titn, tot, fietan, do. 
 bic Xiir, -en, door, 
 ber Xutttif ^e, tower. 
 ha^ Xuinkt', -t, joust. 
 
 U 
 
 u.f.n).=unb fo lueiter, and so forth. 
 iibcratt!)in', everywhere, 
 ubcrfaricn, ie, a, [S], attack, 
 ubcrrc'bcn, w., persuade. 
 ubcrhJtn'bcn, a, u, conquer, 
 ittirtg, left over, other, remaining, 
 bag Ufcr, -, shore, 
 bic U^r, -en, watch, clock, 
 um^fe^rcn, w., return, turn back, 
 umfonft', in vain, 
 ber Umftanb, -^e, circumstance, 
 unangcnc^m, unpleasant. 
 unc()rUd), dishonest, 
 ungcfo^r, about, 
 ungliirflit^, unhappy. 
 
 unmoglid^, impossible. 
 ba^ Unrcti^t, injustice. 
 uttf(^ulbig, innocent, 
 bie Untat, -en, outrage. 
 untcr6rc'(^cn, a, o, [i], interrupt. 
 untcrirbifd^, subterranean. 
 untcrltc'gcn, a, e, succumb. 
 untcrnc^mcn, a, omm, [imm], un- 
 dertake. 
 untcrfc^rci'bcn, sign. 
 untcrttjcr'fcn, a, o, [i], subjugate, 
 ber Untcrfc^icb, -e, difference. 
 ba^ Urteil, -e, decision. 
 
 ber JBatcr, ^, father, 
 bag ©atcrknb, fatherland, 
 bie JBcrat^'tung, contempt. 
 tocran'bcrn, w., change. 
 t)crbcr'gcn, a, o, [i], hide. 
 Ucrbin'bcn, a, u, unite. 
 tjcrbrcn'ncn, -brannte, -bronnt, 
 burn. 
 
 tritt cin, enters. 
 
 bte 2;rommeI, -n, drum. 
 
 ber 2;rontpe'ter, -, trumpeter. 
 
 tro^, w. gen., in spite of. 
 
 ber Xxui^, offence, attack. 
 
 ba^ 2:ii(^eld^en, -, kerchief. 
 
 liber{)anb'=nef)men, a, omm, [imm], 
 become numerous, multiply, 
 gain ground. 
 
 ixbermorgen, day after to-mor- 
 row. 
 
 ber Ubermut, arrogance, wanton- 
 ness. 
 
 um 1700, around 1700. 
 
 um . . ♦ ju, in order to. 
 
 unge()cuer, immense. 
 
 ba^ Ungliicf, misfortune. 
 
 unfid^tbar, invisible. 
 
 untcrbef'fen, meanwhile. 
 
 ber Untergang, destruction, end, 
 
 downfall. 
 unter=ge^en, ging, gegangen, set; 
 
 perish, 
 bog Unternef)'ntcn, -, enterprise, 
 bag Unterpfanb, -^er, pledge, 
 unterfte'fien (fic^), dare. 
 unt)erI)offt', unhoped-for. 
 
 berbic'tcn, 6, o, prohibit, 
 bcrbin'ben, a, u, ftd^, associate, 
 berbrei'tcn, w., spread. 
 
322 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 beret 'ttigcn, w., unite. 
 bit JBcrfaf 'fung, -en, constitution. 
 kiergc'^cn, -ging, -gangcn, pass, 
 bog JBerge'^cn, -, crime. 
 toergef'fcn, a, e, [i], forget. 
 'oexQlci'dien, i, i, compare, 
 berfau'fcn, w., sell. 
 toerfiin'ben, w., announce. 
 t)crlan'gctt, w., demand, 
 tjcrlaf fen, ie, a, [a], leave, 
 toertic'rcn, o, o, lose, 
 bie IBerlo'tiung, -en, betrothal. 
 Uerne^'mcn, a, omm, [imm], hear, 
 bernei'gen, w., bow to. 
 Ucrntrfi'ten, w., annihilate. 
 t>etp^t'Qen, w., take care of. 
 tjcrra'tcn, te, a, [5], betray, 
 berfam'mein, w., gather. 
 tierfc^Iin'gcn, a, u, swallow, 
 berft^toin'bcn, a, u, disappear. 
 ttttipxe'd^tn, a, o, [i], promise. 
 Derfte'^cn, -anb, -<inben, under- 
 stand. 
 kjerfto'ftcn, ic, 5, [5], disown, 
 berfii'c^cn, w., try. 
 ber 95ertre'ter, -, representative, 
 toerur'tciten, w., convict, sentence. 
 
 toerhjartcn, w., manage, rule, 
 tocrhjanbt', related, 
 toerhjcn'bcn, -loanbte, -iDonbt, use. 
 bcrsct'tjcn, ie, ie, pardon, forgive. 
 toetie'ren, veto. 
 biele, many, 
 ber JBogcI, ^, bird, 
 ber ©5gt, -e, bailiff, 
 bag fSoit, -^er, people. 
 lioH, full. 
 tootten'ben, finish, 
 tiollftrc'dcn, w., carry out. 
 t)ortici'=5te^en, o, o, pass by. 
 t>or4cfcn, a, e, read to. 
 t>or'\px\nQcn, a, u, project, 
 ber !S8ortrag, ^e, lecture. 
 t>0r=tragen, u, a, [a], recite. 
 tjor^toerfen, o, o, [t], accuse, repri- 
 mand. 
 
 toad^fen, ii, a, [a], grow, 
 bie SBa^I, -en, election. 
 toa^ten, ly., elect, 
 ftja^renb, while, 
 ber ^alt>, *er, woods. 
 hialten, ly., rule. 
 
 berber'ben, a, o, [i], perish, 
 berforgen, w., pursue, 
 toerge'beng, in vain. 
 t)crf)un'gert, starved, 
 berfla'gen, w., accuse, 
 bcrfiir'jen, w., abbreviate, 
 bag 3SerIan'gen, wish, desire, 
 terlei'l^en, ie, ie, grant, bestow. 
 t)crf(^af'fen, w., procure. 
 {'max) Derfd^lDun'bcn, disappeared. 
 t)crftn'fen, a, u, sink. 
 Dcrtei'Oigen, w., defense. 
 
 bcrtrodf 'ncn, w., dry up. 
 (ftd^) tterja^'Ien, w., coimt wrong- 
 ly, 
 bie S3oge'fcn, Vosges Mountains. 
 Don t)orn, from the beginning. 
 bortDiirtg, forwards. 
 
 toad^etiabenb, on duty, 
 ber SBagen, -, wagon. 
 tDogen, w., dare. 
 n)af)rfd^einli(i^, probably, 
 ber SBaE, -^e, wall, dike. 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 323 
 
 bit SBanb, ^c, wall. 
 
 toanbern, w., travel. 
 
 hjarm, warm. 
 
 hjartcn, w., wait. 
 
 ttjarum', why. 
 
 ha^ SSaffcr, -, water. 
 
 tvatcn, w., wade. 
 
 toebcr, neither. 
 
 njcg, away. 
 
 UJcg^nc^mcn, a, omm, [imm], take 
 
 away, 
 bag SSc^, woe. 
 bag 2Scib, -er, woman, wife, 
 hieigcrn, w., refuse, 
 ber SScin, -t, wine. 
 ftJCtncn, w., weep, 
 bic SScifc, -n, melody, song. 
 h)Ct^, white. 
 hJcit, far. 
 
 bic SBcttc, -n, wave, 
 bie aSctt, -en, world, 
 hjcnig, little. 
 iDcnn, when. 
 tticrbcn, a (u), o, [i], become, grow. 
 
 tocrfcn, a, o, [i], throw. 
 
 ha^ SBcrf, -t, work. 
 
 tocrt, worth. 
 
 tocftlit^, western. 
 
 bic aScttc, -n, bet. 
 
 toctttn, w., bet. 
 
 toirfltig, important. 
 
 ttJtcbcr, again. 
 
 toiebcr^o'tcn, w., repeat. 
 
 h)icbcr=fommcn, a, o, come again. 
 
 totc^crn, w., neigh. 
 
 toilb, wild. 
 
 ber SSinb, -t, wind. 
 
 ber SBtnter, -, winter. 
 
 hJirfUc^, really. 
 
 ttjiffcn, iru^tc, gciDufet, [iDci^], 
 
 know, 
 bic SSoc^c, -n, week, 
 bie aSogc, -n, wave. 
 tooifntn, w., live. 
 i>a^ 99Bort, -c, word, 
 tounberbar, wonderful. 
 hjunbcrlit!^, strange, queer, 
 hjunbcrfam, wonderful. 
 
 h)ar, was. 
 
 ber SBaffcrfatt, ^t, waterfall. 
 
 hjcgen, w. gen., on account of. 
 
 beg SScQCg, along. 
 
 tDcggeriffcn, torn away. 
 
 h)ef)rcn (fid^), lo., defend. 
 
 i>a^ SBcib, -cr, wife. 
 
 h)ci(^, soft. 
 
 ber SBeinbcrg, -c, vineyard. 
 
 h)cld^, which. 
 
 h)clfcn, ty., wither. 
 
 ber SScnbc, [-n], -n, Wend (Slavic 
 
 people) . 
 ber SBcrt, -t, worth, value. 
 ijKX SBcftcn, west. 
 
 ber SBettlauf, -^c, race, 
 toiag, showed, 
 bic SSicfe, -n, meadow, 
 ber mUt, [-ng], -n, will, 
 toittfotn'men, welcome. 
 SSigbl?, city in Sweden, 
 bie SBiffcnfc^aft, -en, science, 
 bie SBittoe, -n, widow, 
 bic 2Bot)nung, -en, dwelling, resi- 
 dence, 
 ber SSoIf, -e, wolf, 
 bag SSoIfc^cn, -, little cloud, 
 bie SSonne, -n, delight, 
 hjuc^fen, grew, 
 bie SSuni)c, -n, wound. 
 
324 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 bcr SIBunf(^, ^t, wish. 
 touten, w., rage. 
 
 8 
 
 bic 3^1^ I, -en, number. 
 
 iaffiloS, innumerable. 
 
 bic Sttubcrin, -inncn, witch. 
 
 bic 3c^c, -n, toe. 
 
 §etgen, w., show. 
 
 bic 3ett, -en, time. 
 
 ha^ 3e^*er, -, scepter. 
 
 serf alien, ic, o, [a], fall to pieces. 
 
 Steven, m, SeSOficn, draw. 
 
 jielen, w., aim. 
 
 ha^ Simmct, -, room. 
 
 ber 3oa, -e, toll. 
 
 Sorntg, angry. 
 
 ju^ge^en, i, a, walk towards, hap- 
 pen, 
 bcr 3M9eI, -, bridle, 
 bic 3wf«nft/ future, 
 bic 3Mnfie, -n, tongue. 
 5uriirf', back. 
 5uriid=fe^rcn, w., return, 
 juriirf^fommen, a, o, come back. 
 5ict|en, joq, gesogen, draw. 
 aufam'men, together, 
 bic 3Mfti«ininng, consent. 
 5UtJor', before, first. 
 5hJar, although, indeed, 
 bcr 3ft'erg, -c, dwarf. 
 5ttjinfen, w., wink. 
 
 bic SSiiftc, -n, desert, 
 toufetc, knew. 
 
 gcif)Icn, w., count. 
 
 jo{)m, tame. 
 
 ganfcn (fid^), w., quarrel. 
 
 bag 3eic^en, -, sign. 
 
 ha^ 3eitaltcr, -, age. 
 
 jcrbrac^, broke. 
 
 jcrfd^Iagcn, ii, 5, [5], broken up. 
 
 jcrftorcn, w., destroy. 
 
 bic 3ter, ornament, pride. 
 
 ba^ 3tnn, tin. 
 
 jog ft(^ juriid', retreated, 
 bie 3o^e, -n, zone, 
 per ft', at first. 
 ju=f)6ren, w., listen, 
 gule^t', at last. 
 gUmen, w.,he angry, 
 gurlid'-gcben, 5, e, [i], return. 
 2ufam'mcn{)altcn, ie, a [a], hold to- 
 gether, be united. 
 gn)ei, two. 
 
 ber 3^eifc(, -, doubt, 
 ghjcifcln, w., doubt, 
 bcr ^rt'eifantpf, ^e, duel, 
 gtoingcn, a, u, force. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 about, liber (w. ace.), bon (w. dat.). 
 
 across, ilber {w. ace). 
 
 act, tun qB ob. 
 
 admire, behjunbern, w. 
 
 after, nac^ {w. dat.), nac^bem {con- 
 junction). 
 
 afterwards, banad^. 
 
 against, Qcgen {w. ace.). 
 
 ago, t)or (iv. dat.). 
 
 airhole, bag ?uftIod^, -^cr. 
 
 ail, Qlle. 
 
 alliance, ber 33unb, -^c. 
 
 almost, faft, beina^e. 
 
 alone, oltein. 
 
 Alsace-Lorraine, (SIfQ^*?otl^nnQen. 
 
 already, fc^on. 
 
 also, au(^. 
 
 American, amcrifanifd^; bcr 5lmc=» 
 rifaner. 
 
 and, unb. 
 
 angry, gornifl. 
 
 announce, bcrfiinbcn, i(7. 
 
 answer, ontmorten, w. 
 
 anvil, ber 2lmbo|^, -e. 
 
 apostle, ber 2IpofteI, -. 
 
 apprentice, ber ©efette, [-n], -n. 
 
 apron, bie ©d^ilrje, -n. 
 
 architect, ber 53auTneiftcr, -. 
 
 arise, fid^ erf)eben, o, o. 
 
 arm, ber 5Irm, -c. 
 
 around, um {w. ace.). 
 
 art, bic 5tunft; -^e. 
 
 as, iric. 
 
 ask (=request), bitten, q, t, be» 
 
 gebren, w.; ask (=inquire), 
 
 fragen, w. 
 assemble, gufammenfontmen, a, o. 
 (in) astonishment, erftaunt. 
 attack, iiberfaKen, tc, a, [a], angret* 
 
 fen, griff on, angegriffen. 
 Austria, £)fterreid^. 
 awake, ernxtc^en, w. 
 away, tt)eg. 
 
 B 
 
 back, h)iebcr, jurllcf. 
 
 back, ber OJudfen, -. 
 
 bam, bie ©c^eune, -n. 
 
 barrel, 'ta^ ga^, -^er. 
 
 basket, ber ^orb, -^e. 
 
 battle, ber ^ampf, -^c, bie (©d^Iac^t, 
 
 -en. 
 bear, tragen, u, a, [ci]. 
 beat, fc^Iagen, u, a, [ii]. 
 beautiful, fc^on. 
 because, njeil. 
 become, hjerben, u, o, [i]. 
 before, ebc, bettor. 
 begin, beginnen, a, o. 
 behind, t)inter {w. dat. or ace). 
 belief, ber ©laube, [-n8], -n. 
 believe, glauben, w. 
 bell, bic ®Io(fe, -n. 
 belong, gel^oren, w. 
 below, unter (w. dat. or ace.). 
 bet, metten, w. 
 
 325 
 
326 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 betray, Dcrratcn, ic, a, [a]. 
 
 better, bcffer. 
 
 between, jmifc^cn (w. dat. or 
 
 ace.). 
 bird, bcr 33o0el, ■^. 
 bishop, ber 53if(^of, -^c. 
 black, fd^iDorj. 
 
 blackboard, bte SSanbtofcI, -n. 
 blade, bie ^Ungc, -n. 
 blind, blitib. 
 blue, blau. 
 
 board, bag 53rett, -cr. 
 boast, ftd^ ruf)men, w. 
 boat, ber 5lat)n, -^c. 
 book, ha& S3uc^, -^er. 
 boot, bcr ©tiefeO -. 
 bow, fi(^ bcmeiQcn, ty. 
 boy, bcr ^nabc, [-n], -n. 
 branch, bcr 21 [t, -^c. 
 bread, ba3 33rot, -c. 
 break, brcd^cn, a, o, [i], 
 bridle, ber SH^h "♦ 
 broad, breit. 
 brook, ber ^ad}, -«-e. 
 brother, bcr 53rubcr, -^^ 
 brown, braun. 
 build, bnucn, w. 
 building, bag ©cbciubc, -. 
 bum, brenncn, irr. w. 
 but, aber. 
 
 butcher, (S(^l(i(^tcr, -. 
 buy, faufcn, w. 
 by, an {w. dat.), bet {w. dat.), 
 
 burd^ {w. ace). 
 
 call, rufen, ie, u; call=name, be 
 
 called, t)ci&cn, ie, ci. 
 care (take good care), (gut) Dcr^ 
 
 pflcQcn, w. 
 
 carry, tragcn, u, a; carry out, bott* 
 
 ftredfen, w. 
 cast, [tiirjcn, «;. 
 castle, ha^ @c^lo^, -^er. 
 catch, fangen, ie, a, [a]. 
 cathedral, bcr 3)om, -c. 
 cease, aufboren, w. 
 century, 3a{)r{)unbert, -c. 
 chalk, bte ^reibe, -tt. 
 change, OcrlDanbeln, w. 
 child, bag ^ittb, -cr. 
 Christmas, (bte) SSci^nad^tctt, 
 church, bte ^irc^e, -it. 
 chtirch steeple, ber ^ird^turtit, -^c. 
 citizen, ber iSilrgcr, -. 
 city, bic <Stabt, -^c. 
 climb, ficttcm, w. 
 clock, bic Ui)r, -en. 
 coat, ber 9Jo(f, -^c. 
 come, fomtncn, a, o. 
 command, befcf)Ien, a, o, [te]. 
 confederation, ber S3unb, -^e. 
 conquer, befiegen, w. 
 consimie, »er3ef)rcn, w. 
 copy-book, ha^ ^eft, -c. 
 cost, foften, w. 
 could, fonnte. 
 councilman, bcr 9Jatgf)crr, [-n], 
 
 -en. 
 coimt, ber ®raf, -en. 
 coimtless, jafjtlog. 
 cotmtry, bag ?anb, -^cr. 
 court, bag ©cric^t, -c. 
 court of appeals, bag ^ammcrgc» 
 
 rid^t, -c. 
 cover, beden, bebcdfen, w. 
 cover, ber !DccfeI, -. 
 crosswise, ber Oucre nac^. 
 crowd, bic ®c^ar, -en. 
 crown, bie ^rone, -n. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 327 
 
 crown, fronen, w. 
 
 cry, fd^reten, ic, ic. 
 
 cure, l^cilcn, w., furiercn, w. 
 
 cut, fd^ncibcn, fd^nitt, gcfd^nittcn. 
 
 Danube, btc !Donau. 
 
 dark, ftnfter, bunfcl. 
 
 daughter, btc Xoii)ttv, ■»♦ 
 
 day, bcr Xaq, -c. 
 
 dead, tot. 
 
 death, bcr Xob. 
 
 death sentence, ha^ Xoht&ntttil, 
 
 -c. 
 declare, crflorcn, w. 
 deep, ticf. 
 defeat, bcficgen, w. 
 depth, bic 3:tcfc, -n. 
 descend, fjinabftcigcn, ie, te. 
 desk, ba« ^ult, -e. 
 devour, auffrcffcn, a, t, [i]. 
 dictate, bifttcren, w. 
 die, ftcrbcTt, o, o, [i], 
 different, onbcr-. 
 dinner, bag 9}?ittageffcn. 
 director, bcr !Dtrcftor, -en. 
 disturb, ftorcn, w. 
 ditch, bcr ©rabcn, ■^. 
 dog, bcr ^unb, -c. 
 donkey, bcr (Sfcl, -. 
 door, bic Jlir, -en. 
 down, f)inuntcr, {)inab; sit down, 
 
 [td^ fc^cn, w. 
 dragon, bcr 2)rad^c, [-n], -n. 
 drive (trans.), trcibcn, ic, ic; {in- 
 
 trans.), fal)rcn, u, a, [S]. 
 drown {intrans.=he drowned), 
 
 crtrtnfen, a, u; (trans.), ertrcin* 
 
 fen, w. 
 
 dry, biirr. 
 
 duke, bcr ^crjog, -e. 
 
 dull, ftuntpf. 
 
 during, to'a^vtnb (prep. w. gen. 
 
 and conjunction). 
 dwarf, bcr S^^^Q, -c 
 dynasty, ba8 §aug, ^cr, i>a^ ®c* 
 
 fc^Icc^t, -er. 
 
 £ 
 each, feber. 
 each other, ctnanbcr. 
 Easter, btc Oftcm. 
 eat, effen, ofe, Qcgcffcn, [i]. 
 either (w. negative), aud^ nid^t. 
 elector, bcr ^urfiirft, [-en], -en» 
 emperor, bcr ^aifcr, -. 
 empire, ha^ didd), -e. 
 end, ha^ @nbc. 
 end, enben, w. (intrans.); becnben, 
 
 w. (trans.). 
 engagement, bie 53erlobun0, -en. 
 enough, gcnug. 
 ever, immer. 
 everybody, iebcrmonn. 
 evil, bofc. 
 
 exclaim, au^rufen, tc, u. 
 explain, crfliircn, w. 
 extinguish, lofd^en, w. 
 eye, bag Slugc, [-«], -n. 
 
 F 
 
 faithless, trcutoS. 
 fall, faltcn, ic, a, [ft]. 
 father, bcr 5Satcr, ■'. 
 fault, bcr i^cl^Icr, - 
 fearlessly, furd^tlog. 
 (a) few, cintQC. 
 field, bag gelb, -er. 
 
328 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 fight, ffimpfcn, w., ftd^ fd^Iogcn, u, 
 
 a, [a]. 
 fiU, fiitleit, w. 
 find, ftnbcn, o, u. 
 finger, ber ginger, -, 
 finish, tioltettben, w. 
 fire, bag gcuer, -. 
 fish, ber %i\d), -c. 
 fisherman, ber gifd^er, -♦ 
 fit, paffen, w. 
 flame, bie glamme, -n. 
 flatter, fc^meic^eln, w. 
 flow, fliefeen, o, o. 
 flower, bie 53Iumc, -n. 
 fly, fliegen, 0,0. 
 follow, folgen, w. 
 foot, ber i^u^, ■"•c. 
 for, fiir (w. ace.). 
 forest, ber SBoIb, -^er. 
 forget, toergeffen, a, t, [i], 
 formerly, frllf)er. 
 fountain, ber S3runncn, -♦ 
 four, bier. 
 fox, ber %ud)^, -^e. 
 France, i^ranfreid^. 
 French, franjofifc^; ber %xanio\e, 
 
 [-n], -n. 
 friend, ber f^reunb, -c. 
 from, Don (w. dat.). 
 (in) front (of), Dor (w. dat. or 
 
 ace). 
 fruit, bie i^ruc^t, -^c. 
 full moon, ber SSoItmonb, -c. 
 furnish, einric^ten, w. 
 
 gallop, fprengcn, w. 
 garden, ber ®arten, 
 German, bcutfc^. 
 
 get, erl^alten, ie, a, [&]. 
 
 giant, ber 5Riefe, [-n], -n. 
 
 Giant Moimtains, ba^ 9^iefettge» 
 
 birge. 
 girl, ha^ 'SJl&bdjzn, -. 
 give, geben, 0, e, [i]. 
 glass, bag ©la^, ^er. 
 glazier, ber ®Iafer, - 
 glove, ber ^onbfd^uf), -e. 
 gnaw, benagen, w. 
 go, ge^en, ging, gegangen. 
 god, ®ott, ^er. 
 gold, bag ®oIb. 
 golden, golben- 
 gold piece, ba^ ©olbftlldf. 
 good, gut. 
 
 grain, ba^ ©etreibe, ba^ ^om. 
 great, grofe. 
 green, griin. 
 grow, iDac^fen, u, 0, [cl]. 
 guide, ftif)ren, w., leiten, w. 
 
 half, t)alb. 
 
 hammer, ber jammer, •^. 
 
 hand, bie ^anb, ^t. 
 
 hang (intrans.), ^angen, i, [a]; 
 
 (trans.), t)cingen, w. 
 hangman, ber ^enfer, -. 
 happen, gef(^el)en, a, e, [ie]. 
 hare, ber ^afe, [-n], -n. 
 hasten, eilen, w. 
 hat, ber ^ut, -^e. 
 have, f)aben, t)atte, gel^abt; have 
 
 (built), (bauen) laffcn. 
 hay, ba« ^eu. 
 head, ba^ §aupt, -^er. 
 hear, f)6ren, w. 
 help, tielfen, a, 0, [i]. 
 help, bie ^ilfc. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 OA\ 
 
 her, i^r. 
 
 herd, bic ^erbe, -n. 
 here, {)ier. 
 high, I)0(^. 
 hill, ber ^Ugcl. 
 himself, \\6), 
 hinder, {)inbern, w. 
 his, fein. 
 
 hold, f)altcn, tc, a, [ii]. 
 hollow, {)o]^I. 
 home, Tiac^ §aufe. 
 horse, bag *!j3ferb, -c. 
 hour, bte ©tunbe, -n. 
 house, bag ^aug, -^er. 
 how, n)ic. 
 himdred, f)unbert. 
 himgry, tiungrig, 
 hurry, eilen, w. 
 
 if, h)cnn, ob. 
 immediately, glcid^. 
 in two, entjlDei. 
 important, mic^tig. 
 indicate, anjeigen, w. 
 ink, bie ^inte, -n. 
 intend, tDoIIen, w. 
 island, bie ^nfel, -n. 
 
 January, ber ^anuar. 
 July, ber 3ult. 
 jump, [pringen, a, u. 
 just, gerabe, eben. 
 
 knife, bog SD^effer, -. 
 knight, ber 9?itter, -. 
 know, iriffen, irr. w.; fennen, irr. w. 
 
 large, grofe. 
 
 last, ber le^te; at last, juleljt. 
 
 last, bauem, w. 
 
 laugh, lad^en, w. 
 
 law, ba^ ©efeij, -c; make laws, 
 
 ©efelje geben. 
 lay, legen, w. 
 lead, filfiren, w. 
 learn, lemen, w. 
 leave, laffen, ie, o, [a]; leave alone, 
 
 atlein laffen. 
 leave (the field), berlaffen. 
 left, Ilnf-. 
 leg, ha^ SBein, -e. 
 legend, bie @age, -n. 
 lengthwise, ber ?angc nad^. 
 liberator, ber 33efreier, -. 
 lie, liegen, a, e. 
 life, ba^ Seben, -. 
 light, leic^t. 
 lighten, bli^en, w. 
 like, tDie. 
 
 like, mogen, mod^te, gcmod^t, 
 little, flein. 
 
 live, leben, w., h)o{)nen, w. 
 long, lang. 
 look (at), fd^auen (auf), w.; look 
 
 up, auffd^auen, w. 
 lose, Derlieren, o, o. 
 
 keep, befialten, u, a, [S]. 
 kill, fd^loc^ten, w. 
 king, ber ^onig, -c. 
 kingdom, bag ^onigretd^, -c. 
 
 M 
 make, mod^en, w.; (peace), (i^rie* 
 
 ben) fd^Iiefeen, o, o. 
 man, ber Tlann, -^er, ber SD^enfd^, 
 
 [-en], -tn. 
 
330 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 many, btelc. 
 
 March, S^iirj. 
 
 market, bcr ^avtt, *c. 
 
 master, bcr SD^eiftcr, -, ber $crr, 
 
 [-n], -en. 
 matter, bic (Sad^c, -n. 
 meet, bcgcgnen, w. 
 melt, fc^mclacn, o, o, [i]. 
 mermaid, bic Sf^tjc, -n. 
 midnight, bic SWittcmad^t, •'C. 
 mile, bic Wldk, -n. 
 mm, bic m^lt, -n. 
 miller, bcr TlUlkr, - 
 minute, bic 9Winutc, -n. 
 (be) mistaken, fid^ irrcn, «>. 
 monarch, ber SD^onard^, [-en], -en. 
 money, ha^ ®clb, -cr. 
 month, bcr SWonat, -c. 
 monimient, ba« !Dcnfmol, -c or 
 
 ^cr. 
 more, mcfir. 
 
 morning, bcr 3)?orQcn, -. 
 most, meift. 
 
 mountain, ber ^crg, -c. 
 mouse, bic 9J2au8, -^e. 
 much, bid. 
 my, mein. 
 
 nail, ber S^iagcl, •'. 
 
 name, ber 'iRamt, [-n9], -n. 
 
 narrow, fd^mal. 
 
 near, nal^c (bci). 
 
 neither . . . nor, h)cbcr . . . nod^. 
 
 never, nimmcr, nicmalS. 
 
 new, ncu. 
 
 next, nttd^ft-. 
 
 night, bic 'Slaii)t, -^e. 
 
 no, nein, fcin. 
 
 noble, ebel. 
 nobody, nicmonb. 
 noise, bcr ?iirm. 
 northern, norblid^. 
 North-German, norbbeutfd^. 
 not, nic^t. 
 nothing, nic^tg. 
 notice, bemerfcn, w. 
 now, nun, iti^t 
 mmiber, bie S^U, -en. 
 
 oats, bcr ^afcr. 
 
 obey, Qcl^ord^cn, w. 
 
 often, oft. 
 
 old, alt. 
 
 on, auf (w. dat. or ace.), 
 
 once, cinmol. 
 
 one, cin. 
 
 only, nur. 
 
 open, offnen, w. 
 
 oppress, bebrlldPcn, w. 
 
 or, ober. 
 
 other, anbcr-. 
 
 our, unfcr. 
 
 out: out of, auS {w. dat.). 
 
 outrage, bic Untat, -en. 
 
 over, iibcr {w. dat. or ace). 
 
 own, ciflcn. 
 
 ox, bcr Od^g(c), [-en], -en. 
 
 paper, \)a% papier, 
 park, ber ^arf, -e. 
 part, ber 2;cil, -c. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 331 
 
 pass, bcrgefjcn, t, a. 
 
 pay, jat)Ien, w. 
 
 peace, bcr ^^rtebe, [-nS]; make 
 
 peace, grteben [(^liefeen. 
 peasant, ber ?anbmann, -Icutc. 
 pear-tree, ber 33trnbauTn, -^c. 
 pen, bie ^^cber, -n. 
 pencil, ber S3Ietfttft, -e. 
 Pentecost, bie "iPfingften. 
 people, bie ?eute. 
 perhaps, bielleid^t. 
 permit, erlauben, w. 
 pick up, auf^eben, o, o. 
 picture, ha^ ©emalbe, -, ba^ 33ilb, 
 
 -er. 
 pistol, bie ^iftolc, -n. 
 place, ber Ort, -c, 
 place, ftelten, w. 
 plant, pftanjen, w. 
 plow, pflllQen, w. 
 pocket, bie Xa\(i)t, -n. 
 poem, baS ®ebi(^t, -e. 
 poet, ber T)id)ttv, -. 
 point, ber "iPimft, -c. 
 poodle, ber *iPubeI, -. 
 poor, arm. 
 pope, ber ^apft, -^c. 
 praise, loben, w. 
 prepare, bereitcn, w. 
 president, ber ^riiftbent, [-en], -en. 
 pretend to be, fid^ fteden, w, 
 prevent, Derf)inbern, v). 
 prince, ber "^rins, [-en], -en. 
 proclaim, proflamieren, w. 
 promise, berfpred^en, a, o, [i]. 
 protect, fd^uljen, w. 
 Prussia, (bag) "iJJreufeen. 
 ptmishment, bie ©trafe, -n. 
 pupil, ber ©driller, -, bie <Sc^Ulerin, 
 
 -innen. 
 
 put, tun, tat, getan; put out (the 
 eyes), (bie Hugen) auSftec^cn, a, 
 0, [t]. 
 
 quarrel, ftreitcn, i, t» 
 quarter, bag 35iertcl. 
 quickly, fc^nell. 
 quiet, [till. 
 
 ram, regnen, w. 
 
 rapid, fd^nell. 
 
 rat, bie 9?atte, -n. 
 
 raven, ber dlaht, [-n], -n. 
 
 reach, reid^en, w. 
 
 read, lefen, a, e, [ie]. 
 
 ready, fertig. 
 
 reason, ber ®runb, -^e. 
 
 recite, oortragcn, u, o, [iX]. 
 
 red, rot. 
 
 refuse, abfd^tagen, u, a, [a]. 
 
 relative, ber SSermanbte, f-n], -lu 
 
 remain, bleiben, ie, ic. 
 
 repair, augbeffern, w. 
 
 repeat, iuieberfiolen, w. 
 
 request, bie 33itte, -n. 
 
 resign (the crown), (bie ^rone) 
 
 nicbcrlegcn, w. 
 reward, bie 33eIof)nung, -en. 
 ride (on horseback), reiten, t, t. 
 right, ba^ 9?ec^t, -e. 
 ring, lautcn, w. 
 rise (of the sun), aufge!)en, ging 
 
 auf, aufgegangen. 
 rise up, {)inauffteigen, ie, ie. 
 river, ber ^^lufe, -^e, ber ©trom, -^e. 
 rock, ber gelfen, -. 
 Roman, ber 9?6mer, -. 
 room, bag 3intmer, -. 
 
332 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 rope, bos ©ctl, -c. 
 
 rope, bcr (Strang, -^c. 
 
 row, rubcrn, w. 
 
 rule, regieren, w., bcl^crrfd^cn, w. 
 
 ruler, ber ^crrfc^er, -. 
 
 run, laufen, ic, an [ttu]. 
 
 rush, bringen, a, u. 
 
 Russia, 9?ufelanb. 
 
 S 
 
 sack, bcr (Bad, -^c. 
 
 sad, traurig. 
 
 safe, fid^cr (dor). 
 
 sale: for sale, fctl. 
 
 save, retten, w. 
 
 Saviour, bcr ^cilanb. 
 
 say, fagcn, w. 
 
 scaffold, bog ©d^afott, -c. 
 
 school, bie ®(^ulc, -n. 
 
 school building, ha^ ©d^utgc* 
 
 biiubc, -. 
 scepter, boS 3eptcr, -. 
 secret, bo^ &ti)dmm^, -niffc. 
 see, fcf)cn, a, c, [ic], 
 seize, faffcn, w. 
 sell, tocrfaiifcn, w. 
 send, fcnbcn, irr. w. 
 servant, bcr !Dicncr, -. 
 set (of the sun), untcrgcl^cn, gtng 
 
 untcr, iintcrgcgangcn; set on fire, 
 
 in 53ranb ftcdfcn, w. 
 several, me^rcrc, 
 shall, follcn, w. 
 sharp, fc^arf. 
 sharpen, fd^cirfcn, w. 
 shield, ber ©c^ilb, -t. 
 shoe, bcr ®(^ut), -c. 
 shoot, fd^icfecn, o, o. 
 show, jeigcn, w. 
 
 side, bic ©cite, -n. 
 
 sign, untcrfd^reibcn, ie, ic, unter* 
 
 jcic^nen, w. 
 similar, cifinltd^. 
 since then, fcitbcnt. 
 sing, ftngcn, a, u. 
 sink, finfcn, a, u. 
 sit, ftijcn, fofe, gcfcffen. 
 slay, crfd^Iagcn, u, a, [a]. 
 sleep, fd^Iafcn, ic, a, [tt]; go to sleep, 
 
 cinf(^Iofcn. 
 small, ficin. 
 smile, I(t(^cln, w. 
 smithy, bic ©d^micbc, -n. 
 sneak, fci^Icic^cn, i, i. 
 snow, bcr <Sd^ncc. 
 some, ctlBag, cinig-; usually 
 
 omitted in translation. 
 son, bcr (Sofin, -^c. 
 soon, balb. 
 sooner, cf)cr, frli^cr. 
 soul, bic ®ccle, -n. 
 south, ber ©iibcn. 
 speak, fprcc^cn, a, o, [i], 
 special, bcfonbcrS. 
 spring, bcr griifiUng. 
 square, "ta^ Ouabrot, -c. 
 squeak, pfeifcn, pftff, gcpfiffen. 
 stable, ber ©tall, -^c. 
 stand, ftcbcn, ftanb, gcftanbcn; stand 
 
 still, ftirtftef)cn. 
 start, anfangen, i, a, [ft]. 
 starve, {)ungem, w. 
 state, bcr ©toot, [-e§], -en. 
 stay, bicibcn, ic, ic. 
 steal, ftcl^Icn, a, o, [ic], 
 step forth, toortrctcn, a, c, li], 
 still, nod^. 
 stingy, gcijig. 
 stone, bcr ©tcin, -e. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 333 
 
 story, btc ®cfd^i(^tc, -n. 
 
 stranger, ber grembc, [-n], -n. 
 
 street, bic ©tra^c, -n, 
 
 strife, ber ©trctt. 
 
 string, bie ©(^nur, -^c. 
 
 strong, ftarf, fcft. 
 
 subterranean, untcx'irbifd^. 
 
 suddenly, plo^Iid^. 
 
 suicide, ber ©elbftmorb; commit 
 
 suicide, ©clbftmorb bcgc^cn. 
 sum, bie ©umrne, -n. 
 stmimit, ber ®ipfel, -. 
 sun, bie ©onne, -n. 
 Simday, ber <Bonr\taq, -c. 
 sunlight, bog (Sonnenlid^t. 
 swim, fc^iDtmmen, a, o. 
 Swiss, ber ©d^tceijer, -. 
 sword, ba^ ©c^mert, -cr. 
 
 table, ber Xi\(i), -c. 
 
 take, ne^mcti, ttaf)m, genommcn; 
 
 he takes, er nimmt. 
 talk, reben, w. 
 teach, k^xm, w. 
 teacher, ber ?cf)rer, - bic ?cl^rertn, 
 
 -innen. 
 tear, reif^en, t, i; tear down, nieber* 
 
 rcifeen, i, i. 
 tease, necfen, w. 
 tell, erjaMen, w. 
 tend (to), biitcn, w. 
 terrible, furc^tbar. 
 than, olg. 
 that, ba^ (ber), icncr; conjunction, 
 
 bofe. 
 then, bann. 
 there, bort, ba. 
 
 thief, ber 35teb, -e. 
 
 think, benfen, bac^te, Qtha<i)t 
 
 thirty, breifeig. 
 
 this, bie[er. 
 
 through, burd^ (w. ace). 
 
 thunder, ber 3)onner. 
 
 tie, binben, a, u. 
 
 time, bie 3eit, -en. 
 
 tired, mitbe. 
 
 to, gii (w. dat.), on {w. ace.). 
 
 toe, bie S^¥, -n. 
 
 together, jufammen. 
 
 tomb, bie ®ruft, -^e. 
 
 too, 3U. 
 
 tooth, ber S^^^r ^^- 
 
 tower, ber Jurm, ^e. 
 
 town, bie <Stabt, -^e. 
 
 town hall, bag diat^au^, ^tv. 
 
 toy, bag ©pieljeng, -t. 
 
 travel, relfen, w. 
 
 tree, ber 53aum, -^c. 
 
 tribe, ber ®tamm, ^e. 
 
 trick, ba^ tunftftitcf, -c. 
 
 troublesome, Ictftig. 
 
 try, derfuc^en, w. 
 
 tumble, purjcln, w. 
 
 turn, dertoanbeln, w. 
 
 twelve, jlDoIf. 
 
 twig, bag ^eig, -cr. 
 
 two, JtDCi. 
 
 understand, berftel^en, bcrftanb, 
 
 derftanben. 
 unite, einigen, w., bercinigen, w.; 
 
 united, einig. 
 United States, bie 33crcimgten 
 
 (gtaaten. 
 until, Wg. 
 
334 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 
 
 uphold (the law), fd^iit^ctt, to. 
 upon, Quf (w. dat. or ace.). 
 us, un8. 
 
 (in) vain, bcrgcbcnS, 
 valley, bo8 XoX, ^tx, 
 very, fc{)r. 
 village, bo8 !Dorf, -^cr 
 
 W 
 
 wait, n)ortcn, ly. 
 
 walk, Qef)cn, ging, QcganQcn. 
 
 wall, bie SBanb, -^c. 
 
 wander, tDanbeni, w;. 
 
 want, iDotlcn, w. 
 
 war, ber J^'ricg, -c. 
 
 water, bag SSaffcr, -. 
 
 wave, bie SScIIc, -n. 
 
 way, ber SSeg, ~e. 
 
 wear, trogcn, u, a, [ci]. 
 
 week, bie ilBod^c, -n. 
 
 what, n)ag. 
 
 when, toaxm, xotxm, al8. 
 
 where, too, luol^in. 
 
 which, toeld^er. 
 
 whip, bie "il^eitfd^e, -n. 
 
 whistle, pfeifen, pfiff, gepfiffcn. 
 
 white, h)ci&. 
 
 who, toer. 
 
 whoever, rt)cr (immer). 
 
 whole, gana. 
 
 whose, njeffen. 
 
 why, toanim. 
 
 wicked, bofe. 
 
 winter, ber SSinter, -. 
 
 wife, bie %x(m, -en, ha^ SSeib, -er. 
 
 win, getoinnen, a, o. 
 
 window, "ba^ j^enfter, -. 
 
 wish, iDilnfd^en, w. 
 
 with, tnit {w. dat.). 
 
 word, ha^ SBort, -c or -"-er. 
 
 work, bag SBerf, -c. 
 
 work, arbeiten, ly. 
 
 wonderful, tounberbar. 
 
 world, bie SSelt, -en. 
 
 worth, iDert; be worth, gclten, a, 
 
 0, [i]. 
 write, fc^reiben, ie, ie. 
 wrong, falfd^. 
 
 year, ba« ^o^x, -e. 
 yellow, gelb. 
 yes, \a. 
 young, iuttg. 
 your, bcin, ^\^x, euer. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX 
 
 Accent, Syn. 61. 
 Address, forms of, 30. 
 Adjectives, comparison, 69-71; 
 
 declension, 56. 
 Adverbial compomids, 34 Note. 
 Adverbs, word order, 66, Syn. 
 
 99. 
 Agreement of pronouns, 7. 
 Article, definite, 13 ; indefinite, 13. 
 -bar, 95. 
 he, fein, Syn. 35. 
 hy with the passive, 79. 
 Capitalization, Syn. 63-67. 
 Cardinal numbers, Syn. 24. 
 Command (subjunctive of), 93. 
 Comparative clauses, 91 . 
 Comparison of adjectives, 69-71. 
 Compound nouns, 12, 26. 
 Compound tenses, 62. 
 Compound verbs, inseparable, 
 
 64, 65; separable, 67. 
 Concession, 91. 
 
 Conditions contrary to fact, 91. 
 Conjunctions, Syn. 59, 60. 
 ba-, bar-, 34 Note. 
 Date, 74. 
 
 Declension, mixed, Syn. 14. 
 Declension of nouns, 19. 
 Diminutives, 22. 
 Demonstrative pronouns, 45. 
 Dependent infinitives, 87. 
 Dependent word order, 32. 
 berfelbc, bcricmge, 45, Syn. 9. 
 biefer, 18. 
 
 -cr, 48. 
 
 Future and future perfect, 64. 
 
 ®e-, 61. 
 
 Gender of nouns, Syn. 6. 
 
 Genitive of nouns, 14. 
 
 gibt (c8), c« ift, 83 Note. 
 
 l)abcn, Syn. 35. 
 
 -^cit, 61. 
 
 I^oc^, 60. 
 
 Hour of day, 74. 
 
 Hyphen, Syn. 69. 
 
 Imp)ersonal passive, 81 ; verbs, 83. 
 
 -in, 61. 
 
 Indefinite pronouns, 35. 
 
 Indirect discourse, 94. 
 
 Inverted word order, 9. 
 
 -ifd^, 95. 
 
 icber, 18. 
 
 jcner, 18. 
 
 fetit, 4, 13. 
 
 -It(^, 95. 
 
 Modal auxiliaries, 84r-86. 
 
 -tii«, 88. 
 
 Objects, word order, 66. 
 
 Ordinal numbers, 73, Syn. 25. 
 
 Paradigms of nouns, Syn. 10-14; 
 adjectives, Syn. 17-19; pro- 
 nouns, Syn. 27-34; verbs, Syn. 
 35-44, 51, 52. 
 
 Passive voice, simple tenses, 77; 
 compound tenses, 80. 
 
 Perfect tense, 63. 
 
 Personal pronouns, 34. 
 
 Pluperfect tense, 63. 
 
 335 
 
336 
 
 GRAMMATICAL INDEX 
 
 Possessive pronouns, 31. 
 
 Possibility, 91. 
 
 Prefixes (of verbs), inseparable, 
 
 64 ; separable, 67 ; doubtful, 68. 
 Prepositions, w. gen., Syn. 56; 
 
 w. dat., 33, Syn. 54; w. ace, 
 
 54, Syn. 55; w. dat. and ace, 
 
 17, Syn. 53. 
 Progressive form, 8. 
 Punctuation, Syn. 70. 
 Quantity, Syn. 62. 
 Reflexive pronouns, 35. 
 Relative pronouns, 57. 
 -fal, 88. 
 -m\t, 88. 
 fein, SjTi. 35. 
 fcin and l^aben with compound 
 
 tenses, 63. 
 foI(^, Syn. 31. 
 Strong declension of nouns, 19; 
 
 First Class, 20, 21; Second 
 
 Class, 23, 24; Third Class, 46, 
 
 47. 
 
 Strong verbs, 36; paradigms, 
 Syn. 35; classes, 37-43; irreg- 
 ular, 44; pres. ind., 52; impera- 
 tive, bo. 
 
 Strong declension of adjectives, 
 59. 
 
 Subjunctive, 89-94. 
 
 -turn, 88. 
 
 Syllabication, Syn. 68. 
 
 -UTTQ, 55. 
 
 h)a« (rel.), 51; (interr.), 58. 
 
 h)Q6 fiir ein, 58. 
 
 Weak declension of adjectives, 
 57; nouns, 49, 50. 
 
 Weak and strong verbs, 27. 
 
 Weak verbs, irregular, 75; para- 
 digms, Syn. 35; preterit, 28. 
 
 h)el(^er, 18, 51. 
 
 Ircr (rel.), 51; (interr.), 58. 
 
 h)erben, Syn. 35. 
 
 Wish, 91, 93. 
 
 IDO-, rt)or-, 34 Note. 
 
 Word order, 256-258. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL PINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 OVERDul *'°° "^ ^"^ "V™™ DAY 
 
 ^£8-5— «4i- 
 
 ^ 
 
 v\^^ 
 
 Mar'60lffe 
 
 iUi322:5lJLU____ 
 
 
 ^gm:52m. 
 
 fA3r64,4^ 
 
 ^UG 1 9 1952 IV 
 
 -iJfiaiL 
 
 
"-!/■' 
 
 / 
 
 r 
 
 854070 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY